Fiitjee Aits 2017 Papers

TG ~ @bohring_bot < 3
In JEE Advanced 2016, FIITJEE Students bag 36 in Top 100 AIR, 75 in Top 200 AIR, 183 in Top 500 AIR. 3541 Students from Long Term Classroom/ Integrated School Program & 4423
FIITJEE JEE (Advanced), 2017
CONCEPT RECAPITULATION TEST – I
Paper 1
Time Allotted: 3 Hours Maximum Marks: 186

 Pl ea s e r ea d t h e i n s t r u c t i o n s c a r ef u ll y . Yo u a r e a l l o t t ed 5 m i n u t es
ALL INDIA TEST SERIES
s p ec i f i c a ll y f o r t h i s p u r p o s e.
 Yo u a r e n o t a l l o wed t o l ea v e t h e E xa m i n at i o n Ha l l b ef o r e t h e en d o f
t h e t es t .
Students from All Programs have qualified in JEE Advanced, 2016
INSTRUCTIONS
A. General Instructions
1. Attempt ALL the questions. Answers have to be marked on the OMR sheets.
2. This question paper contains Three Parts.
3. Part-I is Physics, Part-II is Chemistry and Part-III is Mathematics.
4. Each part is further divided into two sections: Section-A & Section-C.
5. Rough spaces are provided for rough work inside the question paper. No additional sheets will be
provided for rough work.
6. Blank Papers, clip boards, log tables, slide rule, calculator, cellular phones, pagers and electronic
devices, in any form, are not allowed.
B. Filling of OMR Sheet

1. Ensure matching of OMR sheet with the Question paper before you start marking your answers
on OMR sheet.
2. On the OMR sheet, darken the appropriate bubble with black pen for each character of your
Enrolment No. and write your Name, Test Centre and other details at the designated places.
3. OMR sheet contains alphabets, numerals & special characters for marking answers.
C. Marking Scheme For All Three Parts.

(i) Section-A (01 to 05) contains 5 multiple choice questions which have only one correct answer.
Each question carries +3 marks for correct answer and – 1 mark for wrong answer.
Section-A (06 to 13) contains 8 multiple choice questions which have one or more than one
correct answer. Each question carries +4 marks for correct answer and – 2 mark for wrong
answer.
(ii) Section-C (01 to 05) contains 5 Numerical based questions with single digit integer as answer,
ranging from 0 to 9. Each question carries +3 marks for correct answer. There is no negative
marking.
Name of the Candidate
Enrolment No.
FIITJEE Ltd., FIITJEE House, 29-A, Kalu Sarai, Sarvapriya Vihar, New Delhi -110016, Ph 46106000, 26569493, Fax 26513942
website: www.fiitjee.com
AITS-CRT-I-(Paper-1)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/17
2
Useful Data
PHYSICS
Acceleration due to gravity g = 10 m/s2
Planck constant h = 6.6 1034 J-s
Charge of electron e = 1.6  1019 C
Mass of electron me = 9.1  1031 kg
Permittivity of free space 0 = 8.85  1012 C2/N-m2
Density of water water = 103 kg/m3
Atmospheric pressure Pa = 105 N/m2
Gas constant R = 8.314 J K1 mol1
CHEMISTRY
Gas Constant R = 8.314 J K1 mol1

= 0.0821 Lit atm K1 mol1
= 1.987  2 Cal K1 mol1
Avogadro's Number Na = 6.023  1023
Planck’s constant h = 6.625  1034 Js
= 6.625  10–27 ergs
1 Faraday = 96500 coulomb
1 calorie = 4.2 joule
1 amu = 1.66  10–27 kg
1 eV = 1.6  10–19 J
Atomic No: H=1, He = 2, Li=3, Be=4, B=5, C=6, N=7, O=8,

N=9, Na=11, Mg=12, Si=14, Al=13, P=15, S=16,
Cl=17, Ar=18, K =19, Ca=20, Cr=24, Mn=25,
Fe=26, Co=27, Ni=28, Cu = 29, Zn=30, As=33,
Br=35, Ag=47, Sn=50, I=53, Xe=54, Ba=56,
Pb=82, U=92.
Atomic masses: H=1, He=4, Li=7, Be=9, B=11, C=12, N=14, O=16,
F=19, Na=23, Mg=24, Al = 27, Si=28, P=31, S=32,
Cl=35.5, K=39, Ca=40, Cr=52, Mn=55, Fe=56, Co=59,
Ni=58.7, Cu=63.5, Zn=65.4, As=75, Br=80, Ag=108,
Sn=118.7, I=127, Xe=131, Ba=137, Pb=207, U=238.
TG ~ @bohring_bot < 3 3
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
Straight Objective Type
This section contains 5 multiple choice questions numbered 1 to 5. Each question has 4
choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of which only ONE is correct
1. The system of springs and masses are in equilibrium. If the spring 2 is

cut then the initial acceleration of block B will be.
7
(A) g downward (B) 2g downward
2
7
(C) 2g upward (D) g upward
2
2. An object moves with velocity V (  ˆj) towards the inclined plane Y( ˆj)
V
mirror as shown in figure. The velocity of the image is
3 ˆ Vˆ
(A) V ˆj (B) V (  i)  j
2 2
3 ˆ Vˆ V 3 ˆ 30°
(C) V i j (D) (  î)  V ( j) ˆ
X(i)
2 2 2 2
3. When a beam of accelerated electrons hits a target, a continuous X-ray spectrum is

emitted from the target. Which of the following wavelength is absent in the X-ray
spectrum, if the X-ray tube is operating at 40.000 volts?
(A) 0.25 Å (B) 0.5 Å
(C) 1.5 Å (D) 1.0 Å
Space for Rough work
4
r
4. The electric potential between a proton and an electron is given by V = V 0 ln
, where r0
r0
is a constant. Assuming Bohr’s model to be applicable, write variation of rn with n, n
being the principal quantum number.
(A) rn  n (B) rn  1/n
(C) rn  n2 (D) rn  1/n2
5. A string of mass m is fixed at both ends. The fundamental tone oscillation are excited in
the string with angular frequency  and maximum displacement amplitude A. Find the
total energy contained in the string.
1 1
(A) m2 A 2 (B) m2 A 2
2 4
1 1
(C) m 2 A 2 (D) m2 A 2
6 8
Multiple Correct Choice Type

This section contains 8 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 choices (A), (B), (C)
and (D) for its answer, out of which only ONE OR MORE THAN ONE is/are correct
6. A disc of radius R rolls on a horizontal surface with linear velocity

P
V and angular velocity . There is a point P on circumference of  
disc at angle  with upward vertical diameter measured O V
anticlockwise see figure, which has a vertical velocity. Here  is
equal to
V  V
(A)   sin1 (B)  sin1
R 2 R
V V
(C)   cos1 (D)   cos1
R R
7. A point moves with deceleration along the circle of radius R so that at any time its
tangential and normal acceleration are equal in magnitude. At the initial moment t =0,
the velocity of the point is v 0 . The velocity of the point will be
v0
(A) v  at t second (B) v  v 0 eS / R after displacements
v0t
1
R
v0
(C) v  v 0 eSR after displacements (D) v  at t second
v t
1 0
R
8. A block of mass 1 kg moves under the influence of external forces on a rough horizontal
surface. At some instant, it has a speed of 1 m/s due east and an acceleration of 1 m/s 2
due north. The force of friction acting on it is F
(A) F acts due west
(B) F acts due south
(C) F acts in the south west direction
(D) the magnitude of F cannot be found from the given data
9. A particle is taken from point A to point B under the influence of a force field. Now it is
taken back from B to A and it is observed that the work done in taking the particle from A
to B is not equal to the work done in taking it from B to A. If W nc and W c is the work done
by non conservative forces and conservative forces present in the system respectively,
U is the change in potential energy,  k is the change is kinetic energy, then
(A) Wnc  U  k (B) Wc  U
(C) Wnc  Wc  k (D) Wnc  U  k
10. A horizontal disc rotates freely about a vertical axis through its centre. A ring, having the
same mass and radius as the disc, is now gently placed on the disc. After some time,
they rotate with a common angular speed.
(A) some friction exists between the disc and the ring.
(B) the angular momentum of the disc plus ring is conserved.
2
(C) the final common angular speed is rd of the initial angular velocity of the disc.
3
2
(D) rd of the initial kinetic energy changes to heat.
3
6
11. If electron of the hydrogen atom is replaced by another particle of same charge but of
double the mass, then:
(A) Bohr radius will increase
(B) ionisation energy of the atom will be doubled
(C) speed of the new particle in a given state will be lesser than the electron’s speed in
same orbit
(D) gap between energy levels will now be doubled
12. A container of large uniform cross sectional area A A
resting on a horizontal surface holds two

immiscible non viscous and incompressible liquids H/2 d
of density d and 3d, each of height H/2. The lower
density liquid is open to the atmosphere having
pressure P0. A tiny hole of area a(a<<A) is H/2 3d
h
punched to the vertical side of lower container at a
height h (0<h<H/2) for which range is maximum.
Range R
2H
(A) h = H /3 (B) Range R =
3
3H 2
(C) Range R = (D) Velocity of efflux v  gH
2 3
13. When a monochromatic point source of light is at a distance of 0.2 m from a

photoelectric cell, the cut off voltage and the saturation current are respectively 0.6V and
18.0 mA. If the same source is placed 0.6 m away from the photoelectric cell, then:
(A) the stopping potential will be 0.2 volt (B) the stopping potential will be 0.6 volt
(C) the saturation current will be 6.0 mA (D) the saturation current will be 2.0 mA
SECTION – C
(One Integer Value Correct Type)
This section contains 5 questions. Each question, when worked out will result in one integer
from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
1. Find the mass of the hanging block in kg,

which will prevent the smaller block from
slipping over the triangular block. All the
surfaces are friction less and the strings m
and pulleys are light. (Given m = M = 1 kg,
cot = 2) M
2. An ideal gas is expanding such that PT2 = constant. The coefficient of volume expansion
of the gas is A/T where T is temperature in kelvin. Find the value of A.
3. The axle of a circular wheel of radius R is held horizontally D

by two identical strings of equal lengths separated by a
distance D. The tension in each string is T0. The rim of the
wheel carries a total charge + Q distributed uniformly on it.
The wheel is vertical and is kept in a uniform vertical R

magnetic field B. It is now rotated at an angular speed .

The string break at a tension of 3T0 / 2. If the maximum
B
possible value of  at which the wheel can be rotated
KT0D
without breaking a string is . Then find the value of K.
QR2B
4. A simple pendulum is suspended from a peg on a vertical wall. The L

pendulum is pulled away from the wall to a horizontal position and
2
released. The ball hits the wall, the coefficient of restitution is .
5
What is the minimum number of collisions after which the
amplitude of oscillations becomes less than 60 degrees ?
5. Determine the resistance in ohm is to be connected across 3 2

a
a, b in given circuit to dissipate maximum power through it.
6
3
+ +
5V - 5V -
b
8
Chemistry PART – II
SECTION – A
1. 100 mL of a sample of hard water requires 25.1 mL of 0.02 N H2SO4 for complete
reaction. The hardness of the sample is:
[Density of the sample = 1 g/mL]
(A) 200 ppm (B) 250 ppm
(C) 251 ppm (D) 258 ppm
2. Which of the following is not a property of NaOH?

(A) It is hygroscopic in nature (B) It decolourizes chlorine gas
(C) It behaves as a bleaching agent (D) Heat is liberated when it reacts with HCl
3. For the gaseous reaction, A  g  4B  g   3 C  g  is found to be first order with respect to

A. If at the starting the total pressure was 100 mm Hg and after 20 minutes it is found to
be 400 mm Hg. The rate constant of the reaction is
(A) 20 min-1 (B) 1.2  10-3 sec-1
(C) 5.7  10-4 sec-1 (D) 3.4  10-2 sec-1
4. Four separate solutions (each of 0.1 M) of four sodium salts NaW, NaX, NaY and NaZ
has pH 7.0, 9.0, 10.0 and 11.0 respectively. The acid with the lowest pKa value is
(A) HW (B) HX
(C) HY (D) HZ
5. What would be the formula of an ionic solid which crystals contains b.c.c unit cell in
which X2+ ions are present at the body centre of Y2– ions at the corners?
(A) X2Y (B) XY
(C) XY2 (D) X2Y3

6. In which of the following option(s) the dipole moment of the left side molecule is greater
than that of the right side molecule?
(A) NH3, NF3 (B) SCl2, BeCl2
(C) SF4, CF4 (D) PF5, IF5
7. 
KC for the reaction 2A (g) + B(g)   -2 o -1
 A2B(g) is 2  10 at 25 C and it is 2  10 at
50oC. Choose the incorrect statement (s) from the following
(A) Decomposition of A2B is favoured at low temperature
(B) Formation of A2B is favoured at low pressure.
(C) Formation of A2B is favoured by introducing an inert gas at constant pressure.
(D) Decomposition of A2B is favoured by removing B(g) from the reaction mixture
8. Which carbides react with water to give methane?

(A) CaC2 (B) Be2C
(C) Mg2C3 (D) Al4C3
9. For an ideal gas, consider only P – V work in going from

an initial state X to final state Z. The final state Z can be
Pressure (atmosphere)
reached by either of the two paths shown in figure. Which
of the following choice (s) is (are) correct? [Take  S as
x y
change is entropy  H change is enthalpy and W as work
done]
(A)  S x  z   S x  y   S y  z
(B) Wx  z  Wx  y  W z
y z
(C) Wx  y  z  Wx  y
Volume (litre)
(D)  Hx  y  z   Hx  z
10
10. Which of the following ion(s) form(s) precipitate with aqueous ammonia solution in
presence of ammonium chloride?
(A) Ca2+ (B) Fe3+
(C) Cr3+ (D) Al3+
11. Which of the following ion(s) maintain an identical d-orbital configuration while forming
octahedral complexes with strong field as well as weak field ligands according to crystal
field theory?
(A) Fe2+ (B) Co2+
(C) Ni2+ (D) Zn2+
12. Which of the following pair has same net dipole moment
F
F
(A) (B)
, ,
F
F F
F ,
(C) (D)
,
F F
13. Arrange the following in decreasing order of basic strength?

N
(i) N (ii) N (iii)
H H N
(iv) N (v) N N—H
H
(A) iv > v > ii > iii > i (B) v > iv > ii > iii > i
(C) i > ii > iii > iv > v (D) v > iv > iii > ii > i
SECTION – C
1. What is the sum of azimuthal quantum number of all the valence electrons of aluminum?
[At. No. of Al = 13]
2. How many S – O single bonds are present in Caro’s acid (H2SO5)?
3. The formula of a spinel is MgAl2O4. How many effective no. of anionic vacancy for unit
cell will be created if the oxide ions of the spinel are replaced by X-8/3 ions?
4. The radiator of a car contains 50.5 g water. If 6.2 g of glycol (HOCH2CH2OH) is added to
it, the solution freezes at –4oC. How many gram of ice will be separated in the process?
[Kf = 1.86 K kg mol–1]
5. How many maximum gram of aluminium will be deposited by passing 96500 ampere
current for one second through molten aluminium nitrate?
12
Mathematics PART – III
SECTION – A
1. If A and B are orthogonal square matrices of same order and A  B  0 , then the matrix
A  B is always
(A) Invertible (B) Singular
(C) Non – Null matrix (D) None of these
2. 3 Tangents are drawn at random to a given circle in a plane. The probability that the
circle is inscribed in the triangle formed by them is
1 1
(A) (B)
2 3
1 1
(C) (D)
4 8
3. The number of 6 digit numbers which are divisible by 3 and do not contain the digit 3 is
(A) 23 36 (B) 23 39
(C) 243 6 (D) 2439
4. 
A monic quadratic trinomial P (x) is such that P  x   0 and P P P  x    0 have a 
common root, then
(A) P  0  .P 1  0 (B) P  0  P 1  0
(C) P  0  P 1  0 (D) Data insufficient
5. The number of non – zero z  C satisfying z 3  18  26i, where z  x  iy and x, y are


integers, is i  1 
(A) 0 (B) 1
(C) 2 (D) 3

6. If f  x  y   f  x   f  y   x y  xy 2 x, y  R and f '  0   0 , then

(A) f is differentiable for all x  R
(B) f is non differentiable for at least one x  R
(C) f is twice differentiable for all x  R
(D) f is twice differentiable for all x  R  0
x2
dt
7. Let F : 1,    R be a function defined as F  x    n t . Which of the following
x
statements are correct?
(A) F  x  is strictly decreasing (B) Range of F  x  is  0,  
(C) Range of F  x  is  n 2,   (D) F  x  is one – one function
8. The sequence 1, 3, 4, 9, 10, 12, 13,……consists of all those positive integers which are
powers of 3 or sums of distinct powers of 3. The hundredth term of this sequence is less
than
(A) 982 (B) 983
(C) 981 (D) 980
9. A chord of negative slope from the point P  264, 0  is drawn to the ellipse
x 2  4y 2  16 . This chord intersects the ellipse at A and B (O is the origin).
(A) The maximum area of AOB is 4
(B) The maximum area of AOB is 8
1
(C) If the area of AOB is maximum, then the slope of line AB is
2 2
1
(D) If the area of AOB is maximum, then the slope of line AB is
8 2
14
10. A parallelogram is constructed with its sides parallel to the asymptotes of the hyperbola
x 2  2y 2  4x  4y  2  0 and one of its diagonals is a chord of the same hyperbola. If
the other diagonal passes through a fixed point (a, b) a,b  R then
(A) a  b  3 (B) a  b  3
ab a b
(C) r  6
r 1
(D) r  6
r 1
11. If m,n  N such that m < n and the last three digits of 2978m and 2978n are same then
(A) the least value of m is 1 (B) the least value of m is 3
(C) the least value of n is 100 (D) the least value of n is 103
12. If the sum of squares of 3 real numbers a, b, c is equal to 1, then the value of expression
2 2 2
 4a  3b    5b  4c    3c  5a  is always less than
(A) 50 (B) 51
(C) 52 (D) 53
13. Let S2  0 be the mirror image of S1 : x 2  y 2  4x  6y  12  0 w.r.t. the line

      
L1 : 104 x  104  10 y  104  20  0 . Let L2 : 211 x  211  212 y  211  213  0 be a 
line. The equation of the line passing through the point of intersection of the line L 2  0
with the radical axis of S1  0,S2  0 and making equal intercepts with the coordinate
axes, is
(A) x  y  3  0 (B) x  y  1  0
(C) 2x  2y  1  0 (D) 2x  2y  3  0
SECTION – C
xm f 1  h  x   1 2
1. If g  x   lim m
is continuous at x = 1 and g 1  lim  n ex  n x then
2x  3x  3
m  x 1
evaluate 2g 1  2f 1  h 1  2 . Assume that f  x  and h  x  are continuous at x = 1.
2. Let f  x   x 3  3x  2 and g  x  be its inverse. If the area bounded by g  x  , x – axis and

p
the ordinates x = – 2 and x = 6 is (where p& q are coprime), find value of p  q  1
q
3. A coin of radius 1 cm is thrown at random onto an infinite chessboard with a side length
of each square as 4 cm. If the probability that the coin intersects at most one side of a
p
square is (where p and q are coprime) then find the value of p  q  2
q
4. Consider a parabola touching x – axis at A (2, 0) and y – axis at B (0, 1). If  ,   be the
focus then   2 is equal to
5. If the maximum value of x 4  7x 2  4x  20  x 4  9x 2  16 is P, find the value of P

(where [.] denotes GIF)
AITS-CRT-I-(Paper-1)-PCM (Sol)-JEE(Advanced)/17
In JEE Advanced 2016, FIITJEE Students bag 36 in Top 100 AIR, 75 in Top 200 AIR, 183 in Top 500 AIR. 3541 Students from Long Term Classroom/ Integrated School
FIITJEE JEE(Advanced)-2017
ANSWERS, HINTS & SOLUTIONS
(Paper-1)
Q. No. PHYSICS CHEMISTRY MATHEMATICS

Program & 4423 Students from All Programs have qualified in JEE Advanced, 2016
1. A C B
2. B C C
3. A C B
4. A A C
5. B B B
6. CD ABC AD
7. AB BC CD
8. AD BD AB
9. ABC ACD AD
10. ABD BCD AC
11. BD CD BD
12. ABD AC BCD
13. BD B AB
1. 2 1 3
2. 3 2 8
3. 1 1 5
4. 4 4 0
5. 5 9 8
2
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. A
Sol. For C 5mg – 3kx3 = 0  3kx 3  5mg
For B 3kx 3  2mg  2k.x2  2kx 2  7mg
For A 2kx 2  3mg  kx1
If spring 2 is cut kx2 = 0
2mg + 3kx3 = 2maB
7 mg = 2maB
7
aB  g()
2
2. B

Sol. v = 2V cos 30° sin 30° (  î) + V(cos2 30° – sin2 30°) ĵ
3. A
12375
Sol. min   0.30 Å. Hence wavelength less than 0.30 Å is not possible.
40,000
4. A
r
Sol. Potential energy U = eV = eV0 ln
r0
dU eV0
 Force F   .
dt r
 The force will provide the necessary centripetal force.
mv 2 eV0 eV0
Hence,  v …(i)
r r m
nh
and mvr  …(ii)
2
 nh  m
From equations (i) and (ii), mr    or r  n.
 2  eV0
5. B
Sol. y = A sin (kx) cos (t)
2 
k 
 
  length of sting
U=  dU
x
1  x  m
=  (dm) 2 A 2 sin2   and dm  dx
x 0 2    
6. CD
Sol. Particle P will have a velocity in vertical direction.
i.e. R  cos  = V
V
  cos1
R
V
Required angle  is         cos1
R
And in second case R cos   V
V V
  cos1 ,     cos1
R R
R 
V

V R
7. AB
dv v 2 dv v 2
Sol.   & v 
dt R ds R
8. AD
Sol. Property of friction.
9. ABC
Sol. Work energy theorem.
10. ABD
Sol. By conservation of angular momentum,
I 1  i  I 1  I 2  f
 f  1 / 3
1
Ei  I 1  i2
2
1
E f  I 1  I 2 2f
2
Ei  E f 2
Ratio of the heat produced to initial kinetic energy  
Ei 3
11. BD
1
Sol. E  m and r 
m
12. ABD
Sol. Bernoulli’s theorem for an orifice at depth ‘x’ in liquid ‘3d’.
4
 H  1
Po +  dg  3dg.x  = Po +  3d  v z …(1)
 2  2
H 1
 x  gt 2 …(2)
2 2
R = Vt …(3)
Solve for R and apply maxima/minima.
13. BD
Sol. Stopping potential does not depend on intensity and saturation current depends on
1
intensity. Intensity I due to point source  2 where r is distance from the source.
r
SECTION – C
1. 2
Sol. For m not to slide over M, acceleration of the triangular block should be g tan if the
required mass in m0, then
m0 g  T  m0  g tan  
& T   M  m  g tan  &
T = 2g tan
& cot = 2
m0 = 2 kg
2. 3
Sol. PT2 = k
1  dV 
  …(i)
V  dT 
 nRT  2
 V T k
 
3
T
  k
V
T3
 V …(ii)
k
dV 3T 2
 …(iii)
dT K
From (i), (ii) and (iii)
2
 k   3T  3
   3  
 T   k  T
3. 1
 2rR TD
Sol. B  Q 2 dr r 2  0
0 2 R 2
TD
  02 .
QR B
4. 4
Sol. Consider energy losses in successive collisions, find , i.e. maximum deflection after
1
each collision you will get cos   will satisfy   600 this condition will be met after
2
nth collision.
After 1st collision, K.E. = mghe2 = 0.8 mgh
After 2nd collision, K.E. = 0.64 mgh
After 3rd collision, K.E. = 0.512 mgh
mgh
After 4th collision, K.E. <
2
i.e.,  < 60°.
5. 5
i
Sol. 5 (6)  i(2)  iR
2
 5  3i  2i  iR
5
 i
5R
2
 5 
P  i2R    R
5R
P  i2R
dP
0
dR
R  5.
3 i 2
a
i/2
6
3
R
i/2
+ + 2
5V - 5V - i
b
6
SECTION – A
1. C
Sol. CaCO3  H2SO 4  CaSO 4  CO 2  H2O
0.02
25.1 
Moles of CaCO3 = Moles of H2SO4 = 2 = 2.51  10-4
1000
Moles of CaCO3 = 2.51  10–4  100 = 2.51  10–2
100 mL water contains = 2.51  10–2 g CaCO3
106 mL(106 g) water will contain = 251 g of CaCO3
 Hardness of sample = 251 ppm
2. C
Sol. NaOH is not used as a bleaching agent.
3. C
Sol. A  g  4B  g   3C  g 
At t  0 : Po 0 0
At t  20 min : Po  x 4x 3x
Po  x  4x  3x  400  Po  6x  400  6x  400  100  300
x = 50
0.693 0.693
K   5.7 10 4 sec 1
t1 20  60
2
4. A
Sol. The acidic strength of the acids is
HW > HX > HY > HZ
5. B
Sol. No. of X2+ ions per unit cell = 1
1
No. of Y2– ions per unit cell = 8 Y 2    Y 2
8
Hence the formula is XY.
6. ABC
Sol. Dipole moment of NH3 > NF3, SCl2 > BeCl2(zero value)
SF4 > CF4(zero value)
7. BC
Sol. It is an endothermic reaction as the equilibrium constant increases with increasing
temperature.
8. BD
H2O
Sol. Be2C   Be  OH2  CH4
H2O
Al4C3   Al  OH3  CH4
9. ACD
Sol.  S x  z   S x  y   S y  z (Enthalpy is a state function and hence additive)
 Hx  y  z   Hx  z (State function, depend in initial and final state)
Wx  y  z  Wx  y (work done in y  z is zero as it is an isochoric process)
10. BCD
Sol. Gr-III radicals are precipitated with ammonia solution.
11. CD
Sol. For Ni2+ the configuration is t 62g eg2 and Zn2+ is t 62g eg4 .
12. AC

Sol.   2 cos [When two diploes are identical]
2
13. B
Sol. (i) Loses aromaticity if it gives away lone pair
H H
+
N +
N N
H
(ii) +
N N N
H H H
Conjugate acid is resonance stabilized but attached to sp2 carbon atoms, which shows –
I effect and destabilize the conjugate acid.
SECTION – C
1. 1
Sol. The valence electrons are 3s23p1 for which  = 0 and 1.
2. 2
Sol. The structure of H2SO5 is:
O
HO - O - O - S - OH
3. 1
Sol. Total charge on four oxide ions = -2  4 = -8
Let ‘n’ no. of X-8/3 ions will replace O2– ions
8
 n  8  n  3
3
8
One vacancy will be created.
4. 4
1000
Sol. Tf = Kf  n 
W
6.2 1000
Or, 4 = 1.86  
62 W
 W = 46.5 g
 Mass of water converted to ice = 50.5 – 46.5 = 4 g
5. 9
Sol. Charge = 96500  1 = 96500 coulomb = 1 F
1F deposits 1 g eq = 9 g of aluminium
SECTION – A
1. B
Sol. A B  0
2. C
Sol. 4 circles touch sides of any given triangle formed by 3 tangents.
3. B
Sol. Required number  8  9  9  9  9  3
4. C
Sol. Let common root be  and P  x   x 2  bx  c

Now P     0 and P P P      0 
 one of the roots must be 1.
5. B
3
Sol.  x  iy   18  26i
 x  3xy 2  18
3
3x 2 y  y3  26
Use y  tx and solve
6. AD
f  x  h  f  x 
Sol. f '  x   lim  x
n0 h
Hence, f (x) is differentiable for all x  R but not twice differentiable at x = 0.
7. CD
Sol. xn2  F  x   x 2 n2 as x  1
 Range of F  x  is  n 2,  
8. AB
Sol. Consider a number system with base 3 and using only the digits 0 or 1.
9. AD
Sol. Take A  1  and B  2 
B’
A’
B
10
10. AC
Sol. Second diagonal will pass through the centre of the hyperbola.
11. BD
Sol. 2978n  2978m  1000k k  N
 m  3 and n  m  100
12. BCD
     
Sol. Let r1  a î  bjˆ  ckˆ and r2  3iˆ  4 ˆj  5kˆ and r1  r2  r1 r2
13. AB
Sol. Radical axis of S1  0 and S2  0 is the line L1  0 , the point of concurrency of family of
lines ax  by  c  0 if a,b,c are in A.P. is (1,-2)
SECTION – C
1. 3
Sol. g 1  e2
h 1  1
lim g  x  
x 1 6
f 1
lim g  x  
x 1 2
Since, g  x  is continuous at x  1
g 1  lim g  x   lim g  x 
x 1 x 1
 2g 1  2f 1  h 1  2  3
2. 8
1 0
5
Sol. Area    6  f  x   dx    f  x    2  dx  4
0 1
3. 5
Sol. Feasible region is
1 2 1
1 1
2 2
1 1
1 2 1
4. 0
2 4
Sol. Focus is  ,  
5 5
5. 8
2 2
Sol. 
x 4  7x 2  4x  20  x 2  4    x  2
2

x 4  9x 2  16  x 2  4   x2
Take the curve y  x 2 .
Both square roots can be interpreted as distances.
CONCEPT RECAPITULATION TEST – II
Paper 1

t h e t es t .
INSTRUCTIONS
4. Each part is further divided into three sections: Section-A, Section-B & Section-C

on OMR sheet.

(i). Section-A (01 – 10) contains 10 multiple choice questions which have one or more than one
correct answer. Each question carries +4 marks for correct answer and – 2 marks for wrong
answer.
(ii). Section – B (01 – 02) contains 2 Match the following Type questions. Each question having 4
statements in Column I & 5 statements in Column II with any given statement in Column I having
correct matching with 1 or more statement (s) given in Column II. Each statement carries +2
marks for correct answer and – 1 mark for wrong answer.
(iii). Section-C (01 – 08) contains 8 Numerical based questions with answers as numerical value
from 0 to 9 and each question carries +4 marks for correct answer. There is no negative
marking.
Enrolment No.
AITS-CRT-II-(Paper-1)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/17
2
Useful Data
PHYSICS
CHEMISTRY

= 0.0821 Lit atm K1 mol1
= 1.987  2 Cal K1 mol1
= 6.625  10–27 ergs
1 amu = 1.66  10–27 kg
1 eV = 1.6  10–19 J

N=9, Na=11, Mg=12, Si=14, Al=13, P=15, S=16,
Cl=17, Ar=18, K =19, Ca=20, Cr=24, Mn=25,
Fe=26, Co=27, Ni=28, Cu = 29, Zn=30, As=33,
Br=35, Ag=47, Sn=50, I=53, Xe=54, Ba=56,
Pb=82, U=92.
F=19, Na=23, Mg=24, Al = 27, Si=28, P=31, S=32,
Cl=35.5, K=39, Ca=40, Cr=52, Mn=55, Fe=56, Co=59,
Ni=58.7, Cu=63.5, Zn=65.4, As=75, Br=80, Ag=108,
Sn=118.7, I=127, Xe=131, Ba=137, Pb=207, U=238.
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
(One or More Than One Options Correct Type)
This section contains 10 multiple choice type questions. Each question has four choices (A),
(B), (C) and (D) out of which ONE or MORE THAN ONE are correct.
1. A 10 m long horizontal stainless steel wire AB of mass 1 kg whose end A is fixed, is

connected to a massless string BC passing over a smooth pulley. String BC is
connected to a container of mass 2 kg at end C. Water (density = 1  103 kg/m3) is
poured in the container at a constant rate of 2.25 litre/sec at t = 0. Also at t = 0, a pulse
is generated at end A. Choose from the following the correct option(s).
(A) Time taken by the pulse to reach point B is 0.612 sec
(B) Time taken by the pulse to reach point B is 0.212 sec
(C) Tension in the string at this moment is 33.77 N
(D) Tension in the string at this moment is 24.77 N
2. In a cylindrical region of radius R, there exists a time varying ×

dB × R ×
magnetic field B such that  k(  0) . A charged particle having × × ×
dt O
× × ×
charge q is placed at the point P at a distance d (> R) from its centre ×
O. Now, the particle is moved in the direction perpendicular to OP d
(see figure) by an external agent upto infinity so that there is no gain
in kinetic energy of the charged particle. Choose the correct
statement/s. P
qR 2
(A) Work done by external agent is k if d = 2R
4
qR 2
(B) Work done by external agent is k if d = 4R
8
qR 2
(C) Work done by external agent is k if d = 4R
4
qR 2
(D) Work done by external agent is k if d = 6R
4
4
3. If the dimensions of length are expressed as Gx cy hz; where G, c and h are the universal
gravitational constant, speed of light and Planck’s constant respectively, then
1 1 1 1
(A) x  , y  (B) x  ,z 
2 2 2 2
1 3 3 1
(C) y = , z  (D) y   ,z 
2 2 2 2
4. A ring of mass m and radius R is placed on a frictionless m

horizontal surface. A particle of mass m is projected from point R
A with velocity v at an angle of 45° with AO as shown. The
45°
correct statements are A O
4R 2
(A) The particle reaches the same point A on the ring after time .
v
mv
(B) Magnitude of impulse transformed during first collision is .
2
mv
(C) Magnitude of impulse transformed during second collision is .
2
2R
(D) Particle reaches diametrically opposite point on the ring in time .
v
5. Two projectile are thrown at the same time from two different points. The projectile
thrown from the origin has initial velocity 3iˆ  3ˆj with respect to earth. The projectile has
initial velocity a î  bjˆ with respect to earth thrown from the point (10, 5). ( î is a unit
vector along horizontal, ĵ along vertical). If the projectile collides after two second, then
the
1
(A) value of a is -2 (B) value of a is
2
1
(C) value of b is (D) value of b is –2
2
6. A thermally insulated chamber of volume 2V0 is divided by a

frictionless piston of area S into two equal parts A and B. Part A B
has an ideal gas at pressure P0 and temperature T0 and in part B is A
vacuum. A massless spring of force constant k is connected with
piston and the wall of the container as shown. Initially spring is
unstretched. Gas in chamber A is allowed to expand. Let in
equilibrium spring is compressed by x0. Then
kx0
(A) final pressure of the gas is
S
1 2
(B) work done by the gas is kx0
2
1 2
(C) change in internal energy of the gas is kx0
2
(D) temperature of the gas is decreased
7. A particle mass m charge q is moving on a circular

vo
path on the surface of a frictionless table with speed P
vo where a magnetic field Bo exists uniformly over r
the whole region. It is attached by a string which
passes through a hole in the table to a spring as
shown.
The spring is stretched by xo. If now the magnetic
field is increased slowly to 2Bo, which of these are
Bo
incorrect?
(A) The extension in the spring will increase
(B) The speed of the particle will increase
(C) The speed of the particle will decrease
(D) The kinetic energy of the particle will decrease
6
8. A particle of mass m is attached to one end of the light inextensible

string and other end of the string is fixed in vertical plane as shown.
5 l
Now particle is given horizontal velocity u  gl , then which of the
2
following statement/s is/are correct.
u
0
(A) The string makes angle with the downward vertical is 60 when acceleration of the
particle is horizontal.
(B) The tension in string is 2 mg when acceleration of the particle is horizontal.
3
(C) The speed of the particle is gl when acceleration of the particle is horizontal
2
(D) The particle will not complete the circle.
9. In the given circuit initially the capacitor is uncharged. At R R

t = 0 the key k is closed. Choose the correct option(s)
11RC R
(A) The time constant of the circuit is . R C
4 E
11RC k
(B) The time constant of the circuit is .
5 R R
3E  1 
(C) Current through the capacitor after one time constant is  .
11R  e 
5E  1 
(D) Current through the capacitor after one time constant is  .
11R  e 
10. For the circuit shown in the figure, which of the following 6 2H
statements is/are correct
12 4
(A) Its time constant is 0.25 second
(B) In steady sate, current through inductance will be equal to 6V
zero.
(C) in steady state, current through the battery will be equal to
0.75 amp.
(D) none of these
SECTION – B
Matrix-Match Type
This section contains 2 questions. Each question contains p q r s t
statements given in two columns which have to be matched. The p q r s t
A
statements in Column I are labelled A, B, C and D, while the
statements in Column II are labelled p, q, r, s and t. Any given B p q r s t
statement in Column I can have correct matching with ONE OR
C p q r s t
MORE statement(s) in Column II. The appropriate bubbles
corresponding to the answers to these questions have to be D p q r s t
darkened as illustrated in the following example:
If the correct matches are A-p, s and t; B-q and r; C-p and q; and
D-s and t; then the correct darkening of bubbles will look like the
following.
1. Match the Column:

Column  I Column  II
(A) I 2
(p) 1 and 2 attract each other
1 2 P
I1
(B) I2 (q) 1 and 2 repel each other


P1
2
I1

(C) I2 (r) 1 and 2 do not exert any force on
2
each other
P
I1
1
(D)  (s) Magnetic field at point P due to
P wires 1 and 2 are perpendicular to
each other.
I1 Wires 1 and 2
are in same
 plane without
touching each
other
(t) Magnetic field at point P due to
wires 1 and 2 are in same
direction.
8
2. In the circuit shown in figure, R1 = R2 = R3 = 3 and e.m.f. E

A3
of each cell is E = 4V and negligible internal resistance.
All ammeters are ideal. Match the following:
b R1
E a E
A2 A1
R3
R2
Column - I Column - II
(A) Reading of ammeter A1 in ampere is (p) 4/3
(B) Reading of ammeter A2 in ampere is (q) 8/3
(C) Reading of ammeter A3 in ampere is (r) 4
(D) Potential difference between point a and point (s) zero

b in volt is (t) 2
SECTION – C
1. A point source of power 4W is placed 1m below the free surface of liquid whose
2
refractive index is ' ' . Find the rate of transfer of energy (in watt) from the liquid
3
surface to air. Ignore any absorption or scattering of light energy.
2. A double convex lens forms a real image of an object on a screen which is fixed. Now
the lens is given a constant velocity v0 along its axis and away from the screen. For the
purpose of forming the image always on the screen, the object is also required to be
given an appropriate velocity. Find the velocity of the object at the instant its size is n
times the size of image. (Take n = 1/2 and v0 = 1 m/s)
3. In the diagram there are four conducting plates A, B, C

+q1 +q2 –q3 +q
and D placed parallel to each other at equal separation +Q 3 +Q
L. If plate C starts moving towards plate B with velocity v. –q1 –q2
Find the current (in mA) flowing in the wire connecting A A B v C D
and D. (assume all other plates to be fixed) (Given: q2 =
5C, q3 = 10C, v = 10 m/s, L = 0.05 m )
4. A thin uniform rod of mass ‘m’, length ‘’ rotates uniformly about a vertical axis , form a
conical pendulum, the upper end of the rod is hinged and  is angle between rod and
vertical.
m2 2
If the change of angular momentum of the rod about hinge is  sin 2 then the
x
value of ‘x’ will be
5. Identical metal plates are located in air at equal

distances d from one another. The area of each plate is Q
equal to A. The capacity of system between points P and
K o A
Q is . Then the value of ‘K’ is
d
P
6. The figure shows a RC circuit with a parallel plate capacitor. –Q0

Before switching on the circuit, plate A of the capacitor has a
charge –Q0 while plate B has no net charge. Now, at A B
t = 0, the circuit is switched on. How much time (in second) R
will elapse before the net charge on plate A becomes zero. S
6
2  10
(Given C = 1F, Q0 = 1mC,  = 1000 V and R  ) 
ln 3
7. A ring of mass 3 kg is rolling without slipping with linear velocity 1 m/sec on a smooth
horizontal surface. A rod of same mass is fitted along its one diameter. Find total kinetic
energy of the system (in J).
x 3 9x 2
8. Potential energy of a particle moving along x-axis is given by U =   20x . Find
3 2
out position of stable equilibrium state.
10
SECTION – A
and (D) for its answer, out of which ONE OR MORE is/are correct.
1. Which of the following compound produce any gas when reacts with water?
(A) KO2 (B) CaC2
(C) Mg3N2 (D) Ba(NO3)2
2. Which of the following compound does exhibit mesomeric effect?
CH 2OH
OH
(A) (B)
OH
OH
(C) (D)
3. Which of the following compound of carbon forms acidic solution when reacts with water
at room temperature?
(A) CO (B) COCl2
(C) CCl4 (D) CH4
4. Which of the following element is present in silicones?

(A) Carbon (B) Hydrogen
(C) Oxygen (D) Sulphur
5. The boiling point of which of the following aqueous solution(s) is/are greater than 100oC?
(A) 0.2 M NaCl (B) 0.1 M AlCl3
(C) 1 M KNO3 (D) 2 M BeSO4
6. Which of the following is/are the coordination isomer(s) of [Co(NH3)6] [Cr(CN)6]?

(A) [Cr(NH3)6] [Co(CN)6] (B) [Cr(NH3)4(CN)2] [Co(CN)4(NH3)2]
(C) [Cr(NH3)3(CN)3] [Co(NH3)3(CN)3] (D) [Cr(NH3)4] [Co(CN)4]
7. Which of the following two compound(s) form different number of gases on heating?
(A) LiNO3 and NaNO3 (B) MgCl2.6H2O and Na2SO4.10 H2O
(C) FeSO4 and Fe2(SO4)3 (D) CaCO3 and BeCO3
8. Which of the following compounds can be distinguished by Fehling’s test?
(A) CH3CHO and CH3COCH3 (B) CH3CH2CHO and CHO
(C) CHO and CH3COCH3 (D) CH3CHO and HCHO
9. The hcp and ccp structure for a given element would be expected to have
(A) the same coordination number (B) the same density
(C) the same packing fraction (D) the same edge length
10. In which of the following pair, the dipole moment of first compound is greater than that of
the second compound?
(A) NH3, NF3 (B) CHCl3, CCl4
(C) CO2, SO2 (D) BF3, NF3
12
SECTION – B
Matrix-Match Type
A
C p q r s t
following.
1. Match the radicals mentioned in Column-I with their reactions mentioned in Column-II.
Column – I Column – II
(A) Fe2+ (p) Forms precipitate with KCN, which is
soluble in excess of the reagent.
(B) Hg2+ (q) Forms precipitate with NaOH and
NH4OH, which is insoluble in both
excess of reagent.
(C) Pb2+ (r) forms coloured precipitate with KI,
which is soluble in excess of reagent.
(D) Ag+ (s) forms black precipitate with H2S which
is soluble in hot and dilute HNO3.
2. Match the aqueous solutions of acids, bases and salts mentioned in Column-I with their
pH and nature mentioned in Column-II.
(A) HCOOH ( p a = 3.74, 0.1 M) + (p) Acidic buffer at its maximum capacity
K
HCOONa (0.1 M)
(B) CH3COOH (0.1 M) + HCl (0.1 M) (q) behaves as a buffer
(C) CH3COOH ( pKa = 4.74, 0.1 M) + (r) pH < 7 at 298 K

NH4OH ( pKa = 9.26, 0.1 M)
(D) HCOONa (300 mL of 0.1 M) + HCl (s) pH = 7 at 298 K
(100 mL of 0.1 M)
SECTION – C
1. 4.48 litre of an ideal gas at STP requires 12 calorie to raise the temperature by 15oC at
constant volume. What is the value of CP of the gas in calorie unit?
2. How many maximum number of nitro product(s) is/are formed when CH3CH2CH3 reacts
with fuming HNO3?
3. The half-life of a zero order reaction is 4 sec. How much seconds is needed for 75%
completion of the reaction?
4. What is the sum of the number of equivalents of glucose and the number of equivalents
of phenylhydrazine required to form one equivalent of glucosazone?
5. 

Compound X dissociates according to the reaction 2X  g  
 2Y  g   Z  g  , with
degree of dissociation  which is small compared with unity, if expression for  in terms
1/n
 2K p 
of equilibrium constant Kp and total pressure P is given as     . The value of n is
 P 
14
6. In the present graphs, the area of circle A and B are 25 unit and 20
unit respectively. Work done will be ____ unit. P
A B
2B
k1
A k1 1
7. For a hypothetical elementary reaction, Where  initially only 2
k2 2
k2
2C
moles of A are present. Total number of moles of A,B and C at the end of 75% reaction
are X. What will be the value of 2X
8. A vessel of 250 litres was filled with 0.01 mole of Sb2S3 and 0.01mole of H2 to attain the


equilibrium at 4400C as Sb2S3  s   3H2  g  
 2Sb  s   2H2S  g  . After equilibrium,
the H2S formed was analysed by dissolved it in H2O and treating with excess of Pb2  to
give 1.19g of PbS MPb  207  as precipitate. The value of Kc at 4400C is _____.
SECTION – A
  
1. Let a,b and c be three vectors having magnitudes 1, 1 and 2 respectively. If
   
 
a  a  c  b  0, then
     
(A) b is in the plane of a and c (B) b is parallel to a  c
   
(C) angle between a and c is 30 o (D) angle between a and c is 150o
3 1
2. The number of solutions of equation 8 sin x  
cos x sin x
(A) 6 if x   0, 2  (B) 4 if x   0,  
 3 
(C) 5, if x   0,  (D) There does not exist any solution
 2 
3. If A and B are two orthogonal matrices of order n and det  A   det B   0, then which of
the following must be correct
(A) det  A  B   det  A   det B  (B) det  A  B   0
(C) A + B = 0 (D) None of above are always correct
16
 2  2   
 x sin   x  1 sin   , x  0,1 then
4. Consider the function g defined by g  x   x  x  1 

 0, if x  0,1
which of the following statement (s) is/are correct?
(A) g  x  is differentiable x  R
(B) g '  x  is discontinuous at x  0 but continuous at x = 1
(C) g '  x  is discontinuous at both x  0 and x  1
(D) Rolle’s theorem is applicable for g  x  in [0, 1]
5. The figure shows two regions in the first quadrant.

Y 2
Y 2
2
y=sin x P (t, sin t ) P (t, sin t )
A(t) B(t)
O X O X
M (t, 0)
M(t, 0)
A(t) is the area under the curve , y  sin x 2 from 0 to t and B (t) is the area of the triangle
A t
with vertices O, P and M (t, 0).Then Lim equals
t 0 Bt
2 3
(A) (B)
3 2
1
(C) (D) 1
2
6. Diagonals of a square are along pair of lines 2x 2  3xy  2y 2  0 . If (2, 1) is a vertex of

square then sides of square can be
(A) 3x  y  5  0 (B) x  3y  5  0
(C) 2x  y  5  0 (D) x  2y  0
7. If three planes P1  2x  y  z  1  0 , P2  x  y  z  2  0 and P3  x  y  3z  5  0

intersects each other at point P on XOY plane and at point Q on YOZ plane, where O is
the origin then identify correct statement(s)
(A) The value of  is 4
x 1 y 1 z
(B) Straight line perpendicular to plane P3 and passing through P is   .
 4 1 3
(C) The length of projection of PQ on x – axis is 1.
 1 1 1 
(D) Centroid of the triangle OPQ is  , , 
3 2 2
10
8. In the expansion of  2x  3y  z  , then which of the following statement(s) is/are
correct?
(A) The expansion will contain 66 terms
(B) Sum of all the coefficients is 0.
 10! 9 
(C) The coefficient of x 2 y 3 z5 equals  
 5! 
(D) None of these
100
100 k
9. The coefficient of x 50 in the expansion of  100
Ck  x  2  3k is also equal to
k 0
(A) number of ways in which 50 identical books can be distributed in 100 students, if
each student can get atmost one book.
(B) number of ways in which 100 different white balls and 50 identical red balls can be
arranged in a circle, if no two red balls are together.
51
(C) numbers of dissimilar terms in  x1  x 2  x 3  .....  x 50  .
2.6.10.14......198
(D)
50!
10. Let the complex number z  x  iy (where x, y  R ) satisfy

cot 1 log3 2z  1   cot 1 log3 2z  1  , then x can be
(A) –1 (B) –2
(C) 1 (D) 2
18
SECTION – B
Matrix-Match Type
A
C p q r s t
following.
1. Match the columns:

(A) The maximum value of  cos  2A     cos  2B     , (p) 2 sin  A  B 
where A, B are constant, is
(B) The maximum value of  cos 2A  cos 2B  , where (A + (q) 2 sec  A  B 
 
B) is constant and A,B   0,  , is
 2
(C) The minimum value of  sec 2A  sec 2B  , where (A + B) (r) 2 cos  A  B 
 
is constant and A,B   0,  , is
 4
(D) The minimum value of (s) 2cos  A  B 
 tan   cot   2cos  A  B 
 
where A, B are constants and    0,  , is
 2
(t) 2 cos  A  B 

2. A plane  passes through the point (1,1, 1) and is parallel to the vectors a = (–1, 1, 0)

and b  1,0,  1  meets the axis in A, B and C forming the tetrahedron OABC where O
is origin.
(A) Volume of the tetrahedron OABC in cubic units (p) 9
2
(B) Area of the faces of the tetrahedron in square units (q) 9 3
2
(C) Distance of the points 3 3 / 2, 3 3,3 form the plane (r)
  3
 in units
(D) Distance of the faces of the tetrahedron from the (s) 3
opposite vertex
SECTION – C
1. The roots of the equation z4  az3  12  9i  z2  bz  0 are the vertices of a square then
area of square is __________
1
2  3x  4x 2
2. Let    dx then find the value of 2 .
2
0 2 x  x 1
3. The triangle ABC, right angled at C, has median AD, BE and CF. AD lies along the line
y  x  3, BE lies along the line y  2x  4 . If the length of the hypotenuse is 60 and area
2
of ABC  100 k  then k is ______________
20
4. Water is drained from a vertical cylindrical tank by opening a valve at the base of the
tank. It is known that the rate at which the water level drops is proportional to the square
root of water depth y, where the constant of proportionality k > 0 depends on the
acceleration due to gravity and the geometry of the hole. If time to empty the tank be T
T
minutes, then 
10

1
 2n  2  2n  2   1 2
5. If  tan  2
   tan k then find the value of k
2
n 1  2  n 1 
6. If x, y, z are positive real numbers and x  y  z  1, then find the minimum value of
 4 9 16  1
   . is ___________
 x y z  27
7 Let a, b, c be the sides of a triangle ABC and  be its area. If a  2,   3 and

a cos C  3 a sin C  b  c  0 . Then the semi perimeter of the ABC is __________
8. Let slope of sides AB and BC of a ABC are roots of the equation x 2  4x  1  0,

( ABC lying in the first quadrant and B is origin) and inradius of the triangle is 1 unit. If

co – ordinates of its incentre are (a, b) then a2  b 4 is _________ 
AITS-CRT-II-(Paper-1)-PCM (Sol)-JEE(Advanced)/17

(Paper-1)

1. AC ABC ACD
2. ACD ABC ABC
3. BD B AB
4. ABC ABC ACD
5. AC ABCD A
6. ABCD AB AB
7. ACD AC ABCD
8. ABCD AB ABC
9. AC AC AD
10. AC AB AB
(A)  r,s (A)  p,q (A)  s
(B)  r,s (B)  q,r (B)  r
1.
(C)  r,s (C)  r,s (C)  q
(D)  r,t (D)  p,s (D)  p
(A)  p (A)  p,q,r (A)  p
(B)  q (B)  r (B)  p,q
2.
(C)  s (C)  q,s (C)  p
(D)  r (D)  q,r (D)  r,s
1. 1 6 5
2. 3 4 3
3. 1 6 2
4. 6 4 6
5. 1 3 2
6. 2 5 3
7. 5 7 4
8. 5 1 6
2
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. AC
Sol. Mass per unit length of the wire = 0.1 kg/m.
At any instant, tension in the string is (2 + 2.25 t) g N
10 t
(2  2.25 t)g
v ; 0 dx  10 0 2  2.25 t dt
0.1
t = 0.612 s
T   2  2.25  0.612   10  33.77 N
2. ACD
  dB ×
Sol.  E  d l  A dt × R ×
× × ×
E2 x 2  d2  R 2k O ×
× × ×
R 2 k
E d
2 x 2  d2
 

qR2 P
Wext   qE  dx  k
0 4 E
3. BD
Sol. Length  Gx cy hz
x y Z
L  M1L3 T 2  LT 1  ML2 T 1 
By comparing the power of M, L and T in both sides we get
 x  z  0,3x  y  2z  1 and  2x  y  z  0
By solving above three equations we get
1 3 1
x  , y   ,z 
2 2 2
4. ABC
Sol. Assume x-axis along OA and y-axis perpendicular to it in the plane of ring.
After 1st collision
v
Velocity of particle = along x-axis
2
v
And velocity of ring = along y-axis
2
v ˆ v ˆ
After second collision velocity of ring = i j
2 2
Velocity of particle = 0
R 2
Time to return at point A = 4 
v
5. AC
 (10,5)
Sol. v AB   3  a  î   3  b  ˆj
  vAB B
a AB  o
 3  a   2  10 and  3  b   2  5 A
1 (0,0)
a = –2 and b =
2
6. ABCD
Sol. Equilibrium of piston gives
kx0
PS  kx0 or P PS kx0
S
Since, the chamber is thermally insulated Q = 0
 Elastic potential energy of spring = work done by gas
1 2
or, work done by gas = kx0
2
This work is done in the expense of internal energy of the gas.
1 2
Therefore, internal energy of the gas is decreased by kx0 .
2
Internal energy of an ideal gas depends on its temperature only. Internal energy of the
gas is decreasing. Therefore, temperature of the gas will decrease.
7. ACD
  
Sol.  
Fm  q v  B and apply Newton’s second law of motion.
8. ABCD
mv 2
Sol. T  mgcos 600  … (i) 600
l u
2
1  5  l 1 l
m gl   mg  mv 2 … (ii)
2  2  2 2
3 5
v gl and T  2mg gl
2 2
Net force is in horizontal direction when  = 600
9. AC
11R
Sol. Equivalent resistance across capacitor (after shorting the battery) = .
4
3E
Voltage across capacitor in steady state = .
4
4t
CE  
q  1  e 11RC 
4  
10. AC
4
L 2 1
Sol.   
Re q 8 4
at steady state inductor short circuited
Hence i = 0.75
SECTION – B
1. A  rs B  rs C  rs D  rt
Sol. For cases (a), (b) and (c), magnetic field due to I1 and I2 are mutually perpendicular.
Therefore, they do not exert any force on each other.
For case (d), magnetic fields at point P due to I1 and I2 are in the same direction.
2. Ap Bq Cs Dr

E E E i1-i3 E
Sol. On solving by KVL we get, i1  , i2   , i3 
R R R
2E i3
 i1  i2  and i1  i3  0 b R1
R
So reading of ammeter A1 is E/R = 4/3 i1 E i1-i2 E i1
a R3
A2 is 2E/R = 8/3, A3 is zero and Vab = 4V i2
R2
SECTION – C
1. 1
Sol. The light escape is confined within a cone of apex angle b
' 2c ' where c is the critical angle. Imagine a sphere with a c
source of light as its centre and the surface area abc is A.
c
c c  c c
here A   2R2 sin  d  2R 2 (1  cos c ) R
0
P
  3 
 R2 1
c  sin    60º 
  2  
A 1
 Power transfer  P  2
 4   1W
4R 4
2. 3
1 1 1
Sol. Applying lens formula,  
v u f
1 dv 1 du
  0
v 2 dt u2 dt
dv
 v0
dt
dv
 v1  v 0 (v1 = velocity of object towards lens)
dt
1  1  n2 
 v1  v 0  v0 , v1   2  v 0 , v1  3v 0 = 3 m/s
n2  n 
3. 1
2q1L 2q2 x 2q3 (2L  x) I
Sol.   0 … (i)
2A  0 2A 0 2A 0 +q1 +q2 –q3 +q
+Q 3 +Q
dq dq3 dq2 –q1 –q2
I 1   … (ii)
dt dt dt v
From (i),
q1L  q2 x  2q3L  q3 x  0 L x 2L–x
dq1 dq dx dq dq dx
 L  x 2  q2  2 3 L  x 3  q3 0
dt dt dt dt dt dt
v
 I (q2  q3 ) = 1 mA
3L
4. 6
 Lsin

dL L
Sol.  L cos 
dt 
L cos
m 2
=  sin  cos  
3
m 2 2
=  sin  cos 
3
5. 1
Sol. 1
I 2
Q 7 1
3
II 4 I 2
8 IV
5
III 6 6
7 III
IV 8 P 5 Q
P 9 9
V 10 3
V 10
4 II
0 A
Equivalent capacity, CPQ = C =
d
6. 2
Sol. Let at any time t charge flown through the plate B to plate A is q and instantaneous
current is I.
6
–Q0+q –q
A B
I
R 
 2q  Q0 
From loop theorem    IR    0
 2C 
dq  2q  2C  Q0
 R 
dt 2C
dq dt
 
2C  Q0  2q 2 RC
Now for charge on plate A to be zero q = Q0.
Q0 t
dq dt
Integrating  
0
2C  Q0  2q 0 2 RC
 2C  Q0 
= t  RC ln  
 2C  Q0 
Putting the value of C, Q0,  and R
We get t = 2 seconds.
7. 5
1 1 1 m(2r)2 2 1 2 2
Sol. K.E. = mv 2  mv 2  w  mr w = 5.
2 2 2 12 2
8. 5
Sol. At stable equilibrium, U is minimum.
dU d2U
= 0 and >0
dx dx 2
1  x 3 ax 2 
=    20x  = 0.
dx  3 2 

2
 x – 9x + 20 = 0.  (x – 5) (x – 4) = 0.
x = 5 and x = 4 are points of equilibrium.
d2U
And U minimum when > 0. i.e. at x = 5.
dx 2
SECTION – A
1. ABC
H2O
Sol. KO   O2 gas
H2O
CaC2   C2H2 gas
H2O
Mg3N2   NH3 gas
H2O 2
Ba NO3 2   Ba  2NO3
2. ABC
Sol. Neither the lone pair of oxygen nor the pi – bonds are in conjugation in (D).
3. B
Sol. COCl2  H2O 
 CO2  2HCl
4. ABC
Sol. Silicones are the polymers of the hydrolysis products of alkyl silicon chlorides.
5. ABCD
Sol. The boiling point of water is 100oC.
 Dissolution of any non-volatile solute of any quantity in water will cause elevation in
boiling point. So, the boiling point of aqueous solution of any non-volatile solute is
greater than 100oC.
6. AB
Sol. In C the net charge on cationic as well as anionic parts of the complex is zero. Such
complexes are not formed. D is not an isomer of the complex due to different molecular
formula and molecular mass.
7. AC

Sol. (A) 4LiNO3  2Li2 O  4NO2  O2

2NaNO3  2NaNO2  O2

(B) MgCl2 .6H2O  MgCl2 .H2O  5H2O

Na2SO4 .10H2O  Na2SO4  10H2O

(C) 2FeSO4  Fe 2 O3  SO2  SO3

Fe2  SO 4 3  Fe 2O 3  3 SO3
8. AB
Sol. All aliphatic aldehydes respond to Fehling test. Benzaldehyde does not give Fehling’s
test.
9. AC
Sol. The coordination number in both the structure is 12 and the packing fraction is 74%
8
10. AB
Sol.  The dipole moment of NH3 is greater than NF3 because the bond pair dipole moment is
enhanced by the lone pair dipole moment in NH3. In NF3 the resultant of bond pair dipole
moment is opposed by the lone pair dipole moment.
 CHCl3 is unsymmetrical, hence it contains certain dipole moment whereas CCl4 is
symmetrical with zero dipole moment.
SECTION – B
1. A  pq, B  qr, C  rs, D  ps

4KCN
Sol. (A) Fe2  2KCN 
 Fe  CN2  Fe  CN 6 

excess
K4
Fe(OH)2 is not soluble in excess NaOH and excess NH4OH

(B) HgO is not soluble in excess NaOH and excess NH4OH
2KI
Hg2   2KI  HgI2  HgI4 
 K 2
2KI
 PbI2   K 2 PbI4 
(C) Pb2   2KI 
Pb2  H2S 
 PbS  2H
3PbS  8HNO3  3Pb NO3 2  2NO  3S  4H2O
KCN
(D) Ag  KCN 
 AgCN    K  Ag  CN 
 2
Ag  H2S 
 Ag2S  2H
3 Ag2S  8 HNO3  6 AgNO3  2NO  3 S  4H2O
2. A  pqr, B  r, C  qs, D  qr
HCOONa 0.1
Sol. (A) pH  pKa  log  3.74  log  3.74
HCOOH 0.2
 pH < 7
(B) pH = -log [H+] = -log10-1 = 1,  pH < 7
CH3COOH cannot dissociated in presence of HCl due to common ion effect.
(C) CH3COOH  NH4OH  CH3COONH4  H2O
Hydrolysis of CH3COONH4 will take place
1 1
 
pH  pK w  pKa  pKb  14  4.74  14  9.26  
2 2
= ½ [14 + 4.74 – 4.74] = 7.  pH = 7 and the solution is a buffer
(D) HCOONa  HCl  HCOOH  NaCl
Initial meq 30 10 0 0
Meq. After reacn 20 0 10 10
HCOONa 20
It is a buffer, pH  pKa  log  3.74  log  4.04,  7
HCOOH 10
SECTION – C
1. 6
Sol. H = nCvT
4.48
or, 12   CV  15
22.4
or, Cv = 4
CP – CV = R = 2  CP = CV + 2 = 4 + 2 = 6 cal
2. 4
Sol. The products are CH3CH2CH2NO2, CH3CHCH3, CH3CH2NO2 and CH3NO2 because C–C
NO2
and C – H bond cleavage takes place in this reaction.
3. 6
Sol. For zero order reaction the half-life is directly proportional to the concentration of
reactant.
t 1/ 2  4sec X t 1/ 2  2sec X
X  
2 4
 Total time needed for 75% reaction = 4 + 2 = 6 sec
4. 4
Sol. CHO
CH = NNHC6H5
CH = NNHC6H5
CHOH
CHOH
C6H5NHNH2 C6H5NHNH2
C =O
   
(CHOH)3 H2O  C6H5NH2 , NH3
(CHOH)3
(CHOH)3
CH2OH
CH2OH
CH2OH
CH = NNHC6H5
C = NNHC6H5 C6H5NHNH2
 
(CHOH)3
CH2OH
5. 3
Sol. 
2X  g  
 2Y  g   Z  g 
Initial 1 0 0
At equi 1-  /2
 Partial pressure [If total pressure P]
 1   
px    P  P py  P  P
 1  /2  1  /2
  /2  P
pz   P 
 1  /2  2
2  P 
p y  p z   P   2 
2
 Kp  2

px  P2
10
3 P
Kp 
2
1
 2K p  3
  
 P 
6. 5
Sol. Work done in anticlockwise cycle is positive and in clockwise cycle is negative.
7. 7
Sol. One mole of A will form 2 moles of B and C after completion of reaction when 75% of A
converted into B and C then total No of moles X = 0.5 + (2  0.5 + 12 ) = 3.5
Hence 2X = 3.52 = 7
8. 1
Sol. Sb2S3  s  3H2  g  2Sb  s  3H2S  g 
 0.01 x   0.013x  2x 3x
1.19
No.of moles of PbS formed =  0.005
239
 0.005 
At eqn. H    
 250 
3
 0.005 
KC    1
 0.005 
SECTION – A
1. ACD
      
Sol. 
On expanding we get a. c a  a. a    c    b
    

 c  a. c a  b
 (a) is correct and (b) is ruled out.
   2 2

 c  a. c a  b
 
If  is the angle between a and c then
2 2
4   2cos    2  2cos    1
3
 cos       30o ; 150o
2
 (C) and (D) is correct.
2. ABC
3 1
Sol. 8 sin x  
cos x sin x
 8 sin2 x cos x  3 sin x  cos x
4 1  cos 2x  cos x  3 sin x  cos x
3 cos x  2  cos 3x  cos x   3 sin x
cos x  2 cos 3x  3 sin x
1 3
cos x  sin x  cos 3x
2 2
 
cos  x    cos3x
 3
 
3x  2nx   x  
 3
(+) (–)
 
3x  2x  x  3x  2n  x 
3 3
 
2x  2n  4x  2n 
3 3
 n 
x  nx  x 
6 2 12
0,2
   6   5 
  
6 2 12 12 12
12
5  11
 
6 12 12
3  18   17
  
2 12 12 12
 23
2  
12 12
3. AB
Sol. det  A  B    det  A  det B  det  A  B 
   
  det A T det B T det  A  B 
  det  A  A  B  B 
T T
  det  A  A  B  B 
T T
  det  A AB  A BB 
T T T T
  det B  A  T T
T
  det  A  B 
  det  A  B   det  A  B   0
4. ACD
g 0  h  g 0 
Sol. g'  0   Lim 0
h h
 g  x  is differentiable  x  R
        
2x sin     sin    2  x  1 sin     sin  ; x  1
g'  x    x x  x  1  x  1
 0 ; x  0,1

But Lim g'  x   does not exist  g '  0   g'  x  is discontinuous at x = 0
x 0
Similarly Lim g'  x   does not exist.

x 1
5. A
t
 sin t 2 dt 2 sin t 2 2 2 2
0
Sol. Lim  Lim  Lim  
t 0 1
t sin t 2
t 0 sin t 2  2t 2 cos t 2 t0 t 2
1 2 3
1 2
2 tan t 2
6. AB
Sol. The point of intersection of diagonal is (0, 0) and
one vertex A (2, 1) 2 (2, 1) m  1
 Vertex is (–2, –1) verties B and D are i  2  i  2
 1  2i, 1  2i 3
 B  1,2  and D 1,  2 

 Equation of the sides are 1
x  3y  5, 3x  y  5 .
7. ABCD
Sol. The three planes intersect in a line.
8. ABC
10
Sol.  2x  3y  z 
  
10!  2x   3y   z 
General term  
 ! !  !
10
………..(1)
12! 12  11
 Number of terms    66
10!2! 2
Put x  y  z  1 in (1), we get
Sum of all the coefficients 0.
Put   2,   3,   5 in (1),
10! 2 3 10! 9
We get coefficient of x 2 y 3 z5   2   3  
2!.3!.5! 5!
9. AD
100
100 k 100 100
Sol. Clearly,  100
Ck  x  2  3k    x  2   3   1  x 
k 0
Hence, coefficient of x 50 is 100

C50 . Now verify
100
Option (A), (D) equal to C50
(B) 99!  100
C50 
100
(C) C101
10. AB
Sol. log3 2z  1  log3 2z  1 (as cot 1 x is a decreasing function)
 2z  1  2z  1
 
Or  2z  1 2z  1   2z  1 2z  1  
 
2 z  z  2 z  z  
zz0
2Re  z   0
 Re  z   0
SECTION – B
1. A s B r C q D p
Sol. (A) cos  2A     cos  2B   
 2 cos  A  B  cos  A  B   
Maximum value is 2cos  A  B  when cos  A  B     1
(B) cos 2A  cos 2B  2 cos  A  B  cos  A  B 
14
Maximum value is 2 cos  A  B  when cos  A  B   1

 
(C) For y  sec x, x   0,  , tangent drawn to it any point lies completely below the
 2
sec 2A  sec 2B
graph of y  sec x, thus  sec  A  B 
2
 sec 2A  sec 2B  2 sec  A  B 
Hence, minimum value is A  B
(D) tan   cot   2 cos 2  A  B 
2
  tan   cot    2  2 cos 2  A  B 
2
  tan   cot    4 sin2  A  B 
Minimum value occurs when tan   cot  and minimum value is

4 sin2  A  B   2 sin  A  B 
2. Ap B pq C p D rs

Sol. (A) Equation of the plane  is A  x  1  B  y  1  C  z  1  0 where
A  0. B  1.C  0 and  A  B  0.C  0  A  B  C and the equation of  is
x  y  z  3 . which meets the co – ordinates axes at A (3, 0, 0), B (0, 3, 0) and C
0 0 0 1
13 0 0 1 1 9
(0, 0, 3). So volume of the tetrhadron. OABC    27 
60 3 0 1 6 2
0 0 3 1
(B) AB  BC  CA  3 2 , so the area of the face ABC which is an equilateral triangle
3 2 9 3

4

 3 2 
2
. Each of the face OAB, OBC, OCA is an isosceles triangle
with sides 3,3,3 2

1 9 9
So, area of each of these faces is 3 2 9  
2 2 2
3 3
3 3 33
9
(C) Required distance is 2 
1 1 1 2
0003
(D) Distance of O from the face ABC   3 distance of A, B, C from
1 1 1
opposite faces OBC, OAC, OAB are equal and is 3.
SECTION – C
1. 5
Sol. Note that z  0 is one root of the given equation u (1+i)
lm (z)
z4  az3  12  9i  z2  bz  0
canceling z, we get z3  az2  12  9i  z  b  0 iu
…………(1)
The 3 vertices of the square other than  0  0i  are u,
iu, u (1 + i)
Now u ui    iu   1  i u  1  i  u  u  12  9i (using O
Re (x)
theory of equation)
4  3i
u2   3  4i  u  3  4i    2  i 
i
 u  2  i or 2  i
2
 u 5
2. 3
1
2x  3x 2  4x 3
Sol.  dx
2 x4  x3  x2
0
 
Put x 2  x 3  x 4  t   2x  3x 2

 4x3 dx  dt
3
dt

0 2 t
3
   t   3  2  3
0
3. 2
1 A
Sol. Area  ab
2
AD : y  x  3
BE  y  2x  4 m1= 1
F
solve G  1, 2  (–1, 2) 3
G 
acute angle  between the medians is m2= 2 
m  m2  
tan   1 o
1  m1m2 90

2 1 1 B C
tan    tan   a/2 D a/2
1 2 3
now, 180     90o      360o
       90o
cot    tan     
2b 2a

tan   tan 
3  or 3  a b
1  tan  tan  2b 2a
1 .
a b
16
 9

2 a 2  b2 
ab
9ab  2  3600
1
 ab  400
2
 Area = 400 sq. units
4. 6
dy
Sol.  k y
dt
dy
 k dt
y
2 y  kt  c
t  0; y  4
4c
2 y  kt  4
y0
kt  4
4
t  60 minutes
1
15
5. 2
 n1 n 1 
n   n   
2n  2  2n  2 2 2  (divide by 2)
Sol. Sum   tan1     tan1 
n 1  2  n2  1  n1  n 1 n 1
1  2
,
2 

n 
n 1 n 1  n 1 n 1 1
   tan1  tan1 1
  tan    tan
1
 tan1

n 1  2 2  2  2 2

 1   1  1  
Lim sum    tan1 
n     cot 
 2 2  2 2
   tan
1
2 
 k  2  k2  2 .
6. 3
x x y y y z z z z
       
2 2 3 3 3 4 4 4 4  9
Sol.
9 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 4 4
       
x x y y y z z z z
7. 4
1 1 3
Sol.  ab sin C  3  2 b sin C   sin C
2 2 b
2 cos C  3 sin C  b  c ………(1)

a2  b2  c 2 4  b 2  c 2
cos C  
2ab 4b
2 2  3
4b c 
 2   2 3    b  c
 4b   b 
4  b2  c 2 6
   b  c  4  b 2  c 2  12  2b2  2bc
2b b
2 2
 b  c  2bc  16   b  c   4
8. 6
A
Sol. Given, x 2  4x  1  0  x
y=x
4  16  4 4  2 3
  2 3 m1  2  3
2 2
 From the figure, I (a, b) lies on line y  x, 45o 1 (a, b)
So b = a r=1
o o
m2  2  3
Also, from 75 30 D
(0, 0)
r 15o 45o
IBD,  sin30o  BI  2  As, r  1 given   B
BI
BI  2  a2  a 2  4  2a2  a  2
So, I   
2, 2   a, b  (Given)
2 4

Hence, a2  b 4    2   2 246
FIITJEE JEE (Main), 2017
CONCEPT RECAPITULATION TEST - I

 Pl ea s e r ea d t h e i n s t r u c t i o n s c a r ef u l l y. Yo u a r e a l l o t t ed 5 m i n ut es
 Yo u a r e n o t a ll o wed t o l ea v e t h e E xa m i n at i o n Ha ll b ef o r e t h e en d o f
t h e t es t .
INSTRUCTIONS
4. Each part has only one section: Section-A.

on OMR sheet.

(i) Section-A (01 to 02 and 09 to 30) contains 24 multiple choice questions which have only one
answer.
Section-A (03 to 08) contains 6 multiple choice questions which have only one correct answer.
Each question carries +8 marks for correct answer and – 2 marks for wrong answer.
Enrolment No.
AITS-CRT-I-PCM-JEE(Main)/17 2
Useful Data
PHYSICS
2
Acceleration due to gravity g = 10 m/s
3 3
Density of water water = 10 kg/m
CHEMISTRY

= 0.0821 Lit atm K1 mol1
= 1.987  2 Cal K1 mol1
= 6.625  10–27 ergs
1 amu = 1.66  10–27 kg
1 eV = 1.6  10–19 J

N=9, Na=11, Mg=12, Si=14, Al=13, P=15, S=16,
Cl=17, Ar=18, K =19, Ca=20, Cr=24, Mn=25,
Fe=26, Co=27, Ni=28, Cu = 29, Zn=30, As=33,
Br=35, Ag=47, Sn=50, I=53, Xe=54, Ba=56,
Pb=82, U=92.
F=19, Na=23, Mg=24, Al = 27, Si=28, P=31, S=32,
Cl=35.5, K=39, Ca=40, Cr=52, Mn=55, Fe=56, Co=59,
Ni=58.7, Cu=63.5, Zn=65.4, As=75, Br=80, Ag=108,
Sn=118.7, I=127, Xe=131, Ba=137, Pb=207, U=238.
TG ~ @bohring_bot < 3 3 AITS-CRT-I-PCM-JEE(Main)/17
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
(One Option Correct Type)
This section contains 30 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B),
(C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE option is correct.
1. The relation between time t and distance x moved by a particle is t  x 2  x where 

and  are constants. The retardation is (if v represents velocity)
(A) 2V 3 (B) 2V 3
(C) 2 V 3 (D) 22 V 3
2. An object is cooled from 750C to 650C in 2 minutes in a room at 300C. The time taken to
cool another identical object from 550C to 450C in the same room in minutes is
(A) 4 (B) 5
(C) 6 (D) 7
3. A source of sound is moving towards a stationary observer with a speed of 50 m/s. The
observer measures the frequency of the source as 1000 Hz. The speed of sound is 350
m/s. The apparent frequency measured by the observer when the source is moving
away after crossing the observer is
(A) 750 Hz (B) 850 Hz
(C) 1150 Hz (D) 1250 Hz
4. A spherical solid ball of volume V is made of a material of density 1. It is falling through
a liquid of density 2(2 < 1). Assume that the liquid applies a viscous force on the ball
that is proportional to the square of its speed . i.e., Fviscous = –k2 (k > 0). The terminal
speed of the ball is
Vg(1  2 ) Vg1
(A) (B)
k k
Vg1 Vg(1  2 )
(C) (D)
k k
5. A spring of force constant k is cut into two pieces such that one piece is double the
length of the other. Then the long piece will have a force constant of
2 3
(A) k (B) k
3 2
(C) 3k (D) 6k
6. A particle is projected horizontally from the top of a tower with a velocity v0. If v be its
velocity at any instant, then the radius of curvature of the path of the particle at the point
(where the particle is at that instant) is directly proportional to
(A) v 3 (B) v 2
1
(C) v (D)
v
7. One half mole of a monoatomic ideal gas absorbs 1200 J of heat energy while
performing 2196 J of work. The temperature of the gas changes by
(A) 1600C (B) 800C
(C) 400C (D) -1600C
8. A train of mass m is moving on a circular track of radius R with constant speed v. The
length of the train is half of the perimeter of the track. The linear momentum of the train
will be
(A) Zero (B) mvR
v
(C) 2m (D) mv

9. A piano string 1.5m long is made of steel of density 7.7103 kg/m3 and Young's modulus
21011N/m2. It is maintained at a tension which produces an elastic strain of 1% in the
string. The fundamental frequency of transverse vibrations of string is
(A) 85Hz (B) 170Hz
(C) 340Hz (D) 310Hz
10. Two organ pipes each closed at one end give 5 beats/sec when emitting their
fundamental notes. If their length are in the ratio 50:51, their fundamental frequencies
are
(A) 250,255 (B) 255,260
(C) 260,265 (D) 265,270
11. The escape velocity on earth is 11.2 km/s. What would be the escape velocity on a
planet whose mass is 1000 times and radius is 10 times than that of earth
(A) 112 km/s (B) 11.2 km/s
(C) 1.12 km/s (D) 3.7 km/s
12. The magnetic field at the centre O of the l

arc in figure is (r is the radius of circular l l
arc) 0
90 0 90
0
45 r
 0l  0 l   
(A)
4  r 
2  

(B) 
2r  4
1 2 1 

 
0 l   l 
(C)  2  r (D) 0   2  
4 r   4 r  4
13. A solid cylindrical uniform rod of mass 0.72 kg, length 50 cm B

L
and radius 6 cm rests on two parallel rails, as shown. The rod
caries a current I = 48A (In the direction shown) and rolls d
i
along the rails without slipping. If it starts from rest due to L
applications of uniform magnetic field of magnitudes 0.25 T
(directed perpendicular to the rod and the rail), then the
friction force (In N) between rod and rails is
(A) 2 (B) 3
(C) 4 (D) 5
14. The critical angle for a prism and its surrounding interface is 36. The minimum angle of
prism for which no emergent ray is possible is
(A) 18 (B) 36
(C) 72 (D) 144
15. A simple pendulum charged negatively to q coulomb oscillates

with a time period T in a downward electric field. If the electric
field is with-drawn, the new time period is:
(A) = T (B) > T E
(C) < T (D) none of these
m
16. Two electrons are moving with the same speed V. One electron enters a region of
uniform electric field while the other enters a region of uniform magnetic field. After
sometime if the de Broglie wavelength of the two are 1 and  2 , then (select the best
alternative)
(A) 1   2 (B) 1   2
(C) 1   2 or 1   2 (D) 1   2 or 1   2 or 1   2
17. The efficiency of carnot engine is 0.6. It rejects 20 J of heat to the sink. The work done
by the engine is
(A) 20 J (B) 30 J
(C) 33.5 J (D) 50 J
18. For the circuit shown in the figure, the current through the inductor is L
0.6 A, while the current through the capacitor is 0.4 A. The current
drawn from the generator is
(A) 1.0 A (B) 0.4 A C
(C) 0.6 A (D) 0.2 A 
Generator
19. A uniform solid brass sphere is rotating with angular speed 0 about a diameter.
If its temperature is now increased by 1000C. What will be its new angular speed
(Given: brass  2.0  105 per 0C )
(A) 1.1 0 (B) 1.01 0
(C) 0.996 0 (D) 0.824 0
20. Which of the following phenomenon is not common to sound and light waves?
(A) interference (B) diffraction
(C) polarization (D) reflection
21. In a two slit experiment with monochromatic light, fringes are obtained on a screen
placed at some distance from the slits. If the screen is moved by 5  10 2 m towards the
slits the change in fringe width is 3  10 5 m. If the distance between the slits is 10 3 m,
the wavelength of light used is
(A) 4000 Å (B) 5550 Å
(C) 6000 Å (D) 6500 Å
22. In the figure, AB is a uniform wire of length 100 cm 1.5 V

+ -
whose resistance is 5 . If galvanometer reads zero, 10
then AC =
C
(A) 10cm (B) 20cm A B
(C) 40cm (D) 80cm
0.2
1.8
+ -
2V
23. A fish looking up through the water sees the outside

world contained in a circular horizon. If the refractive
index of water is 4/3 and the fish is 12 cm below the R
surface, the radius of this circle in cm is


(A) 36 5 12 cm

(B) 4 5
(C) 36 7
(D) 36 / 7
24. A rod PQ is connected to the capacitor plates. The rod is x B x x x x

P
placed in a magnetic field (B) directed downward x x x x  x x
perpendicular to the plane of the paper. If the rod is pulled v M
x x x x x
out of magnetic field with velocity v as shown in figure. x x N
x x x x
(A) plate M will be positively charged x Q x x x
x
(B) plate N will be positively charged
(C) both plates will be similarly charged
(D) no charge will be collected on plates
25. A tank has a hole made at its bottom. The time needed to empty the tank from level h1
to h2 will be proportional to
(A) h1  h2 (B) h1  h2
(C) h1  h2 (D) h1  h2
26. In hydrogen like atoms the ratio of difference of energies E 4n  E 2n and E2n  En varies
with atomic number z and principle quantum number n as
z2 z4
(A) 2 (B)
n n4
z
(C) (D) none of these
n
27. A star initially has 1040 deutrons. It produces energy via the processes
2
1H + 1H2  1H3 + p and 1H2 + 1H3  2He4 + n.
If the average power radiated by the star is 1016 W, the deuteron supply of the star
is exhausted in a time of the order of [The masses of nuclei are: m(H2) = 2.014 u,
m(p) = 1.007 u, m(n) = 1.008 u, m(He4) = 4.001 u]
(A) 106 s (B) 108 s
12
(C) 10 s (D) 1016 s
28. If the maximum kinetic energy of emitted photo electrons from a metal surface of work
function 2.5 eV, is 1.7 eV. If wavelength of incident radiation is halved, then stopping
potential will be
(A) 2.5 V (B) 5.9 V
(C) 5 V (D) 1.1 V
29. A light emitting diode (LED) has a voltage drop of 2V across it and passes a current of
10 mA. When it operates with a 6V battery through a limiting resistor R, the value of R is:
(A) 40 k  (B) 4 k 
(C) 200  (D) 400 
30. The number densities of electrons and holes in a pure germanium at room temperature
are equal and its value is 3 ×1016 per m3. On doping with aluminium, the hole density
increases to 4.5 × 1022 per m3. Then the electron density in doped germanium is
(A) 2.5  1010 m–3 (B) 2  1010 m–3
9 –3
(C) 4.5  10 m (D) 3  109 m–3
SECTION – A
1. 100 mL of FeSO4 solution required 200 mL of 0.1 M acidified KMnO4 solution for
complete reaction. What is the molarity of the FeSO4 solution?
MnO4  Fe2  H  Mn2  Fe3  H2O
(A) 0.5 M (B) 1 M
(C) 2 M (D) 1.5 M
2. Which of the following molecule has the highest value of dipole moment?
(A) PCl3F2 (B) PCl2Br3
(C) PCl2F3 (D) PCl5
3. Which gas shows real behaviour?

(A) 16 g of dioxygen at STP occupies 11.2 L
(B) One gram dihydrogen in 0.5 L flask exerts pressure of 24.63 atm at 300 K
(C) One mole of ammonia at 300 K and 1 atm pressure occupies 22.4 L
(D) 5.6 L of CO2 at STP is equal to 11 g
4. The oxidation number and hybridization of sulphur in S8 molecule are respectively:

S S
S
S S
S
S S
2
(A) +2 and sp (B) +2 and sp3
(C) zero and sp2 (D) zero and sp3
5. Which of the following is most soluble in water?

(A) BeSO4 (B) MgSO4
(C) CaSO4 (D) BaSO4
6. X  g   2 Y  g  
 Pr oducts
The rate equation of above reaction is given as follows:
Rate = k[X][Y]0.5
What is the unit of rate constant of above reaction?
(A) mol1/ 2L1/2 s 1 (B) mol1/2L1/2 s 1
(C) mol3/ 2L3/ 2s 1 (D) mol3/2L3/2 s 1
7. 
HCN  aq  H  aq  CN  aq
 
The ionization constant (Ka) of above acid increases by

(A) adding more water (B) adding more HCN
(C) removing H+ ions by adding bases (D) none of these
8.
0.8
Concentration (in M)
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
Time (in sec)
Above graph is given for the following reversible reaction.


X  g  
 Y  g
The equilibrium constant KC of above reaction is:
1 3
(A) (B)
4 2
2
(C) (D) 4
3
9. Which of the following relation is correct for an equilibrium system?

(A) Ssystem = 0 (B) Ssurrounding = 0
(C) STotal = 0 (D) Ssystem = Ssurrounding
10. Which of the following compound on hydrolysis forms products that are polymerized to
silicones?
(A) SiCl4 (B) (CH3)2SiCl2
(C) SiH2Cl2 (D) H2SiF6
11. 

X  g  
 Y  g  Z  g
The equilibrium constant Kp of above reaction is 3 atm at a certain temperature. If equal
moles of X, Y and Z are present at equilibrium, the equilibrium pressure would be:
(A) 12 atm (B) 3 atm
(C) 6 atm (D) 9 atm
12. NaOH  CO   Pr oduct

Which of the following is/are the product(s) of above reaction?
(A) HCOONa (B) NaHCO3
(C) Na2CO3 + H2 (D) NaH + CO2
13. SO23  H 
  X   Y 
The unknown compounds of above reaction are:
(A) H2S and O2 (B) SO2 and H2O
(C) SO3 and H2 (D) SO2 and H2
14. For which of the following aqueous solution, there is maximum difference between the
normal and abnormal colligative properties?
(A) 0.1 m C6H12O6 (B) 0.1 m CH3COOH
(C) 0.1 m HCOOH (D) 0.1 m CH3OH
15. Which of the following aqueous solution is colourless?

(A) CuSO4 (B) Zn(NO3)2
(C) FeCl2 (D) KMnO4
16. The relation between the molar conductance (m) and equivalent conductance (e) of the
solution of MgCl2.KCl.6H2O is
(A) m = e  8 (B) m = e  3
(C) e = m  3 (D) e = m  8
17. The strongest reducing agent out of the following is:

(A) NH3 (B) PH3
(C) AsH3 (D) BiH3
18. Which of the following interhalogen compound does NOT exist?

(A) IF3 (B) IF4
(C) IF5 (D) IF7
19. The hybridization of xenon in XeO3 is:

(A) sp3d2 (B) sp3d
(C) sp3d3 (D) none of these
25o C
20. Pb NO 3 2  excess   CrO2Cl2  NaOH  Pr oducts
Which of the following precipitates are formed in the above reaction?
(A) PbCrO3 and PbCl2 (B) PbCrO4 and PbCl2
(C) PbCr2O7 and PbCl4 (D) Na2PbO2 and PbCl4
21. How many effective no. of Na+ ions are present in the unit cell of NaCl if the ions along
all the body diagonals of the unit cell are removed?
(A) 4 (B) 3
(C) 2 (D) 1
22. The fraction of chlorine precipitated by AgNO3 solution from [Cr(NH3)5Cl]Cl2 is

1 1
(A) (B)
2 3
2 1
(C) (D)
3 4
23. Zn(s)| Zn2+(1M)|| Cu2+(1M)|Cu(s)

E0Zn2  / Zn  0.76 V and ECu
0
2
/Cu
 0.34 V
Which of the following relation(s) is/are correct for the above electrochemical cell?
(A) E0cell > 0 (B) Ecell > 0
(C) Ecell = E0cell (D) All are correct
24. Which one of the following has aromatic character ?

(A) Cyclopentadienyl cation (B) Cyclopentadienyl radical
(C) Cyclopentadienyl anion (D) Cyclopentadiene
25. How many optical isomer(s) is/are possible for fructose?

(A) 10 (B) 8
(C) 16 (D) 12
26. Number of C = C bonds present in anthracene is

(A) 5 (B) 3
(C) 9 (D) 7
27. Which of the following is the strongest base?

CH2NH2 NHCH3
(A) (B)
NH2 NH 2
CH3
(C) (D)
28. In order to response to xanthoproteic test. the amino acids should contain
(A) aliphatic vinyl group (B) phenyl group
(C) any cyclic group (D) allyclic group
i  NH4Cl;KCN equimolar 
29.  X 
 ii H  aq
 CH3 CH NH2  COOH
Compound[X] is
O
Cl (B)
(A)
O O
(C) (D)
H NH2
30. Compound which gives same osazone as given by

CHO
CH 2OH
(A) CHO (B) CH 2OH
CH 2OH CHO
(C) CHO (D) CH 2OH
CH 2OH CHO
SECTION – A
31 139 319  5 
1. Find the sum of the series cot 1  cot 1  cot 1  .....  cot 1  3n2   .
12 12 12  12 
13n  18 18n  13
(A) cot 1 (B) cot 1
12n 12n
36n 5 28n 3
(C) cot 1 (D) cot 1
12n 12n
2. A curve satisfying the initial condition, y 1  0, satisfies the differential equation,
dy
x  y  x 2 . The area bounded by the curve and the x – axis is:
dx
1 1
(A) (B)
2 3
1 1
(C) (D)
4 6
log(   x )
3. The function f (x) = (x  0) is
log(e  x )
(A) increasing in [0, )
(B) decreasing in [0, )
   
(C) increasing in 0,  and decreasing in  ,  
 e e 
   
(D) decreasing in 0,  and increasing in  ,  
 e e 
1
4. The total number of solutions of cot x  cot x  , x   0, 3 is
sin x
(A) 0 (B) 1
(C) 2 (D) 3
5. Let a   0, 1 satisfies the equation a 2016  2a  1  0 and S  1  a  a 2  ......  a2015 Sum

of all possible value(s) of S, is
(A) 2015 (B) 2016
(C) 2017 (D) 2018
6. Locus of all point P (x, y) satisfying x 3  y 3  3xy  1 consists of union of

(A) a line and an isolated point (B) a line pair and an isolated point
(C) a line and a circle (D) a circle and an isolated point
7. If f  x   x 2  bx  c and f  2  t   f  2  t  for all real numbers t, then which of the

following is true?
(A) f 1  f  2   f  4  (B) f  2   f 1  f  4 
(C) f  2   f  4   f 1 (D) f  4   f  2   f 1
8. The average sales and standard deviation of sales for four months for a company are as
follows :
Month 1 Month 2 Month 3 Month 4
Average Sales : 30 57 82 28
Standard deviation of sales: 2 3 4 2
During which month are the sales most consistent?
(A) month 1 (B) month 2
(C) month 3 (D) month 4
 z  2i  
9. If arg    , then which of the following options gives the correct locus of z ?
 z  2i  6
Im(z) Im(z)
A(0, 2)
A(0, 2)
Re(z)
(A) Re(z) (B)
B(0, 2)
B(0, 2)
Im(z) Im(z)
A(0, 2) A(0, 2)
(C) Re(z) (D) Re(z)
B(0, 2) B(0, 2)
1 1 1 1 1
10. Let S     .....   .
sin8 sin16 sin32 sin 4096 sin8192
1
If S  where   (0, 90°), then the value of  (in degrees) is
sin 
(A) 4o (B) 2o
o
(C) 6 (D) None of these
11. If f  x  is a differentiable function such that f '  2   6 and f ' 1  4, then
lim
 
f h3  3h  2  f  2 
equals:
h 0 f  2h  2h  1  f 1
2
4 4
(A) (B)
3 9
3 9
(C) (D)
4 4
12. If I   sin x.cos x.cos 2x.cos 4x.cos 8x.cos16 x dx , then the value of I is
sin16x cos 32x
(A) c (B)  c
1024 1024
cos 32x cos 32x
(C) c (D)  c
1096 1096
13. If the equation x 4  8x3  18x 2  8x  a  0 has four distinct real roots, then the range of
a is:
(A) (0, 9) (B) (–9, 0)
(C) (–8, 1) (D) (–1, 8)
14. y  f  x  is a function which satisfies:

(i) f  0   0
(ii) f "  x   f '  x  and
(iii) f '  0   1
then the area bounded by the graph of y  f  x  , the lines x  0, x  1  0 and y  1  0 ,
is:
(A) e (B) e  2
(C) e  1 (D) e  1
15. Three parallel chords of a circle have lengths 2,3,4 and subtend angles , ,    at the
centre respectively (given      ) , then cos is equal to
15 17
(A) (B)
31 35
17
32
16. Let z1,z2 , z3 be three distinct points z  1. If 1,  2 and 3 be the arguments of z1,z2 , z3
respectively then cos  1  2   cos  2  3   cos  3  1 
3 3
(A)   (B)  
2 2
3
(C)  (D)  2
2
17. Number of solutions of the equation

1
  
log10 5 cos1 x  1  log10 2cos1 x  3  log10 5  1 is:
2

(A) 0 (B) 1
(C) more than one but finite (D) infinite
1 x
x 2 x3
18. If the function f  x   4e 2
 1 x   and g  x   f 1  x  , then the value of
2 3
 7
g'    equals
 6
1 1
(A) (B) 
5 5
6 6
(C) (D) 
7 7
19. If z is a complex number, then

 2

z z  1  2R e  z 
is equal to
2
z
1 1
(A) z  (B) z 
z z
(C) Re  z  (D) none
20. Two teachers are interviewing top 6 students in FTRE 2016 exam in two different
subjects, starting at the same time. Each teacher interviews a student for 15 minutes.
The number of ways in which the interviews can be scheduled is
(A) 6! (B) 5!
(C) 44 x 6! (D) 265 x 6!
21. The length of the perpendicular from the origin to the plane passing through the point
   
a and containing the line r  b  c is
     
a b c  a b c 
(A)       (B)    
ab  bc  c a ab  bc
     
a b c  a b c 
(C)     (D)    
bc  c a c a  ab
 cos  sin   An
22. If A    , then lim is (where   R )
n  n
  sin  cos  
(A) a zero matrix (B) an identity matrix
 0 1   0 1
(C)   (D)  
 0 1  1 0 
ln2
2e3x  e2x  1
23. Let T   dx, then e T equals:
0 e3x  e2x  e x  1
7 7
(A) (B)
4 2
11 11
(C) (D)
2 4
24. A line is drawn from the point P (1, 1, 1) and perpendicular to a line with direction ratios
1, 1, 1 to intersect the plane x  2y  3z  4 at Q. The locus of Q is
x y5 z2 x y5 z2
(A)   (B)  
1 2 1 2 1 1
x y 2
(C) x  y  z (D)  
2 3 5
25. The lines 2x 2  3y 2  xy  3x  7y  2  0 represent two normals of a circle which passes

2 2
2  5  1
through the focus of the parabola  5x  15    5y     3x  4y   . The equation
 2  2
of the circle is
(A) 4x 2  4y 2  8x  8y  65  0 (B) 4x 2  4y 2  8x  8y  65  0
(C) x 2  y 2  2x  2y  73  0 (D) x 2  y 2  2x  y  73  0
1
26. The asymptotes of the hyperbola y  x  are
x
(A) y  0, y  x (B) y  0, y   x
(C) x  0, y   x (D) x  0, y  x
dy
27. If x  y  loge y  loge x  1 , then the solution of the equation is
dx
x y
(A) y loge    cx (B) x loge    cy
y x
y x
(C) loge    c x (D) loge    cy
x y
28. A man is dealt a poker hand (consisting of 5 cards) from an ordinary pack of 52 playing
cards. The number of ways in which he can be dealt a “straight” (a straight is five
consecutive values NOT of the same suit. e.g. {Ace 2, 3, 4, 5}, {2, 3, 4, 5, 6}……..and
{10 . J. Q. K. Ace}) is

(A) 10 4 5  4  (B) 4!.210
(C) 10.210 (D) none of these
2 2
29. The minimum value of  tan A  cosB    cot A  sinB  for all permissible independent
variables A and B is
(A) 0 (B) 2  1
(C) 3  2 2 (D) cannot be determined
30. From a set of numbers 1,2,3,......,999 , six distinct numbers are chosen. Out of these
six numbers three are chosen and labeled as a1,a2 ,a3 . The remaining are labeled as
b1,b2 ,b3 . The probability that a brick of dimensions a1  a2  a3 fits in a box of dimensions
b1  b2  b3 is equal to (assume that the brick can be rotated before putting into the box)
1 1
(A) (B)
2 3
1 1
(C) (D)
4 5
TG ~ @bohring_bot < 3 1 AITS-CRT-I-PCM (Sol)-JEE(Main)/17
FIITJEE JEE(Main)-2017

(Main)

1. A B B
2. A C D
3. A C B
4. A D C
5. B A D
6. A B A
7. D D B
8. C C C
9. B C A
10. A B A
11. A D D
12. B A B
13. A B C
14. C C C
15. C B C
16. D B A
17. B D B
18. D B A
19. C D A
20. C B D
21. C B C
22. C C A
23. D D D
24. A C A
25. D B B
26. D D D
27. C A C
28. B B A
29. D C C
30. B B C
AITS-CRT-I-PCM (Sol)-JEE(Main)/17 2
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. A
  2  4t
Sol. x 2  x  t  0  x 
2
dx 4 1
V=  
dt 2  2   4t
2 2
  4 t
dv  1  3
a=  2 3/2    4  ( 2 )V
dt (  4t)  2 
2. A
Sol. Neutron law for cooling
Rate of decrease of temperature  temperature difference between object and
surrounding.
3. A
 350 
Sol. 1000   f …(i)
 350  50 
 350 
f1   f …(ii)
 350  50 
f1 = 750 Hz
4. A
2
Sol. v2g + KVT  v1g 2
KVT v2g
The ball is dynamic equilibrium.
v1g
5. B
Sol. k2  k3
3
k= k
2
6. A
V2 V3
Sol. R= V  ; R  V3
gv o gVo
7. D
Sol. Q = U + W …(i)
and
U = nCv(T) …(ii)
8. C
2R
Sol. The centre of mass =

 2R   V 
Linear velocity =   
  R
 V = r.
9. B
F. 
Sol: Y=  F  YA.
A. 
1
= 21011 A
100
1 F 1 2  109 A
n= 
2  1.5 Ad 3 A  7.7  103
n = 170Hz
10. A
 
Sol.  5 …(i)
4Li 4L 2
L1 50
 …(ii)
L 2 51
11. A
2GM
Sol. Escape velocity =
R
12. B
 0I   I 
Sol. B  2 0  
sin 90 0  sin 450  0   
 4 r cos 45  4 r  2 
13. A
Sol. F  IBL
f
F  f  ma
fr  I
a  r
14. C
Sol. A > 2C
15. C
 qE
Sol. T  2 ; geff  g  (with electric field)
geff m
16. D
Sol. For electron in electric field, magnitude of its momentum may increase, decrease or
remain constant w.r.t. initial value.
17. B
Q1  Q2 20
Sol. 0.6   1
Q1 Q1
 Q1 = 50, W = Q1 – Q2 = 30 J
18. D
Sol. IL and IC will be in opposite phases.
Inet = IL – IC
= 0.6 – 0.4 = 0.2 A
19. C
Sol. Variation of moment of inertia with temperature
I = Io (1 + 2 T)
C.O.A.M:
Ii i = If f
20. C
Sol. Polarization occurs for transverse waves and not for longitudinal waves.
21. C
D
Sol. W ;
d
D
W =
d
22. C
 0.2 
Sol. VAC  2    …(i)
 1.8  0.2 
 5   
Also, VAC = (1.5)     …(ii)
 15   100 
23. D
Sol.  = C (critical angle)
R
 tan C
12

12 cm

24. A
Sol.  = Bv develops across rod PQ.
By Lenz’s law, plate M get positively charged.
25. D
Sol. A1V1 = A2V2
 dh 
 a 2gh  A   
 dt 
t 2 h
a dh
  dt   A 
A0 h1 2gh
26. D
E1 E
 1
E 4n  E 2n 16n2 4n2 1
Sol.  = = constant
E2n  En E1 E1 4

4n2 n2
27. C
Sol. m = 0.026 amu
Qvalue = 2.42 MeV
t = 1.28  1012 s
28. B
hc
Sol.  hv  2.5  1.7  4.2eV

v  C

& v '  C  v '  2v
2
eV0  h(2v)    2  4.2  2.5
V0  5.9 V
29. D
Sol. The potential drop across R is 4 V while
current is 10 mA hence, 10 × 10–3 × R = 4. 10 mA
m
R = 400 .
2V
R
6V
30. B
Sol. The electron density in doped semiconductor,
n2 (3  1016 )2
e  i  = 2  1010 /m3
nh 4.5  1022
SECTION – A
1. B
Sol. Meq. of FeSO4 = Meq. of KMnO4
or, N1V1 = N2V2
or, 100  N1 = 200  0.1  5
 N1 = 1, also M = 1
2. C
Sol. It has unsymmetrical structures.
3. C
Sol. One mole of NH3 occupy 22.4 L at NTP, not at 300 K and 1 atm.
4. D
Sol. Sulphur forms two sigma bonds with two lone pairs.
5. A
Sol. BeSO4 forms complex with water i.e. [Be(H2O)4]2+. Hence it is most soluble.
6. B
Sol. The unit of k will be mol-1/2L1/2s–1.
7. D
Sol. Ka increases only by increasing temperature.
8. C
Sol. KC 
 Y  4  2
 X 6 3
9. C
Sol. For equilibrium system, S(system) = –S(surrounding)
10. B
H2 O H2O
Sol.  CH3 2 SiCl2    CH3 2 Si  OH2   Silicones
11. D
py  pz 33
Sol. KP   3
px 3
Pequilibrium = px + py + pz = 3 + 3 + 3 = 9 atm
12. A
Sol. NaOH  CO  HCOONa
13. B
Sol. SO23   2H  SO2  H2O
14. C
Sol. HCOOH is stronger than CH3COOH. Hence the solution of HCOOH will contain more
no. of ions than that of CH3COOH.
15. B
Sol. Zn2+ form colourless compounds in solution due to absence of d-d transition.
16. B
m
Sol.  3  m  3  e
e
n-factor of MgCl2.KCl.6 H2O = 3.
17. D
Sol. Due to weak Bi – H bond.
18. B
Sol. Halogen atoms except fluorine form compounds with valency 1, 3, 5 and 7.
19. D
Sol. Xe undergoes sp3 hybridization and forms three sigma and three pi-bonds with a lone
pair on it.
20. B
CrO2Cl2
Sol. NaOH   Na2CrO4  H2O  Cl
Pb2  2 Cl  PbCl2 
Pb2  CrO24  PbCrO4 
21. B
Sol. One Na+ is removed and remaining three(effective no. per unit cell) are present.
22. C
2
Sol. The fraction is
3
23. D
Sol. E0cell = E0cell > 0 (due to 1 M concentration of ions)
24. C
Sol. In cyclopentadienyl anion, each carbon is sp2 hybridized
H H
H H
H
25. B
Sol. Fructose contains 3 chiral carbon atoms.
26. D
Sol.
27. A
Sol. Aliphatic amines are stronger base than aromatic amines
28. B
Sol. In xanthoproteic test, electrophylic nitration takes place.
29. C
NH4 Cl HCl
Sol. CH3CHO 
KCN
MeCH NH2  CN 
HO
 MeCH NH2  COOH
2
30. B
Sol. The configuration of carbon atoms at 3, 4, 5 positions should be same.
SECTION – A
1. B
 5 
Sol. Tr  cot 1  3r 2  
 12 
 12   12 
 tan1  2   tan1  2 
 36r  5   4  36r  9 
 
 3 
 tan1  
 1  9 4r 2  1 
 
 4 
 3 3 
1
 2  2r  1  2  2r  1 
 tan  
 1  3  2r  1 . 3  2r  1 
 2 2 
3  3 
 tan1   2r  1   tan 1   2r  1 
2  2 
3  3
Sn  tan1   2n  1   tan1
2  2
 12n   18n  13 
 tan1    cot 1  
 18n  13   12 
2. D
Sol. Equation of the curve is y  x 1  x 
3. B
ln    x 
Sol. f  x 
ln  e  x 
ln  e  x  ln    x 

f ' x 
   x  e  x 
2
ln  e  x 
Now, consider the function g  y   y ln y
g'  y   ln y  1
1
g'  y   0 when y 
e
1
g  y  is an increasing function when x 
e
  e  x  ln  e  x      x  ln    x   x  0
ln  e  x  ln    x 
  0
   x  e  x 
 f '  x   0 x  0
 f  x  is decreasing is 0,  
4. C
Sol. When cot x  0
1
 0
sin x
 No possible value of x.
   3   5 
When cot x  0  x  ,     , 2    ,3  
2   2   2 
1
  cot x  cot x 
sin x
1
 cos x 
2
 3 5
2  2 2 3
2
1

2
–1
Number of solution = 2
5. D
Sol. S  2, S  2016
6. A
3
Sol. x 3  y 3   1  3  x  y  1  0
  x  y  1  0 OR x 2  y 2  xy  x  y  1  0
7. B
Sol. f  x  has minimum value at 2. f 1 will be smaller than f (4) because 1 is closer to 2 as
compared to 4.
8. C
Sol.
M1 M2 M3 M4
 2 3 4 2
x 30 57 82 28
which ever is less is most consistent.
9. A
 z  2i   
Sol. arg     arg  z  2i   arg  z  2i  
 z  2i  6 6
 y  2 1  y  2  
 tan1    tan  x   6
 x   
xy  2x  xy  2x 1
 
x2  y2  4 3
 x 2  y 2  4  4 3 x
 x2  y2  4 3 x  4  0
2

 x2 3   y 2  12  4  4 2

 centre 2 3,0 , radius = 4 
10. A
Sol. S

sin 8o  4o   sin 16 o
 8o   ..........  sin  8192 o
 4096o 
o o o o o o
sin 8 sin 4 sin16 sin 8 sin 8192 sin 4096
o o
 S  cot 4  cot 8192
11. D
Sol. lim
 
f h3  3h  2  f  2 
 lim
f ' h  3h  2  .  3h  3  6.3 9

3

2
h 0f  2h  2h  1  f 1 2
f '  2h  2h  1 .  2  4h  4.2 4
h 0 2
(Using L’ Hospital Rule)

12. B
sin 3x
Sol. I  dx
32
13. C
2 y
Sol. x 2

 4x  1  a  1  0
9
2
 x 2
 4x  1  1  a
2

f  x   x 2  4x  1 
For four distinct solutions
1  a   0, 9 
a   1, 8  x
a   8, 1 2  3 –2
O
2 3
14. C
f "  x
Sol. 1 y
f '  x
Integrating In f '  x   x  c, f '  0   1  c  0
f '  x  ex O
x
x
f  x   e  k, f  0   0  k  1
f  x   ex  1
1
1
Area    e x  1  1 dx  e x   e  1 –1
0
0
15. C
Sol. Using the property that equal chords subtends
equal angles at centre of circle, then problem can
be converted to the diagram in adjoining figure O
AB  4, AC  2,BC  3
4 B
ABC   / 2 A
9  16  4 7 3
cos   / 2     cos   2cos2   / 2   1 2
23 4 8
49 98  64 34 17 C
 2  1  cos   
64 64 64 32
16. A
3
Sol. cos  1  2   cos  2  3   cos  3  1   
2
17. B
Sol. cos 1 x  t  x   1, 1 and t  0, 
1 1  1 3
log10 5t  1  log10  2t  3   log10 5  1 ;  t  and t   
2 2  5 2
log10   5t  1 2t  3  .5   2
23
 t  110t  23   0  t  1 or t   (rejected)
10
cos1 x  1  x  cos1
18. A
 1 x 
dy 4 12x  
Sol.  e  1  x  x 2  2e 2   x 2  x  1
dx 2
dx 1
g'  y     x 1 
dy  
2e  2   x 2  x  1
7
When y   then x  1
6
dy  1 1
  
dx  x 7/6 2  3 5
19. A
Sol. 
 
z zz 1  z  z  1 1 1
 z      z 
1
zz  z z z z
20. D
Sol. Number of ways = (Number of one-one function from set A = {s1, s2 ….s6} to A such that
f  si   si  6!  D6  6!
21. C
   
Sol. The given plane passes through a and is parallel to the vector b  a and c . So it is
       
 
normal to b  a  c . Hence, its equation is r  a . b  a  c  0 or     
       
 
r . b  c  c  a  a b c 
  
a b c 
The length of the perpendicular from the origin to this plane is    
bc  c a
22. A
 cos n sinn 
Sol. An   
  sinn cos n 
A n 0 0 
Lim  
n  n
0 0 
23. D
Sol. We have T  
ln2  3e 3x
 
 2e2x  e x  e3x  e 2x  e x  1  dx
3x 2x x
0 e e  e 1
ln2

 ln e3x  e 2x  e x  1  x 
0

11
11 11 ln 11
 ln  ln 2  ln  eT  e 4 
2 4 4
24. A
Sol. D.R’s of PQ are x1  1, y1  1, z1  1
 1 x1  1  1 y1  1  1 z1  1  0
 x1  y1  z1  3
Also x1  2y1  3z1  4
x1  y1  z1  3
  x1, y1, z1  is a point on the two planes
x  2y  3z  4
xyz3
 line of intersection of these two planes will be the required locus which is
x y5 z2
 
1 2 1
25. B
2
 1
 3x  4y   2
2  1  2  1
Sol. Parabola is of the form  x  3    y      having focus  3,  and
 2  5   2

 
point of intersection of lines given by the equation 2x  3y 2  xy  3x  7y  2  0 can be
2
obtained by solving equations 4x  y  3  0 and 6x  x  7  0 (partial differentiation

method), i.e 1  1  centre (point of intersection of normals).
2
2 2 3  1
Hence required circle is  x  1   y  1  1  3    1  
 2
9
Or x 2  y 2  2x  2y  2  16  i.e. 4x 2  4y 2  8x  8y  65  0
4
26. D
Sol. Asymptotes equations are x 2  xy  k  0
27. C
dy y  y 
Sol.   n  1
dx x  x 
y
Put  t
x
28. A
Sol. Number of ways  10 45  4  
29. C
Sol. The expression can be interpreted as the square of distance between the points
 tan A, cot A  and  cosB, sinB 
The minimum value of this distance is the minimum distance between the curves xy  1
and x 2  y 2  1
30. C
Sol. For every selection of 6 numbers without loss of generality there will be 5 favorable
cases out of every 20 cases.
Paper 1

t h e t es t .
INSTRUCTIONS

on OMR sheet.

(i). Section-A (01 – 10) contains 10 multiple choice questions which have one or more than one
correct answer. Each question carries +4 marks for correct answer and – 2 marks for wrong
answer.
(ii). Section – B (01 – 02) contains 2 Match the following Type questions. Each question having 4
statements in Column I & 5 statements in Column II with any given statement in Column I having
correct matching with 1 or more statement (s) given in Column II. Each statement carries +2
marks for correct answer and – 1 mark for wrong answer.
(iii). Section-C (01 – 08) contains 8 Numerical based questions with answers as numerical value
marking.
Enrolment No.
2
Useful Data
PHYSICS
CHEMISTRY

= 0.0821 Lit atm K1 mol1
= 1.987  2 Cal K1 mol1
= 6.625  10–27 ergs
1 amu = 1.66  10–27 kg
1 eV = 1.6  10–19 J

N=9, Na=11, Mg=12, Si=14, Al=13, P=15, S=16,
Cl=17, Ar=18, K =19, Ca=20, Cr=24, Mn=25,
Fe=26, Co=27, Ni=28, Cu = 29, Zn=30, As=33,
Br=35, Ag=47, Sn=50, I=53, Xe=54, Ba=56,
Pb=82, U=92.
F=19, Na=23, Mg=24, Al = 27, Si=28, P=31, S=32,
Cl=35.5, K=39, Ca=40, Cr=52, Mn=55, Fe=56, Co=59,
Ni=58.7, Cu=63.5, Zn=65.4, As=75, Br=80, Ag=108,
Sn=118.7, I=127, Xe=131, Ba=137, Pb=207, U=238.
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
(One or More Than One Options Correct Type)
This section contains 10 multiple choice type questions. Each question has four choices (A),
(B), (C) and (D) out of which ONE or MORE THAN ONE are correct.
1. A 10 m long horizontal stainless steel wire AB of mass 1 kg whose end A is fixed, is

connected to a massless string BC passing over a smooth pulley. String BC is
connected to a container of mass 2 kg at end C. Water (density = 1  103 kg/m3) is
poured in the container at a constant rate of 2.25 litre/sec at t = 0. Also at t = 0, a pulse
is generated at end A. Choose from the following the correct option(s).
(A) Time taken by the pulse to reach point B is 0.612 sec
(B) Time taken by the pulse to reach point B is 0.212 sec
(C) Tension in the string at this moment is 33.77 N
(D) Tension in the string at this moment is 24.77 N
2. In a cylindrical region of radius R, there exists a time varying ×

dB × R ×
magnetic field B such that  k(  0) . A charged particle having × × ×
dt O
× × ×
charge q is placed at the point P at a distance d (> R) from its centre ×
O. Now, the particle is moved in the direction perpendicular to OP d
(see figure) by an external agent upto infinity so that there is no gain
in kinetic energy of the charged particle. Choose the correct
statement/s. P
qR 2
(A) Work done by external agent is k if d = 2R
4
qR 2
(B) Work done by external agent is k if d = 4R
8
qR 2
(C) Work done by external agent is k if d = 4R
4
qR 2
(D) Work done by external agent is k if d = 6R
4
4
3. If the dimensions of length are expressed as Gx cy hz; where G, c and h are the universal
gravitational constant, speed of light and Planck’s constant respectively, then
1 1 1 1
(A) x  , y  (B) x  ,z 
2 2 2 2
1 3 3 1
(C) y = , z  (D) y   ,z 
2 2 2 2
4. A ring of mass m and radius R is placed on a frictionless m

horizontal surface. A particle of mass m is projected from point R
A with velocity v at an angle of 45° with AO as shown. The
45°
correct statements are A O
4R 2
(A) The particle reaches the same point A on the ring after time .
v
mv
(B) Magnitude of impulse transformed during first collision is .
2
mv
(C) Magnitude of impulse transformed during second collision is .
2
2R
(D) Particle reaches diametrically opposite point on the ring in time .
v
5. Two projectile are thrown at the same time from two different points. The projectile
thrown from the origin has initial velocity 3iˆ  3ˆj with respect to earth. The projectile has
initial velocity a î  bjˆ with respect to earth thrown from the point (10, 5). ( î is a unit
vector along horizontal, ĵ along vertical). If the projectile collides after two second, then
the
1
(A) value of a is -2 (B) value of a is
2
1
(C) value of b is (D) value of b is –2
2
6. A thermally insulated chamber of volume 2V0 is divided by a

frictionless piston of area S into two equal parts A and B. Part A B
has an ideal gas at pressure P0 and temperature T0 and in part B is A
vacuum. A massless spring of force constant k is connected with
piston and the wall of the container as shown. Initially spring is
unstretched. Gas in chamber A is allowed to expand. Let in
equilibrium spring is compressed by x0. Then
kx0
(A) final pressure of the gas is
S
1 2
(B) work done by the gas is kx0
2
1 2
(C) change in internal energy of the gas is kx0
2
(D) temperature of the gas is decreased
7. A particle mass m charge q is moving on a circular

vo
path on the surface of a frictionless table with speed P
vo where a magnetic field Bo exists uniformly over r
the whole region. It is attached by a string which
passes through a hole in the table to a spring as
shown.
The spring is stretched by xo. If now the magnetic
field is increased slowly to 2Bo, which of these are
Bo
incorrect?
(A) The extension in the spring will increase
(B) The speed of the particle will increase
(C) The speed of the particle will decrease
(D) The kinetic energy of the particle will decrease
6
8. A particle of mass m is attached to one end of the light inextensible

string and other end of the string is fixed in vertical plane as shown.
5 l
Now particle is given horizontal velocity u  gl , then which of the
2
following statement/s is/are correct.
u
0
(A) The string makes angle with the downward vertical is 60 when acceleration of the
particle is horizontal.
(B) The tension in string is 2 mg when acceleration of the particle is horizontal.
3
(C) The speed of the particle is gl when acceleration of the particle is horizontal
2
(D) The particle will not complete the circle.
9. In the given circuit initially the capacitor is uncharged. At R R

t = 0 the key k is closed. Choose the correct option(s)
11RC R
(A) The time constant of the circuit is . R C
4 E
11RC k
(B) The time constant of the circuit is .
5 R R
3E  1 
(C) Current through the capacitor after one time constant is  .
11R  e 
5E  1 
(D) Current through the capacitor after one time constant is  .
11R  e 
10. For the circuit shown in the figure, which of the following 6 2H
statements is/are correct
12 4
(A) Its time constant is 0.25 second
(B) In steady sate, current through inductance will be equal to 6V
zero.
(C) in steady state, current through the battery will be equal to
0.75 amp.
(D) none of these
SECTION – B
Matrix-Match Type
A
C p q r s t
following.
1. Match the Column:

Column  I Column  II
(A) I 2
(p) 1 and 2 attract each other
1 2 P
I1
(B) I2 (q) 1 and 2 repel each other


P1
2
I1

(C) I2 (r) 1 and 2 do not exert any force on
2
each other
P
I1
1
(D)  (s) Magnetic field at point P due to
P wires 1 and 2 are perpendicular to
each other.
I1 Wires 1 and 2
are in same
 plane without
touching each
other
(t) Magnetic field at point P due to
wires 1 and 2 are in same
direction.
8
2. In the circuit shown in figure, R1 = R2 = R3 = 3 and e.m.f. E

A3
of each cell is E = 4V and negligible internal resistance.
All ammeters are ideal. Match the following:
b R1
E a E
A2 A1
R3
R2
(A) Reading of ammeter A1 in ampere is (p) 4/3
(B) Reading of ammeter A2 in ampere is (q) 8/3
(C) Reading of ammeter A3 in ampere is (r) 4
(D) Potential difference between point a and point (s) zero

b in volt is (t) 2
SECTION – C
1. A point source of power 4W is placed 1m below the free surface of liquid whose
2
refractive index is ' ' . Find the rate of transfer of energy (in watt) from the liquid
3
surface to air. Ignore any absorption or scattering of light energy.
2. A double convex lens forms a real image of an object on a screen which is fixed. Now
the lens is given a constant velocity v0 along its axis and away from the screen. For the
purpose of forming the image always on the screen, the object is also required to be
given an appropriate velocity. Find the velocity of the object at the instant its size is n
times the size of image. (Take n = 1/2 and v0 = 1 m/s)
3. In the diagram there are four conducting plates A, B, C

+q1 +q2 –q3 +q
and D placed parallel to each other at equal separation +Q 3 +Q
L. If plate C starts moving towards plate B with velocity v. –q1 –q2
Find the current (in mA) flowing in the wire connecting A A B v C D
and D. (assume all other plates to be fixed) (Given: q2 =
5C, q3 = 10C, v = 10 m/s, L = 0.05 m )
4. A thin uniform rod of mass ‘m’, length ‘’ rotates uniformly about a vertical axis , form a
conical pendulum, the upper end of the rod is hinged and  is angle between rod and
vertical.
m2 2
If the change of angular momentum of the rod about hinge is  sin 2 then the
x
value of ‘x’ will be
5. Identical metal plates are located in air at equal

distances d from one another. The area of each plate is Q
equal to A. The capacity of system between points P and
K o A
Q is . Then the value of ‘K’ is
d
P
6. The figure shows a RC circuit with a parallel plate capacitor. –Q0

Before switching on the circuit, plate A of the capacitor has a
charge –Q0 while plate B has no net charge. Now, at A B
t = 0, the circuit is switched on. How much time (in second) R
will elapse before the net charge on plate A becomes zero. S
6
2  10
(Given C = 1F, Q0 = 1mC,  = 1000 V and R  ) 
ln 3
7. A ring of mass 3 kg is rolling without slipping with linear velocity 1 m/sec on a smooth
horizontal surface. A rod of same mass is fitted along its one diameter. Find total kinetic
energy of the system (in J).
x 3 9x 2
3 2
10
SECTION – A
and (D) for its answer, out of which ONE OR MORE is/are correct.
1. Which of the following compound produce any gas when reacts with water?
(A) KO2 (B) CaC2
(C) Mg3N2 (D) Ba(NO3)2
2. Which of the following compound does exhibit mesomeric effect?
CH 2OH
OH
(A) (B)
OH
OH
(C) (D)
3. Which of the following compound of carbon forms acidic solution when reacts with water
at room temperature?
(A) CO (B) COCl2
(C) CCl4 (D) CH4
4. Which of the following element is present in silicones?

(A) Carbon (B) Hydrogen
(C) Oxygen (D) Sulphur
5. The boiling point of which of the following aqueous solution(s) is/are greater than 100oC?
(A) 0.2 M NaCl (B) 0.1 M AlCl3
(C) 1 M KNO3 (D) 2 M BeSO4
6. Which of the following is/are the coordination isomer(s) of [Co(NH3)6] [Cr(CN)6]?

(A) [Cr(NH3)6] [Co(CN)6] (B) [Cr(NH3)4(CN)2] [Co(CN)4(NH3)2]
(C) [Cr(NH3)3(CN)3] [Co(NH3)3(CN)3] (D) [Cr(NH3)4] [Co(CN)4]
7. Which of the following two compound(s) form different number of gases on heating?
(A) LiNO3 and NaNO3 (B) MgCl2.6H2O and Na2SO4.10 H2O
(C) FeSO4 and Fe2(SO4)3 (D) CaCO3 and BeCO3
8. Which of the following compounds can be distinguished by Fehling’s test?
(A) CH3CHO and CH3COCH3 (B) CH3CH2CHO and CHO
(C) CHO and CH3COCH3 (D) CH3CHO and HCHO
9. The hcp and ccp structure for a given element would be expected to have
(A) the same coordination number (B) the same density
(C) the same packing fraction (D) the same edge length
10. In which of the following pair, the dipole moment of first compound is greater than that of
the second compound?
(A) NH3, NF3 (B) CHCl3, CCl4
(C) CO2, SO2 (D) BF3, NF3
12
SECTION – B
Matrix-Match Type
A
C p q r s t
following.
1. Match the radicals mentioned in Column-I with their reactions mentioned in Column-II.
(A) Fe2+ (p) Forms precipitate with KCN, which is
soluble in excess of the reagent.
(B) Hg2+ (q) Forms precipitate with NaOH and
NH4OH, which is insoluble in both
excess of reagent.
(C) Pb2+ (r) forms coloured precipitate with KI,
which is soluble in excess of reagent.
(D) Ag+ (s) forms black precipitate with H2S which
is soluble in hot and dilute HNO3.
2. Match the aqueous solutions of acids, bases and salts mentioned in Column-I with their
pH and nature mentioned in Column-II.
(A) HCOOH ( p a = 3.74, 0.1 M) + (p) Acidic buffer at its maximum capacity
K
HCOONa (0.1 M)
(B) CH3COOH (0.1 M) + HCl (0.1 M) (q) behaves as a buffer
(C) CH3COOH ( pKa = 4.74, 0.1 M) + (r) pH < 7 at 298 K

NH4OH ( pKa = 9.26, 0.1 M)
(D) HCOONa (300 mL of 0.1 M) + HCl (s) pH = 7 at 298 K
(100 mL of 0.1 M)
SECTION – C
1. 4.48 litre of an ideal gas at STP requires 12 calorie to raise the temperature by 15oC at
constant volume. What is the value of CP of the gas in calorie unit?
2. How many maximum number of nitro product(s) is/are formed when CH3CH2CH3 reacts
with fuming HNO3?
3. The half-life of a zero order reaction is 4 sec. How much seconds is needed for 75%
completion of the reaction?
4. What is the sum of the number of equivalents of glucose and the number of equivalents
of phenylhydrazine required to form one equivalent of glucosazone?
5. 

Compound X dissociates according to the reaction 2X  g  
 2Y  g   Z  g  , with
degree of dissociation  which is small compared with unity, if expression for  in terms
1/n
 2K p 
of equilibrium constant Kp and total pressure P is given as     . The value of n is
 P 
14
6. In the present graphs, the area of circle A and B are 25 unit and 20
unit respectively. Work done will be ____ unit. P
A B
2B
k1
A k1 1
7. For a hypothetical elementary reaction, Where  initially only 2
k2 2
k2
2C
8. A vessel of 250 litres was filled with 0.01 mole of Sb2S3 and 0.01mole of H2 to attain the


equilibrium at 4400C as Sb2S3  s   3H2  g  
 2Sb  s   2H2S  g  . After equilibrium,
the H2S formed was analysed by dissolved it in H2O and treating with excess of Pb2  to
give 1.19g of PbS MPb  207  as precipitate. The value of Kc at 4400C is _____.
SECTION – A
  
1. Let a,b and c be three vectors having magnitudes 1, 1 and 2 respectively. If
   
 
a  a  c  b  0, then
     
(A) b is in the plane of a and c (B) b is parallel to a  c
   
(C) angle between a and c is 30 o (D) angle between a and c is 150o
3 1
2. The number of solutions of equation 8 sin x  
cos x sin x
(A) 6 if x   0, 2  (B) 4 if x   0,  
 3 
(C) 5, if x   0,  (D) There does not exist any solution
 2 
3. If A and B are two orthogonal matrices of order n and det  A   det B   0, then which of
the following must be correct
(A) det  A  B   det  A   det B  (B) det  A  B   0
(C) A + B = 0 (D) None of above are always correct
16
 2  2   
 x sin   x  1 sin   , x  0,1 then
4. Consider the function g defined by g  x   x  x  1 

 0, if x  0,1
which of the following statement (s) is/are correct?
(A) g  x  is differentiable x  R
(B) g '  x  is discontinuous at x  0 but continuous at x = 1
(C) g '  x  is discontinuous at both x  0 and x  1
(D) Rolle’s theorem is applicable for g  x  in [0, 1]
5. The figure shows two regions in the first quadrant.

Y 2
Y 2
2
y=sin x P (t, sin t ) P (t, sin t )
A(t) B(t)
O X O X
M (t, 0)
M(t, 0)
A(t) is the area under the curve , y  sin x 2 from 0 to t and B (t) is the area of the triangle
A t
with vertices O, P and M (t, 0).Then Lim equals
t 0 Bt
2 3
(A) (B)
3 2
1
(C) (D) 1
2
6. Diagonals of a square are along pair of lines 2x 2  3xy  2y 2  0 . If (2, 1) is a vertex of

square then sides of square can be
(A) 3x  y  5  0 (B) x  3y  5  0
(C) 2x  y  5  0 (D) x  2y  0
7. If three planes P1  2x  y  z  1  0 , P2  x  y  z  2  0 and P3  x  y  3z  5  0

intersects each other at point P on XOY plane and at point Q on YOZ plane, where O is
the origin then identify correct statement(s)
(A) The value of  is 4
x 1 y 1 z
(B) Straight line perpendicular to plane P3 and passing through P is   .
 4 1 3
(C) The length of projection of PQ on x – axis is 1.
 1 1 1 
(D) Centroid of the triangle OPQ is  , , 
3 2 2
10
8. In the expansion of  2x  3y  z  , then which of the following statement(s) is/are
correct?
(A) The expansion will contain 66 terms
(B) Sum of all the coefficients is 0.
 10! 9 
(C) The coefficient of x 2 y 3 z5 equals  
 5! 
(D) None of these
100
100 k
9. The coefficient of x 50 in the expansion of  100
Ck  x  2  3k is also equal to
k 0
(A) number of ways in which 50 identical books can be distributed in 100 students, if
each student can get atmost one book.
(B) number of ways in which 100 different white balls and 50 identical red balls can be
arranged in a circle, if no two red balls are together.
51
(C) numbers of dissimilar terms in  x1  x 2  x 3  .....  x 50  .
2.6.10.14......198
(D)
50!
10. Let the complex number z  x  iy (where x, y  R ) satisfy

cot 1 log3 2z  1   cot 1 log3 2z  1  , then x can be
(A) –1 (B) –2
(C) 1 (D) 2
18
SECTION – B
Matrix-Match Type
A
C p q r s t
following.
1. Match the columns:

(A) The maximum value of  cos  2A     cos  2B     , (p) 2 sin  A  B 
where A, B are constant, is
(B) The maximum value of  cos 2A  cos 2B  , where (A + (q) 2 sec  A  B 
 
B) is constant and A,B   0,  , is
 2
(C) The minimum value of  sec 2A  sec 2B  , where (A + B) (r) 2 cos  A  B 
 
is constant and A,B   0,  , is
 4
(D) The minimum value of (s) 2cos  A  B 
 tan   cot   2cos  A  B 
 
where A, B are constants and    0,  , is
 2
(t) 2 cos  A  B 

2. A plane  passes through the point (1,1, 1) and is parallel to the vectors a = (–1, 1, 0)

and b  1,0,  1  meets the axis in A, B and C forming the tetrahedron OABC where O
is origin.
(A) Volume of the tetrahedron OABC in cubic units (p) 9
2
(B) Area of the faces of the tetrahedron in square units (q) 9 3
2
(C) Distance of the points 3 3 / 2, 3 3,3 form the plane (r)
  3
 in units
(D) Distance of the faces of the tetrahedron from the (s) 3
opposite vertex
SECTION – C
1. The roots of the equation z4  az3  12  9i  z2  bz  0 are the vertices of a square then
area of square is __________
1
2  3x  4x 2
2. Let    dx then find the value of 2 .
2
0 2 x  x 1
3. The triangle ABC, right angled at C, has median AD, BE and CF. AD lies along the line
y  x  3, BE lies along the line y  2x  4 . If the length of the hypotenuse is 60 and area
2
of ABC  100 k  then k is ______________
20
4. Water is drained from a vertical cylindrical tank by opening a valve at the base of the
tank. It is known that the rate at which the water level drops is proportional to the square
root of water depth y, where the constant of proportionality k > 0 depends on the
acceleration due to gravity and the geometry of the hole. If time to empty the tank be T
T
minutes, then 
10

1
 2n  2  2n  2   1 2
5. If  tan  2
   tan k then find the value of k
2
n 1  2  n 1 
6. If x, y, z are positive real numbers and x  y  z  1, then find the minimum value of
 4 9 16  1
   . is ___________
 x y z  27
7 Let a, b, c be the sides of a triangle ABC and  be its area. If a  2,   3 and

a cos C  3 a sin C  b  c  0 . Then the semi perimeter of the ABC is __________
8. Let slope of sides AB and BC of a ABC are roots of the equation x 2  4x  1  0,

( ABC lying in the first quadrant and B is origin) and inradius of the triangle is 1 unit. If

co – ordinates of its incentre are (a, b) then a2  b 4 is _________ 

(Paper-1)

1. AC ABC ACD
2. ACD ABC ABC
3. BD B AB
4. ABC ABC ACD
5. AC ABCD A
6. ABCD AB AB
7. ACD AC ABCD
8. ABCD AB ABC
9. AC AC AD
10. AC AB AB
(A)  r,s (A)  p,q (A)  s
(B)  r,s (B)  q,r (B)  r
1.
(C)  r,s (C)  r,s (C)  q
(D)  r,t (D)  p,s (D)  p
(A)  p (A)  p,q,r (A)  p
(B)  q (B)  r (B)  p,q
2.
(C)  s (C)  q,s (C)  p
(D)  r (D)  q,r (D)  r,s
1. 1 6 5
2. 3 4 3
3. 1 6 2
4. 6 4 6
5. 1 3 2
6. 2 5 3
7. 5 7 4
8. 5 1 6
2
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. AC
Sol. Mass per unit length of the wire = 0.1 kg/m.
At any instant, tension in the string is (2 + 2.25 t) g N
10 t
(2  2.25 t)g
v ; 0 dx  10 0 2  2.25 t dt
0.1
t = 0.612 s
T   2  2.25  0.612   10  33.77 N
2. ACD
  dB ×
Sol.  E  d l  A dt × R ×
× × ×
E2 x 2  d2  R 2k O ×
× × ×
R 2 k
E d
2 x 2  d2
 

qR2 P
Wext   qE  dx  k
0 4 E
3. BD
Sol. Length  Gx cy hz
x y Z
L  M1L3 T 2  LT 1  ML2 T 1 
By comparing the power of M, L and T in both sides we get
 x  z  0,3x  y  2z  1 and  2x  y  z  0
By solving above three equations we get
1 3 1
x  , y   ,z 
2 2 2
4. ABC
Sol. Assume x-axis along OA and y-axis perpendicular to it in the plane of ring.
After 1st collision
v
Velocity of particle = along x-axis
2
v
And velocity of ring = along y-axis
2
v ˆ v ˆ
After second collision velocity of ring = i j
2 2
Velocity of particle = 0
R 2
Time to return at point A = 4 
v
5. AC
 (10,5)
Sol. v AB   3  a  î   3  b  ˆj
  vAB B
a AB  o
 3  a   2  10 and  3  b   2  5 A
1 (0,0)
a = –2 and b =
2
6. ABCD
Sol. Equilibrium of piston gives
kx0
PS  kx0 or P PS kx0
S
Since, the chamber is thermally insulated Q = 0
 Elastic potential energy of spring = work done by gas
1 2
or, work done by gas = kx0
2
This work is done in the expense of internal energy of the gas.
1 2
Therefore, internal energy of the gas is decreased by kx0 .
2
Internal energy of an ideal gas depends on its temperature only. Internal energy of the
gas is decreasing. Therefore, temperature of the gas will decrease.
7. ACD
  
Sol.  
Fm  q v  B and apply Newton’s second law of motion.
8. ABCD
mv 2
Sol. T  mgcos 600  … (i) 600
l u
2
1  5  l 1 l
m gl   mg  mv 2 … (ii)
2  2  2 2
3 5
v gl and T  2mg gl
2 2
Net force is in horizontal direction when  = 600
9. AC
11R
Sol. Equivalent resistance across capacitor (after shorting the battery) = .
4
3E
Voltage across capacitor in steady state = .
4
4t
CE  
q  1  e 11RC 
4  
10. AC
4
L 2 1
Sol.   
Re q 8 4
at steady state inductor short circuited
Hence i = 0.75
SECTION – B
1. A  rs B  rs C  rs D  rt
Sol. For cases (a), (b) and (c), magnetic field due to I1 and I2 are mutually perpendicular.
Therefore, they do not exert any force on each other.
For case (d), magnetic fields at point P due to I1 and I2 are in the same direction.
2. Ap Bq Cs Dr

E E E i1-i3 E
Sol. On solving by KVL we get, i1  , i2   , i3 
R R R
2E i3
 i1  i2  and i1  i3  0 b R1
R
So reading of ammeter A1 is E/R = 4/3 i1 E i1-i2 E i1
a R3
A2 is 2E/R = 8/3, A3 is zero and Vab = 4V i2
R2
SECTION – C
1. 1
Sol. The light escape is confined within a cone of apex angle b
' 2c ' where c is the critical angle. Imagine a sphere with a c
source of light as its centre and the surface area abc is A.
c
c c  c c
here A   2R2 sin  d  2R 2 (1  cos c ) R
0
P
  3 
 R2 1
c  sin    60º 
  2  
A 1
 Power transfer  P  2
 4   1W
4R 4
2. 3
1 1 1
Sol. Applying lens formula,  
v u f
1 dv 1 du
  0
v 2 dt u2 dt
dv
 v0
dt
dv
 v1  v 0 (v1 = velocity of object towards lens)
dt
1  1  n2 
 v1  v 0  v0 , v1   2  v 0 , v1  3v 0 = 3 m/s
n2  n 
3. 1
2q1L 2q2 x 2q3 (2L  x) I
Sol.   0 … (i)
2A  0 2A 0 2A 0 +q1 +q2 –q3 +q
+Q 3 +Q
dq dq3 dq2 –q1 –q2
I 1   … (ii)
dt dt dt v
From (i),
q1L  q2 x  2q3L  q3 x  0 L x 2L–x
dq1 dq dx dq dq dx
 L  x 2  q2  2 3 L  x 3  q3 0
dt dt dt dt dt dt
v
 I (q2  q3 ) = 1 mA
3L
4. 6
 Lsin

dL L
Sol.  L cos 
dt 
L cos
m 2
=  sin  cos  
3
m 2 2
=  sin  cos 
3
5. 1
Sol. 1
I 2
Q 7 1
3
II 4 I 2
8 IV
5
III 6 6
7 III
IV 8 P 5 Q
P 9 9
V 10 3
V 10
4 II
0 A
Equivalent capacity, CPQ = C =
d
6. 2
Sol. Let at any time t charge flown through the plate B to plate A is q and instantaneous
current is I.
6
–Q0+q –q
A B
I
R 
 2q  Q0 
From loop theorem    IR    0
 2C 
dq  2q  2C  Q0
 R 
dt 2C
dq dt
 
2C  Q0  2q 2 RC
Now for charge on plate A to be zero q = Q0.
Q0 t
dq dt
Integrating  
0
2C  Q0  2q 0 2 RC
 2C  Q0 
= t  RC ln  
 2C  Q0 
Putting the value of C, Q0,  and R
We get t = 2 seconds.
7. 5
1 1 1 m(2r)2 2 1 2 2
Sol. K.E. = mv 2  mv 2  w  mr w = 5.
2 2 2 12 2
8. 5
Sol. At stable equilibrium, U is minimum.
dU d2U
= 0 and >0
dx dx 2
1  x 3 ax 2 
=    20x  = 0.
dx  3 2 

2
 x – 9x + 20 = 0.  (x – 5) (x – 4) = 0.
x = 5 and x = 4 are points of equilibrium.
d2U
And U minimum when > 0. i.e. at x = 5.
dx 2
SECTION – A
1. ABC
H2O
Sol. KO   O2 gas
H2O
CaC2   C2H2 gas
H2O
Mg3N2   NH3 gas
H2O 2
Ba NO3 2   Ba  2NO3
2. ABC
Sol. Neither the lone pair of oxygen nor the pi – bonds are in conjugation in (D).
3. B
Sol. COCl2  H2O 
 CO2  2HCl
4. ABC
Sol. Silicones are the polymers of the hydrolysis products of alkyl silicon chlorides.
5. ABCD
Sol. The boiling point of water is 100oC.
 Dissolution of any non-volatile solute of any quantity in water will cause elevation in
boiling point. So, the boiling point of aqueous solution of any non-volatile solute is
greater than 100oC.
6. AB
Sol. In C the net charge on cationic as well as anionic parts of the complex is zero. Such
complexes are not formed. D is not an isomer of the complex due to different molecular
formula and molecular mass.
7. AC

Sol. (A) 4LiNO3  2Li2 O  4NO2  O2

2NaNO3  2NaNO2  O2

(B) MgCl2 .6H2O  MgCl2 .H2O  5H2O

Na2SO4 .10H2O  Na2SO4  10H2O

(C) 2FeSO4  Fe 2 O3  SO2  SO3

Fe2  SO 4 3  Fe 2O 3  3 SO3
8. AB
Sol. All aliphatic aldehydes respond to Fehling test. Benzaldehyde does not give Fehling’s
test.
9. AC
Sol. The coordination number in both the structure is 12 and the packing fraction is 74%
8
10. AB
Sol.  The dipole moment of NH3 is greater than NF3 because the bond pair dipole moment is
enhanced by the lone pair dipole moment in NH3. In NF3 the resultant of bond pair dipole
moment is opposed by the lone pair dipole moment.
 CHCl3 is unsymmetrical, hence it contains certain dipole moment whereas CCl4 is
symmetrical with zero dipole moment.
SECTION – B
1. A  pq, B  qr, C  rs, D  ps

4KCN
Sol. (A) Fe2  2KCN 
 Fe  CN2  Fe  CN 6 

excess
K4
Fe(OH)2 is not soluble in excess NaOH and excess NH4OH

(B) HgO is not soluble in excess NaOH and excess NH4OH
2KI
Hg2   2KI  HgI2  HgI4 
 K 2
2KI
 PbI2   K 2 PbI4 
(C) Pb2   2KI 
Pb2  H2S 
 PbS  2H
3PbS  8HNO3  3Pb NO3 2  2NO  3S  4H2O
KCN
(D) Ag  KCN 
 AgCN    K  Ag  CN 
 2
Ag  H2S 
 Ag2S  2H
3 Ag2S  8 HNO3  6 AgNO3  2NO  3 S  4H2O
2. A  pqr, B  r, C  qs, D  qr
HCOONa 0.1
Sol. (A) pH  pKa  log  3.74  log  3.74
HCOOH 0.2
 pH < 7
(B) pH = -log [H+] = -log10-1 = 1,  pH < 7
CH3COOH cannot dissociated in presence of HCl due to common ion effect.
(C) CH3COOH  NH4OH  CH3COONH4  H2O
Hydrolysis of CH3COONH4 will take place
1 1
 
pH  pK w  pKa  pKb  14  4.74  14  9.26  
2 2
= ½ [14 + 4.74 – 4.74] = 7.  pH = 7 and the solution is a buffer
(D) HCOONa  HCl  HCOOH  NaCl
Initial meq 30 10 0 0
Meq. After reacn 20 0 10 10
HCOONa 20
It is a buffer, pH  pKa  log  3.74  log  4.04,  7
HCOOH 10
SECTION – C
1. 6
Sol. H = nCvT
4.48
or, 12   CV  15
22.4
or, Cv = 4
CP – CV = R = 2  CP = CV + 2 = 4 + 2 = 6 cal
2. 4
Sol. The products are CH3CH2CH2NO2, CH3CHCH3, CH3CH2NO2 and CH3NO2 because C–C
NO2
and C – H bond cleavage takes place in this reaction.
3. 6
Sol. For zero order reaction the half-life is directly proportional to the concentration of
reactant.
t 1/ 2  4sec X t 1/ 2  2sec X
X  
2 4
 Total time needed for 75% reaction = 4 + 2 = 6 sec
4. 4
Sol. CHO
CH = NNHC6H5
CH = NNHC6H5
CHOH
CHOH
C6H5NHNH2 C6H5NHNH2
C =O
   
(CHOH)3 H2O  C6H5NH2 , NH3
(CHOH)3
(CHOH)3
CH2OH
CH2OH
CH2OH
CH = NNHC6H5
C = NNHC6H5 C6H5NHNH2
 
(CHOH)3
CH2OH
5. 3
Sol. 
2X  g  
 2Y  g   Z  g 
Initial 1 0 0
At equi 1-  /2
 Partial pressure [If total pressure P]
 1   
px    P  P py  P  P
 1  /2  1  /2
  /2  P
pz   P 
 1  /2  2
2  P 
p y  p z   P   2 
2
 Kp  2

px  P2
10
3 P
Kp 
2
1
 2K p  3
  
 P 
6. 5
Sol. Work done in anticlockwise cycle is positive and in clockwise cycle is negative.
7. 7
Sol. One mole of A will form 2 moles of B and C after completion of reaction when 75% of A
converted into B and C then total No of moles X = 0.5 + (2  0.5 + 12 ) = 3.5
Hence 2X = 3.52 = 7
8. 1
Sol. Sb2S3  s  3H2  g  2Sb  s  3H2S  g 
 0.01 x   0.013x  2x 3x
1.19
No.of moles of PbS formed =  0.005
239
 0.005 
At eqn. H    
 250 
3
 0.005 
KC    1
 0.005 
SECTION – A
1. ACD
      
Sol. 
On expanding we get a. c a  a. a    c    b
    

 c  a. c a  b
 (a) is correct and (b) is ruled out.
   2 2

 c  a. c a  b
 
If  is the angle between a and c then
2 2
4   2cos    2  2cos    1
3
 cos       30o ; 150o
2
 (C) and (D) is correct.
2. ABC
3 1
Sol. 8 sin x  
cos x sin x
 8 sin2 x cos x  3 sin x  cos x
4 1  cos 2x  cos x  3 sin x  cos x
3 cos x  2  cos 3x  cos x   3 sin x
cos x  2 cos 3x  3 sin x
1 3
cos x  sin x  cos 3x
2 2
 
cos  x    cos3x
 3
 
3x  2nx   x  
 3
(+) (–)
 
3x  2x  x  3x  2n  x 
3 3
 
2x  2n  4x  2n 
3 3
 n 
x  nx  x 
6 2 12
0,2
   6   5 
  
6 2 12 12 12
12
5  11
 
6 12 12
3  18   17
  
2 12 12 12
 23
2  
12 12
3. AB
Sol. det  A  B    det  A  det B  det  A  B 
   
  det A T det B T det  A  B 
  det  A  A  B  B 
T T
  det  A  A  B  B 
T T
  det  A AB  A BB 
T T T T
  det B  A  T T
T
  det  A  B 
  det  A  B   det  A  B   0
4. ACD
g 0  h  g 0 
Sol. g'  0   Lim 0
h h
 g  x  is differentiable  x  R
        
2x sin     sin    2  x  1 sin     sin  ; x  1
g'  x    x x  x  1  x  1
 0 ; x  0,1

But Lim g'  x   does not exist  g '  0   g'  x  is discontinuous at x = 0
x 0
Similarly Lim g'  x   does not exist.

x 1
5. A
t
 sin t 2 dt 2 sin t 2 2 2 2
0
Sol. Lim  Lim  Lim  
t 0 1
t sin t 2
t 0 sin t 2  2t 2 cos t 2 t0 t 2
1 2 3
1 2
2 tan t 2
6. AB
Sol. The point of intersection of diagonal is (0, 0) and
one vertex A (2, 1) 2 (2, 1) m  1
 Vertex is (–2, –1) verties B and D are i  2  i  2
 1  2i, 1  2i 3
 B  1,2  and D 1,  2 

 Equation of the sides are 1
x  3y  5, 3x  y  5 .
7. ABCD
Sol. The three planes intersect in a line.
8. ABC
10
Sol.  2x  3y  z 
  
10!  2x   3y   z 
General term  
 ! !  !
10
………..(1)
12! 12  11
 Number of terms    66
10!2! 2
Put x  y  z  1 in (1), we get
Sum of all the coefficients 0.
Put   2,   3,   5 in (1),
10! 2 3 10! 9
We get coefficient of x 2 y 3 z5   2   3  
2!.3!.5! 5!
9. AD
100
100 k 100 100
Sol. Clearly,  100
Ck  x  2  3k    x  2   3   1  x 
k 0
Hence, coefficient of x 50 is 100

C50 . Now verify
100
Option (A), (D) equal to C50
(B) 99!  100
C50 
100
(C) C101
10. AB
Sol. log3 2z  1  log3 2z  1 (as cot 1 x is a decreasing function)
 2z  1  2z  1
 
Or  2z  1 2z  1   2z  1 2z  1  
 
2 z  z  2 z  z  
zz0
2Re  z   0
 Re  z   0
SECTION – B
1. A s B r C q D p
Sol. (A) cos  2A     cos  2B   
 2 cos  A  B  cos  A  B   
Maximum value is 2cos  A  B  when cos  A  B     1
(B) cos 2A  cos 2B  2 cos  A  B  cos  A  B 
14
Maximum value is 2 cos  A  B  when cos  A  B   1

 
(C) For y  sec x, x   0,  , tangent drawn to it any point lies completely below the
 2
sec 2A  sec 2B
graph of y  sec x, thus  sec  A  B 
2
 sec 2A  sec 2B  2 sec  A  B 
Hence, minimum value is A  B
(D) tan   cot   2 cos 2  A  B 
2
  tan   cot    2  2 cos 2  A  B 
2
  tan   cot    4 sin2  A  B 
Minimum value occurs when tan   cot  and minimum value is

4 sin2  A  B   2 sin  A  B 
2. Ap B pq C p D rs

Sol. (A) Equation of the plane  is A  x  1  B  y  1  C  z  1  0 where
A  0. B  1.C  0 and  A  B  0.C  0  A  B  C and the equation of  is
x  y  z  3 . which meets the co – ordinates axes at A (3, 0, 0), B (0, 3, 0) and C
0 0 0 1
13 0 0 1 1 9
(0, 0, 3). So volume of the tetrhadron. OABC    27 
60 3 0 1 6 2
0 0 3 1
(B) AB  BC  CA  3 2 , so the area of the face ABC which is an equilateral triangle
3 2 9 3

4

 3 2 
2
. Each of the face OAB, OBC, OCA is an isosceles triangle
with sides 3,3,3 2

1 9 9
So, area of each of these faces is 3 2 9  
2 2 2
3 3
3 3 33
9
(C) Required distance is 2 
1 1 1 2
0003
(D) Distance of O from the face ABC   3 distance of A, B, C from
1 1 1
opposite faces OBC, OAC, OAB are equal and is 3.
SECTION – C
1. 5
Sol. Note that z  0 is one root of the given equation u (1+i)
lm (z)
z4  az3  12  9i  z2  bz  0
canceling z, we get z3  az2  12  9i  z  b  0 iu
…………(1)
The 3 vertices of the square other than  0  0i  are u,
iu, u (1 + i)
Now u ui    iu   1  i u  1  i  u  u  12  9i (using O
Re (x)
theory of equation)
4  3i
u2   3  4i  u  3  4i    2  i 
i
 u  2  i or 2  i
2
 u 5
2. 3
1
2x  3x 2  4x 3
Sol.  dx
2 x4  x3  x2
0
 
Put x 2  x 3  x 4  t   2x  3x 2

 4x3 dx  dt
3
dt

0 2 t
3
   t   3  2  3
0
3. 2
1 A
Sol. Area  ab
2
AD : y  x  3
BE  y  2x  4 m1= 1
F
solve G  1, 2  (–1, 2) 3
G 
acute angle  between the medians is m2= 2 
m  m2  
tan   1 o
1  m1m2 90

2 1 1 B C
tan    tan   a/2 D a/2
1 2 3
now, 180     90o      360o
       90o
cot    tan     
2b 2a

tan   tan 
3  or 3  a b
1  tan  tan  2b 2a
1 .
a b
16
 9

2 a 2  b2 
ab
9ab  2  3600
1
 ab  400
2
 Area = 400 sq. units
4. 6
dy
Sol.  k y
dt
dy
 k dt
y
2 y  kt  c
t  0; y  4
4c
2 y  kt  4
y0
kt  4
4
t  60 minutes
1
15
5. 2
 n1 n 1 
n   n   
2n  2  2n  2 2 2  (divide by 2)
Sol. Sum   tan1     tan1 
n 1  2  n2  1  n1  n 1 n 1
1  2
,
2 

n 
n 1 n 1  n 1 n 1 1
   tan1  tan1 1
  tan    tan
1
 tan1

n 1  2 2  2  2 2

 1   1  1  
Lim sum    tan1 
n     cot 
 2 2  2 2
   tan
1
2 
 k  2  k2  2 .
6. 3
x x y y y z z z z
       
2 2 3 3 3 4 4 4 4  9
Sol.
9 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 4 4
       
x x y y y z z z z
7. 4
1 1 3
Sol.  ab sin C  3  2 b sin C   sin C
2 2 b
2 cos C  3 sin C  b  c ………(1)

a2  b2  c 2 4  b 2  c 2
cos C  
2ab 4b
2 2  3
4b c 
 2   2 3    b  c
 4b   b 
4  b2  c 2 6
   b  c  4  b 2  c 2  12  2b2  2bc
2b b
2 2
 b  c  2bc  16   b  c   4
8. 6
A
Sol. Given, x 2  4x  1  0  x
y=x
4  16  4 4  2 3
  2 3 m1  2  3
2 2
 From the figure, I (a, b) lies on line y  x, 45o 1 (a, b)
So b = a r=1
o o
m2  2  3
Also, from 75 30 D
(0, 0)
r 15o 45o
IBD,  sin30o  BI  2  As, r  1 given   B
BI
BI  2  a2  a 2  4  2a2  a  2
So, I   
2, 2   a, b  (Given)
2 4

Hence, a2  b 4    2   2 246
CONCEPT RECAPITULATION TEST - III
Paper 1

t h e t es t .
INSTRUCTIONS
4. Each part is further divided into two sections: Section-A & Section-C

on OMR sheet.

(i) Section-A (01 – 10) contains 10 multiple choice questions which have one or more than one
correct answer. Each question carries +3 marks for correct answer. There is no negative
marking.
(ii) Section-C (01 – 10) contains 10 Numerical based questions with answers as numerical value
marking.
Enrolment No.
AITS-CRT-III-(Paper-1)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/17
2
Useful Data
PHYSICS
CHEMISTRY

= 0.0821 Lit atm K1 mol1
= 1.987  2 Cal K1 mol1
= 6.625  10–27 ergs
1 amu = 1.66  10–27 kg
1 eV = 1.6  10–19 J

N=9, Na=11, Mg=12, Si=14, Al=13, P=15, S=16,
Cl=17, Ar=18, K =19, Ca=20, Cr=24, Mn=25,
Fe=26, Co=27, Ni=28, Cu = 29, Zn=30, As=33,
Br=35, Ag=47, Sn=50, I=53, Xe=54, Ba=56,
Pb=82, U=92.
F=19, Na=23, Mg=24, Al = 27, Si=28, P=31, S=32,
Cl=35.5, K=39, Ca=40, Cr=52, Mn=55, Fe=56, Co=59,
Ni=58.7, Cu=63.5, Zn=65.4, As=75, Br=80, Ag=108,
Sn=118.7, I=127, Xe=131, Ba=137, Pb=207, U=238.
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
This section contains 10 multiple choice questions numbered 1 to 10. Each question has 4 choices (A),
(B), (C) and (D) for its answer, out of which only ONE OR MORE THAN ONE is/are correct.
1. 12 identical rods of length  area cross section area A and B C

thermal conductivity K are connected to form a regular
hexagon ABCDEF with centre as O as shown in figure. If heat
dQ A D
energy entering at point A at rate  P and leaving from
dt O
point D. Temperature at end A is T then
 12P 
(A) temp at D is  T   F E
 KA 
 2P 
(B) temp at O is  T  
 5KA 
 3P 
(C) temp at B is  T  
 10KA 
 4P 
(D) temp at D is  T  
 5KA 
2. Two tunnels are dug through the earth as shown in figure. O is the
centre of earth. A particle B is released from rest from position
shown and travels through the tunnel. At the same time particle B
from A is projected toward the centre O with velocity V such that
both A and B collide before they could change their direction of 3R/4
motion. Then the velocity V given to A is O
3 GM 5 GM
(A) (B)
4 R 12 R
4 GM 4 GM
(C) (D)
9 R 5 R A
Space for rough work
4
3. Figure shows block B partially immersed in liquid and block A sunk completely and settled at
bottom of the container. Area of the cross section of the container is always constant and equal
to a. Assume that dA > dL > dB  and  represent the coefficient of linear and volume expansion
respectively. Choose correct statement.
B
A
(A) if   0 and A = L = 0 then on increasing the temp of the system level of liquid H will
increase
(B) if   0 A = L = 0 then increasing the temp of system buoyant force on B increase
(C) if 3  L then on decreasing the temp of the system the fraction of volume of B immersed
will increase
(D) if A  0  = L = 0 then on increasing the temp of the system buoyant force on A will
increase
4. A long thin wooden cylindrical shell of radius R carries uniform surface charge density . It is
rotating about its axis with angular velocity . Which increases slowly with time t as  = kt where
k is constant. Which of the following statement is/are correct

x
(A) both the magnetic and the electric field are uniform and constant
(B) the magnetic field is uniform but not constant and the electric field is constant but not uniform
(C) the magnetic field is constant but not uniform electric field is uniform but not constant
(D) total energy U stored in both types of field varies with time as U = a + bt2 where and b are
positive constant
5. A metal plate when exposed to light of wavelength  photoelectrons are ejected when a retarding
electric field of intensity E is applied none of the photoelectrons can move away from the plate
farther than a certain distance d. Which of the following correct expression for the threshold
wavelength .
hc hc
(A)  th  (B)  th   
eEd eEd
1
 1 eEd 
(C)  th     (D) none of these
  hc 
6. In the circuit are shown two parallel plate capacitor of capacitance C and 2C consisting of plates
of identical dimensions having separation between two plates 2d & d respectively has shown in
figure. They are connected with an ideal battery of terminal voltage as shown in figure – I. Now
capacitor smaller in volume is completely inserted into the other capacitor larger in volume and
kept in symmetric position and then connection polarities of the plates are reversed as shown in
figure – II. Identify correct statements.
d/2
d 2d
d
d/2
Figure - I
Figure - II
(A) charge flows through battery is 10 CV and battery absorbed energy
(B) charge flows through battery is 10 CV and battery delivers energy
(C) charge flows through battery is 7 CV and battery absorbs energy
(D) charge flows through battery is 7 CV and battery delivers energy
7. Two mirrors M1 and M2 make an angle  with line AB. A point source S is kept at a distance r from
the point of intersection of mirror along line AB. A small hemispherical annular mask is kept close
to S so that no ray emanating from S directly reaches the screen kept at distance b from the
source. Interference pattern of rays reflected from M1 and M2 is observed on screen. Find the
fringe width of this interference pattern  = wavelength of light being emitted by source.
(A)

 b  2r sin2   (B)
  b  2r cos 2 
2r sin2 2r sin2
  b  r cos     b  2r cos 2 
(C) (D)
2r sin2 r sin 2
6
8. Three capacitors of capacitance C, 2C and 3C and three R

resistors R, 2R and 3R are connected with a battery and -3CV 3CV
switch S as shown in figure. When the switch is open
charge on capacitors are shown. Switch S is closed at t CV -CV 2R
= 0. Time constant for the circuit is C 2C 3C
3R
(A) RC
6RC
(B)
11
4V S
36RC
(C)
121
(D) none of these
9. A small collar of mass m is given an initial velocity of magnitude V0 on the

horizontal circular track fabricated from a slender rod. If co-efficient of friction
is k. Determine distance travelled by collar before comes to rest (Recognize
that the friction force depends on the net normal force).
r
 2 4 2 2   V 2  V 4  r 2 g2 
r  V0  V0  r g  r
(A) ln (B) ln  0 0 
k  rg  4k  rg 
   
 V 2  V 4  r 2 g2   V 2  V 4  r 2 g2 
2r  0 0 r
(C) ln  (D) ln  0 0 
k  rg  2k  rg 
   
10. Two parallel resistanceless rail are connected by an inductor of B

inductance L at one end as shown in figure. A magnetic field exist
in space which is r to plane of the rails. Now a conductor of
length  and m is placed transverse on rail and given an impulse J
towards rightward direction. Select correct option L
V
3J2L
(A) velocity of conductor is half of initial velocity after displacement of conductor d 
4B2  2m
3J2L
(B) velocity of conductor is half of initial velocity after displacement of the conductor d 
B2L2m
3J2
(C) current flowing through the inductor at the instant where velocity is half of initial is I 
4Lm
(D) current flowing through the inductor at the instant when velocity of the conductor is half of the
3J2
initial velocity is I 
mL
SECTION – C
This section contains 10 questions. Each question, when worked out will result in one integer from 0 to
9 (both inclusive).
1. A uniform disk rotating about its vertical axis is placed on a horizontal floor divided in two halves.
The co-efficient of friction are 1 = 0.78 and 2 = 0.67 between the disk and right and left halves
respectively. Consider the line dividing two half as y-axis and point where centre of disk lies on
origin of co-ordinate system. Acceleration of the centre of disk immediately after it is placed on
K 22
floor is ms2 . g = 10 ms-2,   .
20 7
2. Figure shows VT diagram for helium gas in a cyclic V

process. Then ratio of maximum and minimum pressure 2V 2
is TV = constant
V TV = constnat
T
T 2T 4T
3. In a thin vertical U tube of very long arms is m 1 mass of mercury. Period of small amplitude
oscillation of mercury is T1 = 2S. If in one arm m2 = 100 g of water is poured the period of small
oscillation becomes T2 = 3S then mass m1 = 16 K gm. Find K …
4. Figure show the snapshot of the transverse Q

sinusoidal wave on a string at time t = 0 sec. 3
A
125 A/2 2
Frequency of wave is Hz . T1 is the time at
6
which the line joining P and Q become horizontal A
for first time (after t = 0) if wave is travelling
toward +ve x direction and T2 is the time at which
the line P and Q becomes horizontal for first time
(after t = 0) if wave is travelling in – ve x direction
T 22
then 1  . Find K …
T2 K
8
5. A block rest on a long plank moving at 2 ms-1. The co-efficient -1

2 ms
of friction between the block and plank is 0.1. The plank starts -1
decelerating uniformly and stops in 0.5 s. Acceleration due to 2 ms
K
gravity is 10 ms-2. The distance slid by block on plank is m.
4
Find K …
 y
6. In the given electric field E   d  x  i  E0 ˆj 
N/C a hypothetical closed surface is taken
as shown in figure. The total charge c
enclosed within the closed surface is k0.
Then find the value of k(a = 2 m, b = 3 m
and c = 2 m)
a
x
z b
7. In the given Y.D.S.E the distance between the slits = 1 cm and the distance between slits and
screen is D1 = 1 m. If the source of the light S is placed at distance below 5 mm below the line
OO at distance D2 = 50 cm from slits. Find distance of central maxima from O (in cm)?
5 mm O O'
S
D2 = 50 cm
D1 = 1 m
Slits Screen
8. A gas of hydrogen like atoms can absorb radiation of 68 eV in first excited state. Consequently
the gas emit radiations of only three different wavelengths. All the wavelengths are equal or
smaller than that of the absorbed photon. The atomic number of gas atom is …
9. A conducting rod of mass m and length ℓ is suspended horizontal with help of two identical non-
conducting springs each of stiffness K in presence of uniform horizontal magnetic field of
induction B. The rod can slid between two fixed frictionless vertical conducting guides as shown
in figure. The rod is pulled slightly downward and then released. Neglect resistance and
inductance in circuit. Acceleration due to gravity is g. The time period of oscillation is T = k.. If m
= 7B2ℓ2C and m = k. Find k ?
10. You have m = 1 kg of super cooled water at temperature – 10oC kept in a container and crushed
at temp  = - 20oC kept in another container. How much ice you should add to the water so that
whole water freezes S  4.2  103 J kg 1 K 1 , SI  2.1 103 J Kg 1K 1 . Latent of heat of ice
L  336  103 J Kg 1 and meeting point of ice is  = 0oC. Heat capacity of the vessel and heat
less to surrounding is negligible.
10
SECTION – A
1. Select correct statement(s).

(A) all N – N bond lengths are same in N3 ion
(B) all N – N bond lengths are not identical in N3H
(C) in HN3 terminal N – N bond length is shorter than the central N – N bond length
(D) azide ion and hydrazoic acid have same number of electron.
2. For the Br- catalyzed aqueous reaction

Br 
HNO2  C6 H5 NH2  H    C6H5 N2  2H2O
proposed mechanism is
K1

(I) H   HNO2   
 H2NO2  fast 
K 1
K
(II) H 2NO2 
 ONBr  H2O  slow 
 Br 2 
K3
(III) ONBr  C6 H5 NH2   C6 H 5N 2  H 2O  Br   fast 

Which of the following statement(s) is/are correct?
(A) order with respect to H+ is 1 (B) order with respect to Br- is 1
(C) order with respect to C6H5NH2 is 1 (D) order with respect to HNO2 is 1
3. The order of first ionization energies are given below. Find the incorrect order(s).
(A) F  N  O  C  B  Be (B) C  Si  Ge  Pb  Sn
(C) B  Al  Ga  In  Tl (D) O  Cl  Br  I  S
4. In antifluorite structure
(A) oxide ions have face centred cubic arrangement
(B) cations are present in all the tetrahedral voids
3a
(C) rNa  rO2 
4
(D) cations are face centred and anions are present in all the tetrahedral voids
5. Identify the incorrect statement(s).

2
(A) NiCl4  as well as [Ni(CO)4] are paramagnetic
(B) CFSE for [Ti(H2O)6]3+ is 0.4 0
3 3 3
(C)  0 increasing order is  CrCl6   Cr NH3 6   Cr  CN 6 
(D) in spectro chemical series, halide ions are arranged as I- < Br- < Cl- < F-
6. On being treated with HCl, acetone gives

(A) mesityl oxide (B) phorone
(C) mesitylene (D) aldol
7. Which of the following plot(s) is/are correct

(A) (B)
Radial distribution function

3p
1s
3s
Radius
Radius
(C) (D)
2p
Radial wave function
1s 3p
3d
Radius
Radius
12
NO
8. CH3  CH2  CH2  NH2  2 3

The product(s) formed is/are
(A) H3C CH CH3 (B) CH3  CH2  CH 2  OH
OH
(C) CH3  CH  CH2 (D) CH3  CH2  C  N
9. Which of the following statement(s) is/are correct for crossed cannizzaro reaction?
CHO CHO
OH-
+
NO 2
NO 2
(A) (B)
(A) OH- attacks at the carbonyl C – atom of (A)
(B) OH- attacks at the carbonyl C – atom of (B)
H
-
O
OH
(C) the H- ion transfer takes place from O 2N

H
-
O
OH
(D) the H- ion transfer takes place from NO 2
I , NaOH
10. C8H8 O  A  
2
 yellow ppt.
-
HCN, OH
B
A 1) LDA
C
2) EtBr
Ph - CHO
D
NaOH
CH2 CHO
(A) A is (B) B is optically active

O O
|| ||
(C) C is Ph  C CH2  CH2  CH3 (D) D is Ph  CH  CH  C Ph
SECTION – C
9 (both inclusive).
1. CH3
Reagent
H3C CH CH CH2 Alcohol
Following are the possibilities of products on applying specific reagents:
Reagent Possible product
CH3
1. B2H6 / H2O2 , NaOH
H3C CH CH2 CH2 OH
CH3 HO
2. PdCl 2 , H2O, O2 / LAH
H3C CH CH CH3
OH
3. Hg OAc 2 , H2O / NaBH 4 H3C C CH2 CH3

H3C
OH
5. dil. H2SO4 H3C C CH2 CH3

H3C
How many of the above mentioned pairs are correct?
14
2. How many of the following reactions give aromatic species?
(I) + KH
(II) + 2K
NaNH2
(III)
NaNH2
(IV)
NaNH2
(V)
NaNH2
(VI)
3. The formation constant is x  105 for the reaction of a tripositive metal ion with thiocyanate ion to
form the mono complex. If the total metal concentration in the solution is 2.0  10-3 M, the total
SCN- concentration is 1.50  10-3 M, and the free SCN- concentration is 1.0  10-5 M. Find the
value of x.
4. One of the most stable nuclei is 55Mn . Its nuclidic mass is 54.9244 u. Determine its average
binding energy per nucleon in MeV if mass of proton and neutron are 1.00783 u and 1.00867 u
respectively.
5. How many of the following chemical compound(s) appear black?

MnO2, SnS, CO3O4, Ni2O3, K2Cr2O7, CoS, anhydrous CoSO4, Bi2S3, HgS, Sb2S3
6. Ka for the acid ionization of Fe3+ to Fe(OH)2+ and H+ is 5.26  10-7. What is the maximum pOH
value which could be used so that at least 95% of the total Iron(III) in a dilute solution exists as
Fe3+?
7. How many of the following chemical reagents impart brick red colouration to the flame during
flame test? Dolomite, bleaching powder, rock salt, nitrolim, lime-stone, carnallite, alum, gypsum.
8. The number of P – O – P bonds in cyclic trimeric metaphosphoric acid are
9. How many products are formed for the following synthesis?

O
HO H
Kiliani - Fischer Synthesis
H OH
H OH
OH
D-Arabinose
10. How many of these show optical activity?

Br Br
Et CH3
Me H Me Me
, , ,
Me H H H H H
I I
CH3  CH  C  C  CH  C2 H5 , CH3  CH  C  C  C  CH  C2H5 , cis-cyclooctene, trans-
cyclooctene, (2R, 3S) 2, 3-dihydroxybutane-1, 4-dioic acid.
16

SECTION – A
2n 2
 K  n   n CK n 
2
1. Let f  n   where n  2 then
K n1
 n3  131n  150  2n 2
(A) f  n   n2 2n Cn  2n (B) f  n     Cn 1
 30 
625  48! 625  50!
(C) f  25   (D) f  25    50
 24!2  25!2
2. The probability that a zoo has exactly n tiger is Pn, n  1. All sex distribution of n tiger in that zoo
have the same probability then the probability that the zoo contain exactly K male tiger (where K
 1) is
K 1 K
1  P  2  P 
(A)   (B)  
1 P  1 P  1 P  1 P 
K 1
 2  P 
(C)    (D) none of these
 2  P   1 P 
3. Which holds true if A is a square matrix of order n.

n2 3n 2 n2 3n 3
(A) adj adj  adj A   A A 1 (B) adj adj  adj A   A A 1
3 3
(C) A 1 adj adj  adjA   A 

n1 1
(D) A 1 adj adj  adjA   A 
n1 1
4. The equation of the straight line which meets the circle x2 + y2 – 2x – 4y – p2 = 0 at points which
are at a distance ‘d’ from a point A(1 + , 2 + ) on the circle is
(A) 2x  2 y  2    2   2 p 2  5   d2 (B) 2x  2 y  2    2   2 p 2  5   d2
(C) 2x  2 y  2    2   2 p 2  5   d2 (D) 2x  2 y  2    2   d2  2  p2  5 
2 2
5. Let S & S be the foci of an ellipse b2  x  2   a2  y  1  a2b2 whose eccentricity is e and P is
a variable point on the ellipse then
(A) locus of incentre of PSS is hyperbola
(B) locus of incentre of PSS is ellipse
2e
(C) eccentricity of the locus of incentre of PSS is
e 1
2e
(D) eccentricity of the locus of incentre of PSS is
e 1
ex
6. Let f be a function satisfying fe  x   and g  x   f4  x 
ex  e
1996
 r 
(A) f2  x   f2 1  x   1 (B)  g  1997   1996
r 1
2n 1
 r 
(C)  2f  2n    2n  1 (D) all of the above
r 1
7. Two tangents on a parabola are x – y – 1 = 0 & x + y + 11 = 0. If S(1, 3) is focus of the parabola

where P & Q are end points of focal chord then
(A) equation of tangent at vertex 3y – 2x + 1 = 0
(B) equation of directrix 3y – 2x + 8 = 0
30
(C) latus rectum is
13
1 1 2 13
(D)  
SP SQ 15
8. If a, b, c, d are in GP where a, b, c, d are positive number then

(A) a – b > d – c
(B) ab + cd > 2(ac + bd + bc)
  
(C) 2 c 1d1  a 1b1  2 b1d1  a 1c 1  a 1d1 
1 1 2
(D)  
d b c
18
n x n
a  a
9. lim x c n    1   is equal to
x  x  x
n! an e a
(A) n a (B)
a e n!
n! an ea
(C) n a (D)
ae n!
10. Suppose we uniformly and randomly select a permutation from the 20! Permutation of 1, 2, 3 ….
20. What is the probability that 2 appears at an earlier position than any other even number in the
selected permutation.
1 1
(A) (B)
2 10
9!
20!
SECTION – C
9 (both inclusive).
1. A quadrilateral ABCD in which side AB, BC, CD, DA are in GP such that circle can be inscribed in
n
it and another circle is circumscribed about it, then angle A is equal to where n & q are
q
coprime then (n + q) equal to
2. Set S   y  x , x  r  0  y  r / r  N , 1  r  n then total number of triangles formed by the

lines in the given sets is K(2n) then K is …
3. In ABC, ADB, ADC median AD, AE, AF respectively is drawn and BC is equal to 4, then the
value of AE2 + AF2 – 2AD2 is
4. The volume of the reel – shaped solid formed by the revolution about the y-axis of the part of the
20
parabola y2 = 2x cut off by the latus rectum is P then value of P is

5. If a + 1 > b and A, B, C are variable angles such that

a  1  b 2  b  tan A  a tanB  a
2 2

 1  b  b  2  tanC  3a then value of  tan2 A is
6. Let PQRSTU is a hexagon such that PQ = QR = RS = 3 and ST = TU = UP = 6. If the vertices P,

a
Q, R, S, T, U are concyclic, then the radius of the circle passing through them is a , then is
3

 cos  n  1 x  cosnx  n
7. If   dx  then value of n is
0  cos x  1  2
8. Assuming x – y + 2z = 0 to be the horizontal plane then equation of line of greatest slope through
the point (2, 2, 1) in the plane 2x + y – 6z = 0 is L having cosine ratio a : b : c then value of
 2a  b 
  is ..
 c 
9. Number of real value of x satisfy this equation e2x  ex  3  5cos x   1  0
45    ai  bi  ci2     ai  bi  ci2   90

1  1 
10. If   sin Re
   2

   cos Re  2
  is equal
x
then x equal to
i1    bi  ai  ci     bi  ci  ai  
AITS-CRT-III-(Paper-1)-PCM (Sol)-JEE(Advanced)/17
FIITJEE
In JEE Advanced 2016, FIITJEE Students bag 36 in Top 100 AIR, 75 in Top 200 AIR, 183 in Top 500 AIR. 3541 Students from Long Term Classroom/
JEE(Advanced)-2017

CONCEPT RECAPITULATION TEST – III
Integrated School Program & 4423 Students from All Programs have qualified in JEE Advanced, 2016
(Paper–1)
1. BCD ABCD C
2. A ABD D
3. CD AC BD
4. BD ABC AD
5. C A BC
6. D AB AC
7. A ABCD BCD
8. C ABC ACD
9. D AC B
10. AC BCD B
1. 7 3 3
2. 8 4 8
3. 5 3 2
4. 2 9 2
5. 6 6 3
6. 6 9 7
7. 2 5 2
8. 6 3 6
9. 4 2 1
10. 7 5 4
2
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. BCD

Thermal resistance of each section R 
KA
B C
O
A D
F E
4R
Req 
5
B 2R/3 C
R R
R R
A O D
R R
F 2R/3 E
T  TP
Hence P  A 5
4R
4 P
TD  TA 
5 KA
Heat current through
P  2R P  3  2 3P
ABCD & AFED =  
4R 10 5
 2R
2
8R/3
A D
2R
8R/3
4R/3
A 2R D
2P
AOD 
5
2P
Temperature drop across AO =  R  TA  T0
5
2P 
To  TA 
5KA
2. A
T R3 GM
Time for B to move from B to centre of tunnel is  T  2 
4 GM R3
Time to move from A to given point is
3R/4 BR/4
O
A
1  1  R  1  3R   T
sin    sin   
  A  4 A  4
R  3R  
sin1    sin1  
A
   4A  2
From above
R  3R   9R 2 
sin1    cos 1    sin1  1  
A  4A  
 16 A 2 

R 9R 2
 1
A 16
R2 9R 2 25 R 2
 1  1
A2 16 A2 16 A2
5
A R
4
Hence
 25R 2  16R 2
V   A2  R 2 
4
3 3 GM
 R 
4 4 R
3. CD
Since fractional volume
Vin body

Vbody liquid
Vinf   . 1   L T 
 Bf  Bi
Vbody ef 1   B T  i
 1   L T 
xf  x i  
 1   B T 
with fall in temperature
xf  xi for  B  3 B   L
4. BD
4
5. C
hc hc
K .Emax  
 T
hc hc
Ed  
 T
1
 1 eEd 
T    
 hc 
6. D
4C
2C
C
2C
4C
Initial
Q in = 3 CV
Final
Q f = 10 CV
7. A
S1
r sin 

r sin 


 2
A B
 
 r sin 
2

A=r r sin 
SB = b
S2
screen
d  S1S2  22r sin .cos    2r sin 2
D = distance between source and screen
 b  2r sin2 
Hence
Fringe width =

b  2r sin2   
2r sin  2 
8. C
  RC
It do not depends on charge on capacitor
6R 6C 36RC
  . 
11 11 121
9. D
2
V 2  2
N m   g
 R 
2
V 2  2
maT   m   g
 R 
2
dv V 2  2
V     g
ds  R 
RVdv
  K ds
V 4  R 2g 2
Replacing Z 2  V 4  R 2 g 2
R dz
2   K ds
2 2
z   Rg 
Replacing z  Rg sec 
2  K
ln  sec   tan   ds
R
 2 K

ln sec  sec 2   1 
R
 s
 z  z 2  R 2 g 2  2 
K
ln   s
 Rg  R
 
0
  V 4  R 2g 2  V 2   2 K
ln    S s0
  Rg  R
   V0
10. AC
V L
dI
B V  L
dt
B dx  LdI
B x  LI
B x
I
L
6
SECTION – C
1. 7
df r
 
Let we consider a ring of radius r and thickness dr.
 = mass per unit area.
Mass of shaded part   rd  dr
Friction 1  rd  dr
Net horizontal force along x-axis is 0
 dfy    1 rd drg  cos
 /2
 1 g  rdr  cos  d
 /2
R
 21 g  rdr  21 g.  right half   ve y 
2
Left part
R
Fy  22 g  ve y 
2
 0.78  0.67  .M
Fnet   1  2   gR 2  .g.R
R
0.11 10 7
a 7  ms 2
22 20
2. 8
V
2V A
V C
B
T
T 2T 4T
AB  TV = constant = K1
PV2 = K1  nR
AC  TV2 = constant = K2
Pmin at A and maximum C
PB = 4PA and PC = 2PB
P
Hence C  8
PK
3. 5
Initial
Let A = cross section area
Net force after x displacement
2 Ax Hg .g  m1a
2 A Hg .g
12 
m1
water
mercury
Final
Net force after displacement will be
 2 Ax Hg .g   m1  m2  a
2 A Hg .g
22 
m1  m2
1 m1  m2 T1
 
2 m1 T2
m1  80 m
4. 2
In case of +ve direction proceeding of wave.
Q
P
3
A
A/2 2
x O P Q
In this case PQ will be horizontal if P and Q have same position propagating in opposite direction
it will be in left half at position x.
T T 1 x
For P   cos1  
12 4   A
T T 1 x
For Q   sin1  
12 4  A
8
Equating these two

A
x
2
11T
Hence t1 
24
In case of propagating – ve x direction.
For PQ to be horizontal it will be positon i.e. right half.

1 x T 1 x T
sin1     cos1   
  A  12   A  12
for P for Q
A T
x hence t 2 
2 24
T1
 11
T2
5. 6
-1
2 ms
-1
2 ms
Retardation of plank = 4 ms-2 and retardation of block = 1.0 ms-2
Hence relative acceleration of block w.r.t. plank = 3 ms
Skidding distance up to this time
1 1 3
 3      m
2 4 8
1 3
Plank is in rest now and block has velocity = 2  1  ms 1
2 2
u2 9
Skidding distance =  m.
2.a 8
12
Total skidding distance = m  1.5 m
8
6. 6
E   d  x  i  E0 i
Net flux due to Ey = 0
Flux through left most surface is – ve and acceleration
Flux through inclined surface
y
a
 x
z b
c.2 sin .cos 

  d   cos  cd .sin  dc sin .  2
c.a.b
 dc.a 
2
a.b.c
Net = 6
2
7. 2
Path difference before slits = path difference after slits.
8. 6
9. 4
e.m.f of rod at any instant
 i  B v
d
  B vc I  Bca
dt
Hence net force
2Kx  B 2  2ca  ma
2Kx m  B 2 2 c
a T  2
B  c  m 
2 2 2K
10. 7
Heat lost = heat gained
mi si  0   i   m L  m s  0    .
10
SECTION – A
1. ABCD
H
- + - + -
N N N N N N
Azide ion Hydrazoic acid
2. ABD
rate law equation is
rate = K H   HNO2  Br  
3. AC
Correct order is
F > N > O > C > Be > B
B > Tl > Ga > Al > In
4. ABC
Facts
5. A
[NiCl4]2- = tetrahedral, sp3 hybridized so there are two odd e-s in t2g orbitals
[Ni(CO)4] = tetrahedral with sp3 hybridization, no electrons unpaired
6. AB
O H3C O
HCl
2
H3C
C
CH3
C CH C CH3 + H2O
H3C
mesilyl oxide
C
H3C CH3 , HCl
- H2O
H3C O CH3
C CH C CH C
H3C CH3
phorone
7. ABCD
Facts
8. ABC
N2O3 +
H3C CH2 CH2 NH2 H3C CH2 CH2 N2
+
H3C CH2 CH2 + N2
-
OH
H3C CH2 CH2 OH H3C CH CH3 H3C CH CH2

OH
9. AC
O C H
In NO 2 the carbonyl carbon is more e- deficient hence OH- attacks over it.
10. BCD
O
I2, NaOH
C CH3
COO Na
- +
+ CHI 3
yellow ppt.
(A)
OH
- |
HCN, OH PH  C|  CH3
CN
O B 
- + optically active
C CH3 (i - Pr)2 N Li
O O
|| ||
Et Br
Ph  C CH2 
 Ph  C  CH2  CH2  CH3
 C
Ph - CHO O
||
NaOH Ph  C CH  CH  Ph
D 
SECTION – C
1. 3
Oxymercuration – demercuration doesn’t allow rearrangement.
2. 4
(I), (II), (III) & (V) give aromatic species.
12
3. 3
M3   SCN  MSCN2
  
[MSCN ] = 1.5  103 M  1.0  10 5 M  1.49  10 3 M
2+

  
So, free [M3+] = 2.0  10 3 M  1.49  103 M 
-3
= 0.51  10 M
MSCN2 
1.49  10 3
K      2.92  10 5  3.0  105
M3   SCN 
   
3
0.51 10  1.0  10 5
  
4. 9
Mass of 25 protons = 25(1.00783 u) = 25.19575 u
And mass of 30 neutrons = 30(1.00867 u) = 30.2601
 Total mass = 55.45585 u
Given mass = 54.9244 u
Mass defect = 55.45585 u − 54.9244 u = 0.53145 u
 binding energy = 0.53145 u  931.5 MeV / u   495.045675 MeV

BE 495.045675
   9 MeV
Nucleon 55 nucleons
5. 6
MnO2, Co3O4, Ni2O3, CoS, HgS, Bi2S3 (blackish brown)
6. 9
2


Fe 3   2H2O 
 Fe OH   H3O 
Fe OH 2   H O   0.05  H O  
Ka    3    3 
3 0.95
Fe 
 
0.05  H 3O  
or 5.26  107 
0.95
 5
 H3O   10 , pH  5, pOH  9
7. 5
All Ca containing compounds impart brick red colouration to the flame . Except carnallite, alum &
rock salt all other are Ca containing compounds.
8. 3
(HPO 3)3 O OH
P
O O
HO OH
P P
O O O
9. 2
Two stereoisomers are formed.
10. 5
Br Br
Et CH3
Me Me
, ,
H H
H H
I I
CH3CH  C  C  C  CHC2 H5 , trans-cyclooctene are chiral.
14

SECTION – A
1. C
2n 2
 k  n  n Ck n 
2
k n1
Replace k – n  k
n n
k  n!
 k  n Ck    k! n  k !
k 1 k 1
n n  n  1 !

k  1!  n  k !
k 1
  n  1! 
 n 
  k  1 !  n  k ! 
n 2 n1 2
 k 2  n Ck   n2   n 1
Ck 
k 1 k 0
n 
2 2n2
Cn1 
2. D
k n k
n  1  1
Ck    
2  2
Probability having exactly k male tigers
k nk
 1  1
 Pn n Ck     n  k 
 2 2
 k nk
nn  1  1
So required probability  P Ck    
2  2
n k
k
2  P 
  
2P 2P 
3. BD
n 2
adj adjA   A A
2
n1
adj  adjA   A
n 2 n 1
so adj  adj  adjA    A  adjA 
3
n 1
adj adj  adj A   A
3
n1
 A
4. AD
 x  12   y  2 2  P2  5
Shifted to (1, 2)
2 2
Let a = P + 5
Equation of line MN is y + x = k

= mOA =

k
AB = a 
a
A ( )
d O d
M B N
BM2   OM2   OB 2
k2
 a2 
a2
2 2 2
 AM   AB   BM
2
 k k2
 d   a    a2  2
2
 d d
 d2  2a2  2k
5. BC
Shift to (2, 1)
P  acos , b sin  
S' S
In PSS
SS   2ae, SP  a  aecos , SP  a  aecos 
eb sin 
h  aecos  & k 
e 1
So locus of incentres
x2 y2
 1
a2 e2  be 2
 
 e  1
2e
And its eccentricity =
e 1
6. AC
ex e
f  x   f 1  x   x
 x
1
e  e e  e
So f 2(x) + f 2(1 – x) = 1
16
2n 1
 r    1   2   2n  1  
 2fe  2n   2  fe  2n   fe  2n   ....fe  2n  

r 1 
  1 
 2  n  1  fe   
  2 
 1
 2 n  1  
 2
 2n  1
1996
 r    1   1996     2   1995     998   999  
 g  1997   g  1997   g  1997    g  1997   g  1997    ..... g  1997   g  1997  
r 1      
 998
7. BCD
Use the property, foot of perpendicular from focus to tangent lies on the tangent at vertex. Using
this we get equation of tangent at vertex is 6y – 4x + 1 = 0
8. ACD
ac
 b  a  c  2b
2
Similary b + d > 2c
a + b + c + d > 2b + 2c
a+d>b+c
and GM  HM
2ac
b
ac
ab  bc  2ac
GM  HM
1 1 2
 
d b c
1 1 1 1
Now   
a d b c
Divide by abc, we get
ab  cd  2  ac  bd  bc 
Divide by abcd
  
2 c 1d1  a 1b1  2 b1d1  a 1c 1  a 1d1 
9. B
x
 a
x! an 1  
x
lim .
x  n!  x  n  ! x n 
  1  a n
 x 

  1  2   1  n  
x  1  1   1   ...  1  
n
a  a   x  x  x  
lim 1   
x  n!  x n 
  a 
 1  
  x 
an ea  1 an .ea
lim  
x  n! 1n n!
10. B
Numbers of permutation with 2 in first position = 19!
For second position = 10  18!
19! 10  18! 10  9  17! ...10! 9!
Similarly =  0.1
20!
SECTION – C
1. 3
a+c=b+d
D
c
C
d
b
A
a
B
2 2 2
a  d  BD 
cos A 
2ad
2 2 2
BD  a  d  2adcos A
and in BCD
2
b2  c 2   BD 
cosC 
2bc
2
BD   b  c 2  2bc cosC
2
BD 2  b2  c 2  2bc cos A

ad  bc
Compare we get cos A 
ad  bc
aar 3  arar 2 
  0, A 
a 2
r 3
r 2
 2
2. 8
For n = 1  we get 16 triangle
So for n total number of triangle is 16n
3. 2
In AEF
A
B E D F C
18
AE2 + AF2 = 2(AD2 + ED2)

2 2 2
 AE + AF – 2AD = 2
4. 2
Required volume = 2(volume generate by the revolution about y-axis of the area ALC)
A
L 4a
C
2a
 2  x 2 dy
0
2a
y4
 2  dy
0 16a2
4a3 1
 and a 
5 2


10
20 
so . 2
 10
5. 3
2 2
v1  a2   b  1 i  aj  a2  b  1 kˆ
v 2  tan Ai  tanBj  tanCk
Let v1.v 2  3a
 tan2 A  3 sec 2 
so min  tan2 A  3
6. 7
T S

 
U R



P Q
o
3       360
    120o
9  36  FB 2
cos120 
2 18 
r 2  r 2  63
cos       cos 120  
2r 2
 r 2  21
r  21
7. 2
  1 x
  2sin  n   x.sin 
 2  2
In    dx
0
 1  cos x 
 
 
In  In1  In 2  I0
In  I0  I0    In  
n
so n2
2
8. 6
x  2 y  2 z 1
L  
a b c
a b c
2a  b  6c  0 & 1 1 2  0
2 1 6
We get a : b : c  33 : 30 : 16
2a b 33 15
So    6
c c 8 8
9. 1
e x  e x  3  5cosx  0
e x  e x  5 cos x  3
So only one solution x = 0
10. 4
 1  1 
sin1     cos1    
 2   2 2
FIITJEE JEE (Main)-2017
CONCEPT RECAPITULATION TEST - II

t h e t es t .
INSTRUCTIONS

on OMR sheet.

answer.
Section-A (04 to 09 and 13 to 30) contains 24 multiple choice questions which have only one
answer.
Enrolment No.
AITS-CRT-II-PCM-JEE(Main)/17 2
Useful Data
PHYSICS
2 2
Permittivity of free space 0 = 8.85  1012 C /N-m
CHEMISTRY

= 0.0821 Lit atm K1 mol1
= 1.987  2 Cal K1 mol1
= 6.625  10–27 ergs
1 amu = 1.66  10–27 kg
1 eV = 1.6  10–19 J

N=9, Na=11, Mg=12, Si=14, Al=13, P=15, S=16,
Cl=17, Ar=18, K =19, Ca=20, Cr=24, Mn=25,
Fe=26, Co=27, Ni=28, Cu = 29, Zn=30, As=33,
Br=35, Ag=47, Sn=50, I=53, Xe=54, Ba=56,
Pb=82, U=92.
F=19, Na=23, Mg=24, Al = 27, Si=28, P=31, S=32,
Cl=35.5, K=39, Ca=40, Cr=52, Mn=55, Fe=56, Co=59,
Ni=58.7, Cu=63.5, Zn=65.4, As=75, Br=80, Ag=108,
Sn=118.7, I=127, Xe=131, Ba=137, Pb=207, U=238.
TG ~ @bohring_bot < 3 3 AITS-CRT-II-PCM-JEE(Main)/17
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. The biding energy per nucleon for deuteron  H

2
1 and helium  4
2 
He are 1.1 MeV and
7.0 MeV respectively. The energy released when two deuterons fuse to form a helium
nucleus is
(A) 23.6 MeV (B) 47.12 MeV
(C) 34.4 MeV (D) 11.8 MeV
2. The K X-ray emission line of tungsten occurs at  = 0.021 nm. The energy difference
between K and L levels in this atom is about
(A) 0.51 MeV (B) 1.2 MeV
(C) 59 keV (D) 13.6 eV
1 1 1/v
3. vs graph for a spherical mirror is shown in the
v u
figure. The focal length of the mirror will be  1 1 1 
1
(A) 5 cm  2 cm ; cm 
 3 
(B) –5 cm
6 1/u
(C) cm
5
6
(D)  cm
5
4. The lens combination having refractive indices 3

2
4 3
& as shown in the figure, is silvered. The 4
3 2 3
O
velocity of image will be? vo = 5 î
(A) 1.8 î (B) 3 î R = 20 cm
(C) 3.6 î (D) 5 î 40 cm
5. A conducting rod AB moves parallel to x-axis in the A

x-y plane. A uniform magnetic field B pointing y

normally out of the plane exists throughout the C B
region. A force F acts perpendicular to the rod, so x
F
that the rod moves with uniform velocity v. The R
force F is given by (neglect resistance of all the
wires)
vB 2l2  t/RC vB 2l2
(A) e (B)
R R
vB 2l2 vB 2l2
(C)
R

1  e t /RC  (D)
R

1  e 2t/RC 
6. In a vernier calipers 9 divisions of it’s main scale match with 10 divisions on its vernier
scale. Each division of the main scale is of 20 units. Least count of apparatus is:
(A) 1 unit (B) 2 units
(C) 3 units (D) 4 units
7. Two slits S1 and S2 lie on the x-axis and symmetric with

respect to y-axis are illuminated by a parallel
monochromatic light beam of wavelength  as shown. The
distance between slits is d (>> ). Point O is the mid point x
O
of the line S1S2 and this point is considered as the origin. S1 S2
The slits are in horizontal plane. The interference pattern
is observed on a horizontal plate (acting as screen) of m
mass m which is connected to one end of a vertical plate
massless spring of spring constant k. The other end of the k
spring fixed to ground. At t = 0, the plate is at a distance D
(>> d) below the plane of slits and spring is in its natural
length. The plate is released from rest from its initial
position. The rate by which fringe, width will increase
when acceleration of plate is zero, is
g m g m
(A) (B)
d k 3d k
g m g m
(C) (D)
4d k 2d k
8. A perfectly absorbing surface intercepts a parallel beam of monochromatic light of power

100W ( = 500 nm) incident on it normally. If the force exerted by light beam on the
10 6
surface is N, then n =
n
(A) 1 (B) 2
(C) 3 (D) 4
9. A solid sphere of mass M is attached to two massless

springs each of spring constant k. It can roll without slipping
along a horizontal surface. If the system is released after a
small stretch in spring, then the time period of oscillations
will be :
7M 7M
(A) 2 (B) 2
2k 5k
7M M
(C)  (D) 2
10k k
10. A closed organ pipe of length L is vibrating in its first overtone. There is a point Q inside
the pipe at a distance 7L/9 from the open end. The ratio of pressure amplitude at Q to
the maximum pressure amplitude in the pipe is
(A) 1 : 2 (B) 2 : 1
(C) 1 : 1 (D) 2 : 3
11. Consider a spherical charge distribution of volume charge X X X

density  c /m3 Potential difference between A & B X X X X
X
X
2 2 X X X X X X X
C
(A) r (B) 0 X X X XA X XB
3 0 X r/4
X X X X X XD X
 2 r 2 r
(C) r (D) X X X X X
4 0 8 0 X X X X
12. The figure shows a network of resistors and a 2A

battery. If 1A current flows through the branch CF, i
then the emf E of the battery is i
(A) 24 V (B) 12 V
(C) 18V (D) 6V
13. Figure shows the circuit of a potentiometer. The length of the

E1 K1
potentiometer wire AB is 50 cm. The e.m.f. of the battery is 4
volt, having negligible internal resistance. Values of resistances R1
R1 and R2 are 15 ohm and 5 ohm respectively. When both the A B
keys are open, the null point is obtained at distance of 31.25 E2
G
cm from end A but when both the keys are closed, the balance R2
length reduces to 5 cm only. Given RAB = 10 . The e.m.f. of
the cell E2 is
(A) 1 volt (B) 2 volt
(C) 3 volt (D) 4 volt
14. A particle charge q and mass m is projected with a velocity Magnetic field
v0 towards a circular region having uniform magnetic field B × ×O ×

perpendicular and into the plane of paper from point P as × × ×
shown in the figure. R is the radius and O is the centre of v0 × × ×
q,m P
the circular region. If the line OP makes an angle  with the
direction of v0 then the value of v0 so that particle passes
through O is
qBR qBR
(A) (B)
m sin  2m sin 
2qBR 3qBR
(C) (D)
m sin  2m sin 
B, m, L
15. A thin, uniform rod of mass M and length L is at rest on a smooth
horizontal surface. A particle of same mass M collides with the
rod at one end perpendicular to its length with velocity Vo and C
sticks to it. C is the middle point of the rod and D is a point at a
D
distance of L/4 from end A. The time taken by the rod to turn L/4
m
through 90o after collision is Vo A
L L
(A) (B)
Vo Vo
3 L 5L
(C) (D)
5Vo 12Vo
16. Velocity time equation of a particle moving in a straight line is V  t 2  5t  6 . The

distance travelled by the particle in the time interval from t = 0 to t = 4 sec
17
(A) 0 (B)
3
16
(C) 6 (D)
3
17. In the shown figure two identical beads slide along a v0 v0

smooth horizontal rod as shown in figure. The
relation between v and v0 in the shown position will  
be
(A) v  v 0 cot  l l
(B) v  v 0 sin 
(C) v  v 0 tan 
v
(D) v  v 0 cos 
18. Water is flowing streamline motion through a horizontal tube. The pressure at a point in
the tube is p where the velocity of flow is v. At another point, where the pressure is p/2,
the velocity of flow is (density of water   ) :
p p
(A) v2  (B) v2 
 
2p 2p
(C) v2  (D) v2 
 
19. A rod collides elastically with smooth horizontal surface after falling from a height.
For maximum angular speed of the rod just after impact, the rod should be released in
such a way that it makes an angle  with horizontal, the value of  will be
1
(A) 0° (B) cos1
2
1 1
(C) cos1 (D) cos1
3 6
20. Three particles A, B and C are situated at the vertices of an equilateral triangle ABC of
side d at t = 0, each of the particles moves with constant speed u. A always has its
velocity along AB, B along BC and C along CA. Angular velocity of the line AB, at the
 2d 
time t,  0  t  
 3u 
u u 3
(A) (B)
2d  3ut 2d  3ut
2u
d 3  3 3 ut
21. A small ball of mass m is placed on top of the “super ball” of

m
mass M and the two ball are dropped to the floor from height h.
Height rise of small ball after the collision is Nh, then ‘N’ is:
M
(Assume that the collision with the superball are elastic, and the
m << M)
(A) 8 (B) 9
(C) 10 (D) 11
22. In the figure shown, the spring is compressed by x0 = 4 m 2m

cm and released. Two locks A and B of masses m and 2 A B
m respectively, are attached at the ends of the spring of
force constant 4 N/m. Blocks are kept on a frictionless
horizontal surface and released. The work done by the
spring (in mJ) on A by the time compression of the spring
x
is reduced to o is:
4
(A) 1 (B) 1.5
(C) 2 (D) 3
23. A hollow sphere of mass M and radius r is immersed in a tank

of water (density w). The sphere would float if it were set free.
The sphere is tied to the bottom of tank by two wires which
makes angle 45° with the horizontal as shown in figure. The
tension T1 in the wire is R M
T1
4
R3 w g  Mg
2
(A) 3
45° 45°
(B) R3 w g  Mg
2 3
4
R3 w g  Mg
4
(C) 3 (D) R3w g  Mg
2 3
k
24. A particle of mass m is moving with a velocity of v  in the
m m
v
horizontal direction at a height y0 from the ground (y0 = k/2mg). A
variable force F = k/y acts on the particle at t = 0 in the vertical direction yo
where y is the height of the particle from the ground. Find the speed of
the particle when its acceleration become zero for the very first time. ground
(k is a constant (N-m)
k n3 2k n2
(A) 2 (B)
m m
2k n3 k n2
(C) (D) 2
m m
25. In the following figure both the pulleys and the string are
massless and all the surfaces are frictionless.
Given: m1 = 1 kg, m2 = 2 kg, m3 = 3 kg. The acceleration of m1
is
40 30
(A) m / s2 (B) m / s2
7 7
20
(C) m / s2 (D) None of these
7
x3 9x 2
3 2
(A) 3 (B) 5
(C) 6 (D) 7
27. A conductor in the form of a right angle ABC with AB = 3 cm and BC = 4 cm carries a
current of 10 A. There is a uniform magnetic field of 5 T perpendicular to the plane of the
conductor. The force on the conductor will be
(A) 1.5 N (B) 2.0 N
(C) 2.5 N (D) 3.5 N
28. Curie temperature is the temperature above which:
(A) a ferromagnetic material becomes paramagnetic.
(B) a paramagnetic material becomes diamagnetic.
(C) a ferromagnetic material becomes diamagnetic.
(D) a paramagnetic material becomes ferromagnetic.
29.  
Potential is varying with x and y as V = 2 x 2  y 2 . The corresponding field pattern is:
(A) y (B) y
x x
(C) y (D) y
x x
30. A tunnel is dug along diameter inside the surface of earth and a particle is projected from
the centre of tunnel. The minimum velocity of particle such that it escape out from the
earth’s gravitation field is (Radius of earth = Re)
3
(A) 2gRe (B) gR e
2
5
(C) 3gR e (D) gR e
2
SECTION – A
1.  P  
BaCl

KO2  S  2
 Q    White ppt.
HCl Carbon
 S    R  


gas
The unknown compounds P, Q, R and S in the above reaction sequence are

respectively
(A) K2SO3, BaSO3, BaS, H2S (B) K2S, BaS, CS2, H2S
(C) K2SO4, BaSO4, BaS, H2S (D) K2SO4, BaSO4, BaCO3, CO2
2. HCl
Borax   A   NaCl
 H2O
 C   B   
Mg
  Boron  D 
HNO3 
 E   D   F    O2
Which of the above unknown compound forms an alkaline solution when reacts with
water?
(A) C (B) D
(C) E (D) B
3. Which of the following compound is most acidic in nature?

(A) CH3CHCH 2COOH (B) CH3CH2CHCOOH
CH3 CH3
CH3
(C) CH3CH2CH2CH2COOH (D) H3C - C - COOH
CH3
4. Which of the following reaction produces nascent hydrogen?

(A) Passing of steam on red hot coke (B) Passing of steam on red hot iron
(C) Hydrolysis of ionic hydrides (D) Reaction of sodium with ethanol
5. The smog is essentially caused by the presence of

(A) O2 and O3 (B) O2 and N2
(C) SO2 and NO2 (D) O3 and N2
6. Which of the following carbonate needs maximum temperature for decomposition?

(A) Li2CO3 (B) Na2CO3
(C) MgCO3 (D) CaCO3
7. Which of the following is an electrophilic substitution reaction?

CH3 CH2Cl Cl
(A) (B)
h FeCl3
 Cl2    HCl  Cl2    HCl
Cl Cl
Cl OH
(C) (D)
CCl4 H2O
 Cl2    Cl2  
8. The process of ‘eutrophication’ is due to

(A) increase in concentration of insecticide in water
(B) increase in concentration of fluoride ion in water
(C) the reduction in concentration of the dissolved oxygen in water due to phosphate in
water
(D) attack of younger leaves of a plant by peroxyacetyl nitrate
9. Which of the following is the most abundant hydrocarbon pollutant?

(A) CH4 (B) C2H6
(C) C3H8 (D) C4H10
10. In aqueous solution beryllium sulphate exists as:

(A) [Be(H2O)4]SO4 (B) [Be(H2O)6]SO4
(C) [Be(H2O)3]SO4 (D) [Be(H2O)5]SO4
11. Which of the following liquid has the highest boiling point?
(A) H2O (B) H2O2
(C) HCl (D) NH3
12. Which of the following ion does not cause hardness of water?
(A) Ca2+ (B) Mg2+
(C) NO3 (D) HCO3
13. The normal boiling point of a liquid ‘X’ is 500 K. Which of the following statement(s)
is/are incorrect for the following process?
X  liquid 
 X  gas 
(A) At 500 K and 1 atm pressure, G = 0
(B) At 500 K and 1.5 atm pressure, G = +ve
(C) At 500 K and 0.2 atm pressure, G = -ve
(D) At 520 K and 1 atm pressure, G = +ve
14. Which of the following complex(es) does not show(s) geometrical isomerism?
(A) [Cr(H2O)5Cl]Cl2.H2O (B) [Pt(NH2CH2COO)2]
(C) [PtCl2P(C2H5)3]2 (D) K2[Fe(CN)4(NH3)2]
15. Find H at 358 K for the reaction,

Fe 2O3 (s)  3H2 (g)  2Fe(s)  3H2 O( )
Given that, H298  33.29 kJ / mole and Cp for Fe2O3(s), Fe(s), H2 O( ) and H2 (g) are 103.8,
25.1, 75.3 and 28.8 J/K mole.
(A) 85.9 kJ/mole (B) –28.136 kJ/mole
(C) +28.136 kJ/mole (D) 85.9 J/mole
16. Heat of neutralization of four monobasic acids A, B, C and D are -13.7, - 9.4, - 11.2 and
– 12.4 Kcal / mole respectively, when they are neutralized by a common base. The acidic
character obeys the order
(A) A > B > C > D (B) A > D > C > B
(C) D > C > B > A (D) D > B > C > A
17. The amount of NaOH required to be dissolved in one litre of solution to give a pH of 11 at
25°C
(A)0.04 g/l (B) 0.4 g/l
(C) 0.01 g/l (D) 0.53 g/l
18. The number of  and  particles emitted in nuclear reaction 90 Th228 

 83 Bi212 are
respectively
(A) 4,1 (B) 3,7
(C) 8,1 (D) 4,7
19. A weak acid HX has the dissociation constant 1  10–5 M. It forms a salt NaX on reaction
with alkali. The percentage hydrolysis of 0.1 M solution of NaX is
(A) 0.0001% (B) 0.01%
(C) 0.1% (D) 0.15%
20. What is the molar solubility of Mn(OH)2(Ksp = 4.51014) in a buffer solution containing
equal amounts of NH4+ & NH3(Kb=1.8105)
(A) 3.0105 (B) 1.38104
2
(C) 1.3810 (D) 7.3106
21. For the reaction,

C7H8(l) + 9O2(g)  7CO2(g) + 4H2O(l), calculated heat of reaction is 232.6 kJ/mol and
observed heat of reaction is 50.4 kJ/mol, then the resonance energy is
(A) – 182.2 kJ / mol (B) + 182.2 kJ / mol
(C) 172 kJ/ mol (D) None of these
22. Select the incorrect graph
(zero order) (second order)
(A)
(B)
1/[A]
[A]  conc. of reac tan t
rate
conc.  t 
(first order)
(log k)
(C) (D) k=rate constant
t1/2
conc.  1/ T 
23. The following two equilibria exist simultaneously in a closed container of volume 2 L
A2(g) + B2(g) 2AB(g)
A2(g) + C(g) A2C(g)
Which of the following change does not affect the concentration of AB(g)
(A) Increase in pressure (B) Addition of C
(C) Addition of He gas at constant volume (D) All of these
24. An acid-base indicator has Ka = 3  10-5. The acid form of the indicator is red and the
basic form of the indicator is blue. By how much must the pH change in order to change
the indicator from 75% red to 75% blue? [log 3 = 0.4770]
(A) 4.05 (B) 0.95
(C) 5 (D) 9
25. For an elementary reaction

dx
aA + bB  P; =k[A]a. [B]b. If concentration of A is doubled, rate is doubled. If B is
dt
doubled, rate becomes four times. Which is correct?
d[A] d[B] d[A] 2d[B]
(A)  (B) 
dt dt dt dt
2d[A] d[B]
(C)  (D) none of these
dt dt
26. In borax bead test, which compound is formed?

(A) Meta borate (B) Ortho borate
(C) Tetra borate (D) Double oxide
H SO
27. A + C2H5OH 
2 4
(B) , B on ignition gives green colour. A could be
(A) salt of sodium (B) salt of iron
(C) salt of boric acid (D) salt of meta phosphoric acid
28. AlF3 is most soluble in

(A) HF (B) KF
(C) KHF2 (D) F2
29. Solubility of PbCl2 in 0.5 M NaCl is S1 and that in 0.5 M Pb(NO3)2 is S2 then which of the
following is correct
S
(A) 12  1 (B) S1  S22  0
S2
S
(C) S1 - S22 < 0 (D) 1  0
S2
30. Which silicate is formed from [SiO4]4 tetrahedral units by sharing three oxygen atoms?
(A) Sheet silicate (B) Pyro silicate
(C) Linear chain silicate (D) 3-Dimensional silicate
SECTION – A
1. Circles of radii 5, 5 and 8 are mutually externally tangent. If a fourth circle of radius r
touches all the three circles externally, then the value of r is
7
(A) 1 (B)
8
8 9
(C) (D)
9 11
2. If ,  are the roots the quadratic equation

x2  3  2
log2 3
3
log3 2
 x  2 3 log3 2

 2log2 3  0, then the value of  2    2 is equal to
(A) 11 (B) 7
(C) 3 (D) 5
x
3.  
If f  x    e t  3 dt, then which of the following is always true  x  R ?
0
(A) f  x  3   f  x  1  11 (B) f  x  1  f  x  1  4
(C) f  x  3   f  x  5   24 (D) f  x   f  x  1  21
4. If e1 and e2 are the roots of the equation x 2  ax  2  0, where e1 and e2 are the
eccentricities of an ellipse and hyperbola, respectively, then the value of a belongs to
(A)  3,   (B)  2,  
(C) 1,   (D)  ,1  1, 2 
4 1 4 1
5. If 1  sin1  sin1 and 2  cos1  cos1 , then
5 3 5 3
(A) 1  2 (B) 1  2
(C) 1  2 (D) None of these
6. lx  my  1 is the equation of the chord PQ of y 2  4x whose focus is S. If PS and QS

meet the parabola again at R and T, respectively, then the slope of RT is
1 1
(A)  (B)
m m
2
(C) (D) None of these
m
7. Let ABC be an equilateral triangle, let KLMN be a rectangle with K, L on BC, M on AC

and N on AB. Suppose AN/NB=2 and the area of triangle BKN is 6. The area of the
triangle ABC is
(A) 54 (B) 108
(C) 48 (D) not determinable with the above data
8. The number of solutions in isosceles triangle ABC, tan A  tanB  tanC  ,   0, is

(A) 0 (B) infinite
(C) 1 (D) 2
 /2
9.  sin x sin2x sin3x sin 4x dx 
0
 
(A) (B)
4 8
 
(C) (D)
16 32
d2 y
10. If x  y  y  x  c then equals
dx 2
2 2
(A) (B)
c2 c2
2 2
(C) (D)
c c
11. If the curves x 2  y 2  4 and xy  5 intersect at points A and B, then the possible
number of point(s) C on the curve x 2  y 2  4 such that triangle ABC is equilateral is
(A) 0 (B) 1
(C) 2 (D) 4
 C C A B
12. If A  B  C   and sin  A    k sin , then tan tan is equal to
 2 2 2 2
k 1 k 1
(A) (B)
k 1 k 1
k
(C) (D) 1
k 1
13. The number of rectangles that can be obtained by joining four of the twelve vertices of a
12 – sided regular polygon is
(A) 66 (B) 30
(C) 24 (D) 15
14. If z2  p  iq z  r  is  0 where p, q, r, s are non – zero, has real roots, then
(A) pqs  s2  q2r (B) pqr  r 2  p 2s
(C) prs  q2  r 2p (D) prs  p2  s2 q
15. Let a  1 be a real number and f  x   loga x 2 for x  0 . If f 1 is the inverse function of f
and b and c are real numbers then f 1  b  c  is equal to
(A) f 1  b  . f 1  c  (B) f 1  b   f 1  c 
1 1
(C) (D)
f b  c  f  b   f 1  c 
1
1 1
16. The number of points at which g  x   is not differentiable, where f  x   is
2 1
1 1
f x x
(A) 1 (B) 2
(C) 3 (D) 4
17. Cosine of the acute angle between the curves y  3 x 1 ln x and y  x x  1 is

(A) 0 (B) 1
3 1
(C) (D)
2 2
18. If A 1, A 3 ,......A 2n1 are n skew symmetric matrices of same order then
n
2r 1
B    2r  1 A 2r 1  will be
r 1
(A) symmetric (B) skew symmetric

(C) neither symmetric nor skew symmetric (D) data is inadequate
19. A class has three teacher. Mr. X. Ms. Y and Mrs. Z and six students A, B, C, D, E, F.
Number of ways in which they can be seated in a line of 9 chairs, if between any two
teachers there are exactly two students, is
(A) 18.6! (B) 12.6!
(C) 24.6! (D) 6.6!
1 1 1 1 3 1 3 1 1 1 1
20. If x  2
 2  2  ........ y  2  2  2  2 ...... and z  2  2  2  2  ......, then
1 3 5 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
y x z
(A) x, y, z are in A.P. (B) , , are in A.P.
6 3 1
y x z
(C) , , are in A.P. (D) 6y,3x,2z are in H.P.
6 3 2
21. In the xy – plane, the length of the shortest path from (0, 0) to (12, 16) that does not go
2 2
inside the circle  x  6    y  8   25 is
(A) 10 3 (B) 10 5
5
(C) 10 3  (D) 10  5 
3
22. Suppose y  f  x  and y  g  x  are two functions whose graphs intersect at the three
points (0, 4), (2, 2) and (4, 0) with f  x   g  x  for 0  x  2 and f  x   g  x  for
4 4
2  x  4 . If   f  x   g  x   dx  10 and
0
 g  x   f  x  dx  5,
2
the area between two
curves for 0  x  2 , is
(A) 5 (B) 10
(C) 15 (D) 20
1 2
23. If A is square matrix of order 2  2 such that A 2  I; B    and C  ABA, then
0 1
2009
 C 
 1 2009 2   1 2009  2 
(A) A   (B) A  A
0 1  0 1 
1 2   1 2009 2 
(C) A  A (D) A  A
 0 2009  0 1 
 
24. lim x 2 sin  loge cos  
x   x 

2
(A) 0 (B) 
2
2 2
(C)  (D)
4 8
 
x2 x x x
25. Let I1   6
dx,I2   6
dx, then
0 1  x  0 1  x 
(A) I1  2I2 (B) I2  2I1
2
(C) I1  I2 (D) I1  I2
26. Let AB be the chord of contact of the point (5, –5) w.r.t. the circle x 2  y 2  5 . Then the
locus of the orthocenter of the PAB, where P be any point moving on the circle, is
2 2 2 2 5
(A)  x  1   y  1  5 (B)  x  1   y  1 
2
2 2 2 2 5
(C)  x  1   y  1  5 (D)  x  1   y  1 
2
 
27. In the interval  0,  , the equation cos2 x  cos x  x  0 has
 2
(A) no solution (B) exactly one solution
(C) exactly two solutions (D) more than two solutions
 n  2r  1 
28. If tan   tan1  2    961 then the value of n is equal to
 r 1
    
 r  r  1 r 2  r  1  2r 3  

(A) 31 (B) 30
(C) 60 (D) 61
29. Two tour guides are leading seven tourists. The guides decide to split up. Each tourist
must choose one of the guides, but with the condition that each guide must take at least
one tourist. Number of different groupings of guides and tourists are
(A) 120 (B) 124
(C) 126 (D) 127
1 4 3 1 F
30. If P F  
, P  G   ,P E  F  G   and P E ' F  G   , the value of P   is
2 5 10 10 G
3 1
(A) (B)
125 2
2 1
(C) (D)
5 3
TG ~ @bohring_bot < 3 1 AITS-CRT-II-PCM (Sol)-JEE(Main)/17
In JEE Advanced 2016, FIITJEE Students bag 36 in Top 100 AIR, 75 in Top 200 AIR, 183 in Top 500 AIR. 3541 Students from Long Term Classroom/ Integrated

(Main)
School Program & 4423 Students from All Programs have qualified in JEE Advanced, 2016
S. No. PHYSICS CHEMISTRY MATHEMATICS

1. A C C
2. C B B
3. C C C
4. A D A
5. A C A
6. B B A
7. A B B
8. C C B
9. C A C
10. A A A
11. D B A
12. B C D
13. A D D
14. B A A
15. D B A
16. B B C
17. A A B
18. A A B
19. C B A
20. B B B
21. B A C
22. C C C
23. A C D
24. B B C
25. A C D
26. B A A
27. C C B
28. A B A
29. D B C
30. C A B
AITS-CRT-II-PCM (Sol)-JEE(Main)/17 2
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. A
Sol. Q – value = Binding energy of reactants – Binding energy of products.
2. C
hc
Sol. E  = 59 keV

3. C
Sol. v = 2 cm, u = 3 cm
1 1 1 6
   f  cm
v u f 5
4. A
1  1 1 
Sol.  (  1)   
f  R1 R 2 
On solving,
1 1 1 1
 , 
f1 40 f2 60
For combination & silvering,
1 2 2 1
   
F f1 f2 fm
F = 60 cm
1 1 1
 
v u F
On solving with u = –40 cm, F = 60 cm we get V = 24 cm
v2
vZ =  2 Vo  1.8 î
u
5. A
Sol. Induced emf in the rod   Blv
 Blv  t/RC
Current in the circuit I  e  t/RC  e
R R
Since the net force on the rod should be zero, the external force will be equal in
magnitude but opposite to the magnetic force.
B2l2 v  t/RC
 FIlB e
R
6. B
Sol. Least count = Main scale / (number of division on the vernier scale) .
7. A
(D  y)
Sol. 
d
d   dy 
 = v
dt d dt d
mg k m
At mean position v  A  g
k m k
d  g m

dt d k
O X
Initial position
of plate A
Mean position
8. C
dP
Sol. F = rate of change of momentum of the photons. Thus, in case of complete
dt
absorption, F = Intensity of the wave / speed of light.
9. C
1 1
Sol. 2k(2R)2  I2  constant
2 2
7
4kR2 2  MR2 2  constant
10
d 7 d 7M
4kR2 2  MR2 2 0  T
dt 10 dt 10k
10. A
Sol. Pm = 2P0 cos kx (assuming closed end as origin)
7L 2L
At point Q, x = L  
9 9
 2  2L 
Pm = 2P0 cos     P0
  9 
 Required ratio = 1 : 2
11. D

Sol. E r
4o
r
VAB = E 
2
12. B
E
Sol. 3
4
 E = 12
13. A
E1 31.25  10
Sol. E2  
R1  R AB 50
14. B
R
Sol. r
2sin  C r
mv 0 R 2
 r
R
qB 2 sin  
qBR
v0 
2msin 
15. D
Sol. By COAM about point D ( ie about new centre of mass)
L  ML2 ML2 ML2 
MVo     
4  12 16 16 
6v o
or, w =
5L
B
C
Vo
D
2
A
 (  / 2) 5L
Now, t =  
w w 12v o
16. B
4
Sol. distance =  | t 2  5t  6 | dt
0
17. A
Sol. Vo cos = Vsin
18. A
1 2 P 1 2 p
Sol. By Bernoulli’s theorem: P  v   v1  v1 = v2 
2 2 2 
19. C
Sol. Apply conservation of angular momentum about the point of contact.
20. B
3u
Sol. Rate of decrease of length AB = .
2
3u
 AB  d  t
2
v tangential
Angular velocity =
AB
21. B
Sol. If initial velocities are: u1  2gh( ), u2  2gh( )
Then final velocities: v1  3 2gh, v 2  2gh
By using conservation of momentum and equation of e & m << M.
22. C
Sol. Work done by spring = Ui – Uf = 3J
mx1 = 2mx2 ( position of COM does not change)
x1 = 2x2
2
 Work done by spring on m is of total work.
3
23. A
Sol. By equation of equilibrium,
4
2T sin 45° + Mg = R3 w g
3
24. B
Sol. Apply Newton’s IInd law in y direction and use,
v y dv y
ay 
dy
25. A
Sol. Apply Newton’s IInd law and constraint relations on the blocks.
26. B
Sol. For equilibrium positions:
dU
 0 ; x = 4, 5
dx
d2U
For, x = 5,   ve
dx 2
27. C
Sol. Force on the conductor ABC A A

= Force on the conductor AC  10A 
= 5 × 10 × (5 × 10–2) = 2.5 N 10A × B × B
3cm 3cm 
F
B 4cm C B 4cm C
28. A
Sol. Factual based
29. D
Sol. V = 2(x2 – y2)

Equipotential surfaces will be hyperbolic and E everywhere will be  to them.
30. C
3 GMm
Sol. Potential energy of particle at the centre of earth is U  
2 Re
3GM
So, Ve   3gRe
Re
SECTION – A
1. C
Sol. P = K2SO4, Q = BaSO4, R = BaS, S = H2S
2. B
Sol. A = H2B4O7, B = H3BO3, C = B2O3, D = MgO
E = Mg(NO3)2, F = NO2
D MgO   H2 O  Mg  OH 2
3. C
Sol. The acid (C) is most acidic due to presence of least number of +I groups in it.
4. D
Sol. C2H5OH  Na  C2H5ONa  H nascent hydrogen 
H  H 
 N2
5. C
Sol. London smog is caused by SO2 and Los Angeles smog is caused by NO2
6. B
Sol. Na2CO3 decomposes above 1100oC
7. B
Sol. Cl2  FeCl3  FeCl4  Cl
The electrophile Cl+ substitutes a hydrogen atom from benzene.
8. C
Sol. Phosphates accelerate the growth of plants in water, which consume the dissolved
oxygen
9. A
Sol. It is produced in marshy places unlike other hydrocarbons.
10. A
Sol.  1s2 2s2 2p0
Be 
Be2 
 2s0 2p0 Four vacant orbitals 
 Be2+ forms complex with four water molecules.
11. B
Sol. H2O2 forms more number of intermolecular hydrogen bond than water.
12. C
-
Sol. The ions that are responsible for hardness of water are Ca2+, Mg2+, HCO3 , Cl and
SO24 .
13. D
Sol. At normal boiling point (500 K), the following equilibrium exists between the two physical
states at 1 atm.


X  liquid 
 X  gas 
For the equilibrium G = 0
If the pressure increases the change shifts to backward direction for which G = +ve.
If pressure decreases the change shifts towards forward direction, for which G = -ve.
If temperature increase, the change will proceed towards forward direction, for which
G = -ve.
14. A
Sol. The geometrical isomers of (B) are
NH2 NH2 NH2
O
CH2 CH2 CH2
C Pt C O O C
O Pt C O
CH2
O O O
H2 N
Cis trans
The geometrical isomers of (C) are
Cl Cl Cl (C2H5)3P Cl Cl
Pt Pt Pt Pt
(C2H5)3 P Cl P (C2H5)3 Cl Cl P (C2H5)3
Cis trans
The geometrical isomers of (D) are
2- 2-
NH 3 NH 3
NH3 CN NC CN
Fe Fe
CN CN NC CN
CN NH3
Cis trans
15. B
Sol. Cp  2  25.1  3  75.3  (103.8  3  28.8)  85.9 J / mole
H358  H298
 Cp
T2  T1
H358  28.136 kJ/ mole
16. B
Sol. In case of weak acid heat of neutralization is greater than – 13.7 KCl / mole because
extra energy is required to dissociate the acid
17. A
Sol. pH = 11  pOH = 1411 = 3, [OH] = 103 M
nNaOH
103 =  mass of NaOH = 40103 gm = 0.04 gm
1
18. A
228 228  212
Sol. 90 Th  Bi212 No. of -particle = 4
83 4
No. of -particle = 1
19. B
Sol. NaX  Na  X


X  H2 O 
 HX  OH

t0 0.1.0 excess 0 0

t  eq. 0.1(1   ) 0.1 0.1
[HX] [OH ]
Kh 
[X  ]
[HX] [H ][OH ]
 
[H ] [X  ] 1
K w 0.1  0.1
   0.1  2 1    1 as 1   for weak acid
Ka 0.1(1   )
1014
  0.1  2
10 5
   1  10 4
% hydrolysis  0.01%
20. B
Sol. pOH = pKb + log

NH4   pK
NH3  b
(OH) = 1.8105
Ksp=[Mn2+] [OH]2, [Mn2+] = 1.38104
21. A
Sol. (A) As we know that,
Resonance energy = H° (observed) – H° (calculated)
= (50.4 – 232.6) kJ / mol = – 182.2 kJ mol–1
22. C
Sol. t1/2 is independent of concentratin of reactant for 1st order reaction
23. C
Sol. Increases in pressure or addition of C affect the second equilibrium hence concentration
of A2 changes which further affect the first equilibrium. Addition of inert gas at constant
volume does not affect the equilibrium
24. B
Sol. 

HIn  
 H  In

H  In  H  base 

Ka        
HIn  Acid
or, H   Ka
 Acid
  Base
Ka  75 3  105  75
For 75% red, H  
    9  10 5 ; pH  4.05
25 25
For 75% blue, H 


3  10   25  1 10
5
5
; pH  5
  75
The change in pH = 5-4.05 = 0.95
25. C
r1 K[A1]a [B1]b
Sol.  Apply
r2 K[A ]a [B ]b
2 2
26. A
Sol. heat
Na2B4 O7 .10H2 O  740 C
 Na2B4 O7  
o
 2NaBO2  B2 O3
10H2 O
Sodium
metaborate
B 2O3  CuSO 4  CuO.B2 O3  SO3

Cu(BO2 )2 (blue)
Copper metaborate
27. C
Sol. H3BO3 + 3C2H5OH  B(OC2H5) + 3H2O
(green colour)
28. B
Sol. AlF3  3KF  K 3  AlF6 
For this reaction, maximum concentration of F- ions is obtained from KF.
29. B
K sp K sp K sp
Sol. S1  S22  
0.25 4  0.5 2
30. A
Sol.
SECTION – A
1. C
Sol. From the figure, 12  x  r  8
2
 12  r  5   25  r  8
 12  r 2  10r  r  8 8 8
2 2
  4  r   r  10r
h = 12
 18r  16 5 5
8 x
r 
9 5 5
C
2. B
Sol. 
x2 3  2
log2 3
3
log3 2
 x  2 3 log3 2

 2log2 3  0
 x2  3  x   2  2  3  0
 x 2  3x  2  0
   2,   1
  2    2  4  2  1  7
3. C
Sol. f '  x   ex  3
f ' x  3
f  x  3  f  x  5
 f ' c   3
8
 f  x  3   f  x  5   24
4. A
Sol. We must have e1  1  e2
 f 1  0  a  3
5. A
 
Sol. 1  2   
2 2
 4  1   3  8  4  6 2
cos 2           ,
 5   3   5   3  15
a negative number
Therefore, 2 is obtuse and hence 1 is acute.
 1  2
6. A
Sol. Taking P and Q as t1 and t 2 , respectively
The equation to PQ is 2x  y  t1  t 2   2t1t 2
2m 1
Comparing with lx  my  1, we get t1  t 2   and t1t 2  
l l
 1 2  1 2
R is  2   and T is  2  
 t1 t1   t 2 t1 
[  PSR and QST are focal chords]
 1 1
2  
t t1 
Slope of RT   2
1 1

t12 t 22
 1
2   
2t t  l  1
 12 
t1  t 2 2m m

l
7. B
3x
Sol. y
2
x
z
2
1 48
yz  6  x 2 
2 3
1
Area of ABC  6  6  2xy   2x  2x  sin 60o
2
3x 3
 12  2x  2x 2
2 2
48
12  2 3   108
3
A
o
60
2x
2x
N M
2x
x
y
B C
K L
8. B
Sol. tan A  tanB  tan C  

 tan A tan2 B   B  C 
  
 tan2 B   o
 , A  90 , has infinitely many solutions.
 tan A 
9. C
 /2
Sol. I  sin x sin 2x sin 3x sin 4x dx …..(i)
0

Replacing x by  x, we get
2
 /2
I  cos x sin 2x cos 3x sin 4x dx ……………(ii)
0
Adding (i) and (ii), we get
 /2

2I   cos 2x sin 2x sin 4xdx  8
0

I 
16
10. A
Sol. xy  yx c …………(i)

y  x    y  x  c
xy  yx
2x
 yx  yx  ……….(ii)
c
2x
By adding (i) and (ii), we get 2 y  x  c 
c
4x 2
 4 y  x   c2   4x
c2
dy 8x
 4 
dx c 2
d2 y 2
 2
 2
dx c
11. A
Sol. A and B are   
5, 1 and  5,  1 . 
Let C be  2 sec ,2 tan   .
O  0,0  is the mid point of AB.
1
Slope of OC  sin  and slope of AB 
5
Since OC  AB,
sin    5 which is impossible
12. D
 C
sin  A  
k  2
Sol. 
1 C
sin
2
 C C
sin  A    sin
k 1  2  2 B A
   cot cot
k 1  C C 2 2
sin  A    sin
 2 2
13. D
Sol. Number of diagonals passing through centre = 6
Number of rectangles  6 C2  15
14. A
Sol. Putting z  x  iy, we get
2
 x  iy    p  iq  x  iy   r  is  0
 
 x  y 2  px  qy  r  i  2xy  py  qx  s   0
2
2 2
 x  y  px  qy  r  0 ……………(i)
and 2xy  py  qx  s  0 ……………(ii)
If the roots are real, then y  0
 (i) gives x 2  px  r  0 …………….(iii)
and (ii) gives qx  s  0 …………….(iv)
s
From (iv), x  
q
s2 ps
Putting in (iii), we get  r 0
q2 q
 pqs  s2  rq2
15. A
Sol. y  2loga x
y
 loga x 
2
 x  a y/2
 f 1  y   a y/2
bc
 f 1  b  c   a 2
 f 1  b  . f 1  c 
16. C
1 x
Sol. f  x   is not differentiable at x = 0, –1.
1 x 1
1
x
1 1 x
Also, g  x    
2 2  x  1 3x  2
1 1
f x x
Thus, the point where g  x  is not differentiable are x  0,  1,  2 / 3
17. B
Sol. Point of intersection of curves is (1, 0)
y  3x 1 ln x
3 x 1
 y'   ln x.3 x 1.ln 3
x
 m1  1
Now, y  x x 1  ln x 
 m2  1
1 1
So, tan   tan   0
1 1
   0  cos 0o  1
18. B
2n 1
Sol. B  A1  3A 33  ....   2n  1 A 2n1 
2r 1
BT    A 1  3A 33  .....   2n  1 A 2r 1  
 
 B
Thus, B is skew symmetric.
19. A
Sol. The possible arrangements of teacher and students can be as follows:
(i) T S S T S S T S S
(ii) S T S S T S S T S
(iii) S S T S S T S S T
Hence, total number of ways  3  3! 6!  18  6!
20. B
 1 1 1 
Sol. y  x  3  2  2  2  ..... 
2 4 6 
 1 1 1 
x  z   2  2  2  ....... 
2 4 6 
 y  x  3  x  z
4x  y  3z
 x y z
2  
3 6 2
21. C
Sol. Let O = (0, 0), P = (6, 8) and Q = (12, 16). y
Q (12, 16)
As shown in the figure the shortest route
consists of tangents OT, minor arc TR and 10
tangent RQ.
Since OP  10, PT  5, and OTP  90o (6, 8)
60o
o P R
It follows that OPT  60 and OT  5 3 .
60o
Similarly, PQ  10, PR  5 10
60
o
 QPR  60o and QR  5 3

T
Also points O, P and Q are collinear as
mOP  mPQ x
O
5
RPT  60o , so arc TR is of length .
3
22. C
4 4
Sol. Given  f  x  dx   g  x  dx  10
0 0
  A 1  A 3  A 4    A 2  A 3  A 4   10
 A 1  A 2  10 (i)
4 4
Also  g  x  dx   f  x  dx  5
2 2
  A2  A 4   A 4  5
 A2  5 (ii)
Adding (i) and (ii), A 1  15
y
y = f(x)
(0, 4)
A1
(2, 2) y = g(x)
2
A2
A3
A4
O 2 (4, 0)
23. D
2
Sol.  ABA    ABA  ABA   AB  AA  BA  AB2 A
3
 ABA    AB2 A   ABA  ABA    AB3 A 
4
 ABA    AB3 A   ABA   AB4 A
Continuing in this manner, we get C2009  AB2009 A
1 2  1 2  1 2 2 
B2     
0 1  0 1  0 1 
1 2 2   1 2  1 3 2 
B3     
0 1   0 1  0 1 
 1 2009 2 
Continuing in this manner, we get B2009   
0 1 
 1 2009 2 
 C2009  A  A
0 1 
24. C
 
Sol. lim x 2 sin  loge cos  (Form 0   )
x   x 

 
x 2 sin  loge cos 
 x  
 lim  log cos 
   x 
e
x  
 loge cos 
 x
 x2  
 lim x 2 .loge cos  lim loge  cos 
x  x x  2  x
   
x 2 loge 1   cos  1 
  x    
 lim  2 sin2 
x      2x 
2  cos  1
 x 
  
2 sin2
x 2  2x    
2
2
 lim 2
.  2x   
x  2 4
    
 2x 
 
25. D

x2 x
Sol. I1   6
dx
0 1  x 
1
0
1 2
 1 
Let x   I1   t t 6   2 dt 
t   1  t 
1  
 t

t t
 I1   6
dt  I2
0 1  t 
26. A
Sol. The equation of AB is x – y = 1.
Let the orthocenter be (h, k)
Its mage w.r.t. AB is  k  1,h  1 ,

2 2
which will lie on the circle, so  k  1   h  1  5
27. B
 
Sol. For x   0, 
 2
L.H.S.  cos x  cos x  1  0
 
R.H.S  x, positive as x   0, 
 2
 L.H.S.  R.H.S
So, x  0 is only solution
28. A
n  2r  1 
1
Sol.  tan  
r 1
 2
 
 r  r  1 r 2  r  1  2r 3 

n
 2r  1  n  2r  1 
  tan1  4 2 3 
  tan 1
 
r 1  r  r  1  2r  r 1  1  r r 2  2r  1

2
  

n  r 2   r  12  n
  tan1 
 2 2  2
   tan1  r   tan 1  r  1

2

r 1
 1  r r  1  r 1
 tan1 n2 

 tan tan1 n2     961
 n2  961  n  31
29. C
Sol. 
2 7 C1  7 C2  7C3 
 2  7  21  35  = 126
30. B
 F  P F  G  4 5 1 E
Sol. P    .  F
G P  G 10 4 2
3
10 1
10
3
4
Paper 1

t h e t es t .
INSTRUCTIONS

on OMR sheet.

marking.
marking.
Enrolment No.
2
Useful Data
PHYSICS
CHEMISTRY

= 0.0821 Lit atm K1 mol1
= 1.987  2 Cal K1 mol1
= 6.625  10–27 ergs
1 amu = 1.66  10–27 kg
1 eV = 1.6  10–19 J

N=9, Na=11, Mg=12, Si=14, Al=13, P=15, S=16,
Cl=17, Ar=18, K =19, Ca=20, Cr=24, Mn=25,
Fe=26, Co=27, Ni=28, Cu = 29, Zn=30, As=33,
Br=35, Ag=47, Sn=50, I=53, Xe=54, Ba=56,
Pb=82, U=92.
F=19, Na=23, Mg=24, Al = 27, Si=28, P=31, S=32,
Cl=35.5, K=39, Ca=40, Cr=52, Mn=55, Fe=56, Co=59,
Ni=58.7, Cu=63.5, Zn=65.4, As=75, Br=80, Ag=108,
Sn=118.7, I=127, Xe=131, Ba=137, Pb=207, U=238.
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. 12 identical rods of length  area cross section area A and B C

thermal conductivity K are connected to form a regular
hexagon ABCDEF with centre as O as shown in figure. If heat
dQ A D
energy entering at point A at rate  P and leaving from
dt O
point D. Temperature at end A is T then
 12P 
(A) temp at D is  T   F E
 KA 
 2P 
(B) temp at O is  T  
 5KA 
 3P 
(C) temp at B is  T  
 10KA 
 4P 
(D) temp at D is  T  
 5KA 
2. Two tunnels are dug through the earth as shown in figure. O is the
centre of earth. A particle B is released from rest from position
shown and travels through the tunnel. At the same time particle B
from A is projected toward the centre O with velocity V such that
both A and B collide before they could change their direction of 3R/4
motion. Then the velocity V given to A is O
3 GM 5 GM
(A) (B)
4 R 12 R
4 GM 4 GM
(C) (D)
9 R 5 R A
4
3. Figure shows block B partially immersed in liquid and block A sunk completely and settled at
bottom of the container. Area of the cross section of the container is always constant and equal
to a. Assume that dA > dL > dB  and  represent the coefficient of linear and volume expansion
respectively. Choose correct statement.
B
A
(A) if   0 and A = L = 0 then on increasing the temp of the system level of liquid H will
increase
(B) if   0 A = L = 0 then increasing the temp of system buoyant force on B increase
(C) if 3  L then on decreasing the temp of the system the fraction of volume of B immersed
will increase
(D) if A  0  = L = 0 then on increasing the temp of the system buoyant force on A will
increase
4. A long thin wooden cylindrical shell of radius R carries uniform surface charge density . It is
rotating about its axis with angular velocity . Which increases slowly with time t as  = kt where
k is constant. Which of the following statement is/are correct

x
(A) both the magnetic and the electric field are uniform and constant
(B) the magnetic field is uniform but not constant and the electric field is constant but not uniform
(C) the magnetic field is constant but not uniform electric field is uniform but not constant
(D) total energy U stored in both types of field varies with time as U = a + bt2 where and b are
positive constant
5. A metal plate when exposed to light of wavelength  photoelectrons are ejected when a retarding
electric field of intensity E is applied none of the photoelectrons can move away from the plate
farther than a certain distance d. Which of the following correct expression for the threshold
wavelength .
hc hc
(A)  th  (B)  th   
eEd eEd
1
 1 eEd 
(C)  th     (D) none of these
  hc 
6. In the circuit are shown two parallel plate capacitor of capacitance C and 2C consisting of plates
of identical dimensions having separation between two plates 2d & d respectively has shown in
figure. They are connected with an ideal battery of terminal voltage as shown in figure – I. Now
capacitor smaller in volume is completely inserted into the other capacitor larger in volume and
kept in symmetric position and then connection polarities of the plates are reversed as shown in
figure – II. Identify correct statements.
d/2
d 2d
d
d/2
Figure - I
Figure - II
(A) charge flows through battery is 10 CV and battery absorbed energy
(B) charge flows through battery is 10 CV and battery delivers energy
(C) charge flows through battery is 7 CV and battery absorbs energy
(D) charge flows through battery is 7 CV and battery delivers energy
7. Two mirrors M1 and M2 make an angle  with line AB. A point source S is kept at a distance r from
the point of intersection of mirror along line AB. A small hemispherical annular mask is kept close
to S so that no ray emanating from S directly reaches the screen kept at distance b from the
source. Interference pattern of rays reflected from M1 and M2 is observed on screen. Find the
fringe width of this interference pattern  = wavelength of light being emitted by source.
(A)

 b  2r sin2   (B)
  b  2r cos 2 
2r sin2 2r sin2
  b  r cos     b  2r cos 2 
(C) (D)
2r sin2 r sin 2
6
8. Three capacitors of capacitance C, 2C and 3C and three R

resistors R, 2R and 3R are connected with a battery and -3CV 3CV
switch S as shown in figure. When the switch is open
charge on capacitors are shown. Switch S is closed at t CV -CV 2R
= 0. Time constant for the circuit is C 2C 3C
3R
(A) RC
6RC
(B)
11
4V S
36RC
(C)
121
(D) none of these
9. A small collar of mass m is given an initial velocity of magnitude V0 on the

horizontal circular track fabricated from a slender rod. If co-efficient of friction
is k. Determine distance travelled by collar before comes to rest (Recognize
that the friction force depends on the net normal force).
r
 2 4 2 2   V 2  V 4  r 2 g2 
r  V0  V0  r g  r
(A) ln (B) ln  0 0 
k  rg  4k  rg 
   
 V 2  V 4  r 2 g2   V 2  V 4  r 2 g2 
2r  0 0 r
(C) ln  (D) ln  0 0 
k  rg  2k  rg 
   
10. Two parallel resistanceless rail are connected by an inductor of B

inductance L at one end as shown in figure. A magnetic field exist
in space which is r to plane of the rails. Now a conductor of
length  and m is placed transverse on rail and given an impulse J
towards rightward direction. Select correct option L
V
3J2L
(A) velocity of conductor is half of initial velocity after displacement of conductor d 
4B2  2m
3J2L
(B) velocity of conductor is half of initial velocity after displacement of the conductor d 
B2L2m
3J2
(C) current flowing through the inductor at the instant where velocity is half of initial is I 
4Lm
(D) current flowing through the inductor at the instant when velocity of the conductor is half of the
3J2
initial velocity is I 
mL
SECTION – C
9 (both inclusive).
1. A uniform disk rotating about its vertical axis is placed on a horizontal floor divided in two halves.
The co-efficient of friction are 1 = 0.78 and 2 = 0.67 between the disk and right and left halves
respectively. Consider the line dividing two half as y-axis and point where centre of disk lies on
origin of co-ordinate system. Acceleration of the centre of disk immediately after it is placed on
K 22
floor is ms2 . g = 10 ms-2,   .
20 7
2. Figure shows VT diagram for helium gas in a cyclic V

process. Then ratio of maximum and minimum pressure 2V 2
is TV = constant
V TV = constnat
T
T 2T 4T
3. In a thin vertical U tube of very long arms is m 1 mass of mercury. Period of small amplitude
oscillation of mercury is T1 = 2S. If in one arm m2 = 100 g of water is poured the period of small
oscillation becomes T2 = 3S then mass m1 = 16 K gm. Find K …
4. Figure show the snapshot of the transverse Q

sinusoidal wave on a string at time t = 0 sec. 3
A
125 A/2 2
Frequency of wave is Hz . T1 is the time at
6
which the line joining P and Q become horizontal A
for first time (after t = 0) if wave is travelling
toward +ve x direction and T2 is the time at which
the line P and Q becomes horizontal for first time
(after t = 0) if wave is travelling in – ve x direction
T 22
then 1  . Find K …
T2 K
8
5. A block rest on a long plank moving at 2 ms-1. The co-efficient -1

2 ms
of friction between the block and plank is 0.1. The plank starts -1
decelerating uniformly and stops in 0.5 s. Acceleration due to 2 ms
K
gravity is 10 ms-2. The distance slid by block on plank is m.
4
Find K …
 y
6. In the given electric field E   d  x  i  E0 ˆj 
N/C a hypothetical closed surface is taken
as shown in figure. The total charge c
enclosed within the closed surface is k0.
Then find the value of k(a = 2 m, b = 3 m
and c = 2 m)
a
x
z b
7. In the given Y.D.S.E the distance between the slits = 1 cm and the distance between slits and
screen is D1 = 1 m. If the source of the light S is placed at distance below 5 mm below the line
OO at distance D2 = 50 cm from slits. Find distance of central maxima from O (in cm)?
5 mm O O'
S
D2 = 50 cm
D1 = 1 m
Slits Screen
8. A gas of hydrogen like atoms can absorb radiation of 68 eV in first excited state. Consequently
the gas emit radiations of only three different wavelengths. All the wavelengths are equal or
smaller than that of the absorbed photon. The atomic number of gas atom is …
9. A conducting rod of mass m and length ℓ is suspended horizontal with help of two identical non-
conducting springs each of stiffness K in presence of uniform horizontal magnetic field of
induction B. The rod can slid between two fixed frictionless vertical conducting guides as shown
in figure. The rod is pulled slightly downward and then released. Neglect resistance and
inductance in circuit. Acceleration due to gravity is g. The time period of oscillation is T = k.. If m
= 7B2ℓ2C and m = k. Find k ?
10. You have m = 1 kg of super cooled water at temperature – 10oC kept in a container and crushed
at temp  = - 20oC kept in another container. How much ice you should add to the water so that
whole water freezes S  4.2  103 J kg 1 K 1 , SI  2.1 103 J Kg 1K 1 . Latent of heat of ice
L  336  103 J Kg 1 and meeting point of ice is  = 0oC. Heat capacity of the vessel and heat
less to surrounding is negligible.
10
SECTION – A
1. Select correct statement(s).

(A) all N – N bond lengths are same in N3 ion
(B) all N – N bond lengths are not identical in N3H
(C) in HN3 terminal N – N bond length is shorter than the central N – N bond length
(D) azide ion and hydrazoic acid have same number of electron.
2. For the Br- catalyzed aqueous reaction

Br 
HNO2  C6 H5 NH2  H    C6H5 N2  2H2O
proposed mechanism is
K1

(I) H   HNO2   
 H2NO2  fast 
K 1
K
(II) H 2NO2 
 ONBr  H2O  slow 
 Br 2 
K3
(III) ONBr  C6 H5 NH2   C6 H 5N 2  H 2O  Br   fast 

Which of the following statement(s) is/are correct?
(A) order with respect to H+ is 1 (B) order with respect to Br- is 1
(C) order with respect to C6H5NH2 is 1 (D) order with respect to HNO2 is 1
3. The order of first ionization energies are given below. Find the incorrect order(s).
(A) F  N  O  C  B  Be (B) C  Si  Ge  Pb  Sn
(C) B  Al  Ga  In  Tl (D) O  Cl  Br  I  S
4. In antifluorite structure
(A) oxide ions have face centred cubic arrangement
(B) cations are present in all the tetrahedral voids
3a
(C) rNa  rO2 
4
(D) cations are face centred and anions are present in all the tetrahedral voids
5. Identify the incorrect statement(s).

2
(A) NiCl4  as well as [Ni(CO)4] are paramagnetic
(B) CFSE for [Ti(H2O)6]3+ is 0.4 0
3 3 3
(C)  0 increasing order is  CrCl6   Cr NH3 6   Cr  CN 6 
(D) in spectro chemical series, halide ions are arranged as I- < Br- < Cl- < F-
6. On being treated with HCl, acetone gives

(A) mesityl oxide (B) phorone
(C) mesitylene (D) aldol
7. Which of the following plot(s) is/are correct

(A) (B)

3p
1s
3s
Radius
Radius
(C) (D)
2p
1s 3p
3d
Radius
Radius
12
NO
8. CH3  CH2  CH2  NH2  2 3

The product(s) formed is/are
(A) H3C CH CH3 (B) CH3  CH2  CH 2  OH
OH
(C) CH3  CH  CH2 (D) CH3  CH2  C  N
9. Which of the following statement(s) is/are correct for crossed cannizzaro reaction?
CHO CHO
OH-
+
NO 2
NO 2
(A) (B)
(A) OH- attacks at the carbonyl C – atom of (A)
(B) OH- attacks at the carbonyl C – atom of (B)
H
-
O
OH
(C) the H- ion transfer takes place from O 2N

H
-
O
OH
(D) the H- ion transfer takes place from NO 2
I , NaOH
10. C8H8 O  A  
2
 yellow ppt.
-
HCN, OH
B
A 1) LDA
C
2) EtBr
Ph - CHO
D
NaOH
CH2 CHO
(A) A is (B) B is optically active

O O
|| ||
(C) C is Ph  C CH2  CH2  CH3 (D) D is Ph  CH  CH  C Ph
SECTION – C
9 (both inclusive).
1. CH3
Reagent
H3C CH CH CH2 Alcohol
Following are the possibilities of products on applying specific reagents:
Reagent Possible product
CH3
1. B2H6 / H2O2 , NaOH
H3C CH CH2 CH2 OH
CH3 HO
2. PdCl 2 , H2O, O2 / LAH
H3C CH CH CH3
OH
3. Hg OAc 2 , H2O / NaBH 4 H3C C CH2 CH3

H3C
OH
5. dil. H2SO4 H3C C CH2 CH3

H3C
How many of the above mentioned pairs are correct?
14
2. How many of the following reactions give aromatic species?
(I) + KH
(II) + 2K
NaNH2
(III)
NaNH2
(IV)
NaNH2
(V)
NaNH2
(VI)
3. The formation constant is x  105 for the reaction of a tripositive metal ion with thiocyanate ion to
form the mono complex. If the total metal concentration in the solution is 2.0  10-3 M, the total
SCN- concentration is 1.50  10-3 M, and the free SCN- concentration is 1.0  10-5 M. Find the
value of x.
4. One of the most stable nuclei is 55Mn . Its nuclidic mass is 54.9244 u. Determine its average
binding energy per nucleon in MeV if mass of proton and neutron are 1.00783 u and 1.00867 u
respectively.
5. How many of the following chemical compound(s) appear black?

MnO2, SnS, CO3O4, Ni2O3, K2Cr2O7, CoS, anhydrous CoSO4, Bi2S3, HgS, Sb2S3
6. Ka for the acid ionization of Fe3+ to Fe(OH)2+ and H+ is 5.26  10-7. What is the maximum pOH
value which could be used so that at least 95% of the total Iron(III) in a dilute solution exists as
Fe3+?
7. How many of the following chemical reagents impart brick red colouration to the flame during
flame test? Dolomite, bleaching powder, rock salt, nitrolim, lime-stone, carnallite, alum, gypsum.
8. The number of P – O – P bonds in cyclic trimeric metaphosphoric acid are
9. How many products are formed for the following synthesis?

O
HO H
Kiliani - Fischer Synthesis
H OH
H OH
OH
D-Arabinose
10. How many of these show optical activity?

Br Br
Et CH3
Me H Me Me
, , ,
Me H H H H H
I I
CH3  CH  C  C  CH  C2 H5 , CH3  CH  C  C  C  CH  C2H5 , cis-cyclooctene, trans-
cyclooctene, (2R, 3S) 2, 3-dihydroxybutane-1, 4-dioic acid.
16

SECTION – A
2n 2
 K  n   n CK n 
2
1. Let f  n   where n  2 then
K n1
 n3  131n  150  2n 2
(A) f  n   n2 2n Cn  2n (B) f  n     Cn 1
 30 
625  48! 625  50!
(C) f  25   (D) f  25    50
 24!2  25!2
2. The probability that a zoo has exactly n tiger is Pn, n  1. All sex distribution of n tiger in that zoo
have the same probability then the probability that the zoo contain exactly K male tiger (where K
 1) is
K 1 K
1  P  2  P 
(A)   (B)  
1 P  1 P  1 P  1 P 
K 1
 2  P 
(C)    (D) none of these
 2  P   1 P 
3. Which holds true if A is a square matrix of order n.

n2 3n 2 n2 3n 3
(A) adj adj  adj A   A A 1 (B) adj adj  adj A   A A 1
3 3
(C) A 1 adj adj  adjA   A 

n1 1
(D) A 1 adj adj  adjA   A 
n1 1
4. The equation of the straight line which meets the circle x2 + y2 – 2x – 4y – p2 = 0 at points which
are at a distance ‘d’ from a point A(1 + , 2 + ) on the circle is
(A) 2x  2 y  2    2   2 p 2  5   d2 (B) 2x  2 y  2    2   2 p 2  5   d2
(C) 2x  2 y  2    2   2 p 2  5   d2 (D) 2x  2 y  2    2   d2  2  p2  5 
2 2
5. Let S & S be the foci of an ellipse b2  x  2   a2  y  1  a2b2 whose eccentricity is e and P is
a variable point on the ellipse then
(A) locus of incentre of PSS is hyperbola
(B) locus of incentre of PSS is ellipse
2e
(C) eccentricity of the locus of incentre of PSS is
e 1
2e
(D) eccentricity of the locus of incentre of PSS is
e 1
ex
6. Let f be a function satisfying fe  x   and g  x   f4  x 
ex  e
1996
 r 
(A) f2  x   f2 1  x   1 (B)  g  1997   1996
r 1
2n 1
 r 
(C)  2f  2n    2n  1 (D) all of the above
r 1
7. Two tangents on a parabola are x – y – 1 = 0 & x + y + 11 = 0. If S(1, 3) is focus of the parabola

where P & Q are end points of focal chord then
(A) equation of tangent at vertex 3y – 2x + 1 = 0
(B) equation of directrix 3y – 2x + 8 = 0
30
(C) latus rectum is
13
1 1 2 13
(D)  
SP SQ 15
8. If a, b, c, d are in GP where a, b, c, d are positive number then

(A) a – b > d – c
(B) ab + cd > 2(ac + bd + bc)
  
(C) 2 c 1d1  a 1b1  2 b1d1  a 1c 1  a 1d1 
1 1 2
(D)  
d b c
18
n x n
a  a
9. lim x c n    1   is equal to
x  x  x
n! an e a
(A) n a (B)
a e n!
n! an ea
(C) n a (D)
ae n!
10. Suppose we uniformly and randomly select a permutation from the 20! Permutation of 1, 2, 3 ….
20. What is the probability that 2 appears at an earlier position than any other even number in the
selected permutation.
1 1
(A) (B)
2 10
9!
20!
SECTION – C
9 (both inclusive).
1. A quadrilateral ABCD in which side AB, BC, CD, DA are in GP such that circle can be inscribed in
n
it and another circle is circumscribed about it, then angle A is equal to where n & q are
q
coprime then (n + q) equal to
2. Set S   y  x , x  r  0  y  r / r  N , 1  r  n then total number of triangles formed by the

lines in the given sets is K(2n) then K is …
3. In ABC, ADB, ADC median AD, AE, AF respectively is drawn and BC is equal to 4, then the
value of AE2 + AF2 – 2AD2 is
4. The volume of the reel – shaped solid formed by the revolution about the y-axis of the part of the
20
parabola y2 = 2x cut off by the latus rectum is P then value of P is

5. If a + 1 > b and A, B, C are variable angles such that

a  1  b 2  b  tan A  a tanB  a
2 2

 1  b  b  2  tanC  3a then value of  tan2 A is
6. Let PQRSTU is a hexagon such that PQ = QR = RS = 3 and ST = TU = UP = 6. If the vertices P,

a
Q, R, S, T, U are concyclic, then the radius of the circle passing through them is a , then is
3

 cos  n  1 x  cosnx  n
7. If   dx  then value of n is
0  cos x  1  2
8. Assuming x – y + 2z = 0 to be the horizontal plane then equation of line of greatest slope through
the point (2, 2, 1) in the plane 2x + y – 6z = 0 is L having cosine ratio a : b : c then value of
 2a  b 
  is ..
 c 
9. Number of real value of x satisfy this equation e2x  ex  3  5cos x   1  0
45    ai  bi  ci2     ai  bi  ci2   90

1  1 
10. If   sin Re
   2

   cos Re  2
  is equal
x
then x equal to
i1    bi  ai  ci     bi  ci  ai  
FIITJEE
JEE(Advanced)-2017

(Paper–1)
1. BCD ABCD C
2. A ABD D
3. CD AC BD
4. BD ABC AD
5. C A BC
6. D AB AC
7. A ABCD BCD
8. C ABC ACD
9. D AC B
10. AC BCD B
1. 7 3 3
2. 8 4 8
3. 5 3 2
4. 2 9 2
5. 6 6 3
6. 6 9 7
7. 2 5 2
8. 6 3 6
9. 4 2 1
10. 7 5 4
2
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. BCD

Thermal resistance of each section R 
KA
B C
O
A D
F E
4R
Req 
5
B 2R/3 C
R R
R R
A O D
R R
F 2R/3 E
T  TP
Hence P  A 5
4R
4 P
TD  TA 
5 KA
Heat current through
P  2R P  3  2 3P
ABCD & AFED =  
4R 10 5
 2R
2
8R/3
A D
2R
8R/3
4R/3
A 2R D
2P
AOD 
5
2P
Temperature drop across AO =  R  TA  T0
5
2P 
To  TA 
5KA
2. A
T R3 GM
Time for B to move from B to centre of tunnel is  T  2 
4 GM R3
Time to move from A to given point is
3R/4 BR/4
O
A
1  1  R  1  3R   T
sin    sin   
  A  4 A  4
R  3R  
sin1    sin1  
A
   4A  2
From above
R  3R   9R 2 
sin1    cos 1    sin1  1  
A  4A  
 16 A 2 

R 9R 2
 1
A 16
R2 9R 2 25 R 2
 1  1
A2 16 A2 16 A2
5
A R
4
Hence
 25R 2  16R 2
V   A2  R 2 
4
3 3 GM
 R 
4 4 R
3. CD
Since fractional volume
Vin body

Vbody liquid
Vinf   . 1   L T 
 Bf  Bi
Vbody ef 1   B T  i
 1   L T 
xf  x i  
 1   B T 
with fall in temperature
xf  xi for  B  3 B   L
4. BD
4
5. C
hc hc
K .Emax  
 T
hc hc
Ed  
 T
1
 1 eEd 
T    
 hc 
6. D
4C
2C
C
2C
4C
Initial
Q in = 3 CV
Final
Q f = 10 CV
7. A
S1
r sin 

r sin 


 2
A B
 
 r sin 
2

A=r r sin 
SB = b
S2
screen
d  S1S2  22r sin .cos    2r sin 2
D = distance between source and screen
 b  2r sin2 
Hence
Fringe width =

b  2r sin2   
2r sin  2 
8. C
  RC
It do not depends on charge on capacitor
6R 6C 36RC
  . 
11 11 121
9. D
2
V 2  2
N m   g
 R 
2
V 2  2
maT   m   g
 R 
2
dv V 2  2
V     g
ds  R 
RVdv
  K ds
V 4  R 2g 2
Replacing Z 2  V 4  R 2 g 2
R dz
2   K ds
2 2
z   Rg 
Replacing z  Rg sec 
2  K
ln  sec   tan   ds
R
 2 K

ln sec  sec 2   1 
R
 s
 z  z 2  R 2 g 2  2 
K
ln   s
 Rg  R
 
0
  V 4  R 2g 2  V 2   2 K
ln    S s0
  Rg  R
   V0
10. AC
V L
dI
B V  L
dt
B dx  LdI
B x  LI
B x
I
L
6
SECTION – C
1. 7
df r
 
Let we consider a ring of radius r and thickness dr.
 = mass per unit area.
Mass of shaded part   rd  dr
Friction 1  rd  dr
Net horizontal force along x-axis is 0
 dfy    1 rd drg  cos
 /2
 1 g  rdr  cos  d
 /2
R
 21 g  rdr  21 g.  right half   ve y 
2
Left part
R
Fy  22 g  ve y 
2
 0.78  0.67  .M
Fnet   1  2   gR 2  .g.R
R
0.11 10 7
a 7  ms 2
22 20
2. 8
V
2V A
V C
B
T
T 2T 4T
AB  TV = constant = K1
PV2 = K1  nR
AC  TV2 = constant = K2
Pmin at A and maximum C
PB = 4PA and PC = 2PB
P
Hence C  8
PK
3. 5
Initial
Let A = cross section area
Net force after x displacement
2 Ax Hg .g  m1a
2 A Hg .g
12 
m1
water
mercury
Final
Net force after displacement will be
 2 Ax Hg .g   m1  m2  a
2 A Hg .g
22 
m1  m2
1 m1  m2 T1
 
2 m1 T2
m1  80 m
4. 2
In case of +ve direction proceeding of wave.
Q
P
3
A
A/2 2
x O P Q
In this case PQ will be horizontal if P and Q have same position propagating in opposite direction
it will be in left half at position x.
T T 1 x
For P   cos1  
12 4   A
T T 1 x
For Q   sin1  
12 4  A
8
Equating these two

A
x
2
11T
Hence t1 
24
In case of propagating – ve x direction.
For PQ to be horizontal it will be positon i.e. right half.

1 x T 1 x T
sin1     cos1   
  A  12   A  12
for P for Q
A T
x hence t 2 
2 24
T1
 11
T2
5. 6
-1
2 ms
-1
2 ms
Retardation of plank = 4 ms-2 and retardation of block = 1.0 ms-2
Hence relative acceleration of block w.r.t. plank = 3 ms
Skidding distance up to this time
1 1 3
 3      m
2 4 8
1 3
Plank is in rest now and block has velocity = 2  1  ms 1
2 2
u2 9
Skidding distance =  m.
2.a 8
12
Total skidding distance = m  1.5 m
8
6. 6
E   d  x  i  E0 i
Net flux due to Ey = 0
Flux through left most surface is – ve and acceleration
Flux through inclined surface
y
a
 x
z b
c.2 sin .cos 

  d   cos  cd .sin  dc sin .  2
c.a.b
 dc.a 
2
a.b.c
Net = 6
2
7. 2
Path difference before slits = path difference after slits.
8. 6
9. 4
e.m.f of rod at any instant
 i  B v
d
  B vc I  Bca
dt
Hence net force
2Kx  B 2  2ca  ma
2Kx m  B 2 2 c
a T  2
B  c  m 
2 2 2K
10. 7
Heat lost = heat gained
mi si  0   i   m L  m s  0    .
10
SECTION – A
1. ABCD
H
- + - + -
N N N N N N
Azide ion Hydrazoic acid
2. ABD
rate law equation is
rate = K H   HNO2  Br  
3. AC
Correct order is
F > N > O > C > Be > B
B > Tl > Ga > Al > In
4. ABC
Facts
5. A
[NiCl4]2- = tetrahedral, sp3 hybridized so there are two odd e-s in t2g orbitals
[Ni(CO)4] = tetrahedral with sp3 hybridization, no electrons unpaired
6. AB
O H3C O
HCl
2
H3C
C
CH3
C CH C CH3 + H2O
H3C
mesilyl oxide
C
H3C CH3 , HCl
- H2O
H3C O CH3
C CH C CH C
H3C CH3
phorone
7. ABCD
Facts
8. ABC
N2O3 +
H3C CH2 CH2 NH2 H3C CH2 CH2 N2
+
H3C CH2 CH2 + N2
-
OH
H3C CH2 CH2 OH H3C CH CH3 H3C CH CH2

OH
9. AC
O C H
In NO 2 the carbonyl carbon is more e- deficient hence OH- attacks over it.
10. BCD
O
I2, NaOH
C CH3
COO Na
- +
+ CHI 3
yellow ppt.
(A)
OH
- |
HCN, OH PH  C|  CH3
CN
O B 
- + optically active
C CH3 (i - Pr)2 N Li
O O
|| ||
Et Br
Ph  C CH2 
 Ph  C  CH2  CH2  CH3
 C
Ph - CHO O
||
NaOH Ph  C CH  CH  Ph
D 
SECTION – C
1. 3
Oxymercuration – demercuration doesn’t allow rearrangement.
2. 4
(I), (II), (III) & (V) give aromatic species.
12
3. 3
M3   SCN  MSCN2
  
[MSCN ] = 1.5  103 M  1.0  10 5 M  1.49  10 3 M
2+

  
So, free [M3+] = 2.0  10 3 M  1.49  103 M 
-3
= 0.51  10 M
MSCN2 
1.49  10 3
K      2.92  10 5  3.0  105
M3   SCN 
   
3
0.51 10  1.0  10 5
  
4. 9
Mass of 25 protons = 25(1.00783 u) = 25.19575 u
And mass of 30 neutrons = 30(1.00867 u) = 30.2601
 Total mass = 55.45585 u
Given mass = 54.9244 u
Mass defect = 55.45585 u − 54.9244 u = 0.53145 u
 binding energy = 0.53145 u  931.5 MeV / u   495.045675 MeV

BE 495.045675
   9 MeV
Nucleon 55 nucleons
5. 6
MnO2, Co3O4, Ni2O3, CoS, HgS, Bi2S3 (blackish brown)
6. 9
2


Fe 3   2H2O 
 Fe OH   H3O 
Fe OH 2   H O   0.05  H O  
Ka    3    3 
3 0.95
Fe 
 
0.05  H 3O  
or 5.26  107 
0.95
 5
 H3O   10 , pH  5, pOH  9
7. 5
All Ca containing compounds impart brick red colouration to the flame . Except carnallite, alum &
rock salt all other are Ca containing compounds.
8. 3
(HPO 3)3 O OH
P
O O
HO OH
P P
O O O
9. 2
Two stereoisomers are formed.
10. 5
Br Br
Et CH3
Me Me
, ,
H H
H H
I I
CH3CH  C  C  C  CHC2 H5 , trans-cyclooctene are chiral.
14

SECTION – A
1. C
2n 2
 k  n  n Ck n 
2
k n1
Replace k – n  k
n n
k  n!
 k  n Ck    k! n  k !
k 1 k 1
n n  n  1 !

k  1!  n  k !
k 1
  n  1! 
 n 
  k  1 !  n  k ! 
n 2 n1 2
 k 2  n Ck   n2   n 1
Ck 
k 1 k 0
n 
2 2n2
Cn1 
2. D
k n k
n  1  1
Ck    
2  2
Probability having exactly k male tigers
k nk
 1  1
 Pn n Ck     n  k 
 2 2
 k nk
nn  1  1
So required probability  P Ck    
2  2
n k
k
2  P 
  
2P 2P 
3. BD
n 2
adj adjA   A A
2
n1
adj  adjA   A
n 2 n 1
so adj  adj  adjA    A  adjA 
3
n 1
adj adj  adj A   A
3
n1
 A
4. AD
 x  12   y  2 2  P2  5
Shifted to (1, 2)
2 2
Let a = P + 5
Equation of line MN is y + x = k

= mOA =

k
AB = a 
a
A ( )
d O d
M B N
BM2   OM2   OB 2
k2
 a2 
a2
2 2 2
 AM   AB   BM
2
 k k2
 d   a    a2  2
2
 d d
 d2  2a2  2k
5. BC
Shift to (2, 1)
P  acos , b sin  
S' S
In PSS
SS   2ae, SP  a  aecos , SP  a  aecos 
eb sin 
h  aecos  & k 
e 1
So locus of incentres
x2 y2
 1
a2 e2  be 2
 
 e  1
2e
And its eccentricity =
e 1
6. AC
ex e
f  x   f 1  x   x
 x
1
e  e e  e
So f 2(x) + f 2(1 – x) = 1
16
2n 1
 r    1   2   2n  1  
 2fe  2n   2  fe  2n   fe  2n   ....fe  2n  

r 1 
  1 
 2  n  1  fe   
  2 
 1
 2 n  1  
 2
 2n  1
1996
 r    1   1996     2   1995     998   999  
 g  1997   g  1997   g  1997    g  1997   g  1997    ..... g  1997   g  1997  
r 1      
 998
7. BCD
Use the property, foot of perpendicular from focus to tangent lies on the tangent at vertex. Using
this we get equation of tangent at vertex is 6y – 4x + 1 = 0
8. ACD
ac
 b  a  c  2b
2
Similary b + d > 2c
a + b + c + d > 2b + 2c
a+d>b+c
and GM  HM
2ac
b
ac
ab  bc  2ac
GM  HM
1 1 2
 
d b c
1 1 1 1
Now   
a d b c
Divide by abc, we get
ab  cd  2  ac  bd  bc 
Divide by abcd
  
2 c 1d1  a 1b1  2 b1d1  a 1c 1  a 1d1 
9. B
x
 a
x! an 1  
x
lim .
x  n!  x  n  ! x n 
  1  a n
 x 

  1  2   1  n  
x  1  1   1   ...  1  
n
a  a   x  x  x  
lim 1   
x  n!  x n 
  a 
 1  
  x 
an ea  1 an .ea
lim  
x  n! 1n n!
10. B
Numbers of permutation with 2 in first position = 19!
For second position = 10  18!
19! 10  18! 10  9  17! ...10! 9!
Similarly =  0.1
20!
SECTION – C
1. 3
a+c=b+d
D
c
C
d
b
A
a
B
2 2 2
a  d  BD 
cos A 
2ad
2 2 2
BD  a  d  2adcos A
and in BCD
2
b2  c 2   BD 
cosC 
2bc
2
BD   b  c 2  2bc cosC
2
BD 2  b2  c 2  2bc cos A

ad  bc
Compare we get cos A 
ad  bc
aar 3  arar 2 
  0, A 
a 2
r 3
r 2
 2
2. 8
So for n total number of triangle is 16n
3. 2
In AEF
A
B E D F C
18
AE2 + AF2 = 2(AD2 + ED2)

2 2 2
 AE + AF – 2AD = 2
4. 2
Required volume = 2(volume generate by the revolution about y-axis of the area ALC)
A
L 4a
C
2a
 2  x 2 dy
0
2a
y4
 2  dy
0 16a2
4a3 1
 and a 
5 2


10
20 
so . 2
 10
5. 3
2 2
v1  a2   b  1 i  aj  a2  b  1 kˆ
v 2  tan Ai  tanBj  tanCk
Let v1.v 2  3a
 tan2 A  3 sec 2 
so min  tan2 A  3
6. 7
T S

 
U R



P Q
o
3       360
    120o
9  36  FB 2
cos120 
2 18 
r 2  r 2  63
cos       cos 120  
2r 2
 r 2  21
r  21
7. 2
  1 x
  2sin  n   x.sin 
 2  2
In    dx
0
 1  cos x 
 
 
In  In1  In 2  I0
In  I0  I0    In  
n
so n2
2
8. 6
x  2 y  2 z 1
L  
a b c
a b c
2a  b  6c  0 & 1 1 2  0
2 1 6
We get a : b : c  33 : 30 : 16
2a b 33 15
So    6
c c 8 8
9. 1
e x  e x  3  5cosx  0
e x  e x  5 cos x  3
So only one solution x = 0
10. 4
 1  1 
sin1     cos1    
 2   2 2
CONCEPT RECAPITULATION TEST - IV
Paper 1

t h e t es t .
INSTRUCTIONS

on OMR sheet.

answer.
marking.
Enrolment No.
AITS-CRT-IV-(Paper-1)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/17
2
Useful Data
PHYSICS
2
CHEMISTRY

= 0.0821 Lit atm K1 mol1
= 1.987  2 Cal K1 mol1
= 6.625  10–27 ergs
1 amu = 1.66  10–27 kg
1 eV = 1.6  10–19 J

N=9, Na=11, Mg=12, Si=14, Al=13, P=15, S=16,
Cl=17, Ar=18, K =19, Ca=20, Cr=24, Mn=25,
Fe=26, Co=27, Ni=28, Cu = 29, Zn=30, As=33,
Br=35, Ag=47, Sn=50, I=53, Xe=54, Ba=56,
Pb=82, U=92.
F=19, Na=23, Mg=24, Al = 27, Si=28, P=31, S=32,
Cl=35.5, K=39, Ca=40, Cr=52, Mn=55, Fe=56, Co=59,
Ni=58.7, Cu=63.5, Zn=65.4, As=75, Br=80, Ag=108,
Sn=118.7, I=127, Xe=131, Ba=137, Pb=207, U=238.
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
(B), (C) and (D), out of which only ONE is correct
1. Two trains A and B are moving on same track in opposite direction with velocity 25 m/s and
15m/s respectively. When separation between them becomes 225 m, drivers of both the trains
apply brakes producing uniform retardation in train A while retardation of train B increases linearly
3
with time at the rate of 0.3 m/s . The minimum retardation of train A to avoid collision will be
2
(A) 2 m/s (B) 2.5 m/s2
2
(C) 2.25 m/s (D) 2.75 m/s2
2. Two blocks M1 and M2 rest upon each other on an inclined plane. M1

2=0.2
Coefficient of friction between surfaces are shown. If the angle  is A M2
slowly increased, then (M1 < M2) B
(A) block A slips first 1=0.5
(B) block B slips first
(C) both slip simultaneously 
(D) both remain at rest
3. An artificial satellite of mass m is moving in a circular orbit at a height equal to the radius R of the
earth. Suddenly due to internal explosion the satellite breaks into two parts of equal masses. One
part of the satellite stops just after the explosion. The increase in the mechanical energy of the
system (satellite + earth) due to explosion will be
(Given: acceleration due to gravity on the surface of earth is g)
mgR
(A) mgR (B)
2
mgR 3mgR
(C) (D)
4 4
4
 
4. The equation of a particle executing SHM is given by x  3 cos t cm, where t is in second.
2
The distance travelled by the particle in the first 8.5 s is
 3   3 
(A)  24   cm (B)  27   cm
 2  2
 3   3 
(C)  24   cm (D)  27   cm
 2  2
5. n identical charged particles are placed on the vertices of a regular polygon of n sides of side
length a. One of the charge particle is released from polygon. When this particle reaches a far of
distance, another particle adjacent to the first particle is released. The difference of kinetic
energies of both the particles at infinity is k. Magnitude of charge is
k
(A) 40 ak (B)
40a
k
(C) (D) ka
a
This section contains 8 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) for
its answer, out of which only ONE OR MORE THAN ONE is/are correct
6. A blocks P of mass 4 kg is placed on horizontal rough surface P

B 4kg A
with coefficient of friction  = 0.6. And two blocks R and Q of
masses 2 kg and 4 kg connected with the help of massless  = 0.6
strings A and B respectively passing over frictionless pulleys
as shown, then (g = 10m/s2) 4kg 2kg
(A) acceleration of block P is zero. Q R
(B) tension in string A is 20 N.
(C) tension in string B is 40 N.
(D) surface contact force on block P is 20 5 N.
7. A body moving towards a finite body at rest collides with it. It is possible that
(A) both the bodies come to rest
(B) both the bodies move after collision
(C) the moving body comes to rest and the stationary body starts moving
(D) the stationary body remains stationary; the moving body changes its velocity
8. An object is floating in a liquid, kept in a container. The container is placed in a lift. Choose the
correct option(s)
(A) Buoyant force increases as lift accelerates up
(B) Buoyant force decreases as lift accelerates up
(C) Buoyant force remains constant as lift accelerates
(D) The fraction of solid submerged into liquid does not change
9. A standing wave of time period T is set up in a string clamped between two rigid supports. At t = 0
antinode is at its maximum displacement 2A.
(A) The energy of a node is equal to energy of an antinode for the first time at t = T/8.
(B) The energy of node and antinode becomes equal after every T/2 second.
T
(C) The displacement of the particle of antinode at t  is 2A .
8
(D) The displacement of the particle of node is zero.
10. Charges Q1 and Q2 lie inside and outside respectively of a closed Gaussian surface S. Let E be
the field at any point on S and  be the flux of E over S:
(A) If Q1 changes, both E and  will change
(B) If Q2 changes E will change
(C) If Q1  0 and Q2  0 then E  0 but   0
(D) If Q1  0 and Q2  0 then E  0 but   0
11. Two circular coils of radii 5 cm and 10 cm carry equal currents of 2A. The coils have 50 and 100
turns respectively and are placed in such a way that their planes as well as their centres
coincide. Magnitude of magnetic field at the common centre of coils is
(A) 8  10–4 T if current in the coil are in same sense
(B) 4  10–4 T if current in the coil are in opposite sense
(C) zero if currents in the coils are in opposite sense
(D) 8  10–4 T if current in the coil are in opposite sense
6
12. Two capacitors of capacitance C1 and C2 are charged to a potential +– +–

+– +–
difference of V1 and V2 respectively and are connected to an inductor + –
V1 + – + –
C + – V2
of inductance L as shown in the figure. Initially key k is open. Now key C 1
2
k is closed and current in the circuit starts increasing. When current in k

the circuit is maximum
(A) Charge on both the capacitors is same
(B) Induced emf in the inductor is zero
(C) Potential difference across both the capacitors is same
(D) Electrostatic potential energy stored in both the capacitors is same
13. When photons of energy 4.25 eV strike the surface of a metal A, the ejected photoelectrons have
maximum kinetic energy TA eV and de Broglie wavelength A. The maximum kinetic energy of
photoelectrons liberated from another metal B by photons of energy 4.70 eV is TB = (TA–1.50)eV.
If the de Broglie wavelength of these photoelectrons is B = 2A , then
(A) The work function of A is 1.25 eV (B) the work function of B is 4.20 eV
(C) TA = 3.00 eV (D) TB = 1.5 eV
SECTION – C
This section contains 5 questions. Each question, when worked out will result in one integer from 0 to 9
(both inclusive).
1. A rigid ring is made to roll along the ceiling of a room, where exists
     
a uniform horizontal magnetic field of induction B perpendicular to B
the plane of the ring. The velocity of the centre of the ring is
v
constant and its modulus is v . A charge particle P of mass m is 
    
kmg
fixed on the ring. The charge q on the particle is so that
Bv  P    
there is no force of interaction between the ring and the particle,
then find the value of k ?      
2. Figure shows a charge array known as an “electric quadrupole”. For a point on the axis of the
r  1
quadruple, the dependence of potential on r   1 is n . Find n ?
a  r
a a

   P
q q  q q
r
3. A non conducting ring having uniform charge distribution q is
E
having a small cut of length b  b  R  is released from rest with
its plane parallel to the field as shown in the figure. If the maximum R
90
C qEb
angular velocity of the ring is , then find the value of C ?
22mR 2
4. Two wires are made of the same material and have the same volume. However, wire 1 has
cross-sectional area A and wire-2 has cross-sectional area 3A. If the length of wire 1 increases
by x on applying force 1 newton, how much force (in Newton) is needed to stretch wire 2 by the
same amount?
5. Two pendulums of lengths 1.44 and 1 metre length start swinging together. After how many
oscillation of first pendulum they will again start swing together?
8
SECTION – A
1. Which of the following compound has lowest potential energy?

(A) (B)
(C) (D)
2. The following two compound are:
 I  II 
(A) Identical (B) conformational isomers
(C) geometrical isomers (D) structural isomers
3. If mercuric iodide is added to an aqueous solution of KI, the:

(A) freezing point is raised (B) freezing point is lowered
(C) boiling point does not change (D) freezing point does not change
4. Which of the following is weaker base?

(A) N  SiH 3 3 (B) N  CH 3  3
(C) NH  CH 3 3 (D) All are equally basic
5. Choose the correct method for each:

(A) Ni : electrolysis, Cu : van Arkel process, Zn : zone refinining, Ga : zone refining
(B) Ni : mond’s process, Cu : electrolysis, Zr : van Arkel process, Ga : zone refining
(C) Ni : electrolysis, Cu : zone refining, Zr : van Arkel process, Ga : electrolysis
(D) Ni : electrolysis, Cu : zone refining, Zr : van Arkel process, Ga : mond’s process
6. Which of the following compound have larger C  O bond length than C  O bond length of
O
H3C C CH3?
(A) O (B) O
(C) O (D) O
10
7. Which of the following compounds are soluble in NaHCO3 ?

(A) Picric acid (B) SO 3H
(C) OH (D) COOH

NO 2 NO 2
8. Which of the following statement/statements is/are correct?

(A) in theNaCl structures, each Na  ion is surrounded by 6Cl  ions as nearest neighbours

and twelve Na ions as next nearest neighbours.
(B) the co-ordination number of cation generally increases as the radius ratio increases
(C) packing efficiencies higher than 0.74 are possible only with cation and anion of different
sizes
(D) during a crystal defect electrical neutrality should be maintained.
9. Which of the following has/have a dipole moment:

(A) 2, 2,3,3  tetramethylbutane (B) Trans-2-pentene
(C) cis-1, 2-dichloroethene (D) trans-1, 2-dichloroethene
10. An optically active alcohol A  C8 H 16O  on oxidation gives B . A on acidic heating gives
C  C8 H 14  as major product. C on ozonolysis produces D  C5 H 8O  and
H3C C CH3 . D on reduction with LiAlH 4 gave OH .

O
Identify correct answer:
(A) CH3 (B) CH3
A is CH2OH B is COOH
H H
(C) (D)
C is D is O
11. A mixture of three proteins, (A) (pepsin), (B) (haemoglobin) and (C) (Lysozyme) was separated by
electrophoresis method at pH=7 . The pH at isoelectric point  pI  of the proteins are pI of
 A ,  B  and  C  which are following statement/statements is/are correct?

(A) pepsin  A  will migrate to the cathode
(B) Lysozyme  C  will migrate to the anode
(C) Haemoglobin will not migrate
(D) at pH  7,  A  and  C  would precipitate out while  B  would remain in solution.
12. Which of the following order for basic strength is/are correct?
(A) N (B) O
  NH2 NH2
N N N 
H H
(C) (D)
N NH
  
NH N N
N
H H H
13. Which of the following has face centered Bravais lattice?

(A) Hexagonal (B) Monoclinic
(C) cubic (D) orthorhombic
12
SECTION – C
(both inclusive).
1. If four atoms of same radius are placed at the alternate corner of a cube touching each other,
than the length of body diagonal of the cube is equal to x  R , where R is the radius of atom.
Find the value of x?
2. The cost of electricity required to deposit 1 g Mg is Rs. 5.00. The cost of 30 g of Al to be

x
deposited is Rs. X. Find the value of ?
40

3. A certain buffer solution contains equal concentration of X and HX . The K b for X  is
1010 . Find the pH of this buffer solution?
4. Co forms dinuclear complex with a sigma bond within two Co atoms. Consider that metal
carbonyls follows EAN rule. The complex can be written as CO 2  CO  x . Find the value of x ?
5. Diethyl  ,   dimethylglutaric acid  ester  is condensed with diethyl oxalate in presence of

sodium ethoxide and ethanol to form a major product  P  , which on acidic hydrolysis followed by
heating gives another product Q  . Calculate total number of C=O bonds in P and Q 
compounds?
SECTION – A
1. Suppose f and g are functions having second derivatives f" and g" everywhere, if f(x) g(x) = 1 for
f " ( x ) g" ( x )
all x and f ' (x) and g' are never zero, then  equals
f ' (x) g' (x)
f ' (x ) f ' (x )
(A) (B) 2
f (x) f (x )
2g' ( x ) 2f ' ( x )
(C)  (D) 
g(x ) f (x)
2. Let a real valued differentiable function f(x) be strictly monotonic on [a, b], then
b f (b)
 f (x)  f b dx   2xb  f x dx

2 2 1
(A)
a f (a )
b f (b)
 f (x)  f a  dx   2xb  f x dx

2 2 1
(B)
a f (a )
b f (b)
 xb  f x 
2
 f (x)  f a 
2 1
(C) dx  dx
a f (a )
(D) None of these
14
 1 2
3. Let A be the point of intersection of the curve y  log 1  x    log 3 9x  6 x  1 and the
3
3
circle x2 + y2 = 17. B is also a point on the curve but lies inside the given circle such that its
abscissa is an integer, then max {AB} is
(A) 2 units (B) 3 units
(C) 4 units (D) none of these
2n
S 3n a
4. If Sn denotes the sum of first n terms of an AP and a n  , then Lt  r is equal to
S2n  Sn n 
r 1 n
(A) 2 (B) 4
(C) 6 (D) 8
5. The possible value of a for which e2x – (a – 2) ex + a < 0 holds for at least one positive x is
(A) 2 (B) 3
(C) 4 (D) 7
6. The values of x for which x2 – 4x > cot-1 x holds true belong to

(A) (-, -1) (B) [5, )
(C) (-1, 5] (D) none of these
7. For a given parabola y2 = 4ax, two variable chords PQ and RS at right angles are drawn through
the fixed point A(x1, y1) inside the parabola, making variable angles  and  with x–axis. If r1, r2,
1 1
r3, r4 are distances of P, Q, R and S from A, then the value of 
r1 r2 r3 r4
(A) independent of  (B) independent of 
(C) depends upon both  and  (D) is a constant
2 3
8. From (1, 2), tangents are drawn to the curve y – 2x – 4y + 8 = 0. Then
(A) sum of x–coordinates of points of contact is zero
(B) sum of x–coordinates of points of contact is 4
(C) sum of y–coordinates of points of contact is zero
(D) sum of y–coordinates of points of contact is 4
b b x
9. If  f x dx   f x dx a  b  also f(x)  0 for any x  (a, b) and g  x   f  xdx , then
a a 0
b
 f x g x dx when a and

a
b are positive
(A) cannot be positive (B) cannot be negative

(C) cannot be equal to zero (D) nothing can be said
10. If , ,   R, then the determinant

(e i  e  i ) 2 (e i  e  i ) 2 4
i  i 2 i i  2
 = (e e ) (e  e ) 4 is
i  i 2 i i  2
(e  e ) (e  e ) 4
(A) equal to 0 (B) equal to e i       
(C) independent of ,  and  (D) dependent of ,  and
16
11. If AB = A and BA = B, where A and B are square matrices, then

(A) A2 = A (B) A2 = B
2
(C) B = B (D) B2 = A
12. If a complex number satisfies the equation |z| – log2(z + 2) = 0 (Re z > 0), then
(A) z =  z (B) |z| = 2

(C) arg(z) = (D) arg(z) = 0
2
13. If the equation x3 + 2x2 + x + k = 0 has three real roots in which two roots are equal, then value of
k is/are
27
(A) 0 (B) k =
4
4
(C) k = (D) none of these
27
SECTION – C
(both inclusive).
1 y 3
1. Find number of positive integral solution of equation tan x  cos 1  sin 1
1  y2 10
2. Tangent are drawn from any point on the hyperbola x 2 / 9  y 2 / 4  1 to the circle
x 2  y 2  9 If the locus of the mid-point of the chord of contact is a
2
 
a x 2  y 2  bx 2  cy 2 , then the value of
a 2  b2  c2  7870 is equal to…………….

1 2 2
 
3. If A   2 1 2  and A2  4A  5I = O where I and O are the unit matrix and the null matrix of
2 2 1
 
3 2 2
1
order 3 respectively. If 15A   2 3 2 then the find the value of .
2 2 3
4. The plane 2 x  2 y  z  3 is rotated about the line where it cuts the xy plane by an acute angle
 . If the new position of plane contains the point (3, 1, 1) then 9cos  equal to …….
2
5. If 0 < ,  < 2, then the number of ordered pairs (, ) satisfying sin ( + ) – 2 sin sin( + ) +
sin2 + cos2 = 0 is
AITS-CRT-IV-(Paper-1)-PCM-(Sol)-JEE(Advanced)/17

(PAPER-1)

1. B A B
2. A C B
3. C A B
4. B A C
5. A B D
6. ABCD BC AB
7. BC ABD ABD
8. AD ABCD BD
9. ACD ABC BC
10. ABC ABCD AC
11. AC ABC AC
12. BC ABC BD
13. ACD CD AC
1. 1 6 2
2. 3 5 3
3. 7 4 3
4. 9 8 7
5. 5 6 4
2
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
2
1. O   25   2ax............ 1
3 dv
t
10 dt
v t
3
 dv  10 0 t dt
15
3
v  15  t 2 ........  2  when v  0  t  10sec
20
225 x 10 10
3 2
0 dx  15 0 dt 20 0 t dt
3 1000 
225  x  15 10  
20 3
225  x  150  50......  3 
Solving (1) and (3)
a  2.5 m / s 2
M 1 g cos
2. M 1 g sin  
5
1
M 1 will slip if tan  
5
M g sin  ' 1
M 2 g sin  ' 1  M 2 g cos  '
5 2
1
M 2 will slip if tan  ' 
2 M1
2
5 M2
So M1 will slip first
3. Using momentum conservation

GM m
m  V'
2R 2
2GM
V '
R
 1 m 2GM   1 GM 
U    m 
2 2 R   2 2R 
mgR
U 
4
4.
3cm
 
3
CM
2
Time period  4sec
Distance travelled in 8sec  24cm
3  3 
Distance travelled in 8.5sec  24  3    27   cm
2  2
1 q2
5. k
4 0 a
q  4 0 ak
6.
40N
4kg 20N
f
f  20 N   24 N 
So block will not move
2 2
Contact force   20    40   20 5 N
7. Option (a) and (d) violate law of conservation of momentum.
8. Buoyancy force when lift accelerates upwards  Vs  g  a  

V  g  Vs g .............. 1
Vs '   g  a   V  g  V  a
Vs '  g  Vs '  a  V  g  V  a
Vs '  g  Vs '  a  Vs  g  Vs  a  Using equation 1 
Vs '  g  a   Vs  a  g 
Vs '  Vs
10. Flux depends upon charges inside Gaussian surface and field on all charges.
N10 I N 2 0 I
11. For same sense field B    8  10 4 T
2 R1 2 R2
N I N  I
For opposite sense field B '  1 0  2 0  0
2 R1 2 R2
4
Ldi
12. V1'  V2' 
dt
di
When current is maximum  0  V1'  V2'
dt
Ldi
And  0
dt
SECTION – C
qb 1
3. ER  mR 2 2
2 R 2
7 qEb

22mR 2
So C  7
1/ A
4. y ................ 1
x/
F / 3A
y .............  2   F  9 N
x / 3
1.44 2
5. T1  2  1.2 T2 whereT2 
g g
T1 6

T2 5
So after 5 oscillation of first they will swing in phase
SECTION – A
1. In option (a) all methyl groups are equatorial
2. I is trans and  II  is cis form
3.
 K 2  HgI 4 
2KI+HgI 2 
Four ions threeions
4. Due to back bonding (a) is a weaker base.
6.
(a) - (b) -
O O  O O 


 

aromatic
(c) - (d) -
O O  O O 


 


anti aromatic
9.
(a) CH3 CH3 (b) H3C CH 2 H
H3C C C CH3 C C
H CH3
CH3 CH3
(c) Cl Cl (d) H Cl
C C C C
H H Cl H
6
10.
CH3 CH3
O 
CH2OH  COOH

H H
 A  C8 H16O   B
H / 
H3C
ozonolysis

 O + C O
H3C
C  D
LiAlH 4
OH
11. An amino acid at its isoelectric point, will not migrate.
12. A lone pair of N-atom participating in resonance will be less basic
SECTION – C
1.
A

E 

B D
Face diagonal of cube  AB  =2R
2R
Edge length of cube  BE  =
2
2R
Body diagonal of cube  AD  = 3×
2
= 6R
 24 
2. Mg 2   2e  Mg  EMg   12 g 
 2 
Charge required for the deposition of 12 g Mg  1F
1
Charge required for the deposition of 1g Mg  F
12
F
 cost for charge=Rs.5
12
 27 
Al 3  3e    Al  E Al   9g 
 3 
Charge required for 9 g  1F
30 10 F
Charge required for 30 g  F
9 3
10 F 10 F
Cost for charge=5  12 
3 3
 Rs.200
3. pKa of HX  14  10  4
1
pH  pK a  log  4
1
4.  CO  x /2 Co  Co  CO  x / 2
x
EAN   36   27  1  2 
2
 28  x  36
x8
5.
COOC 2H5
O
COOC2H5
COOC2H5 
C2 H 5O Na
+ COOC2H5

C2 H 5OH

COOC2H5
O
diethyl-β,β-dimethyl COOC 2H5
glutaric acid  ester  COOH
O O
 P
H 3O 

Q  
O O
COOH
8
SECTION – A
d
f " (x ) g" (x ) dx
f ' (x ) / g ' ( x ) g ' d  f '  2f ' x 
1.  = = .    f ( x ) . g( x )  1 .
f ' x  g' x  f ' x . g' ( x ) f ' dx  g '  f x 
g' x 2
-1
2. Let f (x) = t  f(t) = x
f (b) b b
 
f (a )

2x b  f 1 ( x) dx   2f ( t ). (b  t ) . f ' (t )dt = b [(f(t))2]ab - b
a
 t .2f(t) .f '(t) dt
a
 f x   f a  dx
b 2 2
=
a
 1  1
3. y= log1 / 3  x    log 3 9 x 2  6x  1 = log1 / 3  x    log 3 | 3x  1 | = 1.
 3  3
1
Since x  , maximum {AB} = 3.
3
3n
a  3n  1d 2n
1
2
4. an =
2n n
 3; 
n
Lt


r 1 n
.3  6 .
a  2n  1d   a  n  1d
2 2
5. e2x + 2ex < a(ex-1)  (ex-1)2 + 4(ex – 1) + 3 < a(ex-1)
3
 (ex-1) + x
 4< a  a > 4 + 2 3 .
e 1
7. Let two perpendicular chords through A(x1, y1) be PQ and RS. P y2= 4ax
x  x1 y  y1
Equation of PQ is   r where tan = slope of r1
cos  sin  R
PQ. Any point on this line may be taken as (x1 + rcos, y1 + r3
2 A (x 1 , y 1 )
rsin). As the point lies on y = 4ax,
r2 r4
  y 1  r sin    4 a  x1  r cos   .
2
Q
S
2 2 2
 r sin   2 y1 sin .r  4a cos r  y  4ax1  0 1
  y12  4ax1 
 r1 r2 
sin 2 
 y12  4ax1 
Similarly r3 r4  where tan = slope of RS
sin 2 
Since PQ is perpendicular to RS,
  = 90 +  or  – 90
In either case; sin2 = cos2
1 1 sin 2   cos 2  1
Now    which is constant
r1 r2 r3 r4 2
 y1  4ax1  2

 y1  4ax1  
8. Curve is (y – 2)2 = 2x3 – 4 (1)
dy 3x 2

dx y  2
 Equation of tangent at (x1, y1)
3 x12
y  y1  x  x1 
y1  2
As it passes through (1, 2)
3x12
 2  y1  1  x1 
y1  2
or  y1  2 2  3 x12  x1  1
3 3 2
or 2 x1  4  3 x1  3 x1 [As (x1, y1) lies on the curve]
3 2
or x1  3 x1  4  0
or (x1 + 1) (x1 – 2)2 = 0
 x1 = –1 or 2
But x1  = –1 (it is clear from equation (1))
 x1 = 2
 y1 = 2  2 3
Points of contact are (2, 2 + 2 3 ) and (2, 2 – 2 3 )
 sum of x–coordinates of points of contact is 4
 sum of y–coordinates of points of contact is 4.
b b
9. If  f  x dx   f  x dx
a a
 f(x) is either positive in (a, b)
or f(x) is negative in (a, b) and also b > a

Also g  x  f x 
When f(x) > 0  g (x) > 0  g(x) is increasing function
When f(x) < 0  g (x) < 0  g(x) is decreasing function
also g(0) = 0
b b
 f  x g  x dx   g  x g  x dx
a a
=
g b  2
  g a 
2
which will be positive for 0 < a < b.
2
10. C1  C1  C2
10
4 (e i  e i ) 2 4
i  i 2
= 4 (e  e ) 4 =0 ( C1 & C3 are identical).
4 (e i  e i ) 2 4
11. We have AB = A
 A (BA) = A [ BA  B ]
 (AB) A = A
 AA = A  AB  A
2
 A =A
Again BA = B
 B (AB) = B  AB  A
 (BA) B = B
 BB = B  B2 = B
12. |z| – log2(z + 2) = 0

z + 2 = 2|z|
x + 2 = 2x and y = 0
hence x = 2, y = 0.
13.
1

–1 3
4

27
SECTION – C
1 3
1. tan 1 x  tan 1  sin 1
y 10
1
tan 1  tan 1 3  tan 1 x
y
1 3 x
tan 1  tan 1
y 1  3x
3x  1
y x=1,2 and corresponding y=2,7, thus two solution
3 x
1 2 2
3. A   2 1 2
 2 2 1 
1 2 2  1 2 2  9 8 8 
A   2
2
1 2   2 1 2   8 9 8
 2 2 1   2 2 1  8 8 9
4 8 8 
4A   8 4 8 
 8 8 4 
A 2  4A  5I  0
 9 8 8   4 8 8   5 0 0  0 0 0 
 8 9 8    8 4 8    0 5 0   0 0 0   0 A 2  4A  5I  0
       
8 8 9   8 8 4  0 0 5  0 0 0 
–1
Multiplying by A both sides,
A 1  A 2  4A  5I   A 1 0
A  4I  5A 1  0
A  4I  5A 1
 1 2 2 4 0 0 
1 1 
1
A   A  4I     2 1 2   0 4 0  
5 5
  2 2 1   0 0 4  
 3 2 2
1
–1
A = 2 3 2  .
5
 2 2 3
4. Let equation of new plane 2 x  2 y  z  3   z  0

Point (3, 1, 1) lie on it    2
Hence equation of new plane 2x – 2y –z = 3
B (a, b) D C (c, b)
(2, 1)
E
A (a, b)
4  4 1 7
cos   
3.3 9

t h e t es t .
INSTRUCTIONS

on OMR sheet.

Enrolment No.
AITS-CRT-III-PCM-JEE(Main)/17 2
Useful Data
PHYSICS
2
CHEMISTRY

= 0.0821 Lit atm K1 mol1
= 1.987  2 Cal K1 mol1
= 6.625  10–27 ergs
1 amu = 1.66  10–27 kg
1 eV = 1.6  10–19 J

N=9, Na=11, Mg=12, Si=14, Al=13, P=15, S=16,
Cl=17, Ar=18, K =19, Ca=20, Cr=24, Mn=25,
Fe=26, Co=27, Ni=28, Cu = 29, Zn=30, As=33,
Br=35, Ag=47, Sn=50, I=53, Xe=54, Ba=56,
Pb=82, U=92.
F=19, Na=23, Mg=24, Al = 27, Si=28, P=31, S=32,
Cl=35.5, K=39, Ca=40, Cr=52, Mn=55, Fe=56, Co=59,
Ni=58.7, Cu=63.5, Zn=65.4, As=75, Br=80, Ag=108,
Sn=118.7, I=127, Xe=131, Ba=137, Pb=207, U=238.
TG ~ @bohring_bot < 3 3 AITS-CRT-III-PCM-JEE(Main)/17
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. A ‘3m’ wide truck is moving with a uniform

velocity v0 = 5m/s along a straight
horizontal road. A person starts from rest v0
3m
to cross the road with an acceleration of
constant magnitude ‘a’ m/s2. When the Person
truck is ‘4’ m away from him. For what
minimum value of ‘a’ he can cross the 4m
road safely in 2 seconds.
75 5
(A) m / s2 (B) m / s2
8 2
125 3
(C) m / s2 (D) m / s2
8 2
2. A cabin is moving in the vertical plane with constant a0

acceleration ‘a0’ as shown. A particle is projected with a
velocity u0  10m / s wrt. the cabin from point ‘p’ as 300
shown. For what value of ‘a0’ the particle will hit point ‘p’
during its downward motion.  g  10 m / s 2  0
10
(A) m / s2
3
600
(B) 10 m / s2
P
(C) 10 3 m / s2
(D) All of the above
3. A block of mass ‘m’ starts sliding down the incline with initial zero
m
velocity. The surface is rough and  varies as   0.5 x, where ‘x’ is
distance travelled down the incline. What is the distance travelled by x
the block till the speed achieved by it is half of its maximum possible
speed achieved by it during its motion?
3 3 3
(A) m (B) m   370
2 2
3
(C)
2

2 3 m  (D) 2 3  3 m  
4. In the circuit shown in figure, the energy lost in one cycle is R L
V 2RT
(A) zero (B) 0
2R
2
V0 RT
(C) (D) none of these V = V 0 sinwt
2  R2  2L2 
5. A block of mass ‘m’ is kept on rough inclined plane of inclination '  ', which is varied from   0

to   very slowly. Graph of friction force vs  is given by  s  k  2 sin 
2
 
(A) f (B) f
mg mg
 


2
2
(C) f (D) f
mg mg
2
2
q 
   
4 2 4 2
6. A battery of emf E is connected in series with three resistances R, 2R and 3R. The voltage across
2R is measured with a voltmeter, whose resistance is 20 R. The percentage error (approximately)
will be.
(A) 3.25% (B) 5.25%
(C) 6.25% (D) 4.25%
7. A small sphere ‘A’ of mass ‘m’ is kept on a rough horizontal B

surface. Another identical sphere ‘B’ strikes it with velocity
‘v 0’ at an angle '  ' as shown. Value of ‘e’ for two spheres is
v0
‘1’ and for the sphere & surface is ‘zero’. Which of the
following statements is correct?    0.5  
A
3v 0
(A) Speed of sphere ‘A’ just after collision is for   370
5
(B) Friction acting on the sphere during collision will be
kinetic for   300
(C) Friction acting on the sphere during collision will be
static for   300
4
(D) Nature of friction cannot be determined at   tan1  
7
8. The diagram shows three infinitely long uniform line charges 2, 3  and Y
 placed on the X, Y and Z axis respectively. The work done in moving a 3
unit positive charge from (1, 1, 1) to (0, 1,1) is equal to
n2 n2
(A) (B)
2 0  0
(0, 0, 0) X
3n2 
(C) (D) none Z
2 0
9. A thin ring of radius R, mass m and an infinitely long uniform wire m

of linear mass density  , is placed perpendicular to the plane of
the ring along the axis of the ring with one of its ends coinciding
with the centre of the ring, form a system. The gravitational force
of interaction between ring and the wire is

2Gm Gm 
(A) (B) C
R R
Gm  2Gm 
(C) (D)
2R 2
10. Consider an ideal gas with density  mg / cm3 at standard pressure and temperature. If speed of
sound propagation in this gas is v = 330 m/s, the degree of freedom of the gas is 5. Then the
density  is
(A) 1.3 mg / cm3 (B) 1.8 mg / cm3
3
(C) 2.5 mg / cm (D) 3 mg / cm3
11. A gas is undergoing an adiabatic process. At a certain stage A, V

the value of volume and temperature is V0 and T0.
 3R 
 Cv of the gas is 
 2 
A(V0, T0)
dV
Then at A, is
dt
V 3V0
(A) 0 (B)
3T0 T0 T
2V0 3V0
(C) (D)
3T0 2T0
12. For given CE biasing circuit, voltage across collector –

emitter is 12 V, current gain is 100 and base current is
0.04 mA. Then the value of collector resistance ‘Rc’ is RB RC
(A) 1200  20V
(B) 200  C
(C) 400 
(D) 2000  B
E
13. Two identical metal plates with face area ‘A’ placed parallel to each other at separation ‘d’ are
given charges +4Q and +6Q. If they are connected by a thin conducting wire, amount of heat
produced will be given by
Q2 d 2Q2 d 5Q2 d Q2d
(A) (B) (C) (D)
0 A 0 A 20 A 20 A
14. Rain drops fall from a certain height with a terminal velocity ‘v’ on the ground. The viscous force is
F = 6rv. Here  is coefficient of viscocity, r is radius of rain drop and v is speed. Then work
done by all the forces acting on the ball till it reaches the ground is proportional to
(A) r 7 (B) r 5 (C) r 3 (D) r 2
15. The threshold frequency for certain metal is f 0. When frequency of incident light is increased from
2f 0 to 4f 0, maximum velocity of photoelectrons is increased from v 0 to v. The value of v is
(A) 2v 0 (B) 3v 0 (C) 4v 0 (D) 3v 0
16. A container has an ideal gas at pressure ‘P’ in thermal equilibrium. Let mass of a molecule is ‘m’
and all the molecules are moving with same speed ‘v’ in random directions. If ‘n’ molecules collide
with unit area of container wall per second, the value of ‘n’ will be
P P 2P 3P
(A) (B) (C) (D)
mv 2mv mv 2mv
17. A room at 20oC is heated by a heater of resistance 20 connected to 200 V mains. The
temperature is uniform throughout the room and the heat is transmitted through a glass window of
area 1 m2 and thickness 0.2 cm. Calculate the temperature outside thermal conductivity of the
glass is 0.2 cal/msoC.
(A) 13.69oC (B) 15.24oC (C) 17.85oC (D) 19.96oC
18. A cork is attached to the bottom of a container filled with water with a string
as shown in figure. If the container accelerate in a horizontal direction
towards right. When the cork is in equilibrium w.r.t the container then which
one is correct?
1
(A) Inclination of string with vertical is tan  a g  towards left.
1
(B) Inclination of the string with vertical is tan  a g  towards right.

(C) Inclination of the string with vertical is  tan 1  a g  towards left.
2

(D) Inclination of the string with vertical is  tan 1  a g  towards right.
2
19. The temperature at the bottom of a lake of depth ‘L’ is 40C. The temperature of the air just above
the layer of ice frozen at the lake’s surface is -20C for a long time. Thermal conductivity of ice is 3
times that of water. Thickness of the frozen layer of ice should be
L L 3L 2L
(A) (B) (C) (D)
3 2 5 3
20. The de – Broglie wavelength of a photon is n times the de – Broglie wavelength of an electron. If
2c E
the speed of the electron is v e  , then the value of e is  E  kinetic energy 
100n Ep
(A) 10 2 (B) 1 (C) 102 (D) 10 4
21. A light rigid rod of length '  ' is suspended at its two ends by
two wires ‘A’ and ‘B’ of equal lengths and area of cross section
‘a’ and ‘2a’ respectively.  YA  Y0 & YB  3Y0  A B
A mass ‘m’ is suspended at points ‘1’ and ‘2’, one by one.
When it is suspended at point ‘1’, stress developed in both
wires is same; and when it is suspended at point ‘2’, strain 1 2
developed in both wires is same. Ratio of x1: x2 is given by
(A) 7 : 18 (B) 7 : 9 x1
(C) 7 : 3 (D) 14 : 3 x2
22. Charge density for a sphere of radius R is distributed as   0r for

r  R. Total charge on the sphere is 10q and two point charges ‘-2q’
and ‘-4q’ are embedded in the sphere at distances ‘r1’ and ‘r2’ as -2q -4q
shown such that net force on them is zero. The value of r2 is
R R O
(A) (B) r1 r2
1 1
 5  2 1  2
 10  2 1  2
R R
(C) 1
(D) 1
 
2 5 1  2
 
2 2 1 2
23.  
For a glass prism   2 , the angle of minimum deviation is equal to the angle of the prism.
The angle of the prism is equal to
(A) 300 (B) 900 (C) 600 (D) 750
24. A certain material has negative refractive index. A ray is incident from this medium into air. Path
followed by the ray is given by
(A) (B)
M M
Air Air
(C) (D)
M M
Air
Air
25. The figure shows an equi-convex lens. What should be the

condition of the refractive indices so that the lens become m1 m2 m3
diverging
(A) 23  1   2 (B) 2 2  1  3
(C) 2 2  21  3 (D) none of these
26. A resistance coil of resistance ‘r’ connected to an external battery is placed inside an adiabatic
cylinder fitted with a frictionless piston of same area. Cylinder contains 2 mol of ideal gas O2.
Current flows through the coil such that temperature of the gas varies as T  T0  t  t 2  t 3 ,
keeping pressure constant with time ‘t’. Current flowing through the coil at t = 1s is given by
 1 1 2 1 3 
 where   1 s ,   s ,   s 
 2 3 
7R  7 21R
(A)  T0   (B)
r  6 r
7R  7  R
(C)   (D) 7
r 6 r
27. A certain radionuclide is known to become weaker in activity by 5% every day. Mean life of the
radionuclide will be (Approximately)
(A) 20 days (B) 20 hours (C) 20 min (D) 20 sec
28. A   particle is moving along a circle of radius ‘R’ with a constant angular velocity '  '. Point ‘A’
2
lies in the same plane at a distance ' R' from the centre. Point ‘A’ records magnetic field
3
produced by the   particle. If the minimum time interval between two successive times at which
‘A’ records zero magnetic field is ‘t’, '  ' in terms of t’ is given by
2  3 3
(A) (B) (C) (D)
3t 3t 4t 2t
29. For the given displacement (s) vs ‘x’ graph for a sound wave, S
appropriate excess pressure (P) vs ‘x’ graph is
(A) P (B) P
x
x
(C) P (D) P
x x
30. If between wavelength  and  + d e and a are the emissive power and absorptive powers of a
body and E is the emissive power of a perfectly black body, then according to Kirchhoff’s law
which is true?
(A) e  a  E (B) e E  a
(C) e  a E (D) e a E  cons tan t
SECTION – A
1. Which of the following pair from the same osazone derivative?

(A) D – Glucose and L - glucose (B) D – Glucose and D - fructose
(C) D – Glucose and D galactose (D) None of these
H2 Br2
2. CH3  CCH3 
Lindlar ' s Catalyst
 A   B. Then B is
(A) cis (B) trans (C) meso (D) racemic
3. Nineteen grams of molten SnCl2 is electrolyzed for some time using inert electrodes until 0.119 g
of Sn is deposited at the cathode. No substance is lost during the electrolysis. Find the ratio of the
masses of SnCl2 and SnCl4 after electrolysis.
(A) 65.71 (B) 71.62 (C) 85.4 (D) None
4. Arrange the following compounds in increasing order of reactivity towards nucleophilic

substitution & choose correct option
Cl Cl Cl Cl
NO 2 NO 2 O 2N NO 2
, , ,
NO 2 O 2N
(B) (C) (D)

(A)
(A) A  B  C  D (B) C  B  A  D (C) B  A  C  D (D) None
5. Buna – s rubber is a polymer of

(A) H2C C CH CH2 (B) H2C C CH CH2
CH3 Cl
(C) CH2  CH  CH  CH2 & CH2  CHCN (D) CH2  CH  CH  CH2 & C6H5 CH  CH2
6. The value of  n    (where n = principle quantum no and  

azimuthal quantum no) for the orbital shown by following curve
(A) 3 (B) 4
2
(C) 2 (D) None
7. A radioactive isotope Z A m (t1/2 = 10 days) decays to give Z  6 Bm 12 stable atom along with
  particle. If m gram of ‘A’ are taken & kept in a sealed tube. How much He will accumulate in
20 days. (calculate amt. in lit assuming process is occurring at STP).
(A) 22.4 lit (B) 2.25 lit (C) 50.4 lit (D) 100.8 lit
8. In 1 L saturated solution of AgCl K sp  AgCl   1.6  1010  , 0.1 mole of CuCl
K sp  CuCl   1.0  10 6  is added. The resultant conc. of Ag+ in the solution is 1.6  10 x and y =
10 – x, then the value of y is
(A) 4 (B) 7 (C) 3 (D) None
9. In seven possible crystal system how many crystal systems have    ?

(A) 2 (B) 4 (C) 5 (D) 7
10. The distance between asoctahedral & tetrahedral void in fcc lattic would be
3a 3a 3a
(A) 3 a (B) (C) (D)
2 3 4
11. 0.1 M KI and 0.2 M AgNO3 are mixed in 3 :1 volume ratio. The depression of freezing point of the
resulting solution will be K f  H2 O   1.86 K Kg mol1  .
(A) 3.72 K (B) 1.86 K (C) 0.93 K (D) 0.279 K
12. An e- moves from the n  5 to n  1 energy level in H like atom and emits photons of energy 96J.
Then the ionization energy of the given species is:
(A) -96 J (B) +96 J (C) 100 J (D) None
i NaOl SOCl C H NH Conc.HNO

13. P   
 ii H
  Q   R  
2
NaOH
  S  
6 5 2
Conc.H SO
 T major  2
3
4
1 eq
T can be:
(A) O (B) O
NO2
NH NH
NO 2
(C) H (D) None
O 2N NH 2
Cl
14. Which best described the product of the following reaction?

CH3
K+t - Buo-
CD3 Product
E2
Ph
Br
(A) Absolute configuration has been inverted (B) Absolute configuration has been retained
(C) Racemization has occured (D) Loss of chirality has occured
15.
O3 Conc. NaOH
(P) (Q) Product Q is
Zn + H2O
(A) - + (B) - +
COO Na H2C O Na
- +
COO Na COOH
(C) H2C OH (D) - +
COO Na
H2C OH H2C OH
16. What happens when chromium hydroxide is treated with hydrogen peroxide in the presence of
NaOH?
(A) yellow coloured sodium chromate is obtained
(B) Blue coloured sodium chromate is obtained
(C) Cr+3 reduces to Cr+2
(D) orange solution is obtained
17. Which of the following is microcosmic salt?

(A) NaHCO3 (B) Na2S2O3 (C) Na(NH4)HPO4 (D) Na2CO3.10H2O
18. Which of the following equations is involved in Solvay process?

(A) NaCl  NH3  H2 O  CO2  NH4 Cl  NaHCO3
(B) CaO  2NH4 Cl 
 2NH3  H2 O  CaCl2
(C) 2NaHCO3  Na 2CO3  CO 2  H2O
(D) All
19. +
+
(1) H (2) OH H
(P) (Q)
 (Major)  (Major)
OH
The total number of  - hydrogens in P + Q is
(A) 13 (B) 15 (C) 17 (D) 19
20. When NO and NO2 are mixed the following equilibrium are readily obtained

2NO2 
 N2 O 4 K p  6.8 atm1


and NO  NO 2 
 N2 O3
In an experiment when NO and NO2 are mixed in the ratio of 1 : 2, the final total pressure was
5.05 atm and the partial pressure of N2O4 was 1.7 atm. Calculate the equilibrium partial pressure
of NO.
(A) 2.5 atm (B) 1.8 atm (C) 1.05 atm (D) None
21. Which of the following can be most readily, liquefied

 Give  value of 'a ' for NH3  4.17, CO 2  3.59, SO2  6.71, Cl2  6.49 
(A) NH3 (B) Cl2 (C) SO2 (D) CO 2
 3 
22. 1 mole of an ideal gas A  Cv.m  3R  and mole of an ideal gas B are  Cv.m  R  taken in a
 2 
container and expanded reversibly & adiabatically from 1 lit to 4 lit starting from initial temperature
of 320 k. Eor U for process is
(A) -240 R (B) -205 R (C) -405 R (D) None
23. Magnetic behavior of complex Fe  en  2 Cl2  Cl (en = ethane -1, 2-diamine) is
(A) Paramagnetic with 2 unpaired e- (B) diamagnetic
-
(C) paramagnetic with one unpaired e (D) None
24. For reaction

CH3 CH3
(CH3CO)2O (i) Br2 H2SO4, NaNO2 H3PO2

- A B C + N2
(ii) OH , H2O 0 - 5 °C H2O
Heat 25 °C
NH2 NH
COCH3
Then C is
(A) CH 3 (B) CH3
Br
+
N2 NH2
(C) CH 3 (D) None
Br
25. In sp3d3 hybridisation, which orbitals are involves?

(A) dx 2  y2 , dz2 ,dxy (B) dxy,dyz, d2 x
(C) dx 2  y2 , dxy, dxz (D) dz 2 , dyz, dzx
26. Which of following reaction does not occur in Bessemer converter?

(A) 2Cu2S  5O2   2CuSO4  2CuO
(B) 2Cu2S  3O2  2Cu2O  2SO 2 
(C) 2CuFeS2  O2  Cu2 S  2FeS  SO 2
(D) FeO  SiO  FeSiO3
27. Consider the following reaction


2XS  3O2   2XO  2SO2

2XO  XS   3 ' X ' SO 2
‘X’ can not be
(A) Hg (B) Pb (C) Zn (D) None
28. In the series reaction -

K1 K2 K3
A  B  C  D.
If K1 > K2 > K3 then the rate determine step of the reaction is
(A) A  B (B) C  D
(C) B  C (D) any step
29. FeCr2O 4  NaOH  air   A   Fe2 O3

 A   B   Na2Cr2O7
Then compound (A) and (B) are
(A) Na2 CrO4 , H2 SO 4 (B) Na2 Cr2O7 , HCl
(C) Na2 CrO3 ,H2 SO4 (D) None
30. For reaction:


Na2 Cr2O7  X   Cr2 O3

Cr2O3  Y   Cr
(X) and (Y) are
(A) C and Al (B) Al and C (C) C in both (D) Al in both
SECTION – A
1. The number of ways in which 10 persons can sit in a row having 40 chairs such that at least two
chairs remain vacant between any two persons is
(A) 22 C10 10! (B) 22 C10 12! (C) 40 C10 10! (D) 49 C10 10!
2. For any G.P, SK denotes sum of first ‘K’ terms, the quantities S2n ,2  S 2n  Sn  and S3n  Sn
always from
(A) G.P (B) A.P (C) H.P (D) none of these
 2  3  4 22  3  2 2  
3. If   K , then the value of is equal to
2 1 2K
1 1
(A) (B) 2 (C) 4 (D)
2 4
 qr n! 
4. The number of solution for ‘’ in the equation   1 sin2q .cos2r    1 , where p + q +
 p!q!r ! 
r = n, p, q, r  N is
(A) 0 (B) 2
(C) 4 (D) can’t be solved manually
5. The inverse of the contrapositive of the conditional statement p   q is equivalent to

(A) the contrapositive of the inverse of p   q (B) negation of p   q
(C) negation of the converse of p   q (D) none of these
 1 
6. If the domain of the function g(x) is (0, 1) then the domain of the function y  g  x   g  ln x 
 2  1
(A)  0,  (B)  0,1 (C) 1,  (D) None of these
mx 2  3x  4
7. If the inequality  5 is satisfied for all x  R, then
x 2  2x  2
11 71
(A) 1 < m < 5 (B) – 1 < m < 1 (C) 5  m  (D) m 
24 24
 1  2n 
8. The value of   ln2 n  is

n 1  n! 
2 e
(A) e – 2 (B) e (C) 4 (D) 2
9. If the lines x = a + m, y = - 2 and y = mx are concurrent, then the least value of |a| is
(A) 0 (B) 2 (C) 2 2 (D) 2
10. Let f(x) be a continuous function on [0, 4] satisfying f(x)f(4 – x) = n-2. The value of the definite
4
1
integral  1  nf  x  dx is
0
(A) 0 (B) 1 (C) 2 (D) 4
11. Let AB be a line segment of length ‘d’ units with A on the line y = x and B on the line y = –x. The
locus of the midpoint of all such line segments
(A) circle (B) parabola (C) hyperbola (D) ellipse
 1  1  1   1 
12. If a1 = 1 and an  n 1  an1   n  2 , then the value of lim  1   1   1   ....  1  
n  a1   a2   a3   an 
1
1
(A) e (B) ln 2 (C) e 2 (D)
ln2
 1  sin x  t  1
 
13. The function f defined by f  x   lim   is
x  1  sin x t  1
   
(A) continuous in (–, ) (B) discontinuous at all integral values of x
(C) continuous at x = 0 only (D) none of these
  
3 2
14. If , ,  are the roots px + qx + r = 0, the value of the determinant    is
  
(A) pq (B) qr (C) 0 (D) pr
0 1 2
15. If A  0 0 3  , then which of the following is true?
0 3 1
2
(A) A – A + 9I = 0 (B) A2 – A – 9I = 0
3 2 3 2
(C) A – A – 9A = 0 (D) A – A + 9A = 0
     
16. Vectors a,b,c are such that every pair is non-collinear and the vector a  b is collinear with c
     
and the vector b  c is collinear with a . The resultant of a  2b  3c is
 
(A) null vector (B) 2b (C) 3c (D) none of these
17. A plane meets the coordinate axes in A, B and C points such that the centroid of ABC is the
point (p, q, r). The equation is the plane is
x y z x y z
(A)    1 (B)   1
p q r 2p 2q 2r
x y z 3x 3y 3z
(C)   1 (D)   1
3p 3q 3r p q r
18. A and B are two independent witnesses (i.e. there is no collusion between them) in a case. The
probability that A will speak the truth is ‘x’ and the probability that B will speak the truth is ‘y’. A
and B agree in a certain statement. The probability that the statement is true is
xy xy
(A) (B)
xy 1  x  y  xy
xy xy
(C) (D)
1  x  y  2xy 1  x  y  2xy
x
 1
19. A random variable x takes the value of 0, 1, 2, 3, … with probability proportional to  x  1   .
5
Then
9 9
(A) p  x  0   (B) p  x  1 
25 25
16
(C) p  x  1  (D) none
25
n
1
20.  15 
dx  A x  1  x 2   C , then
1 x 2
 2
x 1  x 
1 1
(A) A  , n  14 (B) A  , n  15
14 15
1 1
(C) A   , n  16 (D) A   , n  15
16 15
1
dx
21. If I   
, then
0
1 x2

(A) I > ln 2 (B) I < ln 2 (C) I  (D) none of these
4
1  x , x  1
22. Let f  x    , g  x   f  x  1  f  x  1  x  R then g(x) is
 0 , x 1
(A) odd only (B) even only
(C) neither odd or even (D) None of these
 x2  x
23. Area bounded by the curves y    2 , y = x – 1, x = 0 and y  sin1   is ([  ] denotes the
 64  4
greatest integer function)
(A) 2 (B) 3 (C) 4 (D) 2 3
dy 
24. Solution of the differential equation 2y sin x.  sin 2x  y 2 cos x satisfying y    1
dx 2
(A) y 2  sin x (B) y  sin x
(C) y 2  cos x  1 (D) y 2 sin x  4cos2 x  1
25. If f  1  2 and g  2   4 , then the derivative of f  tan x  with respect to g  sex  at x  4 is
1
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) (D) 2
2
z 1 ei
26. If the imaginary part of the expression  be zero, then the locus of ‘z’ can be
ei z 1
(A) a straight line parallel to the x-axis (B) a parabola
(C) a circle of unity radius (D) None of these
2
27. If   , then the value of tan .tan 2  tan2.tan 4  tan 4.tan  is
7
(A) – 7 (B) – 4 (C) 0 (D) 4
x2 a
28. If  4x  13  sin   for some real value of ‘x’ then ‘a’ is equal to
3 x
 
(A)  2n  1 (B) 3  4n  1 (C) 3 1  4n   (D) None of these
2 2
29. If the parabola y = f(x), having axis parallel to y-axis, touches the line y = x at (1, 1) then
(A) 2f   0   f  0   1 (B) 2f  0   f   0   1 (C) 2f  0   f   0   1 (D) 2f   0   f  0   1
30. If x1, x2, x3 …., x10 are observations such that the sum of the algebraic deviations measured about
‘4’ is 10 and the sum of their squares is 100. The triangle formed by the sides equal to 4,
standard deviation and the mean of the sample is
(A) equilateral (B) scalene triangle (C) isosceles triangle (D) None of these
TG ~ @bohring_bot < 3 1 AITS-CRT-III-PCM (Sol)-JEE(Main)/17
FIITJEE
JEE(Main) - 2017

(Main)

1. D B A
2. B D C
3. B B A
4. C B A
5. D D A
6. C C D
7. C C D
8. B B C
9. B C C
10. A D C
11. D D A
12. D C A
13. D B B
14. A D C
15. B D C
16. D A D
17. B C C
18. B D D
19. C D A
20. A C B
21. B C A
22. A D B
23. B C C
24. A C A
25. B A C
26. B B C
27. A C A
28. B B C
29. C A B
30. C A B
AITS-CRT-III-PCM (Sol)-JEE(Main)/17 2
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
3
1. tan  
4
2a 3
sin  
v0 2a
3 v0 
a
2 4
2. From the frame of cabin a cos 600 u0

 a0 cos600  gcos600
 a0  10 m / s2
0
30
0
30
0
60
a0
gcos 600
g
3. When ‘v’ is maximum
gsin   kxgcos 
tan  3
x 
k 2
vdv
Also,  gsin   kxgcos   
dx
v2 kx 2
  gx sin   gcos  ........... i
2 2
3
putting x  , we get v max  3m / s
2
3
putting v  in equation  i
2
we get x1 & x 2  x 2  x1 
3 3
 m
2
2
4. i rms  R T  H
5. when sleeping starts for the first time

1 2 sin mgcos 
cos  
2
 mg sin 

4  mg
Just before sliding, f = mgsin
mg
Just after sliding, f = sin2
2
V
6. % error =  100  6.25%
V
7. ndt  m  v ' v 0 
Ncos   N'  dt  mv v'
B
N'  Nsin 
2 N'
N'Rdt  mR2  v0
5
N A
5v 0
for   370 , we get v 
7

4
putting v  R, we get tan   N'
7 N
4
 for   tan1   , friction will be static
7
& pure rolling will occur.
8. if K  0 , workdone by external force = U

 G G
9. Fnet  m R
R
G
R
G
R
G
R
P
10. 
v2
2
  1
F
P  2
  2 . 1  
v  f
putting these value we get
  1.3 mg / cm3
dv v v0
11.    1 at v  v 0 , T  T0 ............. i 
dT T    1  dv 
T0  
 dT 
R
and Cv 
 1
3R R
 ......  ii 
2  1
putting the value of   1
dv 3v 0
we get 
dT 2T0
12. IC  100  0.04 mA  4 mA

VC  20  12  8V
8
 RC   2000
4  10 3
13. Heat ui  uf +5Q -Q +5Q +5Q +5Q

2 +Q
1 Q
 0
2  0 A 
 d 
 
1
14. W mv 2
2
1 4 
  r 3   v 2
2 3 
V terminal  r2 
 W  r7
1
15. mv 20  h  2f0   hf0
2
1
mv 2  h  4f0   hf0
2
16. Let v x  v y  v z  v 0
V  2v 
 V0   P  nm  
3  3
V 2 KAd
17. 
R 
a
18.   tan1  
g 
KA  4  0  3KA  0   2  
19. 
Lx x
3L
x
5
h 1
20. e  ,E e  me v e2
me v e 2
h2
 Ee 
2 2eme
 100nv e 
h
hc hc 2 
 Ep    
 p n e n e
Ee 1
 
Ep 100
21.  i  stress A   stress B

TA TB
  & TA x1  TB    x1 
a A aB
2
 x1 
3
 ii  strain A   strain B
YA YB
  & TA x 2  TB    x 2 
 TA   TB 
   
 a A   aB 
6
 x2 
7
Hence x1 : x 2  7 : 9
 a  Area of cross  sec tion 
 
 T  Tension in the wire 
 Y  Youngs Modulus 
 
R
qin
22. 10q   4 r 2 dr0 r  E.ds  
0 0
10q 1
 0   E r   0 r 2
R 4 4 0
For ' 2q'
10q r12 1  2q  4q
 2q  ..........  i 
R 4 4 0 4 0  r1  r2 2
For ' 4q'
10q r22 1  2q 4q 
4  4q  ..........  i 
R 4 0 4 0  r1  r2 2
from  i  &  ii
R
r2  1
 5 2 1  2
 A  Dm 
sin  
23.   2 , D  A
m
A
sin  
2
A 1
 cos 
2 2
 A  900
24. For material with negative refractive index, ray bends or refracts differently as compared to
materials with positive refractive index.
25. Use lens formula
26. i2rdt  nCp dT

nCp dT
i2  T  T0  t  t 2  t 3
r dt
2 7R dT
i
r 2

  2t  3 t 2  dt
   2 t  3t 2
7R
i 3
r
27. A  N0 e t

A0  A
%decrease   100
A0
1
  20 days


28.  R
6 A
T 1 2 O
t  
6 6  2
R
 3

3t
Bs
29. P
x
e
30.    E black body for a particular wavelength.
 a body
SECTION – A
1. because they must have same constitution and configuration at all other carbon atoms from C – 3
to C – 6 but different constitution at C – 1 & C – 2.
2. CH3 H Br
H2 H3C
Br
H3C CCH 3 C C H3C C C CH3
Lindlars catalyst H
H Br H
racemic
3. At cathode  S2   2e   S
At anode  Sn2   Sn4   2e
Total S lost from solution is 2  0.119 g of Sn2 
At cathode = so mass of reaming SnCl2  18.621 g
MSnCl2
& mass of SnCl4   mSn  0.26 g
MSn
m  SnCl2  18.621
now   71.62
m  SnCl4  0.260
–
4. I & -M effect increases the nucleophilic reactivity
5. Buta  1,3  diene  styrene  Buna  s
6. It is curve of 2s so  n     2  0  2
n
 1 20
7. N  N0   & no. of t 1  2
2
  2 10
N 1
So, 
N0 4
1 3
Now, no. of decayed moles = 1  
4 4
3 9
Total amt. of He = 3   mole
4 4
9
Vol. at STP = 22.4   50.4 lit
4
8. K sp  AgCl   1.6  10 10   Ag  Cl  ....... i 
K sp  CuCl  1 106  1s '  1s ' 
1
10 6   S2 S12  104
100
S '  10 2  Cl 
 1 102
 103
now put S ' in eq i 

1.6  10 10   Ag  103   1.6  10 7
so x  7 so 10  x  7
9. Cubic, orthorhombic, Rhombohedral, Tetrahedral, hexagonal.
th
 1
10. Octalhedral void present at the centre of cube and tetrahedral void is present at   of the
4
distance along each body diagonal.
11. KI  AgNO3  KNO3  AgI 

Total moles of solute ions after reaction,
 0.1  0.2   I  0.6 moles
0.6
solute 
4
0.6
Tf  K f   0.279 K
4
12. E5  E1  96
1 1
E1  Z2  2  2   96
 n2 n1 
so E1  100J
13. O O O
NaOI SOCl2 Ph - NH2
(B) X C CH3 X C OH X C Cl
O O
(HNO3H + H2SO4)
X C NH Ph X C NH NO2
14. D
15. H
- +
O3 O Conc NaOH COO Na
Zn + H2O O CH2 OH
H
16. In basic solution Cr (III) converted Cr (VI) & it poses yellow chromate ion
17. Microcosmic salt is a white crystalline salt Na(NH4)HPO4 obtained by mixing solution of sodium
phosphate & ammonium phosphate.
18. All rxns are involved in solvey process
19.
H+
H  9  P

OH
OH H+
&   10  Q

so P  Q  19
20. 

for equilibrium  2NO2 
 N2 O4
P 'N2 O4
6.8  k P   6.8 P 'N2 O 4  1.7 atm
P 'NO2 
for IInd equilibriua


NO  NO 2 
 N2 O3
at t  0P 2P 0
at eq. P  x 2P  x  3.4 x
since NO & NO2 is in 1: 2 ratio
at eq. P  x  0.5 x
P 'NO is same for both equilibria
now total P  P  x  0.5  x  1.7  5.05
x  1.80 atm
P 'NO  1.05 atm
21. due to max. force of attraction
22. Av.Cv1m  2R
For adiabatic process dv = dw
dr R  dv 
  
r Cv 'm  v 
1Cvm1 dT  2Cvm2 dT
dv
   1RT  2RT 
v
T2 1 v 
n   n  2 
T1 2  v1 
1
 1 2
T2  320   
4
 160k
 
U  1Cv1m1  2 Cv2m2 T  960 R
23. Fe has one unpaired e-

.
24. CH3
C
Br
25. A (Fact based)
26. 2Cu2S  3O2  2Cu2O  2SO 2  does not occur in Bessemer’s converter
27. X can’t be Zn
28. Slowest step is R.d.s step
29. A is Na2CrO4 & B is H2SO4
30. Because Cr2O3 can’t be reduced by C due to requirement of high energy.
SECTION – A
1. A
The number of gaps when 10 persons seat is 11.
Let x1, x2, x3, …., x11 be the number of vacants in the gaps
x1  x 2  ....  x11  30
x1 & x11  0 other xi  2 i  2, 11
22
Number of integral solution is C10
2. C
2
Let the GP be a, ar, ar , …
S 2n 

a 1  r 2n ; S 

a 1  rn ; S 

a 1  r 3n 
n 3n
1 r 1 r 1 r
Clearly, Sn , S2n  Sn , S3n  S2n in GP
Let Sn  A, S2n  Sn  AR, S3n  S2n  AR2
Then, AR + A, 2AR, AR2 + AR in HP as
1 1 1 2
  
A  R  1 AR  R  1 AR 2AR
3. A
 2  3  4 22  3  2
We have  K
2 1
Clearly,  2  3  4  2K  0 has roots  & - 2
 2    4  2K 
   2  K
2   1
 
2K 2
4. A
 qr n! 
  1 sin2q .cos2r   , n  p  q  r, x,p,q,r  N is the expansion of
 p!q!r! 
n
1  sin 2
  cos 2   0
Hence no solution.
5. A
Contrapositive of p   q  q   p
Inverse of p   q  q   p
Now, inverse of p   q   p  q
Contrapositive of  p  q   q  p
6. D
1
0 x
 1 and 0  ln x  1
2 1
 2x  1  1  0  x  e
 x 1
 x  1,e 
7. D

 x 2  2x  2  0 x  
2
mx  3x  4
 5
x 2  2x  2
  m  5  x 2  7x  6  0 x  R
71
m5  0 & D  0  m 
24
8. C
n n
 1  2n n     2ln2 
 ln2
  n!  ln2     n!   n!
n 1 
  n1 n 1
 eln 2  1  e2ln 2  1  4
9. C
Point of concurrency (a + m, - 2)
2  m  a  m   m2  am  2  0
a2  8  a  2 2
10. C
4 4
1 1
I dx  I  
0
1  nf  x  0
1  nf  4  x
4
 1 1 
II     dx
01  nf  x  1  nf  4  x  
4 2  n  f  x   f  4  x 
 2
dx
0 1 n f  x  f  4  x   n  f  x   f  4  x 
4
  dx  4
0
I  2
11. A
Let A be (, ) & B(, –)
P(h, k) be midpoint
2h =  + , 2k =  – 
 = h + k;  = (h – k)
    2      2  d2
 4k 2  4h2  d2
Which is a circle
12. A
an
Given an 1  1 
n
 1  1   1 
 lim 1   1   ...  1  
n  a1  a2   an 
a  1  an 
 lim n1  lim  
n  n  1 ! n  n! 
1 1 a 
 lim    n 1 
n  n!  n  1 !  n  1 ! 
 
as a1  1
1 1 1
Unit value = lim   ...   e
n n!  n  1 ! n
13. B
 1  sin x t  1
f  x   lim  
t   1  sin x t  1
   
1, 2n  x  2n  1

 1, 2n  1  x  2n  2
0, x  0,1,2,...............

14. C
px3  qx2  r  0 , , 
      0
         
             C1  C1  C2  C3   0
         
15. C
0 1 2
A 0 0 3
0 3 1
2 3
Find A , A to verify
16. D
  
a  b  kc ... I
  
b  c  a .... II
I  II
   
a  c  kc  a
 
 1    a  1  k  c  0
   k  1
  
i.e a  b  c  0
17. C
The points A, B and C are (3p, 0, 0); (0, 3q, 0) and (0, 0, 3r) respectively.
18. D
Agreement happens when both speak either the truth or both tell a lie
E1 = A and B both speak truth
E2 = A and B both tell a lie
E = A and B agree in a certain statement
E  xy
P 1  
 E  1  x  y  2xy
19. A
1
P  X  x   K  x  1 ,K is proportionality cons tan t
5x
16
k
25
Only (B) is true
20. B
15
1
dx  
 1 x2  x  dx
 15
1 x2
1 x 1 x  x
2 2
15
1
15 
 1 x  x  c
2
21. A
1
dx
I 
0
1 x 2
In (0, 1)
1
dx
I  I  ln2
0
1 x
1
1 
And I   1  x2 dx  I  4
0
22. B
1  x , x  1
f  x  
 0, x 1
f  x  is even function
g  x   f  x  1  f  x  1
g   x   f   x  1  f   x  1
 f  x  1  f  x  1
 g(x) is also even only.
23. C
 x2 
y    2  ; y  x  1 or x  0
 64 
x
y  sin1   = 0 for |x| < 4
4
B
C y=2
y=x-1
A
x=0
1 9
 area  33 
2 2
9 1
Area above x-axis =   1 1
2 2
=4
24. A
dy
2y sin x  y 2 cos x  sin 2 x
dx


d y 2 sin x   sin2x
dx
cos 2 x
 y 2 sin x   c
2

At x 
2
1 1
1 c  c 
2 2
1  cos 2x
y 2 sin x 
x
 y 2  sin x
25. C
df  tan x  f   tan x  sec 2 x

dg  sec x  g  sec x  sec x.tan x
At tan x  1 & secx  2

x  2n  , nN
4
df  tan x  2 2 1
  
dg  tan x  4  2 2
26. C
z 1 ei
Let   
ei z 1
If z = x + iy

 x  1  iy  cos   isin 
cos   isin   x  1  iy
Im() = 0
sin   x  1  y cos 
  sin   x  1  y cos   0
 x  12  y 2
 x 1   y 
 sin   x  1  2
  cos   y 
2
0
 2  2
  x  1   y    x  1  y 
2 2
  x  1  x  1  y  1  0 and y  x  1  y  1  0
2 2
   
 locus is circle with unity radius
27. A
tan .tan 2  tan2.tan 4  tan 4.tan 
sin .sin2 cos 4  sin 2.sin 4.cos   sin 4.sin .cos 2

cos .cos 2.cos 4
cos .cos 2.cos 4  cos    2  4  8 sin 
  1  7
cos .cos 2.cos 4 sin8
28. C
2
1 2 a  x  6 a
3
 
x  12x  39  sin   
x 3
 1  sin  
x
a  x6
  2n  & 0 x6
x 2 3
 a  3  1  4n  , n  z
29. B
2
Let the parabola be y = Ax + Bx + C
(1, 1) satisfies  A + B + C = 1 …. (1)
dy
 1  2A  B  1 ....(2)
dx x 1
f 0   C & f 0   B
 2f  0   f   0   1
30. B
10 10
  xi  4   10    xi  5   0
i1 i1
10 10
2 2
  xi  4   100    xi  5   90
i1 i 1
Also,
1
  90  3
10
 right triangle but scalene.
Paper 1

t h e t es t .
INSTRUCTIONS

on OMR sheet.

answer.
marking.
Enrolment No.
2
Useful Data
PHYSICS
2
CHEMISTRY

= 0.0821 Lit atm K1 mol1
= 1.987  2 Cal K1 mol1
= 6.625  10–27 ergs
1 amu = 1.66  10–27 kg
1 eV = 1.6  10–19 J

N=9, Na=11, Mg=12, Si=14, Al=13, P=15, S=16,
Cl=17, Ar=18, K =19, Ca=20, Cr=24, Mn=25,
Fe=26, Co=27, Ni=28, Cu = 29, Zn=30, As=33,
Br=35, Ag=47, Sn=50, I=53, Xe=54, Ba=56,
Pb=82, U=92.
F=19, Na=23, Mg=24, Al = 27, Si=28, P=31, S=32,
Cl=35.5, K=39, Ca=40, Cr=52, Mn=55, Fe=56, Co=59,
Ni=58.7, Cu=63.5, Zn=65.4, As=75, Br=80, Ag=108,
Sn=118.7, I=127, Xe=131, Ba=137, Pb=207, U=238.
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. Two trains A and B are moving on same track in opposite direction with velocity 25 m/s and
15m/s respectively. When separation between them becomes 225 m, drivers of both the trains
apply brakes producing uniform retardation in train A while retardation of train B increases linearly
3
with time at the rate of 0.3 m/s . The minimum retardation of train A to avoid collision will be
2
(A) 2 m/s (B) 2.5 m/s2
2
(C) 2.25 m/s (D) 2.75 m/s2
2. Two blocks M1 and M2 rest upon each other on an inclined plane. M1

2=0.2
Coefficient of friction between surfaces are shown. If the angle  is A M2
slowly increased, then (M1 < M2) B
(A) block A slips first 1=0.5
(B) block B slips first
(C) both slip simultaneously 
(D) both remain at rest
3. An artificial satellite of mass m is moving in a circular orbit at a height equal to the radius R of the
earth. Suddenly due to internal explosion the satellite breaks into two parts of equal masses. One
part of the satellite stops just after the explosion. The increase in the mechanical energy of the
system (satellite + earth) due to explosion will be
(Given: acceleration due to gravity on the surface of earth is g)
mgR
(A) mgR (B)
2
mgR 3mgR
(C) (D)
4 4
4
 
4. The equation of a particle executing SHM is given by x  3 cos t cm, where t is in second.
2
The distance travelled by the particle in the first 8.5 s is
 3   3 
(A)  24   cm (B)  27   cm
 2  2
 3   3 
(C)  24   cm (D)  27   cm
 2  2
5. n identical charged particles are placed on the vertices of a regular polygon of n sides of side
length a. One of the charge particle is released from polygon. When this particle reaches a far of
distance, another particle adjacent to the first particle is released. The difference of kinetic
energies of both the particles at infinity is k. Magnitude of charge is
k
(A) 40 ak (B)
40a
k
(C) (D) ka
a
6. A blocks P of mass 4 kg is placed on horizontal rough surface P

B 4kg A
with coefficient of friction  = 0.6. And two blocks R and Q of
masses 2 kg and 4 kg connected with the help of massless  = 0.6
strings A and B respectively passing over frictionless pulleys
as shown, then (g = 10m/s2) 4kg 2kg
(A) acceleration of block P is zero. Q R
(B) tension in string A is 20 N.
(C) tension in string B is 40 N.
(D) surface contact force on block P is 20 5 N.
7. A body moving towards a finite body at rest collides with it. It is possible that
(A) both the bodies come to rest
(B) both the bodies move after collision
(C) the moving body comes to rest and the stationary body starts moving
(D) the stationary body remains stationary; the moving body changes its velocity
8. An object is floating in a liquid, kept in a container. The container is placed in a lift. Choose the
correct option(s)
(A) Buoyant force increases as lift accelerates up
(B) Buoyant force decreases as lift accelerates up
(C) Buoyant force remains constant as lift accelerates
(D) The fraction of solid submerged into liquid does not change
9. A standing wave of time period T is set up in a string clamped between two rigid supports. At t = 0
antinode is at its maximum displacement 2A.
(A) The energy of a node is equal to energy of an antinode for the first time at t = T/8.
(B) The energy of node and antinode becomes equal after every T/2 second.
T
(C) The displacement of the particle of antinode at t  is 2A .
8
(D) The displacement of the particle of node is zero.
10. Charges Q1 and Q2 lie inside and outside respectively of a closed Gaussian surface S. Let E be
the field at any point on S and  be the flux of E over S:
(A) If Q1 changes, both E and  will change
(B) If Q2 changes E will change
(C) If Q1  0 and Q2  0 then E  0 but   0
(D) If Q1  0 and Q2  0 then E  0 but   0
11. Two circular coils of radii 5 cm and 10 cm carry equal currents of 2A. The coils have 50 and 100
turns respectively and are placed in such a way that their planes as well as their centres
coincide. Magnitude of magnetic field at the common centre of coils is
(A) 8  10–4 T if current in the coil are in same sense
(B) 4  10–4 T if current in the coil are in opposite sense
(C) zero if currents in the coils are in opposite sense
(D) 8  10–4 T if current in the coil are in opposite sense
6
12. Two capacitors of capacitance C1 and C2 are charged to a potential +– +–

+– +–
difference of V1 and V2 respectively and are connected to an inductor + –
V1 + – + –
C + – V2
of inductance L as shown in the figure. Initially key k is open. Now key C 1
2
k is closed and current in the circuit starts increasing. When current in k

the circuit is maximum
(A) Charge on both the capacitors is same
(B) Induced emf in the inductor is zero
(C) Potential difference across both the capacitors is same
(D) Electrostatic potential energy stored in both the capacitors is same
maximum kinetic energy TA eV and de Broglie wavelength A. The maximum kinetic energy of
photoelectrons liberated from another metal B by photons of energy 4.70 eV is TB = (TA–1.50)eV.
If the de Broglie wavelength of these photoelectrons is B = 2A , then
(C) TA = 3.00 eV (D) TB = 1.5 eV
SECTION – C
(both inclusive).
1. A rigid ring is made to roll along the ceiling of a room, where exists
     
a uniform horizontal magnetic field of induction B perpendicular to B
the plane of the ring. The velocity of the centre of the ring is
v
constant and its modulus is v . A charge particle P of mass m is 
    
kmg
fixed on the ring. The charge q on the particle is so that
Bv  P    
there is no force of interaction between the ring and the particle,
then find the value of k ?      
2. Figure shows a charge array known as an “electric quadrupole”. For a point on the axis of the
r  1
quadruple, the dependence of potential on r   1 is n . Find n ?
a  r
a a

   P
q q  q q
r
3. A non conducting ring having uniform charge distribution q is
E
having a small cut of length b  b  R  is released from rest with
its plane parallel to the field as shown in the figure. If the maximum R
90
C qEb
angular velocity of the ring is , then find the value of C ?
22mR 2
4. Two wires are made of the same material and have the same volume. However, wire 1 has
cross-sectional area A and wire-2 has cross-sectional area 3A. If the length of wire 1 increases
by x on applying force 1 newton, how much force (in Newton) is needed to stretch wire 2 by the
same amount?
5. Two pendulums of lengths 1.44 and 1 metre length start swinging together. After how many
oscillation of first pendulum they will again start swing together?
8
SECTION – A
1. Which of the following compound has lowest potential energy?

(A) (B)
(C) (D)
2. The following two compound are:
 I  II 
(A) Identical (B) conformational isomers
(C) geometrical isomers (D) structural isomers
3. If mercuric iodide is added to an aqueous solution of KI, the:

(A) freezing point is raised (B) freezing point is lowered
(C) boiling point does not change (D) freezing point does not change
4. Which of the following is weaker base?

(A) N  SiH 3 3 (B) N  CH 3  3
(C) NH  CH 3 3 (D) All are equally basic
5. Choose the correct method for each:

(A) Ni : electrolysis, Cu : van Arkel process, Zn : zone refinining, Ga : zone refining
(B) Ni : mond’s process, Cu : electrolysis, Zr : van Arkel process, Ga : zone refining
(C) Ni : electrolysis, Cu : zone refining, Zr : van Arkel process, Ga : electrolysis
(D) Ni : electrolysis, Cu : zone refining, Zr : van Arkel process, Ga : mond’s process
6. Which of the following compound have larger C  O bond length than C  O bond length of
O
H3C C CH3?
(A) O (B) O
(C) O (D) O
10
7. Which of the following compounds are soluble in NaHCO3 ?

(A) Picric acid (B) SO 3H
(C) OH (D) COOH

NO 2 NO 2
8. Which of the following statement/statements is/are correct?

(A) in theNaCl structures, each Na  ion is surrounded by 6Cl  ions as nearest neighbours

and twelve Na ions as next nearest neighbours.
(B) the co-ordination number of cation generally increases as the radius ratio increases
(C) packing efficiencies higher than 0.74 are possible only with cation and anion of different
sizes
(D) during a crystal defect electrical neutrality should be maintained.
9. Which of the following has/have a dipole moment:

(A) 2, 2,3,3  tetramethylbutane (B) Trans-2-pentene
(C) cis-1, 2-dichloroethene (D) trans-1, 2-dichloroethene
10. An optically active alcohol A  C8 H 16O  on oxidation gives B . A on acidic heating gives
C  C8 H 14  as major product. C on ozonolysis produces D  C5 H 8O  and
H3C C CH3 . D on reduction with LiAlH 4 gave OH .

O
Identify correct answer:
(A) CH3 (B) CH3
A is CH2OH B is COOH
H H
(C) (D)
C is D is O
11. A mixture of three proteins, (A) (pepsin), (B) (haemoglobin) and (C) (Lysozyme) was separated by
electrophoresis method at pH=7 . The pH at isoelectric point  pI  of the proteins are pI of
 A ,  B  and  C  which are following statement/statements is/are correct?

(A) pepsin  A  will migrate to the cathode
(B) Lysozyme  C  will migrate to the anode
(C) Haemoglobin will not migrate
(D) at pH  7,  A  and  C  would precipitate out while  B  would remain in solution.
12. Which of the following order for basic strength is/are correct?
(A) N (B) O
  NH2 NH2
N N N 
H H
(C) (D)
N NH
  
NH N N
N
H H H
13. Which of the following has face centered Bravais lattice?

(A) Hexagonal (B) Monoclinic
(C) cubic (D) orthorhombic
12
SECTION – C
(both inclusive).
1. If four atoms of same radius are placed at the alternate corner of a cube touching each other,
than the length of body diagonal of the cube is equal to x  R , where R is the radius of atom.
Find the value of x?
2. The cost of electricity required to deposit 1 g Mg is Rs. 5.00. The cost of 30 g of Al to be

x
deposited is Rs. X. Find the value of ?
40

3. A certain buffer solution contains equal concentration of X and HX . The K b for X  is
1010 . Find the pH of this buffer solution?
4. Co forms dinuclear complex with a sigma bond within two Co atoms. Consider that metal
carbonyls follows EAN rule. The complex can be written as CO 2  CO  x . Find the value of x ?
5. Diethyl  ,   dimethylglutaric acid  ester  is condensed with diethyl oxalate in presence of

sodium ethoxide and ethanol to form a major product  P  , which on acidic hydrolysis followed by
heating gives another product Q  . Calculate total number of C=O bonds in P and Q 
compounds?
SECTION – A
1. Suppose f and g are functions having second derivatives f" and g" everywhere, if f(x) g(x) = 1 for
f " ( x ) g" ( x )
all x and f ' (x) and g' are never zero, then  equals
f ' (x) g' (x)
f ' (x ) f ' (x )
(A) (B) 2
f (x) f (x )
2g' ( x ) 2f ' ( x )
(C)  (D) 
g(x ) f (x)
2. Let a real valued differentiable function f(x) be strictly monotonic on [a, b], then
b f (b)
 f (x)  f b dx   2xb  f x dx

2 2 1
(A)
a f (a )
b f (b)
 f (x)  f a  dx   2xb  f x dx

2 2 1
(B)
a f (a )
b f (b)
 xb  f x 
2
 f (x)  f a 
2 1
(C) dx  dx
a f (a )
(D) None of these
14
 1 2
3. Let A be the point of intersection of the curve y  log 1  x    log 3 9x  6 x  1 and the
3
3
circle x2 + y2 = 17. B is also a point on the curve but lies inside the given circle such that its
abscissa is an integer, then max {AB} is
(A) 2 units (B) 3 units
(C) 4 units (D) none of these
2n
S 3n a
4. If Sn denotes the sum of first n terms of an AP and a n  , then Lt  r is equal to
S2n  Sn n 
r 1 n
(A) 2 (B) 4
(C) 6 (D) 8
5. The possible value of a for which e2x – (a – 2) ex + a < 0 holds for at least one positive x is
(A) 2 (B) 3
(C) 4 (D) 7
6. The values of x for which x2 – 4x > cot-1 x holds true belong to

(A) (-, -1) (B) [5, )
(C) (-1, 5] (D) none of these
7. For a given parabola y2 = 4ax, two variable chords PQ and RS at right angles are drawn through
the fixed point A(x1, y1) inside the parabola, making variable angles  and  with x–axis. If r1, r2,
1 1
r3, r4 are distances of P, Q, R and S from A, then the value of 
r1 r2 r3 r4
(A) independent of  (B) independent of 
(C) depends upon both  and  (D) is a constant
2 3
8. From (1, 2), tangents are drawn to the curve y – 2x – 4y + 8 = 0. Then
(A) sum of x–coordinates of points of contact is zero
(B) sum of x–coordinates of points of contact is 4
(C) sum of y–coordinates of points of contact is zero
(D) sum of y–coordinates of points of contact is 4
b b x
9. If  f x dx   f x dx a  b  also f(x)  0 for any x  (a, b) and g  x   f  xdx , then
a a 0
b
 f x g x dx when a and

a
b are positive
(A) cannot be positive (B) cannot be negative

(C) cannot be equal to zero (D) nothing can be said
10. If , ,   R, then the determinant

(e i  e  i ) 2 (e i  e  i ) 2 4
i  i 2 i i  2
 = (e e ) (e  e ) 4 is
i  i 2 i i  2
(e  e ) (e  e ) 4
(A) equal to 0 (B) equal to e i       
(C) independent of ,  and  (D) dependent of ,  and
16
11. If AB = A and BA = B, where A and B are square matrices, then

(A) A2 = A (B) A2 = B
2
(C) B = B (D) B2 = A
12. If a complex number satisfies the equation |z| – log2(z + 2) = 0 (Re z > 0), then
(A) z =  z (B) |z| = 2

(C) arg(z) = (D) arg(z) = 0
2
13. If the equation x3 + 2x2 + x + k = 0 has three real roots in which two roots are equal, then value of
k is/are
27
(A) 0 (B) k =
4
4
(C) k = (D) none of these
27
SECTION – C
(both inclusive).
1 y 3
1. Find number of positive integral solution of equation tan x  cos 1  sin 1
1  y2 10
2. Tangent are drawn from any point on the hyperbola x 2 / 9  y 2 / 4  1 to the circle
x 2  y 2  9 If the locus of the mid-point of the chord of contact is a
2
 
a x 2  y 2  bx 2  cy 2 , then the value of
a 2  b2  c2  7870 is equal to…………….

1 2 2
 
3. If A   2 1 2  and A2  4A  5I = O where I and O are the unit matrix and the null matrix of
2 2 1
 
3 2 2
1
order 3 respectively. If 15A   2 3 2 then the find the value of .
2 2 3
4. The plane 2 x  2 y  z  3 is rotated about the line where it cuts the xy plane by an acute angle
 . If the new position of plane contains the point (3, 1, 1) then 9cos  equal to …….
2
5. If 0 < ,  < 2, then the number of ordered pairs (, ) satisfying sin ( + ) – 2 sin sin( + ) +
sin2 + cos2 = 0 is

(PAPER-1)

1. B A B
2. A C B
3. C A B
4. B A C
5. A B D
6. ABCD BC AB
7. BC ABD ABD
8. AD ABCD BD
9. ACD ABC BC
10. ABC ABCD AC
11. AC ABC AC
12. BC ABC BD
13. ACD CD AC
1. 1 6 2
2. 3 5 3
3. 7 4 3
4. 9 8 7
5. 5 6 4
2
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
2
1. O   25   2ax............ 1
3 dv
t
10 dt
v t
3
 dv  10 0 t dt
15
3
v  15  t 2 ........  2  when v  0  t  10sec
20
225 x 10 10
3 2
0 dx  15 0 dt 20 0 t dt
3 1000 
225  x  15 10  
20 3
225  x  150  50......  3 
Solving (1) and (3)
a  2.5 m / s 2
M 1 g cos
2. M 1 g sin  
5
1
M 1 will slip if tan  
5
M g sin  ' 1
M 2 g sin  ' 1  M 2 g cos  '
5 2
1
M 2 will slip if tan  ' 
2 M1
2
5 M2
So M1 will slip first
3. Using momentum conservation

GM m
m  V'
2R 2
2GM
V '
R
 1 m 2GM   1 GM 
U    m 
2 2 R   2 2R 
mgR
U 
4
4.
3cm
 
3
CM
2
Time period  4sec
Distance travelled in 8sec  24cm
3  3 
Distance travelled in 8.5sec  24  3    27   cm
2  2
1 q2
5. k
4 0 a
q  4 0 ak
6.
40N
4kg 20N
f
f  20 N   24 N 
So block will not move
2 2
Contact force   20    40   20 5 N
7. Option (a) and (d) violate law of conservation of momentum.
8. Buoyancy force when lift accelerates upwards  Vs  g  a  

V  g  Vs g .............. 1
Vs '   g  a   V  g  V  a
Vs '  g  Vs '  a  V  g  V  a
Vs '  g  Vs '  a  Vs  g  Vs  a  Using equation 1 
Vs '  g  a   Vs  a  g 
Vs '  Vs
10. Flux depends upon charges inside Gaussian surface and field on all charges.
N10 I N 2 0 I
11. For same sense field B    8  10 4 T
2 R1 2 R2
N I N  I
For opposite sense field B '  1 0  2 0  0
2 R1 2 R2
4
Ldi
12. V1'  V2' 
dt
di
When current is maximum  0  V1'  V2'
dt
Ldi
And  0
dt
SECTION – C
qb 1
3. ER  mR 2 2
2 R 2
7 qEb

22mR 2
So C  7
1/ A
4. y ................ 1
x/
F / 3A
y .............  2   F  9 N
x / 3
1.44 2
5. T1  2  1.2 T2 whereT2 
g g
T1 6

T2 5
So after 5 oscillation of first they will swing in phase
SECTION – A
1. In option (a) all methyl groups are equatorial
2. I is trans and  II  is cis form
3.
 K 2  HgI 4 
2KI+HgI 2 
Four ions threeions
4. Due to back bonding (a) is a weaker base.
6.
(a) - (b) -
O O  O O 


 

aromatic
(c) - (d) -
O O  O O 


 


anti aromatic
9.
(a) CH3 CH3 (b) H3C CH 2 H
H3C C C CH3 C C
H CH3
CH3 CH3
(c) Cl Cl (d) H Cl
C C C C
H H Cl H
6
10.
CH3 CH3
O 
CH2OH  COOH

H H
 A  C8 H16O   B
H / 
H3C
ozonolysis

 O + C O
H3C
C  D
LiAlH 4
OH
11. An amino acid at its isoelectric point, will not migrate.
12. A lone pair of N-atom participating in resonance will be less basic
SECTION – C
1.
A

E 

B D
Face diagonal of cube  AB  =2R
2R
Edge length of cube  BE  =
2
2R
Body diagonal of cube  AD  = 3×
2
= 6R
 24 
2. Mg 2   2e  Mg  EMg   12 g 
 2 
Charge required for the deposition of 12 g Mg  1F
1
Charge required for the deposition of 1g Mg  F
12
F
 cost for charge=Rs.5
12
 27 
Al 3  3e    Al  E Al   9g 
 3 
Charge required for 9 g  1F
30 10 F
Charge required for 30 g  F
9 3
10 F 10 F
Cost for charge=5  12 
3 3
 Rs.200
3. pKa of HX  14  10  4
1
pH  pK a  log  4
1
4.  CO  x /2 Co  Co  CO  x / 2
x
EAN   36   27  1  2 
2
 28  x  36
x8
5.
COOC 2H5
O
COOC2H5
COOC2H5 
C2 H 5O Na
+ COOC2H5

C2 H 5OH

COOC2H5
O
diethyl-β,β-dimethyl COOC 2H5
glutaric acid  ester  COOH
O O
 P
H 3O 

Q  
O O
COOH
8
SECTION – A
d
f " (x ) g" (x ) dx
f ' (x ) / g ' ( x ) g ' d  f '  2f ' x 
1.  = = .    f ( x ) . g( x )  1 .
f ' x  g' x  f ' x . g' ( x ) f ' dx  g '  f x 
g' x 2
-1
2. Let f (x) = t  f(t) = x
f (b) b b
 
f (a )

2x b  f 1 ( x) dx   2f ( t ). (b  t ) . f ' (t )dt = b [(f(t))2]ab - b
a
 t .2f(t) .f '(t) dt
a
 f x   f a  dx
b 2 2
=
a
 1  1
3. y= log1 / 3  x    log 3 9 x 2  6x  1 = log1 / 3  x    log 3 | 3x  1 | = 1.
 3  3
1
Since x  , maximum {AB} = 3.
3
3n
a  3n  1d 2n
1
2
4. an =
2n n
 3; 
n
Lt


r 1 n
.3  6 .
a  2n  1d   a  n  1d
2 2
5. e2x + 2ex < a(ex-1)  (ex-1)2 + 4(ex – 1) + 3 < a(ex-1)
3
 (ex-1) + x
 4< a  a > 4 + 2 3 .
e 1
7. Let two perpendicular chords through A(x1, y1) be PQ and RS. P y2= 4ax
x  x1 y  y1
Equation of PQ is   r where tan = slope of r1
cos  sin  R
PQ. Any point on this line may be taken as (x1 + rcos, y1 + r3
2 A (x 1 , y 1 )
rsin). As the point lies on y = 4ax,
r2 r4
  y 1  r sin    4 a  x1  r cos   .
2
Q
S
2 2 2
 r sin   2 y1 sin .r  4a cos r  y  4ax1  0 1
  y12  4ax1 
 r1 r2 
sin 2 
 y12  4ax1 
Similarly r3 r4  where tan = slope of RS
sin 2 
Since PQ is perpendicular to RS,
  = 90 +  or  – 90
In either case; sin2 = cos2
1 1 sin 2   cos 2  1
Now    which is constant
r1 r2 r3 r4 2
 y1  4ax1  2

 y1  4ax1  
8. Curve is (y – 2)2 = 2x3 – 4 (1)
dy 3x 2

dx y  2
 Equation of tangent at (x1, y1)
3 x12
y  y1  x  x1 
y1  2
As it passes through (1, 2)
3x12
 2  y1  1  x1 
y1  2
or  y1  2 2  3 x12  x1  1
3 3 2
or 2 x1  4  3 x1  3 x1 [As (x1, y1) lies on the curve]
3 2
or x1  3 x1  4  0
or (x1 + 1) (x1 – 2)2 = 0
 x1 = –1 or 2
But x1  = –1 (it is clear from equation (1))
 x1 = 2
 y1 = 2  2 3
Points of contact are (2, 2 + 2 3 ) and (2, 2 – 2 3 )
 sum of x–coordinates of points of contact is 4
 sum of y–coordinates of points of contact is 4.
b b
9. If  f  x dx   f  x dx
a a
 f(x) is either positive in (a, b)
or f(x) is negative in (a, b) and also b > a

Also g  x  f x 
When f(x) > 0  g (x) > 0  g(x) is increasing function
When f(x) < 0  g (x) < 0  g(x) is decreasing function
also g(0) = 0
b b
 f  x g  x dx   g  x g  x dx
a a
=
g b  2
  g a 
2
which will be positive for 0 < a < b.
2
10. C1  C1  C2
10
4 (e i  e i ) 2 4
i  i 2
= 4 (e  e ) 4 =0 ( C1 & C3 are identical).
4 (e i  e i ) 2 4
11. We have AB = A
 A (BA) = A [ BA  B ]
 (AB) A = A
 AA = A  AB  A
2
 A =A
Again BA = B
 B (AB) = B  AB  A
 (BA) B = B
 BB = B  B2 = B
12. |z| – log2(z + 2) = 0

z + 2 = 2|z|
x + 2 = 2x and y = 0
hence x = 2, y = 0.
13.
1

–1 3
4

27
SECTION – C
1 3
1. tan 1 x  tan 1  sin 1
y 10
1
tan 1  tan 1 3  tan 1 x
y
1 3 x
tan 1  tan 1
y 1  3x
3x  1
y x=1,2 and corresponding y=2,7, thus two solution
3 x
1 2 2
3. A   2 1 2
 2 2 1 
1 2 2  1 2 2  9 8 8 
A   2
2
1 2   2 1 2   8 9 8
 2 2 1   2 2 1  8 8 9
4 8 8 
4A   8 4 8 
 8 8 4 
A 2  4A  5I  0
 9 8 8   4 8 8   5 0 0  0 0 0 
 8 9 8    8 4 8    0 5 0   0 0 0   0 A 2  4A  5I  0
       
8 8 9   8 8 4  0 0 5  0 0 0 
–1
Multiplying by A both sides,
A 1  A 2  4A  5I   A 1 0
A  4I  5A 1  0
A  4I  5A 1
 1 2 2 4 0 0 
1 1 
1
A   A  4I     2 1 2   0 4 0  
5 5
  2 2 1   0 0 4  
 3 2 2
1
–1
A = 2 3 2  .
5
 2 2 3
4. Let equation of new plane 2 x  2 y  z  3   z  0

Point (3, 1, 1) lie on it    2
Hence equation of new plane 2x – 2y –z = 3
B (a, b) D C (c, b)
(2, 1)
E
A (a, b)
4  4 1 7
cos   
3.3 9
Paper 2

t h e t es t .
INSTRUCTIONS
on OMR sheet.
answer.
Section-A (15 – 18) contains 4 Paragraph Type questions: Each question has FOUR options
(A), (B), (C) and (D). ONLY ONE of these four options is correct. Each question carries +3
marks for correct answer. There is no negative marking.
Enrolment No.
2
Useful Data
PHYSICS
CHEMISTRY

= 0.0821 Lit atm K1 mol1
= 1.987  2 Cal K1 mol1
= 6.625  10–27 ergs
1 amu = 1.66  10–27 kg
1 eV = 1.6  10–19 J

N=9, Na=11, Mg=12, Si=14, Al=13, P=15, S=16,
Cl=17, Ar=18, K =19, Ca=20, Cr=24, Mn=25,
Fe=26, Co=27, Ni=28, Cu = 29, Zn=30, As=33,
Br=35, Ag=47, Sn=50, I=53, Xe=54, Ba=56,
Pb=82, U=92.
F=19, Na=23, Mg=24, Al = 27, Si=28, P=31, S=32,
Cl=35.5, K=39, Ca=40, Cr=52, Mn=55, Fe=56, Co=59,
Ni=58.7, Cu=63.5, Zn=65.4, As=75, Br=80, Ag=108,
Sn=118.7, I=127, Xe=131, Ba=137, Pb=207, U=238.
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. A particle is projected from a point O with velocity u in a direction making an angle  with the
horizontal. At P, it is moving at right angles to its initial direction of projection. Its speed at P is
(A) u tan  (B) u cot 
(C) u cosec  (D) u sec 
2. A block of mass m moving with velocity v strikes elastically another

identical mass connected to a spring as shown in figure. The
k
maximum compression produced in the spring (Assume surfaces to m v m
be smooth) is
mv 2 mv 2
(A) (B)
2k k
mv 2
3k
3. A block of mass 20 kg and volume 103 cm3 is suspended vertically from a ceiling by a wire. The
linear mass density of the wire is 5  10–3 kg/m and its length is 50 cm. The wire is vibrating in its
fundamental mode and producing beats with a tuning fork of frequency 190 Hz. When the block
is just completely immersed in a liquid and vibrated in its fundamental mode, it produces the
same number of beats with tuning fork as earlier. Density of the liquid is (g = 10 m/s2)
(A) 3.8 gm/cm3 (B) 7.6 gm/ cm3
3
(C) 1.9 gm/ cm (D) 5.0 gm/ cm 3
4. A vertical cylinder with a massless piston filled with one mole of an ideal gas. The piston can
move freely without friction. The piston is slowly raised so that the gas expands isothermally at
temperature 300 K. The amount of work done in increasing the volume by two times is
25
(R  J/mol/K , loge 2 =0.7)
3
(A) 1750 J (B) 2500 J
(C) 750 J (D) 4250 J
4
5. In Young’s double slit experiment, double slit of separation 0.1 cm is illuminated by white light. A
coloured interference pattern is formed on a screen 100 cm away. If a pin hole is located on this
screen at a distance of 2 mm from the central fringe, the wavelength in the visible spectrum which
will be absent in the light transmitted through the pin-hole are
(A) 5714 Å and 4444 Å (B) 6000 Å and 5000 Å
(C) 5500 Å and 4500 Å (D) 5200 Å and 4200 Å
6. The figure shows the variation of photo current with anode Photo current
potential for a photo-sensitive surface for three different
radiations. Let Ia, Ib and Ic be the intensities and fa, fb and fc c
be the frequencies for the curves a, b and c respectively; b a
(A) fa  fb and I a  I b
(B) fa  fc and Ia  IC
O Anode potential
(C) fa  fb and I a  Ib
(D) f b  f c and Ib  Ic

7. A particle is acted upon by a force of constant magnitude which is always perpendicular to the
velocity of the particle. The motion of the particle takes place in a plane. It follows that
(A) its velocity is constant (B) its acceleration is constant
(C) its kinetic energy is constant (D) it moves in a circular path
8. A rod of mass ' M  m' carries an insect of mass ‘m’ at its bottom end
and its top end is connected with a string which passes over a smooth
pulley and the other end of the string is connected to a counter mass M.
Initially the insect is at rest. Choose the correct option(s).
(A) As insect starts moving up relative to rod, the acceleration of centre of M
mass of the system (insect + rod + counter mass) becomes non-zero M m
(B) As insect starts moving up relative to rod, tension in the string remains
constant and is equal to Mg. m
(C) As insect starts moving up relative to rod, the tension in the string becomes more than Mg.
(D) Acceleration of centre of mass of the system (insect + rod +counter mass) is zero when insect
moves with constant velocity.
9. A particle of mass m moves in a straight line. If v is the velocity at a distance x from a fixed point
2 2
on the line and v  a  bx , where a and b are constant, then
(A) The motion continues along the positive x-direction only
(B) The motion is simple harmonic
b
(C) The particle oscillates with a frequency equal to
2
(D) The total energy of the particle is ma
10. 10 gms of ice at 00C is mixed with 5 gms of steam at 1000C. If latent heat of fusion of ice is 80
cal/gm and latent heat of vaporization is 540 cal/gm. Then at thermal equilibrium
(A) temperature of mixture is 00C
(B) temperature of mixture is 1000C
(C) mixture contains 13.33 gms of water and 1.67 gms of steam
(D) mixture contains 5.3 gms of ice and 9.7 gms of water
11. In the given circuit the value of m is varying. The correct statements x
about the circuit are +
(A) The condition for maximum current flowing from x is m =2.
V mr
(B) The maximum current is . mr
2r V
(C) The condition for maximum current flowing from x is m = 2.
(r/m)
3V
(D) The maximum current is . y
2r –
12. Two straight conducting rails form a right angle where their ends are
joined. A conducting bar in contact with the rails start at the vertex at
t  0 and moves with a constant velocity v along them as shown. A 
magnetic field B is directed into the page. The induced emf in the v
circuit at any time t is proportional to
(A) t 0 (B) t
(C) v (D) v 2
6
13. The value of d for which the final image coinside with the object is/are:
f  15 cm R  20cm

O
30cm d
(A) 10 cm (B) 20cm
(C) 30 cm (D) 40cm
14. Hydrogen gas absorbs radiations of wavelength 0 and consequently emit radiations of 6 different
wavelengths of which two wavelengths are shorter than 0. Choose the correct statement(s).
(A) The final excited state of the atom is n = 4
(B) The initial state of the atom may be n = 2
(C) The initial state of the atom may be n = 3
(D) There are three transitions belonging to Lyman series.
Comprehension Type
This section contains 2 groups of questions. Each group has 2 multiple choice question based on a
paragraph. Each question has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer, out of which only ONE is
correct
Paragraph for Questions 15 & 16
Two capacitors of capacity 6 F and 3F are charged to 100V and 50V separately and connected as
shown in figure. Now all the three switches S1, S2 and S3 are closed.
6F 3F
1 +– 2 3 +– 4
+ –– + ––
+ S2 +
100V 50V
S1
S3
200V
15. Charges on the 6F capacitor in steady state will be

(A) 400 C (B) 700 C
(C) 800 C (D) 250 C
16. Suppose q1, q2 and q3 be the magnitudes of charges flown from switches S1, S2 and S3 after they
are closed. Then
q2
(A) q1  q 3 and q2 = 0 (B) q 1  q 3 
2
(C) q1  q 3  2q 2 (D) q1  q 2  q 3
In physics laboratory, Peter is trying to calculate the focal lengths of a convex lens. He measures the
distance between a screen and a light source lined up on the optical bench to be 120 cm. When Peter
shifts the convex lens along the axis of optical bench, sharp images of the source is obtained at two lens
positions. He also measures the ratio of these two magnifications to be 1 : 9.
17. The focal length of the convex lens measured by Peter is

(A) 22.5 cm (B) 30 cm
(C) 45 cm (D) none of these
18. Which image, as seen by Peter is brighter?

(A) smaller (B) bigger
(C) both are equally bright (D) cannot be judged
8
SECTION – A
1. In a crystal structure of an element, atoms are present in fcc arrangement as well as in

tetrahedral voids. Which of the following relation between the atomic radius and the edge length
is correct?
(A) 2 a  4r (B) 3a  8r
(C) 3a  4r (D) a  2r
2. Which of the following does not contain transition metal?

(A) Haemoglobin (B) Vitamin B12
(C) Cis – platin (D) Chlorophyll
3. Which one of the following reactions is not correct?

(A) CH 3COOK  CF3COOH   CH 3COOH  CF3COOK
(B) OH ONa
NO2 NO2 NO2 NO2
+ NaHCO3 + CO     H O
2 2
NO2 NO2
(C)

+ NH4
+ + NH3
N N
N H N
(D)  CH 3CH 3ONa  H 2O  CO2   

CH 3CH 2OH  NaHCO3 
4. The stopping potentials in an experiment of photoelectric effect are V1 and V2 , with incident light

of wavelength  and respectively. The correct relation between V1 and V2 may be:
2
(A) V2  2V1  V1 (B) V1  V2  2V1
(C) V2  2V1 (D) V2  2V1
5. Cl Cl
Cl Cl
The dipole moment of is 1.5 D . The dipole moment of is :
Cl Cl Cl
Cl
(A) zero (B) 1.5 D
(C) 2.6 D (D) 2.12 D
6. Which of the following is not the compound of aluminium?

(A) anhydrite (B) bauxite
(C) corundum (D) Diaspore
7. Which of the following relation is/are correct about NaCl structure ( a is the edge length and r is
the radius of atom)?

(A)  a   2  rCl  
(B)   
2  a  4  rCl  

(C)  a   2 rCl   rNa  
(D) Cl  ions have expended fcc arrangement
10
8. When 5 mL of a 1.0 M HCl solution is mixed with 5 mL of a 0.1M NaOH solution,

temperature of solution increases by t C . Which of the following(s) can be predicted from this
observation:
(A) If 5 mL of 0.1M HCl is mixed with 5 mL 0.1 M NH 3 solution, the temperature rise will be
less than t C
(B) If 5 mL 0.1 M CH 3COOH is mixed with 5 mL 0.1 M NaOH , the temperature rise will be
less than t C
(C) If 10 mL of 1.0 M HCl is mixed with 10 mL of 0.1 M NaOH, the temperature rise will be 2t C .
(D) If 10 mL of 0.1 M HCl is mixed with 10 mL of 0.1 M NaCl, the temperature rise will be t C
9. Identify correct statement/statements from the following options:
(A) has aromatic system
(B) has cyclic 6  e  system


N
H H
(C)
Marked hydrogen in is more acidic then marked hydrogen in
(D) is unstable at room temperature
10. Which will show geometrical isomerism?

(A) H3C CH Me Me Me Me
NOH
(B)
Et Me Me Et
H3C (D) HO N
(C)
C NOH N OH
H3C
11. Identify the chiral molecule/molecules:

(A) H3C H
CH3
H (B) C C C C
NO2
O2N
(C) H3C CH3
(D)
CH3
12. Which of the following is/are can produce H2O2 on hydrolysis?

(A) BaO2 (B) PbO2
(C) MnO2 (D) Na2O2
12
13. The correct statement/statements is/are:

(A) The distance between two octahedral voids of a cubic close packing of atoms with radius r
is 2r
(B) The distance between two tetrahedral voids of a cubic close packing of atoms with radius r is
6  r at the body diagonal axes
3
(C) The distance between tetrahedral and octahedral void is  r , where is the radius of atom
2
forming the close packing
(D) The distance between the surface of atoms fcc arrangement along an edge is 2  
2 1 r
14. Identify the correct relationship:

2
(A) Cu  NH 3  4  with Hybridization of Cu  dsp 2
(B) Fe  CO  x with x  5
(C) Zn 2 Complexes with sp 3d 2 hybridization are diamagnetic in nature
3
(D) Cr Complexes with Paramagnetic nature
Comprehension Type
correct
Paragraph for Question Nos. 15 to 16
Assume that water vapour behaves as an ideal gas and the volume occupied by the liquid water is
negligible compared to the volume of the container. A sample of liquid water of mass 3 g is injected into
an evacuated 76 L flask maintained at 320 K. At this temperature the vapour pressure of water is 32 mm
of Hg:
Now give the answers to following questions:
15. What % of the water will be vaporised, when the system comes to equilibrium:
(A) 18% (B) 73%
(C) 30% (D) 64%
16. What should be the minimum volume of the flask if no liquid water is to be present at equilibrium?
(A) 174L (B) 150L
(C) 104L (D) 126L
White phosphorus is a tetra atomic solid  P4  s   at room temperature and on strong heating in absence
of oxygen, it polymerizes into red phosphorus as:
P P P
P P P P P P H=-104KJ/mol of P4
P P P
White  g  red  g 
The enthalpy of sublimation  P4  s  
 P4  g   white is 59 KJ/mol and enthalpy of atomization is
316.25 KJ/mol of P  g  .
Now give the answers of following questions:
17. The average P  P bond enthalpy in P4 molecule is:

(A) 102 KJ (B) 201KJ
(C) 104 KJ (D) 120 KJ
18. The P  P bond enthalpy in red phosphorus joining the two tetrahedral is:
(A) 201KJ (B) 104 KJ
(C) 305 KJ (D) 80 KJ
14
SECTION – A
1. If z0 =
1 i
2
  2
  n

, then the value of the product 1  z 0  1  z 02 1  z 20 ..........1  z 20 must be
2 n 1  1 
(A) 2 (B) 1  i 1  n , if n  1
 22 
5
(C) 1  i , if n  1 (D) 0
4
N
2. Let N be any four digit number say x 1 x2 x3 x4. Then maximum value of is equal
x1  x 2  x3  x 4
to
1111
(A) 1000 (B)
4
e cot x
3.  sin2 x [2 ln cosec x + sin 2x] dx is equal to
(A)  2ecotx ln (cosec x) + c (B) ecotx ln x + c

(C) ecotx (ln (cosec x) + c (D) none of these
4. Let P be any moving point on the circle x 2 + y2  2x = 1. AB be the chord of contact of this point
w.r.t the circle x 2 + y2  2x = 0. The locus of the circumcentre of the triangle CAB, (C being centre
of the circles) is
(A) 2x2 + 2y2  4x + 1 = 0 (B) x2 + y2  4x + 2 = 0
(C) x2 + y2  4x + 1 = 0 (D) 2x2 + 2y2  4x + 3 = 0
5. ABCD is a quadrilateral with side lengths AB = 4, BC = 10, CD = 6 and AD = 6, and diagonal BD

= 8 units. If the incircles of triangles ABD and BCD touch BD at P and Q respectively, then area
of quadrilateral C1PC2Q (where C1 and C2 are incentres of triangle ABD and BCD respectively), is
5 15
(A) 3  sq. units (B) 3 sq. Units
2
15
(C) sq. units (D) none of these
6
sin 1 x  tan 1 x
6. lim is equal to
x 0 x3
1 1
(A) (B)
6 2
1
(C) 2 (D) 
2
7. Consider the equation tan (5 cos ) = cot (5 sin ) for   (0, 2), then
(A) number of real solution is 28 (B) number of real solution is 14
2n  1 2n  1
(C) sin  + cos  = (D) sin  – cos  =
10 10
8. Three straight lines are drawn through a point ‘P’ lying in the interior of the ABC and parallel to
its sides. The areas of the three resulting triangles with P as the vertex are s1, s2 and s3 then area
of ABC =
2
(A)  s1  s2  s3  (B) (s1 + s2 + s3)
(C) s1s2  s2 s3  s3 s1 (D) s1 + s2 + s3 + 2  s1s2  s2 s3  s3 s1 

200
9. If k denotes the remainder on dividing  r ! by n then (k, n) can be
r 1
(A) (5, 14) (B) (1, 3)
(C) (3, 10) (D) (3, 15)
16
 1 0
10. The square roots of the matrix   are
0 1
 1 0  1 0 
(A)    (B)   
 0 1  0 1 
1 0 1 1
(C)    (D)   
 0 1 1 1
1 | x |
11. Range of the function f ( x )  contains
2 | x |
(A) [0,1) (B) [1, 2)
(C) (1, 2) (D) (2,  )
12. In ABC , if A  45, B  75 then

(A) a  2c  2b (B) 3a  2c
(C) a   
3 1 b (D) 3a  5b

13. Equation of plane through A(1,0, 0), B (0,1, 0) and making an angle with the plane x  y  3
4
can be
(A) x  y  2 z  1 (B) x  y  2 z  1
(C) x  y  2 z  1 (D) x  y  2 z  1
9
14. If the area bounded by the curve y  x  x 2 and the line y = mx equals . Then the value of
2
m is:
(A)  4 (B) 2
(C) 2 (D) 4
Comprehension Type
correct

7
Locus of the centre of a circle touching the circle x2 + y2 – 4y – 2x = internally and tangents on which
4
from (1, 2) is making an angle 60o with each other is director circle (C) of a variable ellipse E. On this
basis given answers to the following questions
15. The equation of the director circle (C) is

2 2 2 2
(A)  x  2    y  1  3 (B)  x  1   y  2   3
2 2 2 2
(C)  x  1   y  2   3 (D)  x  1   y  2   3
16. Locus of focus of variable ellipse(E) when major axis is parallel to x–axis, is
 3 
(A)  x, y  /
2
| x  1 | 3 and y  2  (B) x, y  / 0 | x | 3 and y  2
 

(C)  x , y  / 0 | x  1 | 3 and y  2  (D)  x , y  / 0 | x  1 | 3 and y  2
18
Let S = {1, 2, 3,…..n} be a set and two numbers x and y are drawn with replacement from S. Let Pk be the
probability that x2 – y2 is divisible by k & [x] denotes greatest integer less than or equal to x.
17. The value of P2 is equal to

2
 n 
 
1  2 
(A) (B)
2  n 
 
 
2 2
n  n   n  n 
 2    2   
2 2 2
 2    
(C) 1  2. (D) 1   2   
n  n  n  n 
   
   
18. The value of P3 is equal to

2
n   n 
3  
(A)
  (B)
 3 
n  n 
 
 
2 2
n   n   n  n 
 3    3    3    3  
(C) 1    (D) 1  2.  
n  n  n  n 
   
   
AITS-CRT-IV-PCM (Sol)-JEE(Main)/17
FIITJEE
JEE(Main) - 2017

(Main)

1. A A B
2. C C C
3. A B D
4. C A A
5. B D B
6. C D B
7. C B D
8. D C A
9. C B A
10. A B C
11. B C D
12. C D C
13. D B A
14. C A A
15. C B A
16. A C D
17. D B D
18. C B A
19. C A D
20. B D C
21. A C B
22. A C B
23. C A A
24. D B A
25. B B B
26. A D C
27. C B B
28. B B C
29. A C D
30. B D A
2
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A

3. v .r  0
2u 2  3u sin  gt  g 2  0
2
9u 2 sin 2  g 2  8u 2 g 2  0  sin   2
3
6. From 0 to t1 emf is constant and ive

From t1 to t2 emf is zero
From t2 to t1  t2 emf is constant and ive

 cv 
7. Vnew  2 V 
c 2c
1  
8. V . 
4 0 1  1 6 0
2
10. rate  T 4
dr
11. =constant
dt
 dw
12. =  at   1  4  3  12 rod / sec 2
dv
1 a1t 1
16. .  a2  t  2   a1t  2a2 t  4a2
2 2 2
20. Angle of incident u is greater than vertical angle
21. 91.3  V  0.31
L
22. L2 2 gy  2 R 2 2 gy  R 
2n
E1  E2 E1
25. 
R  r1  r2 R  r1
hc
27.    eVmax

t 3
28.  t
1/ 2 4
11 3 2t
 t4 t 
2 2 1/ 2
  1
29.      LT 
 
L L
30. 2  2 2
 mg  kv  / m g
1 4
 
mg  kv mg
 mg  kv  mg / 4
3mg
v
4k
4
SECTION – A
1. Down the group covalent character decrease
 I 
3. Na  A g  CN  2 
 
5. EDTA4 is Hexadentate and form optically active compounds.
9. Using MOT (paramagnetic entities are attracted towards externally applied magnetic field) find
paramagnetic ions.
1
11. Rate of effusion 
T
13. Charge is not balanced in reaction except option (B)
1
15. Area under the curve  1 3 105   3  3 105  7.5 10 5 J
2
16. P4  20 HNO3 
 4 H 3 PO4  20 NO2  4 H 2O
100  0.1
m. moles of NaOH  2  m. moles of H 3 PO4  m. moles H 3 PO4  5
2
20
m. moles of HNO3   5  25
4
Volume of HNO3  25 ml
20. Zn  2NaOH  Na2 ZnO2  H2

(A) ( X)
Na2 ZnO 2  H2 S  Zns  2NaOH
22. Zn2+, Li+, K+, Al3+ are colourless where as Co2+ is coloured.
27. [700]
X x  0.30
& Y x  0.60
PB0  700 mm
SECTION – A
3x2  4 x  1
1.  2
dx
x 2
 1 x 1
4x2  4x  x2 1
 2
dx
 x2  1 x 1
x  x  1 dx dx
 4 
x 2
 1
2
x 1  x  1 x  1
2
x  x  1 dx 
4  2 x  1 1 2 x.2 x  1 .dx 
2
. 2  x2 1 2
 x 2  1 x  1  x  1   

x  x  1 dx 2 x 1
 4 2
 2
 x 2  1 x  1 x  1
2 x  1
 c
x2  1
2.  2
 
y xy   x 2  y 2  .dx  y 3  x  x 2  y 2  dy
2

2 2
 xy 2 dx  y  x 2  y 2  dx  y 3dy  x  x 2  y 2  dy
2
 y 2  xdx  ydy    x 2  y 2   ydx  xdy 
2  ydx  xdy 
 xdx  ydy   x 2  y 2 
y2
2  xdx  ydy  2  ydx  xdy 

2 2 y2
x  y 2
d x  y  2
 x
2
 x  y  2 d  y 2 2
 
2
1 2x
22
 C
x y y
2x 1
  2 C
y x  y2
6
3.
A

 at , 2at 
2
1 1
 0, 0  

 at , 2at 
2
2 2
B
y 2  8x
Now, t1t2  4
2
And t2  t1 
t1
4 2
 t1 
t1 t1
 t12  2
 t12  2
y 2  4ax
dy 4ax

dx 2 y
dy 1

dx t
Slope of normal  t
2
And tan   t12  2
4. C :  x 2 y 2  4 x  8 y  5     x 2  y 2  12 x  2 y  29   0
 2  6 4   
Centre :  , 
 1  1  
Common chord 4 x  5 y  17  0
Centre lies on common chord
29
 
12
 1  6  29 / 12  4  29 /12 
 centre  , 
 1  29 / 12 1  29 / 12 
 198 19 
 centre  , 
 41 41 
11
3
5. 0
1  cos 2 x .dx
11
3
 2 cos x .dx
0
3 3  2 /3
 2 cos x .dx   2 cos x dx
0 3
 2 /3
3 2  cos x .dx  2  cos x .dx
0 0
 /2  /2 2 /3
 6 2
0
 cos x  dx  2
0
cos x.dx  2 
 /2
cos x.dx
 3
6 2 2  2
2
3
 2
2
 
6. 2a  b  iˆ  3 ˆj  5kˆ
 
a  2b  4iˆ  4 ˆj  4kˆ
1    
Area of 
2

2a  b  a  2b   
   
   
2a  b  a  2b  3iˆ  24 ˆj  15kˆ
9 10
Area 
2
7. Taking first two
tan   / 4    5

tan   / 4    3
cos     8
  4
sin     2
 cos      4sin            1
Similarly
cos       sin             2 
3cos       7 sin            3
2
After marking sin terms
1   2    3 
Then,
12 sin 2      15sin 2       7 sin       0
8. At x  0, y  1 for both curves intersect

cos x
Now y  1  x   sin x
dy
  2 at x  0
dx
8
1 2
And y 
2
 x  x  2
dy 1
 at x  0
dx 2
1
Now m1  2, m2 
2
2  1/ 2 3/ 2 3
 tan    
1   2 1 / 2  2 4
9. A  6,0,0 
H  ,  ,  

B  0,4,0  C  0,0,2 
Now AH  BC
r
Now D of AH    6,  ,  
D r of BC   0, 4, 2 
Now for 1 lines,
a1a2  b1b2  c1c2  0
 0   6     4   2  0
 4  2  0
2      1
Similarly
6  2  0       2 
6  4  0       3
2
 2   ; 
3
Now may lie on
2 x  3 y  6 z  12
 2  3  6  12
 2 
2   3  6  2    12
 3 
4  9   36   36
49  36
36

49
24 72
Now,   and  
49 49
24 36 72 
 ,  ,     , , 
 49 49 49 
10. 
f  x   log 3 log1/2  log 2  log1/3   
x 1
1  3x  4 x 2
Now, 1  3x  4 x 2  0
4 x 2  3x  1  0
  4 x  1 x  1  0
 x   1,1/ 4 

log1/2 log 2  log1/3  x    0 
log 2  log1/3  x    1
log1/3  x   2
x  1/ 9
1

Now F f  x   x   9
 x   1,1 / 4 
1 1
 x  , 
9 4
1
11. f  x   f 1  x  
27
54
2
27
2
12.

1
cot  cot 2  n 2 1  n  1
n 1 n 2

2
 cot  tan 1 2
n 1  n  1

 cot   tan 1  n  2   tan 1 n 
h 1
 tan 1 3  tan 1 1 
 1 
sn   tan 4  tan 1 2 
 tan 1  n  2   tan 1 n 
 
 3n 2  7n 
sn  tan 1  2 
 n  9n  10 
s  tan 13
10
1 1
cot tan 13  cot cot 1 
3 3
 1 
  9 f '  x   cos  f  x   f '  x 
1  9 f  x  

13. lim a
x  2 f ' x
9 1
 4
2

1 1
 4  n   2  ......
h 1 4 4
1

3
f  x f ' x
14. Given x
4
1  f  x
2 f  x f ' x
 2  0
4
1   f  x 
2
Let g  x   sin
1
 f  x   x 2 is non decreasing function
lim g  x   lim g  x 
x a  x b
 
 a 2   b2
2 6

a 2  b 2  ;  a 2  b 2   1
3
15.
 0, 0 
r

p cos  , p sin 
chord of contact
p cos  x  p sin  y  q 2
 distance from (centre) to chord of contact
p cos   0  p sin   0  q 2
r
p
q 2  rp
p, q, r are inGP
2a  log ep , 4a  log eq , 6a  log er arein AP
16. G.E. of line

Ax  By  C  0
At1  B  2at1  at13   c  0
Bat13   2aB  A  t1  c  0
Sum of roots
t1  t2  t3  0
2t1.2t2 .2t3  2  1
17.
 0, 2 
1,1
 
 0,1
 2, 0 
x2  y 2  2 y 1  0
2
x 2   y  1  0
 x  y  1 x  y  1  0
Angle bisector
x  y 1 x  y 1

2 2
x  y 1  x  y  1
x  y 1   x  y 1
 y 1  x  0
1 1
Area a   11 
2 2
Orthocentre  0,1  b  0, c  1
 4a  b  c  2  0  1  3
18. z5  1
z5 z z2 z5
  
z5  z z  1 z 2  1 z 2  z5
1 z z2 1
   2  2
1 z 1 z z 1 z 1
 11  2
2 2
19. Equation of tangent y  3 x  9a  b
This is normal to circle
12
x2  y2  4x  1  0
Panes – 1 brought  2, 0 
 0  6  9a 2  b 2
36  9a 2  b 2
AM  GM
9a 2  b 2
 9 a 2b 2
2
18  3ab
6  ab
x
20. F  x    f  t dt
0
x2
F  x2    f  t dt
0
 x 2 1  x 
Diff. both side
F '  x 2  .2 x  2 x  3x 2
3
f  x2   1  x
2
3x
x  2, f  4   1 
2
3
x  2, f  4   1   2  4
2
16
Unit place  985697   1
3
3 1  1  1
26. A  x  3   x    3 x  
x  x  x
3
A  B  3B
A 3
2
 B
B B
1
Let t  x 
x
A 3
2
st
B t
ds 3
 1 2
dt t
2
d s 6

dt 2 t 3
ds
0t  3
dt
For min t  2 3
3
s 3 2 3
3
27. f  x   f  x  2   3 f  x  1
x  x  2       1
f  x  2   f  x  14   3 f  x  3        2 
1   2 
f  x   2   x  2   f  x  14 
 3  f  x  1  f  x  3
 3 f  x  2
f  x   f  x  4  f  x  2
x  x  2       3
f  x  2   f  x  16   f  x  4      4 
 3   4 
f  x  f  x  6  0
f  x  6   f  x 
f  x  12    f  x  6 
 f  x
Period T  12
T
6
2
28. Centre  0,  f 
Equation of circle
x 2  y 2  2 fy  c  0
2 1  1 
 log a 
e r  2
2f  c  0
 log a 
e r  log e ar 
4 2
 log ar   c  log ar   2 f  log ar   0
log a1 , log a2 , log a3 ,log a4 are roots of equation
 log  a1.a2 .a3 .a4   0
a1a2 a3 a4  1
a1  a2  a3  a4 1/ 4
 1
4
 a1  a2  a3  a4  4
14
29. 20c0  30c5 m  20c1  30c5 m 1

......  20c5 m  30c0
5m 20 30
Coeff of x  1  x  1  x 
50
50c5 m ,5m   25
2
m5
9!
30. 1920  5  3  27  5  3  2  2  2  2  2  2  2   98
7!
9!
1920  5  3  4  2  2  2  2  2  1   987 6
5!
1920  3,5, 4, 4, 2, 2, 2,1,1
9!
2!2!3!
3,5, 4, 4, 4, 2,1,1,1
9!
3!3!
9! 9! 9! 9!
Total =   
7! 5! 2!2!3! 3!3!
9!
 1  42  210  140 
7!
=393 9 P2

t h e t es t .
INSTRUCTIONS

on OMR sheet.

Enrolment No.
AITS-CRT-IV-PCM-JEE(Main)/17
2
Useful Data
PHYSICS
CHEMISTRY

= 0.0821 Lit atm K1 mol1
= 1.987  2 Cal K1 mol1
= 6.625  10–27 ergs
1 amu = 1.66  10–27 kg
1 eV = 1.6  10–19 J

N=9, Na=11, Mg=12, Si=14, Al=13, P=15, S=16,
Cl=17, Ar=18, K =19, Ca=20, Cr=24, Mn=25,
Fe=26, Co=27, Ni=28, Cu = 29, Zn=30, As=33,
Br=35, Ag=47, Sn=50, I=53, Xe=54, Ba=56,
Pb=82, U=92.
F=19, Na=23, Mg=24, Al = 27, Si=28, P=31, S=32,
Cl=35.5, K=39, Ca=40, Cr=52, Mn=55, Fe=56, Co=59,
Ni=58.7, Cu=63.5, Zn=65.4, As=75, Br=80, Ag=108,
Sn=118.7, I=127, Xe=131, Ba=137, Pb=207, U=238.
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. A solid cylinder rolling down an inclined plane (with angle of inclination  ) without slipping which
of the following statement is incorrect?
(A) the friction force is dissipative
(B) the friction force will aid rotation
(C) the friction force will hinder translation
(D) the friction force will change if  is changed
2. The following field line does not represent any of the two fields given in which
option?
(A) Induced electric field and electrostatic field
(B) Magneto static field and induced electric field
(C) Gravitational field of a mass at rest and electrostatic field
(D) Magneto static field and Gravitational field of a mass at rest
3. A particle is projected from ground at angle  with horizontal, in such a way that a does not
recede towards the point of projection. The maximum value of sin  ?
2 2
(A) 2 (B)
3 3
3
(C) (D) this is not possible
2
4
4. Figure shown plane waves refracted for air to water using Huygen's
principle a, b, c, d, e are lengths on the diagram. The refractive index of a
air c b
water w.r.t air is the ratio.
(A) a/e (B) b/e d e
(C) b/d (D) d/b water
5. In a Young's double slit experiment, green light is incident on the two slits. The interference pattern is
observed on a screen. Which of the following changes would cause the observed fringes to be more
closely spaced?
incoming
ligh waves
(A) Reducing the separation between the slits
(B) Using blue light instead of green light
(C) Used red light instead of green light
(D) Moving the light source further away from the slits.
6. A wire loop is placed in a region of time varying magnetic field which is oriented orthogonally to
the plane of the loop as shown in the figure. The graph shows the magnetic field variation as the
function of time. Assume the positive emf is the one which drives a current in the clockwise
direction and seen by the observer in the direction of B. Which of the following graphs best
represents the induced emf as a function of time.
B
t1 t
t2 t1 +t 2
(A)  (B) 
t1 t2 t1 +t 2
t t
t1 t 2 t1 +t 2
(C)  (D) 
t1 t2 t1 +t 2
t2 t t
t1 +t 2 t1
7. A capacitor of capacitance C is charged to a potential difference V from a cell and then disconnected
from it. A charge +Q is now given to its positive plate. The potential difference across the capacitor is
now:
Q
(A) V (B) V 
C
Q Q
(C) V  (D) V  , if V  CV
2C C
6
8. An infinite number of concentric rings carry a charge Q each alternately 4

positive and negative. Their radii 1,2,4,8....meters in geometric progression Q 3
as shown in the figure. The potential at the centre of the ring will be. Q 2
Q Q 1
(A) Zero (B)
12πε 0
Q Q
(C) (D)
8πε 0 6πε 0
9. Select the correct choice:

(A) The gravitational field inside a spherical cavity, within a spherical planet must be non zero and uniform.
(B) When a body is projected horizontally at an appreciable large height above the earth, with a velocity
less than for a circular orbit, it will fall to the earth along a parabolic path.
( C ) A body of zero total mechanical energy placed in a gravitational field will escape the field
(D) Earth’s satellite must be in equatorial plane.
10. The rate of emission of radiation of a black body at 273°C is E, then the rate of emission of radiation of
this body at 0°C will be:
E E
(A) (B)
16 4
E
(C) (D) 0
8
11. A sphere of ice at 0°C having initial radius R is placed in an environment having ambient temperature > 0°C.
The ice melts uniformly, such that shape remains spherical. After a time ‘t’ the radius of the sphere has
reduced to r. Assuming the rate of heat absorption is proportional to the surface area of the sphere at any
moment, which graph best depicts r (t).
(A) r (B) r
R
R
t t
(C) r (D) r
R
R
t t
12. If angular velocity of a disc depends an angle rotated as = 2 + 2, then its angular acceleration at
 = 1 rad is :
(A) 8 rad/sec2 (B) 10 rad/sec2
2
(C) 12 rad/sec (D) None
13. Two projectiles are thrown simultaneously in the same plane from the same point. If their velocities are v1
and v2 at angles 1 and 2 respectively from the horizontal. Then the trajectory of particle 1 with respect
to particle 2 will be
(A) a parabola because both move in parabolic path.
(B) a straight line because both move in parabolic path
(C) a parabola because both move with same acceleration.
(D) a straight line because both move with same acceleration.
14. Which of the following statements is true for a particle moving in a circle with a constant angular
speed?
(A) the velocity vector is normal to the circle.
(B) the acceleration vector is tangent to the circle.
(C) the acceleration vector points to the centre of the circle
(D) the velocity and acceleration vectors are parallel to each other
  
15 Three noncollinear vectors a, b & c are coplanar then which of the following is incorrect:
  

(A) a. b  c  0 
  
 
(B) b  a .c  0
  
 
(C) b  a  c  0
  
(D) a  k b  mc where k & m are two real numbers
8
16. The acceleration-time (a-t) curves for two bodies A and B starting from a
rest are shown in the figure. Body A achieves maximum velocity Vm and a1
body B achieves maximum velocity Vm / 2 . Find the value of time t in a2 A
terms of a1 and a2 : B
4a2 4a2 t  2  t t
(A) (B)
 2a2  a1   a2  a1 
a2 2a2
(C) (D)
 2a2  a1   a2  a1 
17. The average total energy density of the electromagnetic wave is, if the rms value of the electric
field of the light coming from the sun is 500 NC 1 . :
(A) 4 106 Jm 3 (B) 3.7 1019 Jm3
(C) 1.35 10 12 Jm 3 (D) None of these
18. A rod is supported horizontally by means of two strings of equal length as shown in figure. If one
of the string is cut. Then tension in other string at the same instant will:
Mg
(A) remain unaffected (B) increase
(C) decreases (D) become equal to weight of the rod
19. A uniform circular ring rolls without slipping on a horizontal surface. At any instant, its position is
as shown in the figure. Then mark the incorrect option:
B
v
A  C
O
D
(A) Section ABC has greater kinetic energy than section ADC
(B) Section BC has greater kinetic energy than section CD
(C) Section BC has the same kinetic energy as section DA
(D) None of these
20. A plane wave of sound travelling in air is incident upon a plane water surface. The angle of
incidence is 60°. If velocity of sound in air and water are 330 m/s and 1400 m/s, then the wave
undergoes:
(A) refraction only (B) reflection only
(C) both reflection and refraction (D) neither reflection nor refraction
21. A balloon filled with hydrogen has a volume 1 m 3 and its mass is 1 kg. Find the volume of a block
of light material which it can just lift (in m 3): [density of block = 300 kg/m 3 and that of air = 2
kg/m3]:
(A) 1/ 300 (B) 1/ 250
(C) 1/ 200 (D) 1/100
22. A large open tank has two holes in the wall. One is a square hole of side L at a depth y from the
top and the other is a circular hole of radius R at a depth 4y from the top. When the tank is
completely filled with water, the quantities of water flowing out per second from both holes are
same. Then, R is equal to:
(A) L / 2 (B) 2 L
(C) L (D) L / 2
10
23. A piece of wire bent into an L shape with upright and horizontal portion of equal lengths 10 cm
each is placed with the horizontal portion along the axis of the concave mirror towards pole of
mirror whose radius of curvature is 1.0 cm. If the bend is 20 cm form the pole of the mirror, then
the ratio of the lengths of the images of the upright and horizontal portion of the wire is:
(A) 1: 2 (B) 1: 3
(C) 1:1 (D) 2 :1
24. An object is kept at a distance of 16 cm from a thin lens and the image formed is real. If the
object is kept at a distance of 6 cm from the same lens the image formed is virtual. If the size of
the image formed are equal, the focal length of the lens will be:
(A) 19cm (B) 17cm
(C) 21cm (D) 11cm
25. Under what condition current passing through the resistance

R can be increased by short circuiting the battery of emf E2.
The internal resistances of the two batteries are r1 and r2
respectively.
(A) E2r1 > E1 (R + r2)
(B) E1r2 > E2 (R + r1)
(C) E2r2 > E1 (R + r2)
(D) E1r1 > E2 (R + r1)
26. In the branch AB of a circuit, as shown in the figure, L=1H I R=1

a current I = 5 A is flowing, where t is the time in B A
second. At t =0, the value of 10V
(VA - VB) is
(A) 15 V (B) –5 V
(C) –15 V (D) 5 V
27. A silver sphere (work function 4.6 eV) is suspended in a vacuum chamber by an insulating
thread. Ultraviolet light of wavelength 0.2 m strike on the sphere. The maximum electric
potential of the sphere will be (hc = 12400 eVÅ)
(A) 4.6 V (B) 6.2 V
(C) 1.6 V (D) 3.2 V
28. The count rate observed from a radioactive source at t second was N0 and at 4t second it was
N0  11 
. The count rate observed, at  t second will be
16 2
N N
(A) 0 (B) 0
128 64
N N0
(C) 0 (D)
32 256
tI

V 0
29. Charge on the capacitor is given by Q  Ie , where  and  are constant, t = time,

I = current, V = Potential difference then, dimension of is same as dimension of

1
(A) (B)  00
00
0 1
(C) (D)
0  00
30. A simple pendulum is suspended from the ceiling of an empty box falling in air near earth surface.
 
The total mass of system is M. The box experiences air resistance R   kv where v is the
velocity of box and k is a positive constant. After some time it is found that period of oscillation of
pendulum becomes double the value when it would have suspended from a point on earth. The
velocity of box at that moment (take g in air same as on earth’s surface)
Mg 3Mg
(A) (B)
4k 4k
Mg 2Mg
(C) (D)
2k k
12
SECTION – A
1. Most soluble hydroxide in benzene is:

(A) LiOH (B) NaOH
(C) KOH (D) RbOH
2. Referring to figure-1, identify the three spots obtained by electrophoresis at p H  7 of a mixture

of the proteins pepsin p I
 1.1 haemoglobin  p I  6.8  and Lysozyme  p I  11.0  :
Start
 +  electrode     -  electrode
A B C
Fig-1
Which of the following options are correct about position of various proteins?
(A) Lysozyme will be present at spot A (B) pepsin will be present at spot B
(C) pepsin will be present at spot A (D) haemoglobin will be present at spot C
3. Silver sulphide dissolves in sodium cyanide solution to form the complex?

(A) Na2  Ag  CN  4  (B) Na  Ag  CN  2 
(C) Na3  Ag  CN  4  (D) Na3  Ag  CN  
4. Which of the following is incorrect statement/reaction?

(A) N N
+ aq.HCl
+
N N Cl
H H H
(B)
is less basic than
N N
H
(C) N
N
purine has 3 N's as basic sites
N N
H
(D) E
+ E
E +
N N
H N
H H  very minor product 
 major product 

5. Which of the following statement is wrong about complex anion Co  EDTA   ?
(A) oxidation state of Co is 3 (B) compound is optically active
(C) O (D) total number of five member rings is 6
O C
number of Co CH2 rings is 4
N
14
6. Which of the following reaction is incorrect?

(A) O
-
Ph CH2 C CH2 1 OH
Cl 
2 H+
 Ph-CH 2 CH 2 COOH
 
(B) O
-
1 OH
Ph CH C CH3 
 2 H +
 Ph-CH 2 CH 2COOH
Cl
(C) O
Cl COOH
-
1 OH

2  H+

(D) O
-
O
1 OH
Ph CH2 CH2 C Cl 
 2 H +
 Ph
7. What will be the ratio of volumes of 2M FeSO4 and 3M KMnO4 in acidic medium for
2
oxidation of Fe solution?
2 15
(A) (B)
9 2
2 9
(C) (D)
15 2
8. Which of the following reaction can be used for preparation of alcohol from carbonyl compound
(A) O H HO H
NaBH 4
COOH
 
COOH
(B) O H O CH2OH
LiAlH 4
COOH
 
(C) H CH2OH
O H
NaBH 4
COOH
 
HO H
(D) H H
O H LiAlH 4
 
COOH
HO CHO
9. Which of the following molecules/ions are attracted by an externally applied magnetic field?
2 2   2
(A) O2 , NO, N 2 , B2 , C2 (B) O 2 , NO, N 2 , C 2 , B2
2 2 2 2 2   2 2
(C) N 2 , N 2 , C2 , B2 , O2 (D) O2 , N 2 , B2 , NO, C2
10. When phenyl benzoate ( PhOCOPh ) undergoes electrophilic substitution, which of the following
indicates the site for attack of electrophile as major product?
(A) (B) O
O
C O
C O
(C) (D) O
O
C O
C O
16
11. Which of the following statement about diffusion of gas is true?

(A) Rate of diffusion of a gas will increase if an inert gas is added to gaseous mixture and allowed
to diffuse through a pin hole
(B) Rate of effusion of O2 is 2 times that of SO2 , for every composition of O2 and SO2
mixture
(C) Rate of effusion decrease on increasing the temperature
(D) All are true.
12.
1 NaNH Na+EtOH
C CH 
 2  CH Br  'A' 
2
 'B'
3
(A) (B)
'A' is C C NH CH3 'B' is NH CH3
C C
H H
(C) (D)
'A' is CH3 'B' is H
C C C C
NH2 H H CH3
13. Which of the following redox reaction is balanced redox reaction?

 2   2
(A) IO3  SO3  4 H 
 I  SO4  2 H 2O
(B) 2 BaO  O2 
 2 BaO2
 
(C) 2 I  2 IO3 
 2 I 2  3O2
 2  2
(D) MnO4  C2O4  8 H 
 M n  2CO2  4 H 2O
14. OH H 2SO4 NBS


120°C
 'A'   'B'
(A) (B) Br
'B' is 'B' is
Br
(C) O (D) O
'A' is
'A' is
15.
 P1 ,V1 
4 B
P 105 N / m 2 
A
1 
 P0 ,V0 
1 4
V  m  
3

The work done in changing state from A to B in following system is………
(A) 7.5 105 J (B) 7.5 105 J
5 5
(C) 7.5 10 J (D) 7.5 10 J
18
16. P4  HNO3   H 3 PO4  NO2   H 2O

Product mixture is titrated with 0.1M NaOH , indicator shows colour change at second end
point and 100ml of NaOH is used for that. How much volume of 1M HNO3 is used is above
reaction?
(A) 20ml (B) 10ml
50
(C) 25ml (D) ml
3
17. When Lithium di-(3-pentyl) cuprate reacts with ethyl bromide produces:
(A) heptane (B) triethyl methane
(C) 2-ethylpentane (D) 3-methyl hexane
18. 2, 7-Octanedione on treatment with aq. KOH and 100°C produces?

(A) O (B) O
(C) O (D) O
19. Which of the following salts are soluble in NH4OH?

(A) CuSO4 (B) AlCl3
(C) FeCl3 (D) all of the above
20. Zinc on reaction with NaOH gives a salt (A) along with a gas (X) and (A) on reaction with a gas
H 2 S gives white precipitate (W). Which of the following is correct?
(A) (A) is Na4ZnO3, (Y) is H2S (B) (X) is H2, (W) is Zn (OH)2
(C) (A) is Na2ZnO2, (X) is O2 (D) (W) is ZnS, (X) is H2
21. Which of the following substitution reaction SN  2

 does not give product as shown is reactions?

(A)  R   CH 3CH  Br  CH 2CH 3  MeO 
  S   CH 3CH  OMe  CH 2CH 3

(B)  S   CH 3CH  Br  CH 2CH 3  MeO 
  R   CH 3CH  OMe  CH 2CH 3
CH3 CH3

 C  S   Br  R 
COOEt CN  EtOOC CN
H H
-
(D) cis-4-iodoethylcyclohexane+OH 
 trans-4-ethylcyelohexanol
22. The aqueous solution of which salt is coloured

(A) Zn(NO3)2 (B) LiNO3
(C) Co(NO3)2 (D) Potash alum
23. Potassium crystallizes in BCC lattice with a unit cell length a  5.0 Å . What is the distance
between next nearest neighbours?
(A) 5.0Å (B) 4.33Å
(C) 3.5Å (D) 7.07Å
24. For the second order reaction;  B , time taken for the  A to fall to one-fourth value is
2A 
how many times the time it takes for  A to fall to half of its initial value?
(A) 2 (B) 3
(C) 4 (D) 7
25. What is the equilibrium constant of the reaction:

2M 3  N  
 2 M 2   N 3 ?
 2.303 RT
Given E N  / N  1.68V E N 3 / N  1.50 V , EM 3 / M 2  0.75V and  .06
F
(A) 110 22 (B) 11022
11 72
(C) 110 (D) 110
20
1
26. If an electron has spin quantum number of  and magnetic quantum number of 1, it cannot
2
be present in:
(A) px  orbital (B) d xy  orbital
(C) p y  orbital (D) s  orbital
0
27. A solution of liquids ‘A’ and ‘B’ having vapour pressure in pure state PA & PB0 . The solution
0
contains 30% mole of A which is in equilibrium with 60% mole of ‘A’ in vapour phase. If PB is
200 mm of Hg, then PA0 (in mm of Hg) is:
(A) 500 (B) 700
(C) 800 (D) 600
3 3
28. Crystal field splitting energy   0  of complexes CrCl6  3 , Cr  CN 6  and Cr  NH 3 6 
are x, y and z cm1 respectively. Then correct order 0 values is:

(A) x  y  z (B) x  z  y
(C) x  y  z (D) x  z  y
29. Optical isomerism is not shown by the complex:

3 
(A) Cr  ox 3  (B) Cis Co  en  2 Cl2 
 3
(C) Trans Co  en  2 Cl2  (D) Cr  en 3 
30. What concentration of Ag  is solution will just fail to give a precipitate of Ag 2CrO4 with a
2 4
solution in which CrO4   3  10 M ?
 Given K  Ag CrO   1.2 10 

sp 2 4
11
(A) 10 3 M (B) 2 101 M

3 4
(C) 2 10 M (D) 2 10 M
SECTION – A
3x2  4 x  1
1.  2
dx is equal to:
x 2
 1 x 1
x 1 2 x 1
(A) c
2
(B)  c
x 1 x2  1
2 x
(C) (D) c
 x2  1 x  1  x 2  1 x  1
2. The general solution of the differential y xy  x  y   2 2 2
  dx   y  x  x  y   dy
3 2 2 2
is:
y 1 x 1 x y
(A)  2 c (B)  ln c
x x  y2 y 2 x y
2x 1 2x 1
(C)  2 c (D)  2 c
y x  y2 y x  y2
2
3. A line is drawn at an angle θ with positive direction of x-axis. It intersects the parabola y  8 x
at A and B. If AB is a normal chord which subtend a right angle at the vertex of the parabola,
then tan 2 θ equals:
1 3
(A) (B)
2 4
(C) 1 (D) 2
22
4. The equation of a circle whose diameter is the common chord of the circle
x 2  y 2  4 x  8 y  5  0 and x 2  y 2  12 x  2 y  29  0 is:
(A) 41x 2  41 y 2  396 x  38 y  781  0 (B) 2 x 2  2 y 2  16 x  6 y  25  0
(C) 41x 2  41 y 2  396 x  38 y  781  0 (D) 17 x 2  17 y 2  300 x  154 y  901  0
11
3
5. 0
1  cos 2x dx is equal to:
11 3 3
(A) (B) 8 2 
2 2
3 22
(C) 8 2  (D)
2 3
 
6. Consider the vectors a  2iˆ  ˆj  2kˆ and b  3iˆ  ˆj  kˆ . A parallelogram is constructed such
   
that its diagonal are along 2a  b and a  2b . The area of the parallelogram is:
9 10
(A) 9 5 sq. units (B) sq. units
2
(C) 9 10 sq. units (D) 18 5 sq. units
     
tan     tan     tan    
7. Let
4  4  4  . Then
5 3 2
2 2 2
12 sin      15sin       7 sin     is equal to:
1 1
(A)  (B)
2 2
(C) 1 (D) 0
cos x 1 2
8. The angle of intersection of the curves y  1  x   sin x and y 
2
 x  x  2  at  h, k 
where h and k are integers, is  , then tan  equals:
3 4
(A) (B)
4 3
(C) 1 (D) 0
9. A plane 2 x  3 y  6 z  12 intersects the x-axis, y-axis and z-axis at A, B, C respectively. The

orthocentre of the triangle ABC is:
 24 36 72   36 72 27 
(A)  , ,  (B)  , , 
 49 49 49   49 49 49 
 24 16 1   36 72 24 
(C)  , ,  (D)  , , 
 49 49 49   49 49 49 
    x 1
10. The domain of the function given by f  x   log3  log 1  log 2  log 1  x      is:
 
   2 3    1  3x  4 x 2
 1 1 1
(A)  1,  (B)  , 
 3  4 3
1 1 1 1
(C)  ,  (D)  , 
9 4 9 3
3 x 3
11. If f  x  for all x  Q, then the value of
31 x  3x
 1   2   3   108 
f  f   f    ....  f   is:
 109   109   109   109 
(A) 54 (B) 55
(C) 108 (D) 2
24
 n
1  2 3 
12. The value of cot  cot
n 1
 n2

k
k 1


1 1
(A) (B)
2 4
1 1
(C) (D)
3 6
13. The graph of the function y  f  x  has a unique tangent at  , 0  . If

a
ln 1  9 f  x    sin f  x  
n
A  lima
x  2 f  x
, then A
n 1
is equal to:
1 1
(A) (B)
3 2
1
(C) 4 (D)
4
4
14. 
Let f be a continuous and differentiable function in  a , b  , if f  x  . f '  x   x 1  f  x   and
2 1 2
lim  f  x    1 and lim  f  x    2 2
. Then the minimum value of  a  b 
x a x b 2
is .  represent greatest integer function  :
(A) 1 (B) 9
(C) 3 (D) 81
15. The chord of contact of tangents drawn from any point on the circle x 2  y 2  p 2 to the circle
x 2  y 2  q 2 touches the circle x 2  y 2  r 2 , then 2a  log e p, 4a  log e q, 6a  log e r are in (a
is real value):
(A) AP (B) GP
(C) HP (D) AGP
16. If t1 ,t2 and t3 are distinct, the points  t1 , 2at1  at13  ,  t2 , 2at2  at23  and  t3 , 2at3  at33  are
4t1.6t2 .8t3
collinear, then is equal to:
2t1.3t2 .4t3
(A) 0 (B) 4
(C) 2 (D) 1
17. The area of the triangle formed by the linex  y  2 and angle bisectors of the pair of straight
2 2
lines x  y  2 y  1 is a and coordinate of orthocentre of triangle is  b , c  , then 4a  b  c is
equal to:
(A) 0 (B) 4
(C) 2 (D) 3
th z4 z z2 z4
18. If z is the complex 5 root of unity, then    is:
z4 1 1 z z2 1 z  z 4
(A) 2 (B) 0
(C) 4 (D) 1
x2 y2
19. If a tangent of slope 3 of the ellipse 2
 2  1 is normal to the circle x 2  y 2  4 x  1  0 then
a b
the maximum value of ab is:
(A) 2 (B) 3
(C) 4 (D) 6
x
20. If F  x    f  t  .dt    x 1  x  , then value of f  4   n . Then unit place of
and F x
2 2
0
n2
 985697  is:
(A) 3 (B) 7
(C) 1 (D) 9
26
21. The number of points where f  x   2  2  x is not differentiable is:

(A) 3 (B) 5
(C) 7 (D) 0
22. If the sum of first n terms of the A. P. 85,90,95,.... is equal to the sum of first 3n terms of the A.
P. 9,11,13,..., then n equals:
(A) 8 (B) 9
(C) 10 (D) 11
11
1
 sin  cos x dx is:
1
23. The value of
2 2 
(A) 0 (B) 1
(C) 2 (D) 3
24. The number of integral roots of the equations  x  1 x  3  2 x  1 2 x  3   3 is:
(A) 1 (B) 2
(C) 3 (D) 0
25. The number of ways in which 7 different letters can be arranged in the figure given below such
that no row is empty is 59k . 7!
Then k is:
(A) 1 (B) 2
(C) 3 (D) 4
3 1 1 A
26. If A  x  3
and B  x  , x   0,   and a is minimum value of 2 , then  a  is equal to
x x B
  is greatest integer function :
(A) 1 (B) 2
(C) 3 (D) 4
27. Let f  x  be a function such that f  x   f  x  2   3 f  x  1 for all x  R, then f is

T
periodic with period T. Then value of is:
2
(A) 12 (B) 6
(C) 3 (D) 4
28. Let ar ' r  1, 2,3, 4 represent four positive real numbers other than unity such that
 1 
 log e ar ,  is a point on a circle whose abscissa of end of diameter are  and  ,
 log e , ar 
then the minimum value of a1  a2  a3  a4 is:
(A) 2 (B) 3
(C) 4 (D) 5
5m
29. The sum   
i 0
20
i
30
5 m i , p
Cq   qp   0 if p  q , is maximum, then m equals:
(A) 1 (B) 3
(C) 4 (D) 5
30. A nine digit number is formed from 1, 2,3, 4,5 such that product of all digits is always 1920 . The
total number of ways is 393  P  , where the value of r is:
9
r
(A) 2 (B) 3
(C) 4 (D) 6
FIITJEE JEE (Advanced)-2017
FULL TEST – I
Paper 1

t h e t es t .
INSTRUCTIONS
on OMR sheet.

1. Section – A (01 – 06) contains 6 multiple choice questions which have only one correct answer.
Section – A (07 – 09) contains 3 multiple choice questions which have one or more than one
marking.
Section-A (10 – 14) contains 2 paragraphs. Based upon paragraph, 2 and 3 multiple choice
questions have to be answered. Each question has only one correct answer and carries
+3 marks for correct answer and – 1 mark for wrong answer.
2. Section – B (01 – 02) contains 2 Matrix Match Type questions containing statements given in 2
columns. Statements in the first column have to be matched with statements in the second
column. Each question carries +8 marks for all correct answer. For each correct row +2 marks
will be awarded. There may be one or more than one correct matching. No marks will be given for
any wrong matching in any question. There is no negative marking.
3. Section-C (01 – 05) contains 5 Numerical based questions with answers as numerical value from
0 to 9 and each question carries +4 marks for correct answer. There is no negative marking.
Enrolment No.
AITS-FT-I-(Paper-1)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/17
2
Useful Data
PHYSICS
2
2 2
CHEMISTRY

= 0.0821 Lit atm K1 mol1
= 1.987  2 Cal K1 mol1
= 6.625  10–27 ergs
1 amu = 1.66  10–27 kg
1 eV = 1.6  10–19 J

N=9, Na=11, Mg=12, Si=14, Al=13, P=15, S=16,
Cl=17, Ar=18, K =19, Ca=20, Cr=24, Mn=25,
Fe=26, Co=27, Ni=28, Cu = 29, Zn=30, As=33,
Br=35, Ag=47, Sn=50, I=53, Xe=54, Ba=56,
Pb=82, U=92.
F=19, Na=23, Mg=24, Al = 27, Si=28, P=31, S=32,
Cl=35.5, K=39, Ca=40, Cr=52, Mn=55, Fe=56, Co=59,
Ni=58.7, Cu=63.5, Zn=65.4, As=75, Br=80, Ag=108,
Sn=118.7, I=127, Xe=131, Ba=137, Pb=207, U=238.
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
This section contains 6 multiple choice questions numbered 1 to 6. Each question has 4 choices (A), (B),
(C) and (D), out of which ONLY ONE is correct
1. An insect of negligible mass is sitting on a block of mass M, tied with a

spring of force constant K. The block performs simple harmonic motion with
amplitude A infront of a plane mirror placed as shown. The maximum speed
of insect relative to its image will be
K A 3 K
(A) A (B)
M 2 M M
K M
(C) A 3 (D) A
M K 

2. PV versus T graph of equal masses of H2, He and CO2 is shown in PV 3

figure. Choose the correct alternative
(A) 3 corresponds to H2, 2 to He and 1 to CO2 2
(B) 1 corresponds to He, 2 to H2 and 3 to CO2
(C) 1 corresponds to He, 3 to H2 and 2 to CO2
1
(D) 1 corresponds to CO2, 2 to H2 and 3 to He
T
4
3. A conducting rod is moving with a constant velocity v x

x
over the parallel conducting rails which are x
connected at the ends through a resistor R and E A H

capacitor C as shown in the figure. Magnetic field B is
into the plane. Consider the following statements.
x
(I) current in loop AEFBA is anticlockwise C x
R L v
(II) current in loop AHGBA is clockwise
(III) current through the capacitor is zero
1
(IV) energy stored in the capacitor is CB2L2 V 2 F B G
2 x x
x
Which of the following option is correct
(A) statement (I) and (III) are only correct
(B) statement (II) and (IV) are only correct
(C) statement (I), (II) and (IV) are correct
(D) all the above
4. The activity of a radioactive sample goes down to about 6% in a time of 2 hours. The half life of
sample in minutes is about
(A) 30 (B) 15 (C) 60 (D) 120
5. A particle of charge q and mass m starts moving from the origin under the action of an electric
 
 
field E  E0 î and magnetic field B  B0 kˆ its velocity at (x, 3, 0) is 4iˆ  3ˆj . The value of x is
36E0B 0 25m 10m 25E 0B 0
(A) (B) (C) (D)
qm 2qE0 qE0 m
6. A heavy string of mass m hangs between two fixed points A A B

and B at the same level. The tangents to the string at A and  
B are at an angle  with horizontal as shown in the figure.
The tension of the string at its lowest point is
mg mg
(A) (B)
2 sin  2cos 
mg mg
(C) (D)
2 tan 2cot 

This section contains 3 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its
answer, out of which ONE OR MORE is/are correct
7. In a resonance tube experiment to determine speed of sound , air column in the pipe is made to
resosnate with a given fork of frequency 480 Hz. At room temperature T using a resonance tube
a student finds two resonance position 16.0 cm and 51.0 cm, length of the air column for the first
and the second resonance respectively .It is known that speed of the sound at 273K is equal to
330 m/s.Then,
4
(A) percentage error in the measurement of speed of sound is %
7
(B) diameter of the tube is 5 cm
(C) temperature of the room T is nearly 283 K
8
(D) percentage error in the determination of T is %
7
8. A Young’s double slit arrangement is immersed in a liquid screen

S2
of refractive index 1. The slit plane touches the liquid
surface. A parallel beam of monochromatic light of d/2 Liquid
wavelength ‘’ (with respect to air) is incident normally on O
d/2 S1
slits. Choose the correct alternatives
D
(A) The fringe width is D/1d.

(B) If the slit S2 is covered by a transparent slab of refractive index 2 and thickness t, the new
position of the central maxima will shift up by

  2  1 .tD
d
(C) The ratio of intensities at ‘O’ in the conditions of the option (A) and option the (B) is
  
1: cos2    2  1 t 
 3  
(D) If a slab of thickness t and refractive index 3 is introduced in front of S1 while S2 is also
covered by a slab of thickness t and refractive index 2 as shown in figure, then for relation of 3
= 12 the central maxima will be at O.
9. A net non-zero external force acts on a system of particles. At an instant t, the velocity and the
acceleration of CM are found to be u0 and a0, it is possible that
(A) u0 = 0, a0 = 0 (B) u0  0, a0  0
(C) u0  0, a0 = 0 (D) u0 = 0, a0  0
6
Comprehension Type
This section contains 2 paragraphs. Based upon one of paragraph 2 multiple choice questions and based
on the other paragraphs 3 multiple choice questions have to be answered. Each of these questions has
four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE is correct
Paragraph for Question Nos. 10 and 11
A disc of mass m and radius R is attached with a spring of force constant K at its centre as shown in
figure. At x = 0 spring is unstretched. The disc is moved to x = A and then released. There is no slipping
between disc and ground. Let f be the force of friction on the disc from the ground.
A
k
x=0 x=A
10. f versus t graph will be

(A) f (B) f
t t
(C) f (D) f
t t
11. In the problem if k = 10 N/m, m = 2 kg, R = 1 m and A = 2 m. Find linear speed of the disc at
mean position.
40 10 50
(A) m/sec (B) 20 m/sec (C) m/sec (D) m/sec
3 3 3
A standing wave y  2 A sin  kx  cos  t  set up in a wire AB fixed at both ends by two vertical wall
contains a constant magnetic field B. Now answer the following questions.
B
A x
12. The wire is found to vibrate in 3rd harmonic the maximum e.m.f induced is
4AB 3AB 2AB AB
(A) (B) (C) (D)
k k k k
13. In above question the time when the e.m.f becomes maximum for first time is
2   
(A) (B) (C) (D)
  2 4
14. In which of following modes the e.m.f induced in AB is always zero.

(A) Fundamental mode (B) second harmonic (C) second overtone (D) fourth overtone
8
SECTION – B
(Matrix-Match Type)
This section contains 2 questions. Each question contains statements given p q r s t
in two columns, which have to be matched. The statements in Column I are
A p q r s t
labelled A, B, C and D, while the statements in Column II are labelled p, q, r,
s and t. Any given statement in Column I can have correct matching with B p q r s t
ONE OR MORE statement(s) in Column II. The appropriate bubbles
corresponding to the answers to these questions have to be darkened as C p q r s t
illustrated in the following example:
D p q r s t
If the correct matches are A – p, s and t; B – q and r; C – p and q; and D – s
and t; then the correct darkening of bubbles will look like the following:
1. A car is taking a turn on a rough horizontal road without slipping as shown in figure. Let F is
centripetal force, f the force of friction, N1 and N2 are two normal reactions. As the speed of car is
increased match the following two columns
N1 N2
turn
(A) N1 (p) Will increase
(B) N2 (q) Will decrease
(C) F/f (r) Will remains unchanged
(D) F (s) Cannot say anything
2. In the circuit shown in figure, switch remains closed for long time. It is opened at time t = 0. Match
the following columns at t = ln2 sec
a b
9H
9 Volt 

d c
(A) Potential difference across inductor (p) 9V
4.5 V
(B) Potential difference across 3Ω resistor (q)
6V
(C) Potential difference across 6Ω resistor (r)
(D) Potential difference between points b and c (s) None of these
10
SECTION – C
(both inclusive).
1. A frictionless tunnel is dug inside the uniform

spheres as shown in the figure-1 and figure-2.
A particle of mass m is to be projected from
45 R/2 P
point P in both sphere so that it can escape
R/2 P 30
from the influence of sphere. Let v 1 is the
velocity given to the particle in figure-1 and v 2
is the velocity given to the particle in figure-2.
Find the ratio of v1/v2. (Given: R is radius of Figure-1 Figure-2
sphere and M is mass of sphere.)
2. An  particle and proton are accelerated from rest by a potential difference of 100 V. After this

their de-Broglie wavelengths are  and p respectively. The ratio p to the nearest integer is

3. A cylinder of radius R is kept embedded along the wall of a dam as

R
shown. Take density of water as  and length of cylinder as L. The
gLR2  R
vertical force exerted by water on the cylinder is . Find the
X
value of X.
4. A sphere of mass M and radius r rolls without slipping on a rough concave surface of large radius
k 1 R  r 
R. It makes small oscillation about lowest point. Find the value of k if time period is
5g
5. Each branch in the following circuit has a resistance r = 1. The

equivalent resistance of the circuit between the points A and B is
A
B
SECTION – A
1. The equilibrium p-xyloquinone + methylene white p-xylohydroquinone + methylene blue may

be conveniently by observing the difference in color methylene white and methylene blue. One
mill mole of methylene blue was added to 1 L solution that was 0.24 M in p-xylohydroquinone and
0.012 M is p-xyloquinone. It was then found that 4% of the added methylene blue was reduced to
methylene white. What is the equilibrium constant of the above reaction?
(A) 48 (B) 4.8 (C) 480 (D) 0.48
2. Sea water is found to contain 5.85% NaCl and 9.50% MgCl2 by weight of solution. Calculate its
normal boiling point assuming 80% ionization for NaCl and 50% ionization of MgCl2.
K  0.51 kg mol1 K 
 b H2 O 
(A) 102.29oC (B) 102.92 oC
o
(C) 101.59 C (D) 101 oC
3. 0.50 gm mixture containing NaHCO3, Na2CO3 and

KCl was dissolved in 50 ml water and titrated with 16
0.15 M HCl resulting in the following titration curve. 14
12
Determine weight % of NaHCO3, Na2CO3 and KCl in
the mixture respectively. 10
(A) 37.8, 31.8, 30.4 pH 8 10 ml
(B) 31.8, 37.8, 30.4 6
(C) 30.4, 37.8, 31.8 4 35 ml
2
(D) 31.8, 30.4, 37.8
volume of HCl added
12
4. Extraction of Mg from sea water

p q
Sea water Mg(OH)2 MgCl 2 + H2O
crystallisation
t s
Mg anhydrous MgCl 2 r
Which of the following option describes the correct reactant, products and reaction conditions?
p q r s t
Heating in
Milk of Reduction by
(A) HCl (aq) MgCl2.2H2O limited supply of
magnesia coke
air
Electrolytic
Heating in
(B) Lime water HCl (aq) MgCl2 reduction in
absence of air
molten state
Heating in Electrolytic
(C) Milk of lime HCl (aq) MgCl2.6H2O presence of dry reduction in
HCl molten state
Heating in the Electrolysis of
(D) Milk of lime HCl (aq) MgCl2.6H2O presence of dry aqueous
HCl solution
5. Which of the following statement is correct?

(A) geometrical isomerism is not observed in complexes of co-ordination number 4 having
tetrahedral geometry
(B) square planar complexes generally do not show geometrical isomerism
(C) the square planar complex of general formula Ma3b or Mab3 exhibits cis-trans isomerism.
(where M is central metal and a and b are monodentate ligands)
(D) the platinum glycinato complex [Pt(Gly)2] doesn’t show geometrical isomerism.
6. Which of the following statement is correct?

(A) in an anti-fluorite structure anions form FCC lattice and cations occupy all tetrahedral voids.
 
(B) if the radius of cations and anions are 0.214 A & 0.95 A then co-ordinate number of cation in
the crystal is 4
(C) an atom/ion is transferred from a lattice site to an interstitial position in Schottky defect
(D) density of crystal always increases due to substitutional impurity defect.

7. Pick out the correct statements among the following from inspection of standard reduction
potentials


Cl2  aq   2e 
 2Cl aq E
 o
  1.36 Volt
Cl2 /Cl


Br2  aq  2e 
 2Br

aq EoBr  1.09 Volt
2 /Br 


I2  aq  2e  o
 2I  aq EI /I  0.54 Volt

2


S 2 O82   aq  2e  2 o
 2SO 4  aq  ES O2 /SO2  2.00 Volt
2 8 4
(A) Cl2 can oxidise SO 24 from solution

(B) Cl2 can oxidise Br- and I- from aqueous solution
- - -
(C) S2 O82  can oxidise Cl , Br and I from their aqueous solution
(D) S2 O82  is added slowly, Br- can be reduced in the presence of Cl–
8. Which of the following statement(s) are true about Z Vs P graph for a real gas at a particular
temperature
behaviour of most
Z real gases
P
x
dZ
0
dP
(A) Z  1 as P  0 for most real gases
dz
(B) is –ve as P  0 for most real gases
dp
dz
(C)  0 at a pressure where replusive and attractive forces are comparable
dp
(D) at point x, intermolecular attractive forces dominating over repulsive forces
14
9. Saturated solution of SO2 is heated at 150oC in a closed container. The product obtained is
treated with BaCl2 solution. What is/are the observation(s)?
(A) no ppt. (B) white turbidity (C) evolution of SO2 (D) white ppt.
Comprehension Type
In the presence of excess base and excess halogen a methyl ketone is converted first into a trihalo
substituted ketone and then into a carboxylic acid. After the trihalo substituted ketone is formed hydroxide
ion attacks the carboxyl carbon because the trihalomethyl ion is the group more easily expelled from the
tetrahedral intermediate. The conversion of a methyl ketone to a carboxylic acid is called a haloform
reaction because one of the product is haloform CHCl3 or CHI3 or CHBr3.
-
-
O O
-
OH (excess) OH
R C CH3 R C CI 3 R C CI 3
I2 (excess)
O OH
-
R C O + HCI 3 R C OH + CI 3
O O
10. Et
(I) I2/OH-
Ph C C C CH3 Product is
(II) H+
O Me O (III) 
(A) Me (B) Ph C CH Me
Ph C C COOH O Et
O Et
(C) Ph C O CH Et (D) Ph C CH OEt
O Me O Me
11. OH
NaOI
X + CHI 3
(yellow)
OH
X is
(A) O (B) O
ONa ONa
COONa COONa
(C) O (D) O
ONa COCH3
COCH3 COCH3
For a hypothetical elementary reaction

2B
K1
K2
2C
K1 1
Where  , initially only 2 moles of A are present
K2 2
12. The total number of moles of A, B & C at the end of 50% reaction are
(A) 2 (B) 3 (C) 4 (D) 5
16
13. Number of moles of B at the end of 75% reaction is

(A) 2 (B) 1 (C) 0.50 (D) 1.5
14. The ratio of number of moles of B to C at the end of 100% reaction is

(A) 2 : 1 (B) 1 : 2 (C) 1 : 3 (D) 2 : 3
SECTION – B
(Matrix-Match Type)
A p q r s t
D p q r s t
1. Match the following.
Column – I Column–II
CH3 CH3 CH3 CH3 CH3 CH3
(A) C2H5 OH/ (p) SN1
H3C C C C Cl H3C C C C CH2
CH3 CH3 CH3 CH3 CH3
+
CH3 CH3 CH3
H3C C C C OC 2H5
CH3 CH3 CH3
(B) CH3ONa/CH3OH (q) E1CB

HH
60 °C
+ H I
H3C I H3C H Me OCH3

(C) H3C H (r) E1
H3C I
NaI/Acetone
H Cl Reflux
H H
(D) NaOH/ (s) E2
Ph C CH2 CH CH3 Ph C CH CH CH3
O OH O
(t) SN2
2. Match the Following
Column – I Column - II
(A) Reversible adiabatic compression (p) Ssystem > 0
(B) Reversible vaporization (q) Ssystem < 0
(C) Adiabatic free expansion of ideal gas in vaccum (r) Ssurrounding < 0
(D) Dissociation of (s)
Ssurrounding = 0
CaCO3  s   CaO  s   CO2  g 
(t) Ssystem = 0
SECTION – C
(both inclusive).
1. For 1s orbital of hydrogen atom radial wave function is given as

3
r 
1  1  2  a0
Rr     e (where a0 = 0.529 A )
  a0 
The ratio of radial probability density of finding electron at r = a0 to the radial probability density of
finding electron at nucleus is given as x. e y . Calculate the value of (x + y).
2. 4 g isolated Ca atom in gaseous state is provided a total energy of 50 kJ. The molar ratio of
Ca+/Ca+2 ions produced is x/y then x + y = …….
IE1 of Ca = 400 kJ/mole and IE2 of Ca = 700 kJ/mole
3. The oxidation state of metal in Fehling solution, on the reaction with benzaldehyde changes by
……. units.
4. A decapeptide (Mol. wt. 796) on complete hydrolysis gives glycine (mol. wt. 75), alanine and
phenylalanine. Glycine contributes 47% to the total weight of the hydrolysed products. The
number of glycine units present in the decapeptide is
5. PDI (poly dispersity index) for natural polymers is generally close to …..
18

SECTION – A
1. P1 is a parabola y2 = 4ax, and P2 is a parabola given by y2 = 4b(x + a). P2 passes through A and
B which are points of intersection of P1 and line x = a. If T is the point of intersection of tangents
to P1 at A and B, and R is the point of intersection of normal at A and B to P2 the area of
quadrilateral TARB is
(A) 5 a2 (B) 2 5 a2 (C) 3a2 (D) 6a2
dy y sin  x  y   xy cos  x  y   x 2 y 2
2. The solution of the differential equation  .
dx x sin  x  y   xy cos  x  y   x 2 y 2
(A) xy sin  x  y   c1 (B) xy sin  x  y  c1   c 2 ; c1,c 2 are related
2 2
(C) x y sin  x  y   c1 (D) x 2 y 2 sin  x  y  c 1   c 2 ; c 1,c 2 are related
3. The number of proper divisors of K     10 Cn n C j j Ci  is

i j n 10
(A) 19 (B) 20 (C) 21 (D) none of these
4. In a matrix A 4 4 , an ant starts moving from a11 in such a way that it can move from aij to either
ai 1 j or ai j1 in one step. If it reaches a44, the probability that it passes through a23 is
(A) 18 (B) 1 (C) 9 (D) none of these

35 4 20
5.  2

If K  R, 10K. xlog10 x K log10 x 1  1 . The maximum number of solutions of the equation for ‘x’ is
(A) 0 (B) 1 (C) 3 (D) 4
6. The number of solution in x of the equation

 3x  2
3f  x   f '  x   2  cot 3x  cosec 2 x  4  sin    if a  0,6 and f(x) satisfies the
 2  2
2 2
differential equation f   x   f  x   0 and  f   x     f  x    1 , and f(0) = 1 is
(A) 1 (B) 3 (C) 4 (D) 0

7. A square is inscribed in a circle. If is the probability that a randomly chosen point of the circle
lies within the square and is the probability that the point lies outside the square, then
(A) (B) (C) (D)
8. If Im,n   sec 2n x tanm x dx , n  1 and m  2, m, n  N, then

sec 2n  2 x tanm 1 x  n  1 sec 2n x tanm1 x m  1
(A) Im,n   Im  2, n 1 (B) Im,n   Im  2, n 1
m 1 m 1 2n 2n
m 1 1 1 2  n  1 m 1 1 1 2  n  1
(C) Im  2,n 1    Im 2,n 1 (D) Im  2,n 1    Im 2,n 1
n m 1 n m1 2n m  1 2n m 1
     
9. If a,b and c are three unit vectors and d,e and f are three linearly independent unit vectors
     
     
such that a.b d  b.c e  c.a f  0 , then
   
(A) ka, b and mc are linearly independent (B)  de f   1
     
(C) abc   1 (D) a  b  c  . b  c  0
     
20
Comprehension Type
2 2 2 4 2
A circle C1 touches the circle x + y – a = 0 at A internally and the parabolas y – 16x = 0 at B and C
externally.
10. If ABC formed is an equilateral then AB =

2 1 2 1
(A) (B) (C) (D)
3 3 3 3
11. Which of the below is true?

1 2 2
(A) a  3  (B) radius of C1  (C) a  2 3 (D) radius of C1 
3 3 3 3
Let 1,  2 ,....,  n be the roots of the equation f  x   xn  p1xn1  .....  pn 1x  pn  0
f x n f x 
x  i
 
 x n 1   i  p1  x n  2   2i  ip1  p2 x n 3  ... Then x
i 1
 f   x  is an identity where
i
df  x 
f x 
dx
5
12. If f(x) = x 5  px 3  qx  t  0,  i3
i1
(A) p3  3q (B) 1 (C) 0 (D) p3  7q
3 2
13. If f(x) = x – 2x + x – 1 and i , i = 1, 2, 3 are three roots of f(x) = 0 then   3i is equal to
(A) 3 (B) 4 (C) 5 (D) 6
14. If f(x) = x3 – 2x2 + x – 1 = 0,  i4 

(A) 10 (B) 15 (C) 20 (D) 25
SECTION – B
(Matrix-Match Type)
A p q r s t
D p q r s t
1. Match the following:

(A) The last three digits of 350 – 720 contains (p) 1
Divisors of the number of solution of the equation tan x  x, x  0,4 
(B) (q) 2
is/are ({x} is fractional part of x)
Divisors of the number of points of discontinuity of
2n
(C) f  x   lim
 x  1 x  3  x  5   32n (r) 4
2n
n
 x  1 x  3 x  5  3 2n

 Kx, x0

f  x    x  x , x  0,4  has local minima at x = 0 and x = 4, then
(D) K  8 (s) 6
2
   x  4 , x  4
 2
possible value of |K|, which are integer
(t) 8
22

4 3 2
7 x  9 x  x  5 x  9 xx  2  0 , {x} is factional part of x,
(A) (p) 0
then if m  z+, 2mx may be equal to
2
If 2y + 2xy – 5x = 0 has non-negative integral solutions in x and y
(B) (q) 2
then y may be equal to
A = {1, 3, 5, 7} and B = {2, 4, 6, 8} number of one-one function f: A 
(C) (r) 3
B such that f  i   i  2  i  A


 x  sin x, x   0,  

If f  x    0, x   then the value of x for which
(D)  (s) 4
1
  1  2
, x   ,  
 1  x  
--1
f(x) = f (x)
(t) 5
SECTION – C
(both inclusive).
1. If the number of ordered triplets (a, b, c) such that L.C.M (a, b) = 1000, L.C.M (b, c) = 2000 and
L.C.M (c, a) = 2000 be N then sum of digits of N is/are _______________
2.    
If arg z2n  n2  1 zn  1  knarg  z  , |z| = 1, n  N then k equal …
 e x  e  x , x0
3. If f  x    then the number of solution of the equation
log10 100  x , x  0,100 
 1 2
f  x   e   x 
 e e
4. The equation of a plane which passes through the line of intersection of the planes x + y + z – 1 =
0 and x – y + z – 3 = 0 and which is at maximum distance from the point (3, 4, 5) is ax + by + cz –
abc 
d = 0, the value of   is
 d 
2 p 
5. The quadratic equation 2x - 5x + p = 0 has roots equal to 2sin1  and 3 sin1  , then  

equals, [ . ] denotes greatest integer function.
AITS-FT-I-(Paper-1)-PCM(Sol)-JEE(Advanced)/17
FULL TEST – I
(Paper-1)

1. C C D
2. A A B
3. C A A
4. A C C
5. B A C
6. C B A
7. ABCD BC CD
8. ABD ABCD B
9. BD BD ACD
10. C B C
11. A A D
12. A B C
13. C C C
14. B B A
(A)  q, (A)  p, r, (A)  r, t,
(B)  p, (B)  s, t, (B)  p, q, r
1. (C)  r, (C)  t, (C)  p, q, s,
(D)  p (D)  q (D)  p, q, r, s
(A)  s, (A)  s, t (A)  r, t,
(B)  q, (B)  p, r, (B)  p, q,
2.
(C)  p, (C)  p, s, (C)  p,
(D)  p (D)  p, r (D)  p
1. 1 3 7
2. 3 7 1
3. 2 0 2
4. 7 6 5
5. 2 1 9
AITS-FT-I-(Paper-1)-PCM (Sol)-JEE(Advanced)/17
2
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. C
k
The maximum velocity of the insect is A its component perpendicular to the mirror is
M
k
A sin 60o .
M
k
Thus maximum relative speed = 3 A
M
2. A
PV
The slope tan    nR
T
m
 R
M
MH2  MHe  MCO2
  tan  H   tan  He   tan  CO
2 2
3. C
Since velocity is constant
d
emf   BLV  constnat
dt
 potential difference across capacitor is constant and energy stored in the capacitor
1 1
 ce2  C B2L2 V 2
2 2
 
Flux increases in the loop AEFBA, therefore current will flow in this loop in anticlockwise direction.
4. A
ln 2
 t
T1
6
t
A  A 0e  e 2
100
1 6 1
t
  4
T1
100 2
22
T1  30 mm
2
5. B
By the work – energy theorem
Charge in K.E. = work done by all the forces
1
 m  52   0  xqE0
2
25m
x
2qE0
6. C
T be the tension at each points A & B
T sin

T cos 
T1
mg/2
Apply Newtons law.
7. ABCD
Let l1 and l2 be the length of the air column for the first and the second resonance respectively
with a tuning fork of frequency f .
Then   2l 2  l1 
From relation,   f
v  2 f  l2  l1 
 2  480   51cm  16cm   336m / s
If T be the temperature of the air in air column of the resonance tube.

Then from formula,
 T

o To
2 2
v  336 
T  T0   = 273    283 K
 v0   330 
 v 336
Also  l1  e  16cm  0.3d =  m
4 4 f 4  480
Therefore d  5cm
Again
v l  l1 4
100%  2 100%  %
v l2  l1 7
T l  l1 8
And 100%  2  2 100%  %
T l2  l1 7
8. ABD
  /1 shifting will be upward, for 3 = 1 x 2 the upward and downward shifts will cancel
together
9. BD
Non zero external force must accelerate the centre of mass.
10-11. C – A
At displacement x
4
a

kx f
For disc rolling
a = R
kx  f  fR  2f
 
m 1 m
mR2
2
k
f   A
3
The cylinder is starting from x = A
x = A coswt
kA
f coswt
3
12. A
Maximum e.m.f induced will be when the string passes through mean position. e.m.f induced in
segment AC and CD will counter each other and e.m.f induced in third segment will be maximum.
L
A B
C D
3
L
2
e.m.f induced in eliminated part
L
B V   B  2 A sin  kx    dx
2L
3
L
 2BA  sin  kx  dx
2L
3
2BA L
 cos  kx   2L
k  3
2BA   2   2 2L  
  cos  .L   cos  . 
k   x   x 3 
  2   2 2L 
cos  2L  L   cos  2L  3 
    
2BA 4BA
 cos    cos  2   
k  k
13. C
e.m.f will be maximum at one fourth of time period

i.e t 
2
14. B
nd
In 2 harmonic two parts counter each other.
SECTION – B
1. (A  q) (B  p) (C  r) (D  p)
Due to centrifugal force clockwise torque will increase to counter this N2 will increase.
2. (A  s) (B  q) (C  p) (D  p)
Current through the inductor at t = 0 is equal to 3A
t

I  I0 e 
L 9
  1
Ra q 9
I0  3A
SECTION – C
1. 1
Change in Potential energy of the system in both figure is same
2. 3
h h
 
P 2qVm
1
Or  
qm
3. 2
R
fv   g(2R  Rcos )(LRd)cos 
0
dF
d 
= LgR2  (2cos   cos2 )d

0

= gLR 2
2
4. 7
6
R

gsin 
a
k2
1 2
r
g x
a
 k  R  r 
2
1  2 
 r 
2
a  w x
g
w
 k2 
R  r   1  2 
 r 
5. 2
R/2 R/2 R/2
R/2
R/2 R/2
R/2 R/2 R/2 R/2
A B
SECTION – A
1. C
p-xyloquinone + methylene white 


 p-xylohydroquinone + methylene blue
0.012 0 0.24 10-3
0.012 + 4  10-5 4  10-5 0.24 – 4  10-5 0.96  10-3
 0.012  0.24
0.24  0.96  103
K  480
0.012  0.04  103
2. A
Mole of NaCl = 0.1 & MgCl2 = 0.1 (assuming mass of solution = 100 gm)
Mass of solvent = 84.65 gm
iNaCl  1   n  1 . and iMgCl2  1  n  1.
 1.8 2
Tb  K b  m  i
Tb  2.29
b.p of solution = (100 + 2.29) oC
= 102.29 oC
3. A
Let NaHCO3 = X gm
Na2CO3 = Y gm
At HPh end point
Na2 CO3  HCl  NaHCO3  NaCl
millimole of HCl  0.15  10  1.5
millimole of Na2 CO3  1.5
Y
 1 103  1.5 Y  0.159 g
106
 X  Y  3
At MeOH end point,       2  0.15  35  10
 84   106 
Putting value of Y/106, we get X
X = 0.189 g
 wt of KCl = 0.5 – 0.159 – 0.189 = 0.152 g
0.159  100
% of Na2 CO3   31.8%
0.5
0.189  100
% of NaHCO3   37.8%
0.5
0.152  100
% KCl   30.4%
0.5
8
4. C
MgCl 2 + Ca(OH)2 Mg(OH)2
(p)
heating in presence of dry (q) + HCl (aq)
HCl (s) to avoid its hydrolysis
by water of crystallisation to MgO crystallisation
MgCl 2 MgCl 2.6H2O MgCl 2 + H2O
(s)
(r)
Electrolytic reduction in molten state

Mg
(t)
5. A
(A) tetrahedral compounds can’t show geometrical isomerism because positions are equivalent in
tetrahedral geometry.
(B) gives cis & trans isomer
(C) Ma3b & Mab3 have only one form
(D) N N N O
Pt Pt
O O O N
cis trans
6. B
r  0.221
  0.225
r 0.95
So, C.No. = 4
7. BC
the half cell which has higher value of SRP undergo reduction
Cl2  aq   2e   2Cl  aq  EoCl /Cl  1.36 V
2
o
Br2  aq  2e  2Br   aq  EBr /Br 
 1.09 V
2
-
Cl2 will undergo reduction & Br will undergo oxidation.
o
Cl2  aq   2Br   aq  2Cl  aq   Br2 aq Ecell  0.27 V
Go  ve spon taneous
(C) S2 O82  have higher SRP.
8. ABCD
Z < 1. Intermolecular attractive force dominates.
9. BD
3SO 2 + 3H2O 3H2SO 3

o
150 C
S + 2H2SO 4 + H2O
(White
turbidity)
BaCl 2
BaSO 4 (white ppt.)

10. B
Et Me
(I) I2/OH- 
Ph C C C CH3 Ph C C COOH Ph C CH Me
(II) H+ -CO2
O Me O (III)  O Et O Et
11. A
OH O O
Tautomerisation NaOI ONa

+ CHI 3
COONa (yellow)
OH O
12. B
K1 1  B  x
  
K 2 2 C  y
t  0 Ao
t  t0 A o  x  y
Ao 2
xy   1 ...... 1
2 2
x 1
  2x  y
y 2
Putting value of x in equation (1)
1 2
x &y
3 3
2 4 9
nT  nA  nB  nC  1     3
3 3 3
13. C
nB k1 1 x
  
nC k 2 2 y
2x  2y  75% of 2 mole  1.5
 solving the above equations, we get
nB  2x  0.5 mole
14. B
10
nB K1
 at any time
nC K 2
SECTION – B
1. A – pr; B – st; C – t; D – q
(A) CH3 CH3 CH3 CH3 CH3 CH3
- Cl-
H3C C C C Cl H3C C C C+
C 2H 5OH
+
-H
SN1 E1
2
(B) SN & E2 reaction
(C) SN2 reaction
(D) E1 CB reaction due to presence of poor leaving group OH- ion.
2. A – s; B – pr; C – ps; D – pr
For all reversible process
Stotal  0
For irreversible process ST  0
T2 V
(A) S system  nCV ln  nRln 2 T1V1 1  T2 V21 
T1 V1
S = 0
q
Ssurrounding   0 q  0 
T
(B) Heat is supplied from surrounding to system
Ssystem  0
Ssurrounding  0
(C) T = 0
w = q = 0, Ssurrounding  0
T2 V
S system  nCV ln  nRln 2
T1 V1
S system  0
(D) heart is supplied
Ssurrounding decreases
Ssystem  0
SECTION – C
1. 3
R 2  a0 
ratio =
R2  0 
2a
 1  a0 0
 3 e
a
 0  e 2
 1 0
 3 e
 a0 
=3
2. 7
4
Mole of Ca =  0.1
40
Ca  Ca  e 
IE required = 0.1  400 = 40 kJ
Ca   Ca 2  e 
0.1 x x
 0.1  x   700  10
3
x
35
3 0.5
Ca   0.1  
35 35
0.5
1 x
Molar ratio  35  
3 6 y
35
xy  7
3. 0
Benzaldehyde does not reduce Fehling solution.
4. 6
Molecular weight of decapeptide = 796 g/mole
Total bonds to be hydrolysed = (10 – 1) = 9 per molecules
Total weight of H2O added = 9  18 = 162 g/mol.
Total weight of hydrolysis product = 796 + 162 = 958
Total weight % of glycine = 47%
958  47
Total weight of glycine in product   450 gm
100
Molecular wt of glycine in product = 75 g/mol.
 no. of glycine units = 450/75 = 6.
5. 1
For natural polymers PDI, Mw  Mn
Mw
PDI = 1
Mn
12

SECTION – A
1. D
A   a,2a  , B   a, 2a 
T   a,0 
y 2  4b  x  a 
a
 4a2  8ab  b 
2
2
Equation of normal at (a, 2a) to y = 2a(x + a) is y + 2x = 4a
A(a, 2a)
T (a, 0) R(2a, 0)
(-a, 0)
B
(a, -2a)
 R  (2a, 0)
Area (TARB) = 6a2
2. B
Substitute x y = t , and x + y = u
dt
 t cot u  t 2 cosecu
du
xy sin  x  y  c 1   c 2 , c 1 and c 2 are related
3. A
K = 410  K = 220
No. of proper divisors = 19
4. C
3! 3!

9
P(passing through a23) = 2! 2! 
6! 20
3!3!
5. C
log10 x  t , taking logarithm to base 10 both sides
t 3  kt 2  k  t  0
 t2  t  k    t  k   0
 
 t 2  1  0 or t  k
 maximum number of three solutions if k  - 1, 1
6. A
2 2
f   x   f  x   0 and  f   x     f  x    1
 x   sin1  f  x    c
f  0   1  f  x   cos x
Equation becomes
 3x  2 13
3 cos x  sin x  2  cot 3x  cos ec 2 x  4  sin    is satisfied by only x 
 2  2 6
7. CD
If be the radius of the circle and if be the side of the square, then
or
Now,
Also,
8. B
sec 2n  2 x tanm 1 x sec 2n 2 x tanm  2
Im,n   sec 2n x tanm x dx    2n  2   dx
m 1 m 1
sec 2n 2 x tanm 1 x 2  n  1
  Im  2, n 1
m 1 m1
Similarly
sec 2n x tanm1 x m  1
Im,n   Im 2,n1
2n 2n
9. ACD
     
     
a.b d  b.c e  c.a f  0
 
d,e,f are linearly independent
14
  
 a.b  0; b.c  0 and c.a  0
  
 a,b,c from three mutually perpendicular vectors and are linearly independent vectors.
10-11. C – D
Let O be the centre of C1 m(OB)  slope (tangent at B) = - 1
1 2 1  3 2
   1   y
3 y y 2 3
1  1 2   1 2 
x B , ; C   , 
3 3 3   3 3
2
AB = BC =
3
2 2 2
2
x +y =a
y = -4x 2
y = 4x
C B
O
A
Equation of OB
 2  1  1
y   x  
 3 3 3
 7 
 O   0, 
 3 3
2
Radius of C1 =
3 3

 A  0,  3 
12. C
f   x   5x 4  3px 2  q  5x 4   i x 3   5p    2i x 2  p i   3i  x  p i2   i4  q 
  i  0;  i2  2p
p i   i3  0    i3  p i  0
13. C
f   x   3x 2  4x  1  3x 2    i  6  x    i2  2 i  3 
  i  2;  i2  2 i  3  1   i2  2
As i is a root
 3i  2 2i  i  1  0   i3  2 i2   i  3  0

As i is a root    3i  2 i2   i  3
5
14. A
As in Q.13
 i4  2 3i   i2   i  0
  i4  2  5  2  2  10
SECTION – B
1. A – rt, B – pq, C – pqs, D – pqrs

(A) 350 – 720
25 10
 10  1   50  1
 103 K  250  1  112500  500  1
Last three digit = 748
(B) No. of solution = 4
0 1 2 3 4

2n
  x  1 x  3  x  5  
  1
 3 
(C) f  x   lim 2n
n
  x  1 x  3  x  5  
  1
 3 
 x  1 x  3  x  5 
g x 
3
g  x   3x 2  15x  23  0
18  48
x
6
f(x) is discontinuous at six points.
A, B, C, D, E & F
(D) for local minima at x = 0
Kx > 0
 K < 0 as x < 0
For local minima at x = 4
K 8
 0  K  8
2
Possible K  7, 6, 5, 4, 2, 1
2. A – rt, B – pq, C – p, D – p
16
(A)  x  1  x
Let {x} = t
 7t 4  9t 3 1  t   5t 2  9t 1  t   2  0
 2t 4  9t 3  14t 2  9t  2  0
1 1 5
t   2 or t  
t t 2
1
t  1 or t  or 2
2
1
 x 
2
1 3 5
x  , , etc
2 2 2
(B) 2y 2  2xy  5x  0
2y 2
x
5  2y
2y 2
x0 0
5  2y
 5  2y  0
5
y
2
 y  0,1,2
For y = 0, 2, x is positive integer
(C) Not possible such function
(D) solving f 1  x   f  x  is equivalent to solving y = f(x).
No solution

SECTION – C
1. 7
1000 = 23 . 53, 2000 = 24. 53
A R B S C T
so, a = 2 . 5 , b = 2 . 5 , c = 2 . 5 ,
max(A, B) = 3, max(A, C) = max(B, C) = 4
max(R, S) = max(R, T) = max(S, T) = 3.
There are 10 ways of choosing R, S, T
1 with all 3, 3 with one 2, 3 with one 1, 3 with one 0, C must be 4. There are 7 ways of choosing
A, B;
1 with both 3, 3 with A = 3, B not, 3 with B = 3 and A not
thus 7 ways of choosing A, B, C hence
7 . 10 = 70 ways.
2. 1
2n n
Resultant of z + 1 lies along z , if |z| = 1
K=1
3. 2
1  2
The graph of f(x) = y and y    e  x 
 e  e
Two solutions exist.
4. 5
Any point on the line of intersection is (t, -1, 2 – t)
2 2
For maximum distance = 3  t   52   3  t   43  2t 2  t  0

Normal n   3  0  î   4  1 ˆj   5  2  kˆ
 equation of plane through the line at maximum distance 3x + 5y + 3z = 1
5. 9
5
2sin1   3 sin1  
2

max. of sin1  & sin1  is
2
 
so sin1   & sin1  
2 2
so
P


2sin1   3 sin1   2 
 
12 2
   3
 4
so 3  9
FULL TEST – II
Paper 1

t h e t es t .
INSTRUCTIONS
Caution: Question Paper CODE as given above MUST be correctly marked in the answer
OMR sheet before attempting the paper. Wrong CODE or no CODE will give wrong
results.

on OMR sheet.

(i) Section-A (01 – 08) contains 8 multiple choice questions which have only one correct answer.
Section-A (09 – 12) contains 4 multiple choice questions which have more than one correct
answer. Each question carries +4 marks for correct answer. There is no negative marking.
Section-A (13 to 18) contains 3 paragraphs with each having 2 questions. Each question carries
(ii) Section-C (01 – 05) contains 5 Numerical based questions with answers as numerical value and
each question carries +4 marks for correct answer. There is no negative marking.
Enrolment No.
AITS-FT-II-(Paper-1)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/17
2
Useful Data
PHYSICS
2
2 2
CHEMISTRY

= 0.0821 Lit atm K1 mol1
= 1.987  2 Cal K1 mol1
= 6.625  10–27 ergs
1 amu = 1.66  10–27 kg
1 eV = 1.6  10–19 J

N=9, Na=11, Mg=12, Si=14, Al=13, P=15, S=16,
Cl=17, Ar=18, K =19, Ca=20, Cr=24, Mn=25,
Fe=26, Co=27, Ni=28, Cu = 29, Zn=30, As=33,
Br=35, Ag=47, Sn=50, I=53, Xe=54, Ba=56,
Pb=82, U=92.
F=19, Na=23, Mg=24, Al = 27, Si=28, P=31, S=32,
Cl=35.5, K=39, Ca=40, Cr=52, Mn=55, Fe=56, Co=59,
Ni=58.7, Cu=63.5, Zn=65.4, As=75, Br=80, Ag=108,
Sn=118.7, I=127, Xe=131, Ba=137, Pb=207, U=238.
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. A block of mass m is placed in contact with one end of a smooth tube of mass M (see figure). A
horizontal force F acts on the tube in each case (i) and (ii). Then mark incorrect option:
M
F m i 
M
F m  ii 
F F
(A) a m  0 and a M  in  i  (B) a m  a M  in  i 
M M+m
F mF
(C) a m  a M  in  ii  (D) Force on m is in  ii 
M+m Mm
2. Two springs, S1 and S2 , have negligible masses and the spring constant of
S1 is 1/3 that of S2 . When a block is being hanged from the springs as shown S1
above and the springs slowly come to equilibrium again, the ratio of the
potential energy stored in S1 to the S2 is: S2
(A) 1/9 (B) 1/3
(C) 1 (D) 3
4
3. A trick cyclist rides his bike around a well of death in the form of a
vertical cylinder (see figure). The maximum frictional force parallel
to the surface of the cylinder is equal to a fraction µ of the normal θ
force exerted by the wall. At what minimum constant speed must Front view of
the cyclist go to avoid slipping down? (Assume that size of
Motorcycle
motorcycle is very small as compared to cylinder.
1/ 2 1/2 r
 2gr cosθ   gr sinθ 
(A)   (B)  
 μ   2μ 
1/ 2 1/ 2
 gr   2gr 
(C)   (D)  
μ  μ 
4. A thermometer consists of a quantity of alcohol in a glass tube. When the thermometer is in

thermal contact with soft ice cream in a box the length of the alcohol column is 5 cm and thermal
equilibrium. When placed in a freezer the alcohol column remains 5 cm long in thermal
equilibrium. When ice cream is put in the freezer.
(A) Ice cream melts (B) Ice cream freezes more
(C) Ice cream neither melts nor freezes more (D) Insufficient information.
5. In the diagram shown, a wire carries current I. What is the

 
value of the  B.d s (as in Ampere's law) on the helical loop
shown in the figure? The integration in done in the sense
shown. The loop has N turns and part of helical loop on which
arrows are drawn is outside the plane of paper.
(A) μ 0  NI  (B) μ0  I
(C) μ 0  NI  (D) Zero
6. A projectile is thrown with velocity U = 20m/s ± 5% at an angle 60°. If the projectile falls back on
the ground at the same level then which of following can not be a possible answer for range.
2
Consider g  10m/s .
(A) 39.0 m (B) 37.5 m
(C) 34.6 m (D) 32.0 m
7. A dielectric slab of area A passes between the capacitor

plates of area 2A with a constant speed v. The variation of
current (i) through the circuit as function of time (t) can be
qualitatively represented as
(A) i (B) i
t
t
(C) i (D) i
t t
8. 2 loudspeakers are emitting sound waves of wavelength  with an  A

π
initial phase difference of . At what minimum distance from O on
2 3 O
line AB will one hear a maxima
100 
(A) 25 (B) 100
15 B
25
(C) (D) 50
3
6
This section contains 04 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and (D)
for its answer, out of which only ONE OR MORE THAN ONE is/are correct
9. There is a fixed positive charge Q at O and A and B are points equidistant from O. A positive
charge + q is taken slowly by an external agent from A to B along the line AC and then along the
line CB.
Q
C
O
A B
(A) The total work done on the charge is zero
(B) The work done by the electrostatic force from A to C is negative
(C) The work done by the electrostatic force from C to B is positive
(D) The work done by electrostatic force in taking the charge from A to B is dependent on the
actual path followed.
10. In the diagram shown, a particle of charge +Q and mass M is projected making an angle β with
the vertical line. Which the possible path on which the charge will move. Above the dark line
magnetic field is B1 and below it is B2 . (Consider all possible cases for values of B1and B2 )
B1
V
β
O B2
v
(A) (B)
O
O
(C) O (D)
 
11. Two particles of mass m1 and m2 are moving with velocity v1 and v1 respectively. Mark the correct
statement about a perfectly inelastic collision between m1 and m 2 .
m1m 2  
(A) Impulse by m1 to m2 is  v1  v 2 
m1 + m 2
m1m 2  
(B) Momentum transferred by m2 to m1 is  v 2  v1 
m1 + m 2
m1m 2  
(C) Impulse by m1 on m 2 in CM frame is  v 2  v1 
m1 + m 2
(D) In CM frame both the particles come to rest after perfectly inelastic collision.
12. In figure, a block of mass m is released from rest when spring was in its Rod
natural length. The pulley also has mass m but it is frictionless. Suppose 
the value of m is such that finally it is just able to lift the block M up after String
releasing it. m
M
(A) The weight of m required to just lift M is g
2
M
(B) The tension in the rod, when m is in has zero accelerationg
2
M
(C) The normal force acting on M when m has zero acceleration g
2
(D) The tension in the string when displacement of m is maximum possible is Mg
8
Comprehension Type
correct
A horizontal frictionless rod is threaded through a bead of L

mass m. The length of the cart is L and the radius of the M
bead, r, is very small in comparison with L (r << L). Initially m
at (t = 0) the bead is at the right edge of the cart. The cart is
struck and as a result, it moves with velocity 0 . When the
bead collides with the cart’s walls, the collisions are always
completely elastic. (Given: m > M).  
13. What is the velocity of the cart after the first collision, in the center of mass frame?
 m v0 M v0
(A) (B)
mM mM
Mm 0 2M 0
(C) v (D) v
Mm mM
14. The first collision takes place at time t1 and the second collision takes place at
t  0 till t  t 2 if m  M 0
2ML ML
(A) (B)
mM 2m  M
2M ML
(C) L (D)
mM 2m  M
The Doppler flow meter is a particularly interesting medical application of the Doppler effect. This device
measures the speed of blood flow, using transmitting and receiving elements that are placed directly on
the skin, as in Figure. The transmitter emits a continuous sound whose frequency is typically about 5
MHz. When the sound is reflected from the red blood cells, its frequency is changed in a kind of Doppler
effect because the cells are moving with the same velocity as the blood. The receiving element detects
the reflected sound, and an electronic counter measures its frequency, which is Doppler-shifted relative to
the transmitter frequency. From the change in frequency the speed of the blood flow can be determined.
Typically, the change in frequency is around 600 Hz for flow speeds of about 0.1 m/s.
15. Assume that the red blood cell is directly moving away from the source and the receiver. What is
the (approx) speed of the sound wave in the blood?
(A) 1700 m/s (B) 330 m/s
(C) 5000 m/s (D) 3000 m/s
16. An abnormal segment of the artery is narrowed down by an arteriosclerotic plaque to one-fourth
the normal cross-sectional area. What will be the change in frequency due to reflection from the
red blood cell in that region?
(A) 150 Hz (B) 300 Hz
(C) 600 Hz (D) 2400 Hz
10
A circuit is shown below.

A
B
R R
17. If A is an ideal ammeter, B an ideal Battery of voltage V, and C an ideal voltmeter, what will be
reading of C
the ?
reading of A
(A) R (B) 2R
R
(C) (D) 0
2
18. If A is a capacitor, B is an ideal ammeter and C is an ideal battery of voltage V, what is the
voltage across the capacitor ?
V
(A) V (B)
2
(C) 2V (D) 0
SECTION – C
(both inclusive).
1. In a slow reaction, heat is being evolved at a rate about 10mW in a liquid. If the heat were being
32
generated by the decay of P , a radioactive isotope of phosphorus that has half-life of 14 days
32
and emits only beta-particles with a mean energy of 700KeV. The number of P atoms in the
liquid is A×77  1015 find a:
[Take: ln 2 = 0.7]
2. An old record player of 10 cm radius turns at 10 rad/s while mounted

on a 30° incline as shown in the figure. A particle of mass m can be
placed anywhere on the rotating record. If the least possible 
coefficient of friction  that must exist for no slipping to occur is  ,
find 2 3 . 30°
3. Two long straight wires of telephone circuit inside a house are

coplanar with and run parallel to a third long straight conductor that
carries a current i  i 0sin ωt . The wires are at a distance of d1 d2
d1 and d 2 from the conductor. The conductor induced a noise in the I0 sin ωt
telephone circuit. The rms voltage per unit length of this induced emf
is x  5 , find x? Express your answer in µV. Take
2 2
d 2  2d1 , i0  A ω  50 rad/s
ln 2
4. Figure a shows a spring attached to a 2.0 kg block. The other end 6 cm/s
of the spring is pulled by a motorized toy train that moves forward
at constant speed 6.0 cm/s. The spring constant is 50 N/m and
the coefficient of static friction between the block and the surface
is 0.60. The spring is at its natural length at t = 0s when the train 2kg
starts to move. When does the block slip (express your answer in
 
second)?
5. Consider the circuit shown in figure. With switch S1 closed   

and the other two switches open, the circuit has a time
  S  S 
S1 2 3
constant 0.05 sec. With switch S2 closed and the other two
switches open, the circuit has a time constant 2 sec. With L C R
switch S3 closed and the other two switches open, the
circuit oscillates with a period T. Find T(in sec).
2
(Take π  10 )
12
SECTION – A
1. CH 3 HC  CHCH 3  CH 2  P
 cis   triplet state 
(A) P is a cis isomer (B) P is a trans isomer
(C) P is a mixture of cis and trans isomers (D) P is acyclic compound
2. BaTiO3 crystallizes in perovskite structure. This structure may be described as a cubic lattice,
with barium ions occupying the corners, oxide ions at the face centres and titanium ions in one of
the octahedral holes. Which of the following is correct about BaTiO3 crystal lattice?
4
(A) Ti must the body centred octahedral hole
4
(B) Ti must occupy the edge centred octahedral hole
4
(C) Ti must occupy any of the octahedral holes
(D) 1/4 th of the octahedral holes are occupied
3. Ammonium compound which on heating does not give NH 3 is

(A)  NH 4  2 SO 4 (B)  NH 4  2 CO 3
(C) NH 4 NO 2 (D) NH 4Cl
4. The standard electrode potentials of some of the alkali metals are

Li + /Li  3.05 V
Na + /Na  2.71V
K + /K  2.93V
Alkali metals react with water according to the following reaction. (M = alkali metal)
2M  H 2 O  2MOH  H 2
It is found Li reacts gently with water whereas potassium reacts violently with water. Which of the
following statement (s) is/ are correct regarding the above two experimental facts?
(A) ΔG values related with the kinetics of a reaction
(B) The metal having large standard oxidation potential will have lesser reactivity.
(C) K has a low melting point, and the heat of reaction is sufficient to make it melt or even
vaporize. This leads to exponential increase in its surface area.
(D) The ionization potential of K is smaller than that of Li.
5.
H3C2 CH3
 i  OsO4 /H2 O

(ii) NaHSO 4
 P
H H
Which of the following is true about P ?
(A) P is optically inactive due to internal compensation
(B) P is optically inactive due to external compensation
(C) P is optically inactive
(D) P is optically inactive due the absence of chiral carbon.
6. O
COOD
Δ
CH2 CH3 
H2O
 P
Which is not possible for P is

(A) O (B) OD
CH2CH3 CH2CH3
1
(C) O (D) None of these
CH2CH3
OH
14
7. The salt having isoelectronic cation and anion among the following is
(A) NaCl (B) KF
(C) CaCl2 (D) KBr
8. Which of the following statement(s) is/ are incorrect?

(A) o – phenol sulphonic acid be converted into p – phenol sulphonic acid in the presence
of H 2SO 4 if temperature is increased.
(B) Phenol is more acidic than benzyl alcohol
(C) Phenoxide ion activates the more in comparison to phenol
(D) Bromination of phenol in aqueous medium produces 2 – bromophenol and 4 - bromophenol

9. Which of the following special (s) is/ are isostructural with lF4 ?
2+
(A)  Cu  NH 3  4  (B) XeF4
 2
(C) BF4 (D)  Ni  CN  4 
10. Identify the incorrect statement (s)?

(A) The ration of the observed molar volume to ideal volume is called compressibility factor.
(B) The value of van der Waals constants ‘a’ and ‘b’ is independent of the nature of gas.
(C) At high temperature and low pressure, the behaviour of any gas can be explained
 an 2 
by  P    V  nb   nRT
 V2 
(D) H 2 and He gases are difficult to liquefy because their Critical temperature is very small.
11. In which of the following reactions, the stiochiometric ratio of H 2SO 4 to H 2 gas is the same?
(A Zn  s  and H 2SO 4 (B) Na  s  and H 2SO 4
(C) Al  s  and H 2SO 4 (D) Ni  s  and H 2SO 4
12. Which of the following compound (s) will not dissolve in an alkali solution after it has undergone
reaction with Hinsberg’s reagent?
(A) Diethyl amine (B) Isopropyl amine
(C) N – methyl ethanamine (D) N, N – dimethyl aniline
Comprehension Type
correct
The cell given below consists of three compartments,

separated by porous barriers. The first contains a cobalt
electrode in 5 L of 0.1M Co  NO 3  2 ; the second contains
5 L of 0.1 M Co Ag
KNO3 the third contains a silver electrode in

5L of 0.1M AgNO3 Assume that the current within in the
E oCo 2  /Co  0.28V
cell Is carried equally by the positive and negative ions. If
'there is a passage of 0.1 mol of electrons, answer the E oAg  / Ag  0.8V
following (19, 20 and 21) questions.
13. Co 2 and NO3 in the left hand side .compartment are

The concentrations of
(A) 0.105M and 0.210 M (B) 0.08 M and 0.16 M
(C) 0.1M and 0.2 M (D) 0.05M and 0.1M
 
14. The concentrations of Ag and NO3 In the right hand side compartment are.
(A) 0.08 M and 0.09 M (B) 0.75 M and 0.08M
(C) 0.01M and 0.09 M (D) 0.75 M and 0.09 M
16
In the following sequence of reaction,

O
CH3
- + CH2 O3 /Zn
OH
+ CHCl3  Ag /
   A  C6 H 7 Cl  B  C10 H13OCl    C  C10 H13O3Cl 
15. Compound A is
(A) (B)
Cl
Cl
Cl
16. Compound C when treated with NaOH/ X2 gives

(A) CHO O (B) CHO O
CH3 CH3
Cl
COO- COO-
(C) CHO (D) CHO O
-
COO
CH3
Cl
COO- COO-
Potassium dichromate is used as lab reagent and dichromate ion can be used as a primary standard in
volumetric analysis.
1   Cr 3  3 1 H 2 O;E°  1.33V
Cr2 O72   7H   3e 
2 2
When H 2 O 2 is added to an acidified solution of dichromate, a complicated reaction occurs. The formation
of product depends on the pH value and concentration of dichromate ions. A deep-blue violet peroxo
compound X is formed which decomposes rapidly in aqueous solution. This compound can be extracted
in ether, where it reacts with pyridine fanning the adduct PyCro  O 2 2 .
In alkaline solution K 2 Cr2 O 7 with 30% H 2 O 2 , a read – brown compound Y  K 3CrO 8  is formed. In
alkaline solution the dark red – brown compound Z  NH 3 3 CrO 4  is formed. In alkaline solution
dichromate ion changes to chromate ion which is also used as reagent in quantitative analysis of cations.
17. The shape of compound (Z) is

(A) Butterfly shape (B) Pentagonal pyramidal
(C) Pentagonal bipyramidal (D) Tetrahedral
18. What is the oxidation state of Cr In red-brown compound Y?

(A) + 6 (B) + 4
(C) + 5 (D) + 13
18
SECTION – C
(both inclusive).
1. The molar heat capacity of the ideal monoatomic gas undergoing the process shown in the figure
is ‘x’. The value of ‘2x’ will be
P  atm 
45
2 V  in L 
2. How many statement(s) are correct?

(a) if the critical micelle concentration (CMC) of a soap is 10 3 M , then 10 4 M solution of this
soap will have colloidal nature.
(b) charge on the colloidal particles may be determined with the help of dialysis
(c) peptization is the process of conversion of a colloidal sol into precipitate by adding some
electrolyte
(d) when some oil-soluble dye is added in the water in oil emulsion, the back ground becomes
coloured
(e) For the coagulation of a particular colloidal solution, the order of coagulation power of some
electrolytes is in the order: Na3 PO4  BaSO4  AlCl3 , in electro-osmosis, the dispersion
medium move towards the anode
(f) diffused layer around colloidal particles in the electric double layer mostly contains negatively
charged particles.(colloid is of ‘e’ part)
(g) it may be basic dye such as methylene blue (colloid is of ‘e’ part)
(h) it may be metal sol (colloid is of ‘e’ part)
3. Ice crystallizes is an hexagonal lattice. At the low temperatures at which the structure was
determined, the lattice constants were a  4.53 Å and b  7.41 Å as shown in the figure. How
many H molecules are contained in a unit cell? (Given that density of ice  0.92 g / cm3 )?
90
120
4. A weak acid type indicator was found to be 60% dissociated at pH = 9.18. If the degree of
dissociation at pH = 9.0 is ‘  ’? Then the value of ‘10  ' will be  log 2  0.3, log 3  0.48 
5. O
CH O
4 moles of PCC
 A   
CH O
O
Maximum number of moles of Ac 2 O consumed by reactant  A  is?
20
SECTION – A
1. Conditions so that equation (a1x 2  b1x  c1 )(a2 x 2  b2 x  c 2 )  0, (a1a2>0) have fours real roots if
(i) c1c2>0 (ii) a1c2<0 (iii) a2c1<0
(A) only (i) is sufficient
(B) either of two statements are sufficient
(C) either of two statements are necessary and sufficient
(D) all the three statements are sufficient
2. In a ABC, the incircle touches the sides BC, CA and AB at D, E, F respectively. If radius of
incircle is 4 units and BD, CE and AF are in A.P. with common difference 1, then area of ABC is
(A) 84 sq. units (B) 42 sq. units
(C) 168 sq. units (D) data insufficient
3. Let A be the area between co-ordinate axis, y2=x–1, x2=y–1 and the line which makes the
shortest distance between two parabolas and A be the area between x=0, x 2=y–1, x=y and the
shortest distance between y2=x–1 and x2=y–1, then
1
(A) A=A (B) A  (A ) 2
(C) A  2A  (D) can’t say anything
a b c
4. a,b,c are in G.P. and the equation (a+di)x 2+2(b+ei)x+(c+if)=0 have one real root then , , are
d e f
in, (a,b,c,d,e,fR)
(A) AP (B) GP
(C) HP (D) none of these
p /3
5.  sec x cos ec q / 3 xdx  (p,q  I and p+q=12)
p p p
1 1 3
tan 3 x tan 3 x tan 3 x
(A) c (B) c+ c
p p p
1 1 3
3 3 3
p
3
tan 3 x
(C) c (D) none of these
p
3
3
6. A square ABCD of a diagonal 2a is folded along the diagonal AC, so that the planes DAC, BAC
are at right angle. The shortest distance between DC and AB is
2 2a
(A) a (B)
3 3
2a
3
  
x2 dx xdx dx
7. If P   4
,Q   4
and R   , then which of the following is false.
0 1  x 0 1  x 0 1  x4

(A) Q  (B) P=R
4

(C) P  2Q  R  (D) none of these
2 2
x y
 dy 
8. If
 3-2sin2 tdt  cos tdt  0, then  at x   and y= is

/2 0
 dx 
(A) 3 (B) – 2
(C) – 3 (D) none of these
22
9. Let z1 , z 2 , z 3 be the coordinate of vertices A, B, C of the triangle if W1  z1  z 2 , W2  z 3  z 2

and A  90 , then
W  2
(A) Re  2   1 (B) Re (W1W2 )  | W1 |
W
 1
2 W 
(C) Re (W1W2 )  | W2 | (D) Re  1   1
 W2 
2 n 2 2n
10. Let (1  x  x )  a 0  a1 x  a 2 x .........a 2 n x , where n is odd integer
S1  a0  a 4  a8  ..............
S 2  a1  a 5  a9  ..............
S 3  a 2  a 6  a10  ..............
S 4  a 3  a 7  a11  ..............
(A) S1  S 3 (B) S 2  S 4
(C) S 2  S 4  0 (D) S1  S 2  S 3 or S1  S 3  S 4
11. If f ( x)  ax 2  bx  c  0 have real roots and its coefficients are odd the integers then
(A) f ( x )  0 always have irrational roots
 p 1
(B) f    2 where p, q  I
q q
(C) If a.c.  1, then equation must have atleast are root  such that [] = –1, where [.] is GIF
(D) Equation have rational roots
9x 2 4 2 1
12. The curve y  (| x | 1) sgn( x  1) divides  y  in two parts having area A1 and
64 25 
A2 (where A1  A2 ), then
A 7 A1 3
(A) 1  (B) 
A2 13 A2 7
7 13
(C) A1  (D) A2 
3 7
Comprehension Type
correct
If a circle Co, with radius 1 unit touches both the axes and as well as line (L1) through P(0,4), cut the
x-axis at ( x1 , 0) . Again a circle C1 is drawn touching x-axis, line L1 and another line L2 through point
P. L2 intersects x-axis at  x 2 , 0  and this process is repeated n times.
13. The centre of circle C 2 is

 15 
(A) (3, 1) (B)  , 1
2 
 31 
(C)  , 1 (D) none of these
4 
xn
14. The lim is
n  2 n
(A) 4 (B) 0
(C) 1 (D) 2
24
f(x), g(x), h(x) all are continuous and differentiable functions in [a, b] also a<c<b and f(a)=g(a)=h(a). Point
of intersection of the tangent at x=c with chord joining x=a & x=b is on the left of c in y=f(x) and on the
right in y=h(x). And tangent at x=c is parallel to the chord in case of y=g(x).
15. If f(b) = g(b) = h(b) then

(A) f (c)  g(c)  h(c) (B) f (c)  g(c)  h(c)
(C) f (c)  g(c)  h(c) (D) none of these
ab
16. If c  for each b, then
2
2
(A) g(x)=Ax +Bx+C (B) g(x)=log x
(C) g(x)=sin x (D) g(x)=ex
Let f: R  R be a function satisfying condition f(x + y3) = f(x) + (f(y))3  x, y  R and f(0) = k.
 tan x 
17. If |k| > 0, then lim  (where [.] denotes the greatest integer function) is
x 0  f  x  

(A) 0 (B) 2
 3 1 
18. If |k| < 0 then value of f   is/are
 2 5
 3 1 
(A)    (B) 0
 2 5
 3 1 
(C)   (D)  1
 2 5
SECTION – C
(both inclusive).
1. Let M be the midpoint of sides QR of a rectangle PQRS respectively. A line through M, intersect
4
RS and PS extended at T and L respectively such that PL  PS . Find the value of
3
 area of  MRT 
20  .
 area of PQRS 
3 2 3
2. If the equations x  5 x  px  q  0 and x  7 x 2  px  r  0 have two roots in common,
then find the difference of two uncommon roots.
r
3. When 2323 is divided by 53, the remainder is r. Find
10
4. The number of pairs (x, y) satisfying the equation sin x  sin y  sin( x  y ) and | x |  | y |  1
is
 16  4n 4 
5. The value of 33  2  is ……… (where {.} represents fractional part function)
 n1  4n  1
AITS-FT-II-(Paper-1)-PCM-Sol-JEE(Advanced)/17
FULL TEST – II
(PAPER-1)
1. B A B
2. D D A
3. C C C
4. C C C
5. C B B
6. A D B
7. B C D
8. C D A
9. ABC ABD AB
10. A BC AD
11. ABCD ABD ABC

12. ACD AC AC
13. A A C
14. C A D
15. A B C
16. D C A
17. A C C
18. D C B
1. 2 7 3
2. 6 4 2
3. 4 4 3
4. 4 5 6
5. 2 4 4
2
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. In the first case, m will remain at rest.

F
aM 
M
In the second case, both will accelerate:
F
am  aM 
Mm
mF
In the second case, force on m  ma m 
Mm
2. k1 x 1  k 2 x 2
as k 2  3k
1
k1x12
x1 x
 3and 2  1 3
x2 1
k 2 x 22 x 2
2
mv 2
3. N ; f  μN  mg
r
μmv 2
or  mg
r
1/2
 gr 
v 
μ
4. Thermometer, ice cream box and freezer are in thermal equilibrium.
202  sin120 ΔR 24U 2 5

6. R  20 3    ΔR   200 3  2 3
g R U 100
20 3  2 3  R  20 3  2 3  31.1m  R  38.1m
 0 klx 0  2A  lx  
7.   V  Q
 d d 
  klx  0 l  dx
i 0    constant
 d d  dt
As the dielectric levels c  Q  i is  ve
8.   2nπ
π 2π
  d sin   2nπ
2 λ
2π  1
d sin    2n   π
λ  2
 1 λ 1 λ 1
sinθ   2n     
 2  2d 2 2  3λ 12
y 1
 
100λ  2
2
2
144y 2  100λ 
100λ 25λ
y 
12 3
9. VA  VB  work  0
nv
10. Radius R1 
qB1
In a given field radius should be same for every entry. So B & C are not possible.
C  VR
15. f f0
C  VR
Δf 2VR 2V
  R
f 0 C  VR C
2  0.1
C  5  106  1700m/s
600
C  VR
16. f' f0
C  VR
Δf 2VR

f 0 C  VR
Velocity is 4 times  Δf  4Δf 0  2400Hz
17. Reading of C = V i in that branch  0

V
Reading of A 
R
R
18. VB  iR ammeter  0
 Vcap  0
1
 T  2π LC  2π  2sec
10
4
SECTION – C
dn
1. P  700 103 1.6  10 19   10  10 3
dt
dN 101 1 1012
 14    λN 0
dt 10 7 16 11.2
ln 2 14  86400 1012
λ  N0   154  1015
14  86400 11.2ln 2
2. f  mg sinθ  mrw 2
μ mg cosθ  mg sinθ  mrw 2

w 2r
or μ  tan θ 
g cosθ
μ 0i
3. d   l dx
2πx
μi d 
  0 l ln  2 
2π  d1 
d μ 0 d 
ε  l ln  2   i 0ω cos wt
dt 2π  d1 
μ0 d i ω
ε r ms  l ln  2  0
2π  d1  2
4π  107 2 2 50
  l  ln 2  
2π ln 2 2
4. The block slips when the static friction force reaches its maximum value
fs max  μ s n  μ s mg .This occurs when the train has moved
μ mg  0.60  2.0kg  10m/s 
2
f smax
Δx   s   24 cm
k k 50N/m
The time at which the block slips is
Δx 24cm
t   4s
v 6 cm/s
5. τ1  RC
L
τ2 
R
 LC  t1t 2  0.1sec
SECTION – A
1. CH3
H3C
H H
2. BaTiO3
3.  NH 4 2 SO 4 ,  NH 4 2 CO 3 , NH 4Cl all give NH3 on heating

4.  G is the thermodynamical concept
5. C2H 5
H OH
+ Mirror image
H OH
CH3
6.  -Keto acid on heating shows de-carboxylation on heating, through enol form

7. Ca2+ has 18 e- and Cl- has 18 e-.
8. Phenol gives 2,4,6-tribromo phenol with aq. Br2.
9. BF4- is tetrahedral and rest are is square planar
Vm ,real
Z=
10. Vm,ideal
at high temperature and low pressure the gas follows PV=nRT
11. Zn+H 2SO 4 

 ZnSO 4 +H 2
2Na+H 2SO 4 
 Na 2SO 4 +H 2
2Al+6H 2SO 4 
 Al2 (SO 4 )3 +3SO 2 +6H 2O
15. CCl2 will form and show addition reaction then ring expansion takes place.
16.
O
O CHO
CH3
H3C
Cl
O Cl
(B) (C)
6
17. H3N
NH3
O O
Cr
O O
NH3
Pentagonal bipyramid
18. 3-
O O
O O
Cr
O O
O O
SECTION – C
1.
dq ΔU-w PdV 3 P dV
= =Cm,V + = R+ ----- 1
dT ndT dT 2 n dT
PV  nRT
PdV  VdP  nRdT
VdP dT
P  nR
dV dV
dT
P  V  1  nR
dV
dT
4  2  1  nR
dV
dT 2

dV nR
dV nR

dT 2
Put in (1)
dq 3 P nR
= R+
dT 2 n 2
dq 3 P R 3 4R
= R+  R+  3.5R
dT 2 2 2 2
2. d,e,f,g are correct and Colloid is +ve.
3
3. Volume of unit cell= ×(4.53) 2 ×7.41×10-24 cm 3
4
-24
so mass=60.57×10 g
moles= 3.365×10-24
molecules of H 2 O=2.025
number of H atom=4
 H +   I -n 
4. K In =    
 HIn 
0.6
 109.18 
0.4
3
 10 9.18
2
 In - 
K In =10-9  
 HI n 
3 α
K In = ×10-9.18 =10-9 ×
2 1-α
3 
 0.66 
2 1

1
1
2  1
  0.5
5. OH
CH2OH
(A)
CH2OH
OH
8
SECTION – A
2. As s–b, s–c, s–a are in AP with common difference =1

 a,c, b are in AP with common difference equal to 1.
a  a  1  a  2 3(a  1)
 c = a+ 1, b = a+2  s 
2 2
3 a  3 a 1 a 1
 (a  1). . .
2 2 2 2
Also r = /s  a2  2a  195  0  (a+15)(a–13)=0
A = 13, c=14, b=15   = 84 sq. units
3. Line of shortest distance will be perpendicular to line x=y. Also both parabolas are symmetric
about x=y.
x2 =y–1 x=y
C
E
D
B
(0,1) x+y=k
O
(1,0) A
y2 =x–1
A=area OABCDO
A=area OECDO
 A =A/2
4. Let  be the real root then (a 2  2b  c)  i(d 2  2e  f )  0

 c
 a2  2b  c  0   
a
c c d e f
 d 2  2e  f  0  d.  2e f 0   2.   0
a a a b c
5. I   tan  p / 3 x.sec 4 xdx

  tan  p / 3 x(1  tan 2 x).sec 2 xdx
  
6. If equation of line AB is r  0  ( 2ajˆ  0)  ˆj
  a ˆ a ˆ 
then equation of line DC is r  2aiˆ    i j  akˆ  2a î 
 2 2 
  1 ˆ 1 ˆ ˆ 
r  2a î    i j k
 2 2 
   
(a  a ).(b  b ) 2a
 S.D  2  1  1 2 
b1  b2 3

xdx 1  1  
7. Q  1 x 4
 tan1 x 2    0  
0 2 0 22  4
1 1
 0 ( dt) 
x 2 dx 1 t2 t 2 dt
P 4
, Put x   P   4
R
0 1 x t 1 0 1 t
 1 4
t
1
0  (1  2 )dx
x2  1 x 
Also P  R   4
dx   
 1 x 0 x2 
1 2
x2
x y
 dy 
8.  3  2 sin2 t  cos t dt  0 , then   at x =  and y = 

/2 0
 dx 
dy
 
3  2 sin2 t  1  cos y
dx
0
 dy   3  2 sin2 x
     3.
 dx  , cos y
, 
W2 W C z3
9.  1 e i
W2 W1
W2 W2 i
  e  1  i tan 
W1 W1
90°

W
W1W 2  1 W2
W2
2
 2
 W1 W2 e i  W1  i W1 W2 sin   A z1 B z2
10. (1  x  x 2 ) n  a 0  a1 x  a 2 x 2    a 2 n x 2 n …(1)
n
3 1
 a0  a 2  a 4  
2
n
3 1
a1  a 3  a5  
2
Put x  i in equation (1) where i   1
If n  4m  1
 a1  a3  a 5   1
a0  a 2  a 4   0
3n  1
So, a1  a 5  a9    S2
4
3n  3
a3  a 7  a11    S4
4
Similarly if n  4m  3
3n  3 3n  1
Then, S 2  and S 4 
4 4
11. If a , b, c are odd integer then D can not be perfect square,
 | f ( ) |  0 where   Q
10
 p 1
 | a p 2  b pq  c q 2 |  1  f    2
q q
If a .c  1  a  c  1 and b  3 as
c . ( a  b  c)  0    (1, 0)
8 5 20 A1
12. Area of ellipse     
3 A 2 A 3
Both shaded areas are equal, then
1 10 R P
A1  Ae  PQR  1 A2
2 3
1 10
A1  Ae  PQR  1
2 3
(Q. No. 13 – 14)
For C n circle let centre be ( n , 1) and it touches line
P
Ln and Ln1 . (0, 4)
x y x y C0 C1 C2
i.e.   1,  1
xn 4 x n 1 4
(x1, 0) (x2, 0)
4 n  x n  4 x n
 1 …(i)
2
16  x n
4 n  x n1  4 x n1
  1 …(ii)
16  x n21
 3 x n 1  x n   16  x n2  16  x n21

Let x n  4 cot  n 0   n 
2
  1  
 tan n 1   tan n 
 2  2  2 
 1   1
As x1  3  tan 1   tan n   n
2 2  2  2
 2 2n  1  15
 x n   n 1  x2 
 2  2
31
Putting is (i), we get  2  .
4
xn 2 2n  1
lim  lim 2
n  2 n n  2 n 1 2 n
f(b)  f(a) g(b)  g(a) h(b)  h(a)

15. According to paragraph  f (c),  g(c) and  h(c)
ba ba ba
16. If g(x)=Ax2+Bx+C
g(b)  g(a) A(b2  a2 )  B(b  a) (b  a) ba

   2A  B  g  
ba ba 2  2 
3 3
17. Put x = y = 0 in f(x + y ) = f(x) + (f(y))
f(0) = 0
 k = lim
f h   f  0 
 lim
f h 
 lim
 3
f 0   h1/ 3   f 0 
x 0 h x 0 h x 0
h1/ 3 3
3
 f  h1/ 3  
= lim    k 3  k = 0, 1, –1
x 0  h1/ 3  
 
since |k| > 0  k = 1, – 1
3
f  x  h  f  x   f  h1/ 3  
 f   x   lim = lim    k3
x 0 h x 0  h1/ 3  
 
 f(x) = – 1 or 1  x  R
 f(x) = – x + c or x + c  x  R
 f(0) = 0
 f(x) = – x  x  R
or f(x) = x  x  R
tan x
> 1  x  (–h, h)
x
tan x
and < – 1  x  (–h, h)
x
 tan x 
hence lim  = 1 or – 2.
x 0  f  x  
18. If k = 0  f(0) = 0
3
 f  h1/ 3  
 f(x) = lim    0  f(x) = c
x 0  h1/ 3  
 
since f(0) = 0  f(x) = 0  x  R.
SECTION – C
 b  4  L
1. Let Q ( ai), S (bj ), M  ai  j  , L bj  , Rai  aj 
 2  3 
be required points: T
SR
T is intersection of LM and
S R
b  b 4 
i.e. ai  j   ai  j  bj   bj  ( ai) M
2  2 3 
P Q
3 2  2a 
 and   one comparing the coefficient, we get T   bj  i
5 5  5 
1 3.a b 3
Area of MRT     ab .
2 5 2 20
2. Let first equation have roots , ,  1 and second equation , ,  2
then      1  5,    1 (  )  p
12
     2  7,    2 (  )  p
 ( 1   2 )(  )  0 as ( 1   2 )      0
 1  5,  2  7 .
3. (23) 23  (23)(530  1)11  53  23

Hence remainder is 30.
4. sin x  sin y  sin( x  y ) Y
x y x y
 sin   sin sin  0
 2  2 2 X
 x  y  2h1 , x  2h2  or y  2h3  , h1 , h2 , h3  Z
Only six solutions are possible
 4n 4   1  2 1 
5.  2     4n  1  2 
 4n  1  4  4n  1 
16
1 1 1 1 
      
n 1  4 8  2n  1 2n  1  
1 1
 4  1  
8  33 
4
4
33
  4 
Hence, 334    4.
  33 
FIITJEE JEE (Main)-2017
FULL TEST – I

t h e t es t .
INSTRUCTIONS

on OMR sheet.

answer.
answer.
Enrolment No.
AITS-FT-I-PCM-JEE(Main)/17
2
Useful Data
PHYSICS
2
CHEMISTRY

= 0.0821 Lit atm K1 mol1
= 1.987  2 Cal K1 mol1
= 6.625  10–27 ergs
1 amu = 1.66  10–27 kg
1 eV = 1.6  10–19 J

N=9, Na=11, Mg=12, Si=14, Al=13, P=15, S=16,
Cl=17, Ar=18, K =19, Ca=20, Cr=24, Mn=25,
Fe=26, Co=27, Ni=28, Cu = 29, Zn=30, As=33,
Br=35, Ag=47, Sn=50, I=53, Xe=54, Ba=56,
Pb=82, U=92.
F=19, Na=23, Mg=24, Al = 27, Si=28, P=31, S=32,
Cl=35.5, K=39, Ca=40, Cr=52, Mn=55, Fe=56, Co=59,
Ni=58.7, Cu=63.5, Zn=65.4, As=75, Br=80, Ag=108,
Sn=118.7, I=127, Xe=131, Ba=137, Pb=207, U=238.
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
Single Correct Choice Type

This section contains 30 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D)
out of which ONLY ONE is correct.
1. A block of mass M is connected to a spring of force

constant k and is placed on a smooth horizontal
surface. The block is displaces and compresses the k
spring by a. The block is left free to move from this M M
position, when the block is at a distance a/2 from
the mean position it collides elastically with an Mean
identical block. Time the oscillating block takes to a/ a/ position
reach from extreme to the mean position is
M M 5 M
(A) 2 (B)  (C) (D) None
k k 6 k
2. A circular loop of mass m and radius R rests flat on a horizontal m

frictionless surface. A bullet of equal mass moving with a velocity
R
V strikes the hoop and gets embedded in it. The angular velocity
of the system after the impact is
v v R/2
(A) (B) m
4R 6R v
2v 3v
(C) (D)
3R 4R
3. A sound source is located somewhere along the x–axis. Experiment shows that the same wave
front simultaneously reaches listeners at x = -10 m and x = + 4.0 m. A third listener is positioned
along the positive y–axis. What is his y–coordinate (in m) if the same wave front reaches at him
at the same instant it does the first two listeners?
(A) 40 (B) 3 (C) 7 (D) 30
4. Assume that a star has uniform density. Then the gravitational pressure (P) on the surface of the
star related to volume (V) of star is.
(A) P  V 1/3 (B) P  V 2 /3 (C) P  V 4 / 3 (D) P  V 5 / 3
5. Two batteries one of the emf 3V, internal resistance 1 ohm and
the other of emf 15 V, internal resistance 2 ohm are connected
in series with a resistance R as shown. If the potential
difference between a and b is zero the resistance of R in ohm is
(A) 5 (B) 7
(C) 3 (D) 1
4
6. Heat generated in the circuit when switch is shifted from 1 to 2

is
(A) 32J (B)16J
(C) 48J (D) 64J
7. A light pointer fixed to one prong of a tuning fork touches a vertical plate. The fork is set vibrating
and the plate is allowed to fall freely. Eight complete oscillations are counted when the plate falls
through 40 cm. The frequency of tuning fork is (g = 980 cm)
(A) 56 Hz (B) 8 Hz (C) 49 Hz (D) 28 Hz
8. A large tank is filled with water at the rate of 70 cm 3/s. A hole of cross – section area 0.25 cm 2 is
punched at the bottom of the tank. The maximum height to which the tank can be filled is
(A) 40 cm (B) 20 cm (C) 10 cm (D) 50 cm
9. Consider the following statements

(i) Young’s modulus is numerically equal to the stress which will double the length of a wire
(ii) The surface tension of a liquid decreases due to the presence of insoluble contamination
(iii) Viscosity of gases is greater than that of liquids.
The number of above statements that are true is
(A) zero (B) Three (C) Two (D) One
10. Two composite bar having coefficient of linear expansion 1 and  2 1

respectively, are shown in fig. If the temperature of the bar is raised 2
by toC then P Q
(A) Shape of the composite bar is concave toward PQ if 1   2
(B) Shape of the composite bar is convex toward PQ if 1   2

(C) Shape of the bar is concave towards PQ if 1   2
(D) Bar will not bend irrespective of the value of 1 and  2
11. The input resistance of a silicon transistor is 100 . Base current is changed by 40 A, which
results in a change in collector current by 2 mA. This transistor is used as a common emitter
amplifier with a load resistance of 4 K  . The voltage gain of the amplifier is
(A) 2000 (B) 3000 (C) 4000 (D) 1000
12. Loop A of radius (r << R) moves towards loop B with a constant

velocity V in such a way that their planes are always parallel. What
is the distance between the two loops (x) when the induced emf in
loop A is maximum :
R
(A) R (B)
2
R  1 
(C) (D) R  1  
2  2
13. Vernier constant of the Vernier caliper is

(A) least count of Vernier caliper (B) value of 1 division of main scale
(C) value of 1 division of Vernier scale (D) None of these
14. A block of mass m is placed on an another rough block of mass M and both are moving
horizontally with same acceleration a due to a force which is applied on the lower block, then
work done by lower block on the upper block in moving a distance s will be
M2
(A) Mas (B) m  M as (C) as (D) mas
m
15. An N – P – N transistor is connected

Ic
in common emitter configuration in
which collector supply is 9V and the C
voltage drop across the load IB B
resistance of 1000  connected in VCE 1000 RL 1 V
the collector circuit is 1V. If current RB
E
amplification factor is (25/26) and the + - - +
internal resistance of the resistor is
200 . . Then which of the following VBB Vcc
statement is incorrect.
(A) VCE  8V
(B) collector current is 1.0 mA
50
(C) voltage gain , power gain is 4.6
23
(D) emitter current is 2.04 mA
6
16. The magnifying power of the telescope is found to be 9 and the separation between the lenses is
20 cm for relaxed eye. Then the focal lengths of component lenses are
(A) 18 cm, 2 cm (B) 10 cm, 10 cm
(C) 9 cm, 11 cm (D) None of these
17. In compound microscope

(A) The objective has a shorter focal length
(B) The objective has a shorter aperture
(C) (a) and (b) both are correct
(D) The aperture of objective and eye piece are same
18. The pipe shows the volume flow rate of an ideal liquid at certain time and its direction. What is the
value of Q in m 3/s (Assume steady state and equal area of cross section at each opening)
3  10 6 m3 / s 2  10 6 m3 / s
4  10 6 m3 / s
7  10 6 m3 / s
1 106 m3 / s
4  10 6 Q 8  106 m3 / s
(A) 12  106 m3 / s (B) 11 10 6 m3 / s

(C) 9  10 6 m3 / s (D) 13  10 6 m3 / s
19. A parallel beam of monochromatic light is incident on a narrow rectangular slit of width 1 mm.
When the diffraction pattern is seen on a screen placed at a distance of 2 m. The width of
principal maxima is found to be 2.5 mm. The wave length of light is
o o o o
(A) 6250 A (B) 6200 A (C) 5890 A (D) 6000 A
20. In an electromagnetic wave, the amplitude of electric field is 1V/m. The frequency of wave is
5  1014 Hz. The wave is propagating along z – axis. The average energy density of electric field in
Joule/m3, will be
(A) 1.1 1011 (B) 2.2  10 12 (C) 3  10 13 (D) 4.4  1014
21. Figure shows a bent coil with all edges of length 1m and y
carrying a current 1A, then torque acting on the loop is
(A) zero (B) 3 N-m
(C) 2 N-m (D) 1 N-m
B  1T
22. Find the minimum thickness of a film which will strongly reflect the light of wavelength 589 nm.
The refractive index of the material of the film is 1.25
(A) 118 nm (B) 120 nm (C) 118 mm (D) 120 mm
23. In the figure shown the reading of voltmeters are V1 = 40 V, V2 V1 V2 V3
= 40 V and V3 = 10 V. Find the peak value of emf

(A) 50V (B) 50 2V R=4 L
C
(C) 50 3V (D) 100 2V
 
E  E0 sin  100t  
 6
 x
24. If equation of transverse wave is y = x 0cos 2   nt   . Maximum velocity of particle is twice of
 
wave velocity, if  is.

(A) 2x 0 (B) x (C) (D) x0
x0
25. The focal length of the objective and the eyepiece of a microscope are 4 mm and 25 mm
respectively. If the final image is formed at infinity and the length of the tube is 16 cm. The
magnifying power of the microscope will be
(A) -327.5 (B) -32.75 (C) 3.275 (D) 32.75
26. An oscillator has a time period of 3 sec. Its amplitude decreases by 5% each cycle. Its energy
decreases in each cycle is
(A) 5% (B) 10% (C) 1.0% (D) 2%
27. A mass 25  10 3 Kg is suspended from the lower end of a vertical spring having force constant
25 N/m. The mechanical resistance of the system is 1.5 N.s/m. The mass is displaced vertically
and released. Its period of oscillation is
(A) 0.314 (B) 0.628 (C) 3.14 (D) 6.28
8
28. 5 moles of nitrogen gas are enclosed in an adiabatic cylindrical vessel. The
piston itself is a rigid light cylindrical container containing 3 moles of Helium
gas. There is heater which gives out a power 100 cal/sec to the nitrogen gas. A
power of 30 cal/sec is transferred to Helium through the bottom surface of the
piston. The rate of increment of temperature of the nitrogen gas assuming that
the piston moves slowly:
(A) 2 K/sec (B) 4 K/sec
(C) 6 K/sec (D) 8 K/sec
29. A beam of natural light falls on a system of 6 polaroids, which are arranged in succession such
that each polaroid is turned through 300 with respect to the preceding one. The percentage of
incident intensity that passes through the system will be
(A) 100% (B) 50 %
(C) 30% (D) 12%
30. Which of the following electromagnetic waves have minimum frequency

(A) Micro waves (B) Audible waves
(C) ultrasonic waves (D) Radio waves
SECTION – A
1. The volume of an H2O2 solution (volume strength = 11.2) required to convert all the Fe+2 present
in 4 mole of Fe3O4 to Fe+3 is:
(A) 2 mL (B) 1 mL (C) 4 L (D) 2 L
2. In an excited sample of Li+2 ions with all the electrons in the same energy state (n1) produces 3
different spectral lines when all of them are now found to be in 1st excited state. What can’t be the
orbital angular momentum of the electron present in state n1?
(A) 12 (B) 2 (C) 0 (D) 20
d[P]
3. For a reaction P  Q, increases by a factor of 2 upon increasing the concentration of P
dt
by 8 times. The order of the reaction with respect to P is
(A) 3 (B) 1/3 (C) 2 (D) 1/2
4. Assuming that, water vapour is an ideal gas, the internal energy change  U , when 1 mol of
water is vaporized at 1 bar pressure & 1000C, (given: molar enthalpy of vaporization of water at 1
bar & 373 K = 41 kJmol-1 & R = 8.314 J mol-1 K-1) will be:
(A) 41.00 kJmol-1 (B) 3.7904 kJmol-1 (C) 4.100 kJmol-1 (D) 37.904 kJmol-1
10
5. Maxwell’s Boltzmann’s distribution of molecular speeds for two ideal gases A and B at the same
temperature is given below:
A
Fraction of molecules
u
(speed)
Select the incorrect statement:
(A) Fraction of molecules moving with most probable speed of gas A is greater than that of gas B
(B) Most probable speed of molecules of gas B is greater than that of gas A
(C) Rate of diffusion of gas A < gas B under identical conditions
(D) Rate of diffusion of gas B < gas A under identical conditions
6. In an fcc arrangement of A and B in which A-atoms are at the corners of the unit cell and B –
atom at the face centres, one of the A – atom is missing from one corner in unit cells. The
simplest formula of the compound is:
(A) A7B3 (B) AB3 (C) A7B24 (D) A8B21
7. The pH of the following half – cell solution is:

Pt, H2 1 atm  H HCl ; E  0.25 V
(A) 2.21 (B) 8.46 (C) 4.23 (D) 0
8. Which is not correct for physical adsorption?

(A) Adsorption is spontaneous
(B) Both enthalpy and entropy of adsorption are -ve
(C) Adsorption on solid is reversible
(D) Adsorption increases with increase in temperature
9. The osmotic pressure of urea solution is 500 mm at 100C. The solution is diluted and the
temperature raised to 250C, when the osmotic pressure is found to be 105.3 mm.
Vfinal : Vinitial  X : 1
X is:
(A) 5 (B) 2 (C) 8 (D) 10
10. Select the correct statement:

(A) Al2Cl6 is a planar molecule
(B) I2Cl6 is a planar molecule
(C) B2H6 is a planar molecule
(D) is a planar molecule
11. Which of the processes are endothermic?

(i) Cl  g   e   Cl  g
(ii) N  g   e   N  g
(iii) Ne  g  e   Ne   g
(iv) Ne  g  Ne  g  e 
(v) Li  g  Li  aq hydration 
(vi) Cl  g   Cl  aq  hydration 
(A) (ii), (iv) (B) (ii), (iii) (C) (ii), (iii), (iv) (D) (ii), (iii), (iv), (vi)
12. The blue colour of dilute solution of alkali metals in ammonia slowly fades because:
(A) electrons get paired
(B) metals form MNH2 with release of H2 gas
(C) electrons loose energy eventually because of solvation
(D) electrons get trapped in holes of tetrahedrally arranged NH3 molecules
12

(A) D2O has higher dielectric constant, melting point, boiling point & ionic product than H2O
(B) D2O has higher melting point, boiling point & dielectric constant than H2O but lower value of
ionic product
(C) D2O has higher melting point, boiling point & ionic product but lower dielectric constant than
H2O
(D) D2O has higher melting point, boiling point but lower dielectric constant & ionic product than
H2O
14. For an exothermic chemical process occurring in two steps as follows:

 i X  Y  P  slow   ii P  XY  fast 
The energy diagram for the above process is best described by:
(A) (B)
Energy
XY Energy
P
P
X+Y
X+Y
XY
Reaction coordinate
Reaction coordinate
(C) (D)
Energy Energy
XY
P P
X+Y
X+Y
XY
Reaction coordinate Reaction coordinate
15. Which of the following reactions depict the oxidizing behavior of H2SO4?
(A) Ba  NO3 2  H2 SO 4  BaSO4  2HNO3
(B) 2PCl5  H2 SO4 
 2POCl3  2HCl  SO2 Cl2
(C) 2NaOH  H2 SO4 
 Na2 SO4  2H2 O
(D) 2HI  H2 SO 4  I2  SO2  2H2 O
16. The process in which catalyst is not used:

(A) Thermite process (B) Contact process
(C) Haber’s process (D) Ostwald’s process
17. Complex compounds which are optically active and doesn’t depend upon the orientation of the
ligand around metal cation:
(i) CoCl3  NH3 3  (ii) Co  en 3  Cl3

(iii) Co  C2O 4 2  NH3 2 
(A) (i), (ii) & (iii) (B) (ii) & (iii)
(C) only (ii) (D) all of the above
18. What is the product of the following reaction?

excess HBr
OCH2CH2OH

(A) Br + BrCH2CH2Br
(B) Br + BrCH2CH2OH
(C) Br OCH2CH2Br
(D) OH + BrCH2CH2Br
14
19. Which of the following does not give Hoffmann bromamide reaction?
(A) O (B) O
C NHBr H3C C NH2
(C) O (D) O
C NH2 C NH CH3
20. CH3  CH  CH  CH2  CO2H 


  X
major 
major product X is:
(A) CH3  CH  CH2 (B) H3C C CH2
CH 3
(C) CH3  CH  CH  CH3 (D) CH3  CH2  CH  CH2
21. Which of the following keto esters is not likely to have been prepared by a claisen condensation?
(A) O O (B) O CH3 O
(H3C)2 CHCH2 C HC C OCH2 CH3 (H3C)2 CH C C C OCH2 CH3
CH(CH3)2 CH3
(C) O O (D) O O
H5C 6 C HC C OCH2 CH3 H3CH2C C HC C OCH 2 CH3
CH3 CH3
O
|| 18
H
22. 
Ph  C  OH  CH3  O H   y   H2O . y is:
O
O
|| 18 || 18
(A) Ph  C  O  CH3  Trans esterification  (B) Ph  C O CH3 Esterification reaction 
O O
|| || 18
(C) Ph  C  OCH3 hydrolysis  (D) Ph  C  O  CH3  saponification 
23. alc.KOH
Cl OH (X), product X is:
H H
(A) (B) O
Cl
(C) (D) OH
16
24. In which of the following reactions, product is racemic mixture?

(A) H3C H (B) CH3  CH2  CH  CH2 
HBr

CCl4
HBr
C C
CCl4
CH3
H
(C) H3C CH3 (D) All of these
HBr
C C
CCl4
H
H
25. Select the enantiomers among the structures given below:
H H3C CH3 H Me Me
H3C H H CH3 H H
(I) (II) (III)
(A) I, II & III (B) I & III (C) I & II (D) II & III

(A) H
F
C C C C is optically active & non-polar
H F
(B) H
F
C C C C is optically inactive & polar
H F
(C) F H
C C C is optically inactive & non - polar
H F
(D) F H
C C C is optically active & polar
H F
27. Which of the following structure is most stable?

(A) Br (B) Br
NH2
NH2
(C) Br (D) Br
+ NH
2
: NH2
28. Which of the following compound give positive Tollen’s test?
(A) O OCH 3 (B) O
CH3
(C) O OH (D) O
OH
29. A sample of PCl5 is allowed to decompose in a container against a constant external pressure till
following equilibrium achieved:


PCl5  g  
 PCl3  g  Cl2  g
Select the correct option:
(A) The relative vapour density of sample increases till equilibrium is achieved & after that it
remains constant
(B) The degree of dissociation  '  '  , is dependent on the total pressure under which the
equilibrium is achieved
(C) The degree of dissociation  '  '  on attainment of the equilibrium is dependent on the total no.
of moles of PCl5 initially taken
(D) The molar mass of the sample increases and the density of the sample remains constant
30. A sparingly soluble salt A2B3 has concentration  A 3   SM in its saturated aqueous solution. So
its solubility (in M) is


A 2B3  s   3 2
 2A aq  3Baq
S
(A) S (B) 2S (C) (D) 4S
2
18

SECTION – A
1. Solution of differential equation

xdx  ydy
 x, given that y = 0 at x = 1
xdy  ydx
(A) y  1  x 2  y 2 (B) y  1  y 2  x 2 (C) y  y 2  x 2 (D) None of these
40
 x
2. The sum of the coefficient of all the integral power of x in the expansion of  1   is
 2 

340  1 340  1 320  1 320  1
(A) (B) (C) (D)
240 241 220 221
3. A family of lies is given by  2  3  x  1  2  y  6  12  0,  being a parameters. The line

belonging to this family at maximum distance from the point (4, 3) is L1 and from the point (-2, -4)
is L2. Then angle between lines L1 & L2 is
 11   23   17   19 
(A) tan1   (B) tan1   (C) tan1   (D) tan1  
 23   11   19   17 
p q r
4. If p, q, r are distinct complex number such that     , then sum of all values of  will be
q r p
(A) 1 (B) -1 (C) 0 (D) None of these
5. If f(x) is differentiable & satisfying

f x
 
f  x  y   f  x   f  y   x 2  y 2 xy  x, y  R and lim
x 0 x
 2 then f(x) will be
x4 x4
(A) 2  x 3 (B) 2x  (C) 2  (D) 2x  x 4  2
4 4
6. Two numbers x and y are randomly selected on the real number line, such that 0  x,y  60. Find
the probability that the difference between selected no is not greater than 10.
11 11 11 11
(A) (B) (C) (D)
36 38 40 42
7. On 8  8 Chess board. If two squares of 1 1 are selected randomly, what is probability that, they
have one side common.
1 1 1 1
(A) (B) (C) (D)
16 18 20 22
8. Number of real value of x satisfy this equation, 22x  2x  3  5cos x   1  0

(A) 0 (B) 1 (C) 2 (D) 3
9.
50
f  x     x  n 
51n  n2  then f  51 equal to
n 1 f '  51
1 1 1 1
(A) (B) (C) (D)
1275 2500 2550 5050
3 2
10. A function defied as R  R, f  x   e2 x  3 x  6 x 5 will be
(A) One – One & onto (B) One – One & into (C) Many – One & onto (D) Many – One & into
 cot 2
x  n 1   f n 1
11.  n  x  g  x   c where
cos x
n
   f  x   2  g  x  2 
f    1 then minimum value of      
2
(A) 1 (B) 2n (C) 22n (D) 24n
m 2n 1
 1
12. This equation   x  r   0 , has
r 1  2 
(A) only one real root (B) has all real root
(C) has 2n real root (D) has (2n +1) real root
20
13. Consider number N = 75600 then sum of divisor of the form (4n + 2), n  N is
(A) 19840 (B) 29760 (C) 39680 (D) None of these
14. The inverse of the converse of  p   q  r will be equivalent to

(A)  r   q  p  (B)  r    p  q  (C) r   p  q (D) None of these
15. If a, b, c be the sides of a ABC and it roots of the equation a  b  c  x 2  b  c  a  x  c  a  b   0

A B C
are equal then cosec 2 , cosec 2 , cos ec 2 are in
2 2 2
(A) AP (B) GP (C) HP (D) None of these
16. Area of the ellipse 3x 2  4xy  3y2  2x  8y  6  0

 4
(A) (B) 5 (C) (D) 4 5
5 5
0
x 19
17. e
122 x
1  e  dx is equal to

19!121! 19!121! 19!121! 19!121!

(A) (B) (C) (D)
71! 70! 141! 140!
18. How many 6 letter words can be formed using the letter from the word ‘BORINGROAD’ if each
word has 3 vowels & 3 consonant
(A) 936 (B) 5616 (C) 17280 (D) 33676
19. A man can take a step forward, backward, left or right with equal probability. Then the probability
that after nine steps he will be just one step away from his initial position.
 15874   15875 
(A) P  E   4   9  (B) P  E   4   9 
 4   4 
 15876   15877 
(C) P  E   4   9  (D) P  E   4   9 
 4   4 
n 1 n
 r
20. If   x  n    x, where n is the positive integer and [x] represent greatest integer of x.
r 0 r 0
Then total number of possible solution of x is

(A) 1 (B) n -1 (C) n (D) n + 1

8
x dx 
21.  1  cos 4x  sin 4x  b n2 then value of b is
0
(A) 14 (B) 16 (C) 32 (D) 64
  x  1 e nx dx  ae
x p
22.  beq  cer then value of (p + q + r) will be
1
(A) 2 (B) e + 2 (C) e + 1 (D) None of these
23. If a, b, c represent the sides of triangle ABC and quadratic equation ax 2  cx  b  0 does not
have two distinct real root then which condition hold’s true
(A) b  4a  2c (B) b  4a  2c (C) b  2c  4a (D) b  2c  4a
24.    
cos1 x 2  3x  3     2cos 1 x 2  then total number of possible value of x satisfying this
equation is
(A) 0 (B) 1 (C) 2 (D) 3
 1 2 3
25. If A  0 1 2 & BA = A where B represent 3  3 order matrix. If total number of ‘1’ in matrix
0 0 1
-1
A & matrix B are p & q respectively then p + q is
(A) 3 (B) 4 (C) 5 (D) 7
sin A sin  C  2B 
26.  then a sinA, b sinB, csinC are in,
sinC sin  A  2C 
(A) AP (B) GP (C) HP (D) None of these
22
27. The image of the parabola x 2  4y in the line x + y = 2 is

2 2
(A)  x  2   4  2  y  (B)  y  2  4  2  x 
2 2
(C)  x  2  4  2  y  (D)  y  2   4  2  x 
28. If  sin3A  sin3B  sin3C   12  sin A.sinB.sinC   3  sin A  sinB  sinC   0 then
(A) cosC  sin A  sinB (B) sinC  cos A  cosB
(C) sinA  sinB sinC (D) None of these
29. lt
e 2002x
 
 1  1  1001x  e1001x  e1001x 
x 0 x  e  1
x
2 2
(A) 1001 (B) 1001 (C)  2002  (D)  2002 
 2 
 x
 log2   log2x 1
30. Equation 2.x  
 8 2 has
(A) One real value of x (B) two real value of x
(C) three real value of x (D) None of these
AITS-FT-I-PCM (Sol)-JEE(Main)/17
FULL TEST – I
(Main)

1. C D A
2. B D B
3. A B B
4. C D B
5. C D B
6. D C A
7. D C B
8. A D B
9. C A A
10. B B B
11. A C C
12. C B A
13. A D A
14. D D D
15. C D A
16. A A A
17. C C C
18. D D C
19. A D C
20. B D D
21. D B D
22. A B D
23. B B D
24. D D B
25. A C D
26. B D A
27. B D B
28. A C D
29. D B B
30. B C A
2
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. The time taken in first a/2 is T/6 and in next a/2 will be T/4. So
T T 5
t   T
6 4 12
5 M 5 m
  2 
12 k 6 k
2. MI about CM = mR2 + 2 mR2/4

2
I = 3/2 mR
Conservation of AM about CM,
2
Mv o R/4 = 3/2 mR    = v o/6R
10  x 4  x
3. t 
C C
10 + x 4-x
  6  2x
-10 O 4
10  3 x
t  x  3
C
7
t 
C
 7  32  y 2 y
 y  40
-3
4. We know gravitational potential energy is

3 GM2
U
5 R
1
4R3  3V  3
Volume of star V = R   
3  4 
1
3  4  3 2
U     GM
5  3V 
u
Pressure P = 
V
1  4  GM2
   4
5 3  3
V
4

3
P  V
18
5. Va  3   Vb
3R
18
Va  Vb  3  0
3R
R  3
6. u in capacitor = 0
Work by battery = qE = 64 J
 Heat = 64 J
2h 2  40
7. Time taken for the plate to fall is t  
g 980
2
t  sec
7
t 2 1
time period T    sec
8 8  7 28
1
 frequency f   28 Hz
T
8. For the water level to remain stationary

Volume efflux = rate of filling (x)
 VA  x
x2
2gh A  x h 
2gA 2
2
70 
h 2
2  980   0.25 
h  40 cm
9. (i), (ii) are true but (iii) is false, as we know that viscosity in gaseous is about 100 times less than
viscosity in liquids.
10. Shape of the composite bar is convex toward PQ if 1   2 .
Vout Iout Rout

11. Voltage gain =  
Vin Iin Rin
2  10 3 4  103
 
40  106 100
 2000
dE
12. When 0
dt
E is maximum
13. least count of Vernier caliper
14. Force on the upper block = ma

Work done = F.S = ma
4
15. Collector current Ic =

voltage drop acrossRL 1
  10 3 amp
RL 1000
Now VCE  9  1  8 volt
IC
Current gain  
IB
25 10 3
or   IB  1.04  103 amp.
26 IB
RL 25 1000 125
Voltage gain     
RC 26 200 26
2
RL  25  1000
Power gain  2     4.6
RC  26  200
Again IE  IB  IC  1.04  10 3  10 3  2.04  10 3 A
F
16. Magnification M   9  F  9f ...... i 
f
Distance between lenses d = F + f  F  f  20 ..... ii 
From equation  i  &  ii  we get F = 18 cm
f = 2 cm
17. The objective has a shorter focal length. The objective has a shorter aperture.
18. Outgoing volume /sec = incoming volume per sec

Q  3  106  4  10 6  1 10 6  4  10 6  8  10 6  2  10 6  7  10 6
Q  13  10 6 m3 / s
19. Here the width of principal maxima is 2.5 mm


Then its half width is =
2
2.5 3
=  1.25  10 m
2

 2  1.25  10 3
Diffraction angle      ....... i 
D 2

a      ....... ii 
a
from  i  &  ii 
  a
1.25  10 3
  103
2
 6.25  107 m
0
   6250 A
20. Average energy density is given by,
2
1 1 E  1
U 0 E 2  0  0    E 2
2 2  2 4
1
U   8.85  10 12  12
4
U  2.2  10 12 J / m3
   
21.   i  B j Bk

22. For strong reflection, the least optical path difference introduced by the film should be . The
2
optical path difference between the waves reflected from the surfaces of the film is 2d.

Thus for strong reflection 2d 
2
 589
d    118 nm
4 4  1.25
E0 2
23.  V12   V2  V1   50V
2
 E0  50 2 V
 x
24. y  x0 cos2  nt  
 
2
y  x0 cos  Vt  x   V  n

 dy  2
   x0  v   2V  given 
 dt max 
   x 0
V0 D
25. M
U0 fe
 54 
here u0     cm
 131 
13.5 25
M 
 54  2.5
 
 131 
 327.5
2
26. Energy   Amplitude 
E  KA 2 , K  constant 
dE dA 2  5
2   10%
E A 100
r 1.5
27. we know b    30
2m 2  25  10 3
6
K 25
&    1000
m 25  10 3
 time period
2 2
T   0.628 sec
2 2
 b 1000  900
28. Net Power given to N2 gas = 100 – 30 = 70 cal/sec
The nitrogen gas expends isobarically.
dT 7 dT
 Q  nCp or 70  5  R s
dt 2 dt
dT
  2K / sec
dt
29. If I is the final intensity and I0 is the initial intensity then

10
I 5 I 1  3
2

I  0 cos2 30  or   
I0 2  2 
 0.12
 % change  12%
30. Audible waves.
SECTION – A
1. Normality of H2O2 = 11.2/5.6

11.2
 V  4 1
5.6 moles of Fe2
Normality of H2 O2
V=2L
2. n1  4 4  2 produces 3 different lines.

n1  4    0, 1, 2, 3
 orbital angular momentum      1 
0
or 2  or 6  or 12 
n
r1 K P 
3. 
r2 K  8 P n
2  8n
1
n
3
4. U  H  nRT
=41000 - 1 8.314  373
 37.9 kJ mol1
5. Umps  A   Umps B 
1
Umps 
M
 MA  MB
1
r 
M
rA  rB
 1 7
6. No. of A atoms =    7 
8
  8
1
No. of B atoms = 6   3
2
7
 A :B  : 3  7 : 24
8
7. H2  2H  2e
8
o 0.0591 2
Eox  Eox  log H 
2
pH  4.23
8. T  Adsorption 
9. V  nST
500 mm  V1  nS  283
105.3 mm  V2  nS  298
V2  298 500 
  
V1  105.3 283 
5
10. (a) Cl Cl Cl
sp3 non - planar
Al Al
Cl Cl Cl
(b) Cl Cl Cl
sp3d2 hybridization here square planar
I I
Cl Cl
Cl
(c) H H H
sp3 (non - planar)
B B
H H
H
(d) tub – like structure (non – planar)
11. (i) exothermic: (i), (v) & (vi)

(ii) endothermic: (ii), (iii) & (iv)
12. M NH3   e  NH3   NH3     MNH2  H2  g
13. comparing D – O & H – O bond strength
14. Ea of 1st step must be higher than 2nd step and XY has lower energy than X + Y.
15. I 
 I2  oxidized  & S 6  S 4 Re duced 
16. No catalyst is used in thermite process
17. en
en
en
Co Co en
en en
18.
OH + BrCH2 CH2Br
19. In Hoffmann Bromamide reaction N-alkyl substituted amide.

O
C N CH3 will not be replaced so it dosent give hoffman
bromamide reaction.
H
20. H3C H H3C

CH O CH2 O
+
HC C HC C
CH2 O CH2 O
6-membered Transition state
21. 2  H are required for driving the equilibrium forward & getting enolate of an ester.
22. Esterification reaction
23. alc.KOH -
Cl OH OH + H2O + Cl
H H Tautomerism
24. all will produce racemic mixture,  all of them have planar intermediates.
25. IInd is non superimposable mirror image of (I).
26. A, B; planar molecule.

D-Allene, non planar with no plane/ point of symmetry.
27. octet complete.
28. It is converted into an aldehyde.
29. Kp 
 X  X  P
Cl2 PCl3
T
X  PCl5
S
30. let solubility of A2B3 be x M   A 3   2x  S  x  M
2
10

SECTION – A
1 x  r sec  y  r tan  r 2
 x2  y2 
rdr
2
 r sec 
r sec d
dr 2
 r 2   sec d
1
  tan   c
r
1 y
  c
2 2
x y x  y2
2
Put y  0 at x  1, C  1
so y  1  x  y2 2
40 40
 x  x
 1     1   2 4
 2   2    x  x 
2. 
 nC0  nC2    nC4    .........
2   2   2  
     
Put x = 1,
40 40
 1  1 3 40 1
1   1    40
 2  2  2 40
2
2 2
340  1

241
3.  2x  y  6     2y  3x  12   0
so fixed point where  1 &  2 will pass is,
2x  y  6  0
2y  3x  12  0
we get,  0, 6 
 
 1  4
slope of line 1    
 3  3
 4 
r  1
slope of line  2      
s 5
m1  m2 23  23 
tan       tan1  
1  m1m2 11  11 
p q r
4.   1
q r p
 3  1 
1 (not possible b/c distinct p,q,r)
 
2
    &   2
   2  1
f  x  h  f  x 
5. f ' x 
h

 
f  h   x 2  h2 xh
h
f h 
f '  x   lt
h 0 h

 x x 2  h2 
 2  x3
x4
f  x   2x  K
4
f  x
for K, lt 2
n u x
x4
2x  K
4 2k 0
x
x4
so, f  x   2x 
4
6. S  x,y : 0  x,y  60
A  Event that x  y  10
B  Event that y  x  10
1
n(E)  602  2   50  50
2
1100
P(E) 
3600
1 4 2
7. n E    C1. C1  24 C1.3 C1  36 C1.4 C1   112
2
112 1
 P  E   64 
C2 18
8. Divide by 2x ,
2x  2 x  5 cos x  3
2x  2x  2  5  cos x  1
 0  0
cos x  1  0 & 2x  2 x  2
12
 x  0, 2, 4 & x  0
Inter sec tion of both solution we get x  0
Number of solution  1
f ' x 50
 1 
9.   ,n  51  n   
f  x  n 1  x n
f '  51 50
1
  n  51  n  
f  51 n 1  51  n 
f  51 1

f '  51 1275
3
10. f '  n   e2n  3n2  6x  5 6x 2  6x  6  
3
3 x 2  6x  5

 6 x 2  x  1 e2x  0
3 2
and e2x  3x  6 x  5
will not be negative so one - one into
cos ec 2 x  n
 cos ec 
2
11.  dx  x  n sec n x dx
cosn x
 
  cos ec 2 x sec n x dx   n sec n x dx
using by part
we get   sec 
n 1
x cos ec x
so, f  x   cos ecx & 9  x   sec x
and min value of sec 2 x  cos ec 2 x  4
n 2n
so  4    2 
m 2n  1
 1
12. Let f  x  
 x  r 
r  1 2 
After differentiation f’(x) is positive so f(x) is increasing so only one real root & other are
imaginary.
13. sum of division   2 3 0
 
 31  32  33 50  51  52 70  71 

exact 2 will come
 2  40  31 8
 19840
14.  p  q   r
converse r   p  q
inverse  r   p  q
 r    p  q
 r    p  q
 r   p  q
15. roots are x = 1, 1

2ac
Product of root = 1  b =
ac
 a, b, c are in HP
1 1 1
, , are in AP
a b C
S S S
, , are in AP
a b C
Sa Sb Sc
, , are in AP
a b c
bc ca ab
, , are in AP
 S  b  S  c   S  c S  a  S  a  s  b 
2 2
16. This is shifted ellipse 3  x  1  4  x  1 y  2   3  y  2   0
3X 2  4XY  3Y 2  1
so rotate 450 we get
x2 y 2 
  1 A 
5 1 5
17. Put e x  t
1
121 19
 t 1  t 
0
dt
1
I121, 18 
121  19  1  121 19
C19 
1 19!121!
 
141  140
C19  141!
18. 3 vowels can be selected by = 12 ways

Consonant can be selected by 72 ways
Total ways = 6C3  12  72  17280
19. E1  nF  nB and nR  nL  1
E 2  nF  nB and nL  nR  1
E3  nR  nL and nF  nB  1
E 4  nR  nL and nB  nF  1
P  E1   P E 2   P E 3   P E 4  F B R L
P  E   4P  E1  0 0 5 4
1 1 4 3
n  s   49 2 2 3 2
Event E1 can occurs in following ways, 3 3 2 1
4 4 1 0
n  E1  9 C5 .4 C4 9 C1.8 C1.7 C4 .3 C3 9 C2 .7 C2 .5 C3 .2 C2 9 C3 .6 C3 .3 C 2 .1C1 9 C 4 .5 C 4 .1C1  15876

 15876 
P E   4   9 
 4 
14
20. nx   n  1 x
nx  nx  nx  x
x  nx
 x  0  one solution 
since n is the positive int eger so Total solution of x is n  1
  
8   x
 8 
21. I dx
0     
1  cos 4   x   sin 4   x 
8  8 

8 1
2I   dx
8 0 1  cos x  sin 4x

 8 sec 2 2x
  dx
8 0 2  2 tan 2x

 sec 2 t
4
I dt
64 0 1  tan t

 
I n 1  tan t  04  n2
64 64
 b  64
 e  xnx  nx  dx
x
22.
1
e
 e  xnx  nx  1  1 dx
x
1
e e
 e  xnx   nx  1    e dx
x x
1 1
e x e
e xnx  e
x
1 1
 ee 1  ee  e
P  e  1, q  e, r  1 & so, p  q  r  e  1  e  1
 2e  2
 2  e  1
23. a  b  c  sum of two side  third side 

a  c  b  0  f 1  0
f  2   0 also
4a  2c  b  0
 b  2  4a 
24. x 2  3x  3  1 & x2  1
x  1, 2    i  & x  1        ii 
Taking intersection and we get x = 1.
So only one solution is possible.
 1 2 1 
1
25. A 1  adj  A   A 1  0 1 2 
A
0 0 1 
A 1 & BA  A
BAA 1  AA 1  B  I
Total no of 1 in matrix B  3 & matrix A 1  4
sin A sin  A  B 
26. 
sinc sin B  C 
sin B  C  sin B  C   sin  A  B  sin  A  B 
sin2 B  sin2 C  sin2 A  sin2 B
 sin2 A,sin2 B,sin2 C  AP
sin A sin A,sinB sinB,sinC sinC  AP
a b C
sin A, sinB, sinC  AP
2R 2R 2R
a sin A,b sinB, c sinC  AP
27. let any point on x 2  4y as  2t,t 2  mirror image of  2t,t 2  along line x + y = 2 is (h, k). is
h  2t K  t 2  2t  t 2  2 
  2  
1 1  2 
h  2t  2t  t 2  2  2  t 2
K  t 2  2t  t 2  2  2  2t
2  K   t  t2  2  h
2
2
2  K  4  2  h
h x& yy
2
 y  2  42  x
28.  
 4 sin3 A  sin3 B  sin3 C  12  sin A sinB sinC   0
 4  sin 3 3 3
A  sin B  sin C  3 sin A sinB sinC  0 
 sin A  sinB  sinC  0 sin A  sinB  sinC
29. lt
e 2002x

 1  1  1001x  e1001x  1  1001x  e1001x  1  
x
n 0  e  1
x2  
 x 
16
 e1001x  1  1001x    x 

lt e2002x  1 e1001x   n2
 x 
n 0
   e  1
2
1001 2
lt 2  1  1  1001
n 0 2
30. let log2x  t

1
1 
t 2
 x
 t  1 log  log
2
2
2
8
7
t 2
 t  1 t  
8
7
 t3  t 2  t  0
8
 1  3 7
  t   t 2   t  D  0 so imaginary value of t
 2  2 4
1
so, t  
2
x 1
log2  
2
1

x2 2
  real value 
so we get one real value of x.
FULL TEST – II
Paper 1

t h e t es t .
INSTRUCTIONS
results.

on OMR sheet.

Enrolment No.
2
Useful Data
PHYSICS
2
2 2
CHEMISTRY

= 0.0821 Lit atm K1 mol1
= 1.987  2 Cal K1 mol1
= 6.625  10–27 ergs
1 amu = 1.66  10–27 kg
1 eV = 1.6  10–19 J

N=9, Na=11, Mg=12, Si=14, Al=13, P=15, S=16,
Cl=17, Ar=18, K =19, Ca=20, Cr=24, Mn=25,
Fe=26, Co=27, Ni=28, Cu = 29, Zn=30, As=33,
Br=35, Ag=47, Sn=50, I=53, Xe=54, Ba=56,
Pb=82, U=92.
F=19, Na=23, Mg=24, Al = 27, Si=28, P=31, S=32,
Cl=35.5, K=39, Ca=40, Cr=52, Mn=55, Fe=56, Co=59,
Ni=58.7, Cu=63.5, Zn=65.4, As=75, Br=80, Ag=108,
Sn=118.7, I=127, Xe=131, Ba=137, Pb=207, U=238.
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. A block of mass m is placed in contact with one end of a smooth tube of mass M (see figure). A
horizontal force F acts on the tube in each case (i) and (ii). Then mark incorrect option:
M
F m i 
M
F m  ii 
F F
(A) a m  0 and a M  in  i  (B) a m  a M  in  i 
M M+m
F mF
(C) a m  a M  in  ii  (D) Force on m is in  ii 
M+m Mm
2. Two springs, S1 and S2 , have negligible masses and the spring constant of
S1 is 1/3 that of S2 . When a block is being hanged from the springs as shown S1
above and the springs slowly come to equilibrium again, the ratio of the
potential energy stored in S1 to the S2 is: S2
(A) 1/9 (B) 1/3
(C) 1 (D) 3
4
3. A trick cyclist rides his bike around a well of death in the form of a
vertical cylinder (see figure). The maximum frictional force parallel
to the surface of the cylinder is equal to a fraction µ of the normal θ
force exerted by the wall. At what minimum constant speed must Front view of
the cyclist go to avoid slipping down? (Assume that size of
Motorcycle
motorcycle is very small as compared to cylinder.
1/ 2 1/2 r
 2gr cosθ   gr sinθ 
(A)   (B)  
 μ   2μ 
1/ 2 1/ 2
 gr   2gr 
(C)   (D)  
μ  μ 
4. A thermometer consists of a quantity of alcohol in a glass tube. When the thermometer is in

thermal contact with soft ice cream in a box the length of the alcohol column is 5 cm and thermal
equilibrium. When placed in a freezer the alcohol column remains 5 cm long in thermal
equilibrium. When ice cream is put in the freezer.
(A) Ice cream melts (B) Ice cream freezes more
(C) Ice cream neither melts nor freezes more (D) Insufficient information.
5. In the diagram shown, a wire carries current I. What is the

 
value of the  B.d s (as in Ampere's law) on the helical loop
shown in the figure? The integration in done in the sense
shown. The loop has N turns and part of helical loop on which
arrows are drawn is outside the plane of paper.
(A) μ 0  NI  (B) μ0  I
(C) μ 0  NI  (D) Zero
6. A projectile is thrown with velocity U = 20m/s ± 5% at an angle 60°. If the projectile falls back on
the ground at the same level then which of following can not be a possible answer for range.
2
Consider g  10m/s .
(A) 39.0 m (B) 37.5 m
(C) 34.6 m (D) 32.0 m
7. A dielectric slab of area A passes between the capacitor

plates of area 2A with a constant speed v. The variation of
current (i) through the circuit as function of time (t) can be
qualitatively represented as
(A) i (B) i
t
t
(C) i (D) i
t t
8. 2 loudspeakers are emitting sound waves of wavelength  with an  A

π
initial phase difference of . At what minimum distance from O on
2 3 O
line AB will one hear a maxima
100 
(A) 25 (B) 100
15 B
25
(C) (D) 50
3
6
9. There is a fixed positive charge Q at O and A and B are points equidistant from O. A positive
charge + q is taken slowly by an external agent from A to B along the line AC and then along the
line CB.
Q
C
O
A B
(A) The total work done on the charge is zero
(B) The work done by the electrostatic force from A to C is negative
(C) The work done by the electrostatic force from C to B is positive
(D) The work done by electrostatic force in taking the charge from A to B is dependent on the
actual path followed.
10. In the diagram shown, a particle of charge +Q and mass M is projected making an angle β with
the vertical line. Which the possible path on which the charge will move. Above the dark line
magnetic field is B1 and below it is B2 . (Consider all possible cases for values of B1and B2 )
B1
V
β
O B2
v
(A) (B)
O
O
(C) O (D)
 
11. Two particles of mass m1 and m2 are moving with velocity v1 and v1 respectively. Mark the correct
statement about a perfectly inelastic collision between m1 and m 2 .
m1m 2  
(A) Impulse by m1 to m2 is  v1  v 2 
m1 + m 2
m1m 2  
(B) Momentum transferred by m2 to m1 is  v 2  v1 
m1 + m 2
m1m 2  
(C) Impulse by m1 on m 2 in CM frame is  v 2  v1 
m1 + m 2
(D) In CM frame both the particles come to rest after perfectly inelastic collision.
12. In figure, a block of mass m is released from rest when spring was in its Rod
natural length. The pulley also has mass m but it is frictionless. Suppose 
the value of m is such that finally it is just able to lift the block M up after String
releasing it. m
M
(A) The weight of m required to just lift M is g
2
M
(B) The tension in the rod, when m is in has zero accelerationg
2
M
(C) The normal force acting on M when m has zero acceleration g
2
(D) The tension in the string when displacement of m is maximum possible is Mg
8
Comprehension Type
correct
A horizontal frictionless rod is threaded through a bead of L

mass m. The length of the cart is L and the radius of the M
bead, r, is very small in comparison with L (r << L). Initially m
at (t = 0) the bead is at the right edge of the cart. The cart is
struck and as a result, it moves with velocity 0 . When the
bead collides with the cart’s walls, the collisions are always
completely elastic. (Given: m > M).  
13. What is the velocity of the cart after the first collision, in the center of mass frame?
 m v0 M v0
(A) (B)
mM mM
Mm 0 2M 0
(C) v (D) v
Mm mM
14. The first collision takes place at time t1 and the second collision takes place at
t  0 till t  t 2 if m  M 0
2ML ML
(A) (B)
mM 2m  M
2M ML
(C) L (D)
mM 2m  M
The Doppler flow meter is a particularly interesting medical application of the Doppler effect. This device
measures the speed of blood flow, using transmitting and receiving elements that are placed directly on
the skin, as in Figure. The transmitter emits a continuous sound whose frequency is typically about 5
MHz. When the sound is reflected from the red blood cells, its frequency is changed in a kind of Doppler
effect because the cells are moving with the same velocity as the blood. The receiving element detects
the reflected sound, and an electronic counter measures its frequency, which is Doppler-shifted relative to
the transmitter frequency. From the change in frequency the speed of the blood flow can be determined.
Typically, the change in frequency is around 600 Hz for flow speeds of about 0.1 m/s.
15. Assume that the red blood cell is directly moving away from the source and the receiver. What is
the (approx) speed of the sound wave in the blood?
(A) 1700 m/s (B) 330 m/s
(C) 5000 m/s (D) 3000 m/s
16. An abnormal segment of the artery is narrowed down by an arteriosclerotic plaque to one-fourth
the normal cross-sectional area. What will be the change in frequency due to reflection from the
red blood cell in that region?
(A) 150 Hz (B) 300 Hz
(C) 600 Hz (D) 2400 Hz
10
A circuit is shown below.

A
B
R R
17. If A is an ideal ammeter, B an ideal Battery of voltage V, and C an ideal voltmeter, what will be
reading of C
the ?
reading of A
(A) R (B) 2R
R
(C) (D) 0
2
18. If A is a capacitor, B is an ideal ammeter and C is an ideal battery of voltage V, what is the
voltage across the capacitor ?
V
(A) V (B)
2
(C) 2V (D) 0
SECTION – C
(both inclusive).
1. In a slow reaction, heat is being evolved at a rate about 10mW in a liquid. If the heat were being
32
generated by the decay of P , a radioactive isotope of phosphorus that has half-life of 14 days
32
and emits only beta-particles with a mean energy of 700KeV. The number of P atoms in the
liquid is A×77  1015 find a:
[Take: ln 2 = 0.7]
2. An old record player of 10 cm radius turns at 10 rad/s while mounted

on a 30° incline as shown in the figure. A particle of mass m can be
placed anywhere on the rotating record. If the least possible 
coefficient of friction  that must exist for no slipping to occur is  ,
find 2 3 . 30°
3. Two long straight wires of telephone circuit inside a house are

coplanar with and run parallel to a third long straight conductor that
carries a current i  i 0sin ωt . The wires are at a distance of d1 d2
d1 and d 2 from the conductor. The conductor induced a noise in the I0 sin ωt
telephone circuit. The rms voltage per unit length of this induced emf
is x  5 , find x? Express your answer in µV. Take
2 2
d 2  2d1 , i0  A ω  50 rad/s
ln 2
4. Figure a shows a spring attached to a 2.0 kg block. The other end 6 cm/s
of the spring is pulled by a motorized toy train that moves forward
at constant speed 6.0 cm/s. The spring constant is 50 N/m and
the coefficient of static friction between the block and the surface
is 0.60. The spring is at its natural length at t = 0s when the train 2kg
starts to move. When does the block slip (express your answer in
 
second)?
5. Consider the circuit shown in figure. With switch S1 closed   

and the other two switches open, the circuit has a time
  S  S 
S1 2 3
constant 0.05 sec. With switch S2 closed and the other two
switches open, the circuit has a time constant 2 sec. With L C R
switch S3 closed and the other two switches open, the
circuit oscillates with a period T. Find T(in sec).
2
(Take π  10 )
12
SECTION – A
1. CH 3 HC  CHCH 3  CH 2  P
 cis   triplet state 
(A) P is a cis isomer (B) P is a trans isomer
(C) P is a mixture of cis and trans isomers (D) P is acyclic compound
2. BaTiO3 crystallizes in perovskite structure. This structure may be described as a cubic lattice,
with barium ions occupying the corners, oxide ions at the face centres and titanium ions in one of
the octahedral holes. Which of the following is correct about BaTiO3 crystal lattice?
4
(A) Ti must the body centred octahedral hole
4
(B) Ti must occupy the edge centred octahedral hole
4
(C) Ti must occupy any of the octahedral holes
(D) 1/4 th of the octahedral holes are occupied
3. Ammonium compound which on heating does not give NH 3 is

(A)  NH 4  2 SO 4 (B)  NH 4  2 CO 3
(C) NH 4 NO 2 (D) NH 4Cl
4. The standard electrode potentials of some of the alkali metals are

Li + /Li  3.05 V
Na + /Na  2.71V
K + /K  2.93V
Alkali metals react with water according to the following reaction. (M = alkali metal)
2M  H 2 O  2MOH  H 2
It is found Li reacts gently with water whereas potassium reacts violently with water. Which of the
following statement (s) is/ are correct regarding the above two experimental facts?
(A) ΔG values related with the kinetics of a reaction
(B) The metal having large standard oxidation potential will have lesser reactivity.
(C) K has a low melting point, and the heat of reaction is sufficient to make it melt or even
vaporize. This leads to exponential increase in its surface area.
(D) The ionization potential of K is smaller than that of Li.
5.
H3C2 CH3
 i  OsO4 /H2 O

(ii) NaHSO 4
 P
H H
Which of the following is true about P ?
(A) P is optically inactive due to internal compensation
(B) P is optically inactive due to external compensation
(C) P is optically inactive
(D) P is optically inactive due the absence of chiral carbon.
6. O
COOD
Δ
CH2 CH3 
H2O
 P
Which is not possible for P is

(A) O (B) OD
CH2CH3 CH2CH3
1
(C) O (D) None of these
CH2CH3
OH
14
7. The salt having isoelectronic cation and anion among the following is
(A) NaCl (B) KF
(C) CaCl2 (D) KBr
8. Which of the following statement(s) is/ are incorrect?

(A) o – phenol sulphonic acid be converted into p – phenol sulphonic acid in the presence
of H 2SO 4 if temperature is increased.
(B) Phenol is more acidic than benzyl alcohol
(C) Phenoxide ion activates the more in comparison to phenol
(D) Bromination of phenol in aqueous medium produces 2 – bromophenol and 4 - bromophenol

9. Which of the following special (s) is/ are isostructural with lF4 ?
2+
(A)  Cu  NH 3  4  (B) XeF4
 2
(C) BF4 (D)  Ni  CN  4 
10. Identify the incorrect statement (s)?

(A) The ration of the observed molar volume to ideal volume is called compressibility factor.
(B) The value of van der Waals constants ‘a’ and ‘b’ is independent of the nature of gas.
(C) At high temperature and low pressure, the behaviour of any gas can be explained
 an 2 
by  P    V  nb   nRT
 V2 
(D) H 2 and He gases are difficult to liquefy because their Critical temperature is very small.
11. In which of the following reactions, the stiochiometric ratio of H 2SO 4 to H 2 gas is the same?
(A Zn  s  and H 2SO 4 (B) Na  s  and H 2SO 4
(C) Al  s  and H 2SO 4 (D) Ni  s  and H 2SO 4
12. Which of the following compound (s) will not dissolve in an alkali solution after it has undergone
reaction with Hinsberg’s reagent?
(A) Diethyl amine (B) Isopropyl amine
(C) N – methyl ethanamine (D) N, N – dimethyl aniline
Comprehension Type
correct
The cell given below consists of three compartments,

separated by porous barriers. The first contains a cobalt
electrode in 5 L of 0.1M Co  NO 3  2 ; the second contains
5 L of 0.1 M Co Ag
KNO3 the third contains a silver electrode in

5L of 0.1M AgNO3 Assume that the current within in the
E oCo 2  /Co  0.28V
cell Is carried equally by the positive and negative ions. If
'there is a passage of 0.1 mol of electrons, answer the E oAg  / Ag  0.8V
following (19, 20 and 21) questions.
13. Co 2 and NO3 in the left hand side .compartment are

The concentrations of
(A) 0.105M and 0.210 M (B) 0.08 M and 0.16 M
(C) 0.1M and 0.2 M (D) 0.05M and 0.1M
 
14. The concentrations of Ag and NO3 In the right hand side compartment are.
(A) 0.08 M and 0.09 M (B) 0.75 M and 0.08M
(C) 0.01M and 0.09 M (D) 0.75 M and 0.09 M
16
In the following sequence of reaction,

O
CH3
- + CH2 O3 /Zn
OH
+ CHCl3  Ag /
   A  C6 H 7 Cl  B  C10 H13OCl    C  C10 H13O3Cl 
15. Compound A is
(A) (B)
Cl
Cl
Cl
16. Compound C when treated with NaOH/ X2 gives

(A) CHO O (B) CHO O
CH3 CH3
Cl
COO- COO-
(C) CHO (D) CHO O
-
COO
CH3
Cl
COO- COO-
Potassium dichromate is used as lab reagent and dichromate ion can be used as a primary standard in
volumetric analysis.
1   Cr 3  3 1 H 2 O;E°  1.33V
Cr2 O72   7H   3e 
2 2
When H 2 O 2 is added to an acidified solution of dichromate, a complicated reaction occurs. The formation
of product depends on the pH value and concentration of dichromate ions. A deep-blue violet peroxo
compound X is formed which decomposes rapidly in aqueous solution. This compound can be extracted
in ether, where it reacts with pyridine fanning the adduct PyCro  O 2 2 .
In alkaline solution K 2 Cr2 O 7 with 30% H 2 O 2 , a read – brown compound Y  K 3CrO 8  is formed. In
alkaline solution the dark red – brown compound Z  NH 3 3 CrO 4  is formed. In alkaline solution
dichromate ion changes to chromate ion which is also used as reagent in quantitative analysis of cations.
17. The shape of compound (Z) is

(A) Butterfly shape (B) Pentagonal pyramidal
(C) Pentagonal bipyramidal (D) Tetrahedral
18. What is the oxidation state of Cr In red-brown compound Y?

(A) + 6 (B) + 4
(C) + 5 (D) + 13
18
SECTION – C
(both inclusive).
1. The molar heat capacity of the ideal monoatomic gas undergoing the process shown in the figure
is ‘x’. The value of ‘2x’ will be
P  atm 
45
2 V  in L 
2. How many statement(s) are correct?

(a) if the critical micelle concentration (CMC) of a soap is 10 3 M , then 10 4 M solution of this
soap will have colloidal nature.
(b) charge on the colloidal particles may be determined with the help of dialysis
(c) peptization is the process of conversion of a colloidal sol into precipitate by adding some
electrolyte
(d) when some oil-soluble dye is added in the water in oil emulsion, the back ground becomes
coloured
(e) For the coagulation of a particular colloidal solution, the order of coagulation power of some
electrolytes is in the order: Na3 PO4  BaSO4  AlCl3 , in electro-osmosis, the dispersion
medium move towards the anode
(f) diffused layer around colloidal particles in the electric double layer mostly contains negatively
charged particles.(colloid is of ‘e’ part)
(g) it may be basic dye such as methylene blue (colloid is of ‘e’ part)
(h) it may be metal sol (colloid is of ‘e’ part)
3. Ice crystallizes is an hexagonal lattice. At the low temperatures at which the structure was
determined, the lattice constants were a  4.53 Å and b  7.41 Å as shown in the figure. How
many H molecules are contained in a unit cell? (Given that density of ice  0.92 g / cm3 )?
90
120
4. A weak acid type indicator was found to be 60% dissociated at pH = 9.18. If the degree of
dissociation at pH = 9.0 is ‘  ’? Then the value of ‘10  ' will be  log 2  0.3, log 3  0.48 
5. O
CH O
4 moles of PCC
 A   
CH O
O
Maximum number of moles of Ac 2 O consumed by reactant  A  is?
20
SECTION – A
1. Conditions so that equation (a1x 2  b1x  c1 )(a2 x 2  b2 x  c 2 )  0, (a1a2>0) have fours real roots if
(i) c1c2>0 (ii) a1c2<0 (iii) a2c1<0
(A) only (i) is sufficient
(B) either of two statements are sufficient
(C) either of two statements are necessary and sufficient
(D) all the three statements are sufficient
2. In a ABC, the incircle touches the sides BC, CA and AB at D, E, F respectively. If radius of
incircle is 4 units and BD, CE and AF are in A.P. with common difference 1, then area of ABC is
(A) 84 sq. units (B) 42 sq. units
(C) 168 sq. units (D) data insufficient
3. Let A be the area between co-ordinate axis, y2=x–1, x2=y–1 and the line which makes the
shortest distance between two parabolas and A be the area between x=0, x 2=y–1, x=y and the
shortest distance between y2=x–1 and x2=y–1, then
1
(A) A=A (B) A  (A ) 2
(C) A  2A  (D) can’t say anything
a b c
4. a,b,c are in G.P. and the equation (a+di)x 2+2(b+ei)x+(c+if)=0 have one real root then , , are
d e f
in, (a,b,c,d,e,fR)
(A) AP (B) GP
p /3
5.  sec x cos ec q / 3 xdx  (p,q  I and p+q=12)
p p p
1 1 3
tan 3 x tan 3 x tan 3 x
(A) c (B) c+ c
p p p
1 1 3
3 3 3
p
3
tan 3 x
(C) c (D) none of these
p
3
3
6. A square ABCD of a diagonal 2a is folded along the diagonal AC, so that the planes DAC, BAC
are at right angle. The shortest distance between DC and AB is
2 2a
(A) a (B)
3 3
2a
3
  
x2 dx xdx dx
7. If P   4
,Q   4
and R   , then which of the following is false.
0 1  x 0 1  x 0 1  x4

(A) Q  (B) P=R
4

(C) P  2Q  R  (D) none of these
2 2
x y
 dy 
8. If
 3-2sin2 tdt  cos tdt  0, then  at x   and y= is

/2 0
 dx 
(A) 3 (B) – 2
22
9. Let z1 , z 2 , z 3 be the coordinate of vertices A, B, C of the triangle if W1  z1  z 2 , W2  z 3  z 2

and A  90 , then
W  2
(A) Re  2   1 (B) Re (W1W2 )  | W1 |
W
 1
2 W 
(C) Re (W1W2 )  | W2 | (D) Re  1   1
 W2 
2 n 2 2n
10. Let (1  x  x )  a 0  a1 x  a 2 x .........a 2 n x , where n is odd integer
S1  a0  a 4  a8  ..............
S 2  a1  a 5  a9  ..............
S 3  a 2  a 6  a10  ..............
S 4  a 3  a 7  a11  ..............
(A) S1  S 3 (B) S 2  S 4
(C) S 2  S 4  0 (D) S1  S 2  S 3 or S1  S 3  S 4
11. If f ( x)  ax 2  bx  c  0 have real roots and its coefficients are odd the integers then
(A) f ( x )  0 always have irrational roots
 p 1
(B) f    2 where p, q  I
q q
(C) If a.c.  1, then equation must have atleast are root  such that [] = –1, where [.] is GIF
(D) Equation have rational roots
9x 2 4 2 1
12. The curve y  (| x | 1) sgn( x  1) divides  y  in two parts having area A1 and
64 25 
A2 (where A1  A2 ), then
A 7 A1 3
(A) 1  (B) 
A2 13 A2 7
7 13
(C) A1  (D) A2 
3 7
Comprehension Type
correct
If a circle Co, with radius 1 unit touches both the axes and as well as line (L1) through P(0,4), cut the
x-axis at ( x1 , 0) . Again a circle C1 is drawn touching x-axis, line L1 and another line L2 through point
P. L2 intersects x-axis at  x 2 , 0  and this process is repeated n times.
13. The centre of circle C 2 is

 15 
(A) (3, 1) (B)  , 1
2 
 31 
(C)  , 1 (D) none of these
4 
xn
14. The lim is
n  2 n
(A) 4 (B) 0
(C) 1 (D) 2
24
f(x), g(x), h(x) all are continuous and differentiable functions in [a, b] also a<c<b and f(a)=g(a)=h(a). Point
of intersection of the tangent at x=c with chord joining x=a & x=b is on the left of c in y=f(x) and on the
right in y=h(x). And tangent at x=c is parallel to the chord in case of y=g(x).
15. If f(b) = g(b) = h(b) then

(A) f (c)  g(c)  h(c) (B) f (c)  g(c)  h(c)
(C) f (c)  g(c)  h(c) (D) none of these
ab
16. If c  for each b, then
2
2
(A) g(x)=Ax +Bx+C (B) g(x)=log x
(C) g(x)=sin x (D) g(x)=ex
Let f: R  R be a function satisfying condition f(x + y3) = f(x) + (f(y))3  x, y  R and f(0) = k.
 tan x 
17. If |k| > 0, then lim  (where [.] denotes the greatest integer function) is
x 0  f  x  

(A) 0 (B) 2
 3 1 
18. If |k| < 0 then value of f   is/are
 2 5
 3 1 
(A)    (B) 0
 2 5
 3 1 
(C)   (D)  1
 2 5
SECTION – C
(both inclusive).
1. Let M be the midpoint of sides QR of a rectangle PQRS respectively. A line through M, intersect
4
RS and PS extended at T and L respectively such that PL  PS . Find the value of
3
 area of  MRT 
20  .
 area of PQRS 
3 2 3
2. If the equations x  5 x  px  q  0 and x  7 x 2  px  r  0 have two roots in common,
then find the difference of two uncommon roots.
r
3. When 2323 is divided by 53, the remainder is r. Find
10
4. The number of pairs (x, y) satisfying the equation sin x  sin y  sin( x  y ) and | x |  | y |  1
is
 16  4n 4 
5. The value of 33  2  is ……… (where {.} represents fractional part function)
 n1  4n  1
FULL TEST – II
(PAPER-1)
1. B A B
2. D D A
3. C C C
4. C C C
5. C B B
6. A D B
7. B C D
8. C D A
9. ABC ABD AB
10. A BC AD
11. ABCD ABD ABC

12. ACD AC AC
13. A A C
14. C A D
15. A B C
16. D C A
17. A C C
18. D C B
1. 2 7 3
2. 6 4 2
3. 4 4 3
4. 4 5 6
5. 2 4 4
2
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. In the first case, m will remain at rest.

F
aM 
M
In the second case, both will accelerate:
F
am  aM 
Mm
mF
In the second case, force on m  ma m 
Mm
2. k1 x 1  k 2 x 2
as k 2  3k
1
k1x12
x1 x
 3and 2  1 3
x2 1
k 2 x 22 x 2
2
mv 2
3. N ; f  μN  mg
r
μmv 2
or  mg
r
1/2
 gr 
v 
μ
4. Thermometer, ice cream box and freezer are in thermal equilibrium.
202  sin120 ΔR 24U 2 5

6. R  20 3    ΔR   200 3  2 3
g R U 100
20 3  2 3  R  20 3  2 3  31.1m  R  38.1m
 0 klx 0  2A  lx  
7.   V  Q
 d d 
  klx  0 l  dx
i 0    constant
 d d  dt
As the dielectric levels c  Q  i is  ve
8.   2nπ
π 2π
  d sin   2nπ
2 λ
2π  1
d sin    2n   π
λ  2
 1 λ 1 λ 1
sinθ   2n     
 2  2d 2 2  3λ 12
y 1
 
100λ  2
2
2
144y 2  100λ 
100λ 25λ
y 
12 3
9. VA  VB  work  0
nv
10. Radius R1 
qB1
In a given field radius should be same for every entry. So B & C are not possible.
C  VR
15. f f0
C  VR
Δf 2VR 2V
  R
f 0 C  VR C
2  0.1
C  5  106  1700m/s
600
C  VR
16. f' f0
C  VR
Δf 2VR

f 0 C  VR
Velocity is 4 times  Δf  4Δf 0  2400Hz
17. Reading of C = V i in that branch  0

V
Reading of A 
R
R
18. VB  iR ammeter  0
 Vcap  0
1
 T  2π LC  2π  2sec
10
4
SECTION – C
dn
1. P  700 103 1.6  10 19   10  10 3
dt
dN 101 1 1012
 14    λN 0
dt 10 7 16 11.2
ln 2 14  86400 1012
λ  N0   154  1015
14  86400 11.2ln 2
2. f  mg sinθ  mrw 2
μ mg cosθ  mg sinθ  mrw 2

w 2r
or μ  tan θ 
g cosθ
μ 0i
3. d   l dx
2πx
μi d 
  0 l ln  2 
2π  d1 
d μ 0 d 
ε  l ln  2   i 0ω cos wt
dt 2π  d1 
μ0 d i ω
ε r ms  l ln  2  0
2π  d1  2
4π  107 2 2 50
  l  ln 2  
2π ln 2 2
4. The block slips when the static friction force reaches its maximum value
fs max  μ s n  μ s mg .This occurs when the train has moved
μ mg  0.60  2.0kg  10m/s 
2
f smax
Δx   s   24 cm
k k 50N/m
The time at which the block slips is
Δx 24cm
t   4s
v 6 cm/s
5. τ1  RC
L
τ2 
R
 LC  t1t 2  0.1sec
SECTION – A
1. CH3
H3C
H H
2. BaTiO3
3.  NH 4 2 SO 4 ,  NH 4 2 CO 3 , NH 4Cl all give NH3 on heating

4.  G is the thermodynamical concept
5. C2H 5
H OH
+ Mirror image
H OH
CH3
6.  -Keto acid on heating shows de-carboxylation on heating, through enol form

7. Ca2+ has 18 e- and Cl- has 18 e-.
8. Phenol gives 2,4,6-tribromo phenol with aq. Br2.
9. BF4- is tetrahedral and rest are is square planar
Vm ,real
Z=
10. Vm,ideal
at high temperature and low pressure the gas follows PV=nRT
11. Zn+H 2SO 4 

 ZnSO 4 +H 2
2Na+H 2SO 4 
 Na 2SO 4 +H 2
2Al+6H 2SO 4 
 Al2 (SO 4 )3 +3SO 2 +6H 2O
15. CCl2 will form and show addition reaction then ring expansion takes place.
16.
O
O CHO
CH3
H3C
Cl
O Cl
(B) (C)
6
17. H3N
NH3
O O
Cr
O O
NH3
18. 3-
O O
O O
Cr
O O
O O
SECTION – C
1.
dq ΔU-w PdV 3 P dV
= =Cm,V + = R+ ----- 1
dT ndT dT 2 n dT
PV  nRT
PdV  VdP  nRdT
VdP dT
P  nR
dV dV
dT
P  V  1  nR
dV
dT
4  2  1  nR
dV
dT 2

dV nR
dV nR

dT 2
Put in (1)
dq 3 P nR
= R+
dT 2 n 2
dq 3 P R 3 4R
= R+  R+  3.5R
dT 2 2 2 2
2. d,e,f,g are correct and Colloid is +ve.
3
3. Volume of unit cell= ×(4.53) 2 ×7.41×10-24 cm 3
4
-24
so mass=60.57×10 g
moles= 3.365×10-24
molecules of H 2 O=2.025
number of H atom=4
 H +   I -n 
4. K In =    
 HIn 
0.6
 109.18 
0.4
3
 10 9.18
2
 In - 
K In =10-9  
 HI n 
3 α
K In = ×10-9.18 =10-9 ×
2 1-α
3 
 0.66 
2 1

1
1
2  1
  0.5
5. OH
CH2OH
(A)
CH2OH
OH
8
SECTION – A
2. As s–b, s–c, s–a are in AP with common difference =1

 a,c, b are in AP with common difference equal to 1.
a  a  1  a  2 3(a  1)
 c = a+ 1, b = a+2  s 
2 2
3 a  3 a 1 a 1
 (a  1). . .
2 2 2 2
Also r = /s  a2  2a  195  0  (a+15)(a–13)=0
A = 13, c=14, b=15   = 84 sq. units
3. Line of shortest distance will be perpendicular to line x=y. Also both parabolas are symmetric
about x=y.
x2 =y–1 x=y
C
E
D
B
(0,1) x+y=k
O
(1,0) A
y2 =x–1
A=area OABCDO
A=area OECDO
 A =A/2
4. Let  be the real root then (a 2  2b  c)  i(d 2  2e  f )  0

 c
 a2  2b  c  0   
a
c c d e f
 d 2  2e  f  0  d.  2e f 0   2.   0
a a a b c
5. I   tan  p / 3 x.sec 4 xdx

  tan  p / 3 x(1  tan 2 x).sec 2 xdx
  
6. If equation of line AB is r  0  ( 2ajˆ  0)  ˆj
  a ˆ a ˆ 
then equation of line DC is r  2aiˆ    i j  akˆ  2a î 
 2 2 
  1 ˆ 1 ˆ ˆ 
r  2a î    i j k
 2 2 
   
(a  a ).(b  b ) 2a
 S.D  2  1  1 2 
b1  b2 3

xdx 1  1  
7. Q  1 x 4
 tan1 x 2    0  
0 2 0 22  4
1 1
 0 ( dt) 
x 2 dx 1 t2 t 2 dt
P 4
, Put x   P   4
R
0 1 x t 1 0 1 t
 1 4
t
1
0  (1  2 )dx
x2  1 x 
Also P  R   4
dx   
 1 x 0 x2 
1 2
x2
x y
 dy 
8.  3  2 sin2 t  cos t dt  0 , then   at x =  and y = 

/2 0
 dx 
dy
 
3  2 sin2 t  1  cos y
dx
0
 dy   3  2 sin2 x
     3.
 dx  , cos y
, 
W2 W C z3
9.  1 e i
W2 W1
W2 W2 i
  e  1  i tan 
W1 W1
90°

W
W1W 2  1 W2
W2
2
 2
 W1 W2 e i  W1  i W1 W2 sin   A z1 B z2
10. (1  x  x 2 ) n  a 0  a1 x  a 2 x 2    a 2 n x 2 n …(1)
n
3 1
 a0  a 2  a 4  
2
n
3 1
a1  a 3  a5  
2
Put x  i in equation (1) where i   1
If n  4m  1
 a1  a3  a 5   1
a0  a 2  a 4   0
3n  1
So, a1  a 5  a9    S2
4
3n  3
a3  a 7  a11    S4
4
Similarly if n  4m  3
3n  3 3n  1
Then, S 2  and S 4 
4 4
11. If a , b, c are odd integer then D can not be perfect square,
 | f ( ) |  0 where   Q
10
 p 1
 | a p 2  b pq  c q 2 |  1  f    2
q q
If a .c  1  a  c  1 and b  3 as
c . ( a  b  c)  0    (1, 0)
8 5 20 A1
12. Area of ellipse     
3 A 2 A 3
Both shaded areas are equal, then
1 10 R P
A1  Ae  PQR  1 A2
2 3
1 10
A1  Ae  PQR  1
2 3
(Q. No. 13 – 14)
For C n circle let centre be ( n , 1) and it touches line
P
Ln and Ln1 . (0, 4)
x y x y C0 C1 C2
i.e.   1,  1
xn 4 x n 1 4
(x1, 0) (x2, 0)
4 n  x n  4 x n
 1 …(i)
2
16  x n
4 n  x n1  4 x n1
  1 …(ii)
16  x n21
 3 x n 1  x n   16  x n2  16  x n21

Let x n  4 cot  n 0   n 
2
  1  
 tan n 1   tan n 
 2  2  2 
 1   1
As x1  3  tan 1   tan n   n
2 2  2  2
 2 2n  1  15
 x n   n 1  x2 
 2  2
31
Putting is (i), we get  2  .
4
xn 2 2n  1
lim  lim 2
n  2 n n  2 n 1 2 n
f(b)  f(a) g(b)  g(a) h(b)  h(a)

15. According to paragraph  f (c),  g(c) and  h(c)
ba ba ba
16. If g(x)=Ax2+Bx+C
g(b)  g(a) A(b2  a2 )  B(b  a) (b  a) ba

   2A  B  g  
ba ba 2  2 
3 3
17. Put x = y = 0 in f(x + y ) = f(x) + (f(y))
f(0) = 0
 k = lim
f h   f  0 
 lim
f h 
 lim
 3
f 0   h1/ 3   f 0 
x 0 h x 0 h x 0
h1/ 3 3
3
 f  h1/ 3  
= lim    k 3  k = 0, 1, –1
x 0  h1/ 3  
 
since |k| > 0  k = 1, – 1
3
f  x  h  f  x   f  h1/ 3  
 f   x   lim = lim    k3
x 0 h x 0  h1/ 3  
 
 f(x) = – 1 or 1  x  R
 f(x) = – x + c or x + c  x  R
 f(0) = 0
 f(x) = – x  x  R
or f(x) = x  x  R
tan x
> 1  x  (–h, h)
x
tan x
and < – 1  x  (–h, h)
x
 tan x 
hence lim  = 1 or – 2.
x 0  f  x  
18. If k = 0  f(0) = 0
3
 f  h1/ 3  
 f(x) = lim    0  f(x) = c
x 0  h1/ 3  
 
since f(0) = 0  f(x) = 0  x  R.
SECTION – C
 b  4  L
1. Let Q ( ai), S (bj ), M  ai  j  , L bj  , Rai  aj 
 2  3 
be required points: T
SR
T is intersection of LM and
S R
b  b 4 
i.e. ai  j   ai  j  bj   bj  ( ai) M
2  2 3 
P Q
3 2  2a 
 and   one comparing the coefficient, we get T   bj  i
5 5  5 
1 3.a b 3
Area of MRT     ab .
2 5 2 20
2. Let first equation have roots , ,  1 and second equation , ,  2
then      1  5,    1 (  )  p
12
     2  7,    2 (  )  p
 ( 1   2 )(  )  0 as ( 1   2 )      0
 1  5,  2  7 .
3. (23) 23  (23)(530  1)11  53  23

Hence remainder is 30.
4. sin x  sin y  sin( x  y ) Y
x y x y
 sin   sin sin  0
 2  2 2 X
 x  y  2h1 , x  2h2  or y  2h3  , h1 , h2 , h3  Z
Only six solutions are possible
 4n 4   1  2 1 
5.  2     4n  1  2 
 4n  1  4  4n  1 
16
1 1 1 1 
      
n 1  4 8  2n  1 2n  1  
1 1
 4  1  
8  33 
4
4
33
  4 
Hence, 334    4.
  33 
FULL TEST – II
Paper 2

t h e t es t .
INSTRUCTIONS
results.

on OMR sheet.

Enrolment No.
2
Useful Data
PHYSICS
2
2 2
CHEMISTRY

= 0.0821 Lit atm K1 mol1
= 1.987  2 Cal K1 mol1
= 6.625  10–27 ergs
1 amu = 1.66  10–27 kg
1 eV = 1.6  10–19 J

N=9, Na=11, Mg=12, Si=14, Al=13, P=15, S=16,
Cl=17, Ar=18, K =19, Ca=20, Cr=24, Mn=25,
Fe=26, Co=27, Ni=28, Cu = 29, Zn=30, As=33,
Br=35, Ag=47, Sn=50, I=53, Xe=54, Ba=56,
Pb=82, U=92.
F=19, Na=23, Mg=24, Al = 27, Si=28, P=31, S=32,
Cl=35.5, K=39, Ca=40, Cr=52, Mn=55, Fe=56, Co=59,
Ni=58.7, Cu=63.5, Zn=65.4, As=75, Br=80, Ag=108,
Sn=118.7, I=127, Xe=131, Ba=137, Pb=207, U=238.
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. A glass tube of 1.0 meter length is filled with water. The water can be drained out slowly at the
bottom of the tube. If a vibrating tuning fork of frequency 500Hz is brought at the upper end of the
tube and the velocity of sound is 330m/s then the total number of resonances
obtained will be
(A) 4 (B) 3
(C) 2 (D) 1
2. A loudspeaker emits sound of frequency f. The sound waves are reflected from a wall. The
arrangement is shown below.
Loudspeaker d d
S W
P Q R
Wall
When a microphone is moved along the line SW, minimum loudness of sound is detected at
points P, Q and R. There are no other minima between these points. The separation of the
minima is d. The speed of the sound wave is :
1
(A) fd (B) 4fd
2
(C) fd (D) 2fd
4
3. Consider a uniformly charged wire that has the form of a circular loop with radius b. Consider two
points on the axis of the loop. P1 is at a distance b from the loop's center, and P2 is at a distance
2b from the loop's center. The potential V is zero, very far away from the loop. At P1 and P2 the
potentials are V1 and V2, respectively. What is V2 in terms of V1?
P2
b
P1
2b
V1
(A) 2V1 (B)
2
5 2
(C) V1 (D) V1
2 5
4. Consider a uniformly charged hemispherical shell shown below. Indicate the directions (not
magnitude) of the electric field at the central point P1 and an off-centre point P2 on the drumhead
of the shell.
 P2  P1
+ +
+ +
+ +
+
+ +
+ +
++ +
+
++ +
++ +
+ +++ +
A ; B  ;
C ; D  ;
5. Two identical cylinders have a hole of radius a (a<<R) at its bottom. A ball of radius R is kept on
the hole and water is filled in the cylinder such that there is no water leakage from bottom. In
case-1 water is filled upto height h and in second case it is filled upto height 2h. If F1 is force by
liquid on sphere in case-1 and F2 is force by liquid on sphere in case-2 then.
2h
h  R
R
a a
(A) F1 =F2 =0 (B) F1 >F2
(C) F2 >F1 (D) F1 =F2  0
6. The diagram below shows the path taken by a monochromatic light ray travelling through three
media. The symbols v1 , 1 and f 1 represent the speed, wavelength, and frequency of the light in
Medium 1, respectively. Which of the following relationships for the light in the three media is true.
Medium1
Medium 2
Medium 3
(A) 1  2  3 (B) v1 <v3 <v 2

(C) f1 <f3 <f 2 (D) 2  1  3
6
7. Figure shows a thin metal sheet in the plane y = 0, for which the current of constant density flows
in the positive x-direction. It is in a constant homogeneous magnetic field of value = (0, 0, B0 ). As
a result of superposition of magnetic fields in region y > 0, the induction field B1 = (0, 0, B) and in
y < 0 is B2 = (0, 0, B2 ) where B1 > B2 . Specify the correct statement:
Z
B2 
B1

Y

(A) B0 
 B1  B2  (B) B0 
 B1  B2 
2 2
(C) B0  B1  B2 (D) B0  B1  B2
8. At ordinary temperature the molecules of an ideal gas have only translational and rotational
energy. At high temperature, they may also have vibrational energy. As a result of this at high
temperature.
3R 3R
(A) C V = for monoatomic gas (B) C V > for monoatomic gas
2 2
5R 5R
(C) C V < for Diatomic gas (D) C V > for Diatomic gas
2 2
9. A long straight wire carries a steady current I1. Nearby is a rectangular loop that carries a steady
current I2. The directions of the two currents are shown in the figure.
I1
I2
Which statement is/are false?

(A) The loop is attracted to the wire
(B) There is no net force on the loop from the wire
(C) The loop is attracted to the wire if I1 > I2; otherwise it is repelled
(D) The loop is repelled from the wire if I1 > I2; otherwise it is attracted
10. Two concentric, coplanar, circular loop of wire, with different diameter carry current in the same
sense as shown in the figure. Which of the following statement(s) is (are) correct?
(A) The magnetic force exerted by the outer loop on a short portion of the inner loop is radially
outward
(B) The magnetic force exerted by the outer loop on a short portion of the inner loop is radially
inward
(C) The net magnetic force exerted by the outer loop on a whole inner loop is non zero and is
radially outward
(D) The net magnetic force exerted by the outer loop on a whole inner loop is zero
8
11. In the circuit shownR1  R2  10 and resistance per unit length of wire PQ  1 / cm and
length PQ  10cm . If R2 is made 20 the to get zero deflection in galvanometer. S is midpoint
of wire PQ ?
R
R1 R2
12V
P S Q
G
(A) The jockey at P can be moved towards right 2 cm.
(B) The jockey at Q can be moved towards right 2 cm.
(C) The jockey at S can be moved towards left a distance 5/3 cm.
(D) The jockey at all positions fixed and R1 should be made 20
12. A constant external torque acts for a very brief period t on a rotating system having moment of
inertia I.
(A) The angular momentum of the system will change by  t
 t
(B) The angular velocity of the system will change by
I
2
(C) If the system was initially at rest, it will acquire rotational kinetic energy
 t 
2I
2
(D) The kinetic energy of the system will change by

 t 
2I
Comprehension Type
correct
If the velocity of a charged particle moving through a uniform magnetic field has a component parallel to
that field the particle will move in a helical path as shown in figure 1. The net force F on the particle can
be described by the equation.
F  qv B sin 
Where q is the charge on the particle, v is the velocity of the charge, B is the magnetic field strength, and
 is the angle between the velocity and the magnetic field. The pitch p of the helix is the distance
between adjacent turns. The radius r of the helix is determined by the component of velocity of the charge
perpendicular to the magnetic field and is independent of the component of the velocity parallel to the
magnetic field.
A nonuniform magnetic field that is stronger at its ends than at its middle can trap a charged particle by
reflecting it back and forth between ends. Such a situation is shown in figure 2. In a similar phenomenon
electrons and protons above the atmosphere are reflected back and forth between the north and south
poles of the earth's magnetic field forming the two Van Allen belts high above the atmosphere.
Occasionally a solar flare shoots additional electrons and protons into the Van Allen belts. This pushes
the electrons to a lesser height. The repulsion due to additional electrons drives the charged particles
along the earth's magnetic field lines into the atmosphere where they collide with the air molecules forcing
them to a higher energy level emitting photons. Oxygen atoms emit green light and nitrogen atoms emit
pink. This light forms the curtain of lights in the sky known in the northern hemisphere as the aurora
borealis
10
13. If the magnetic field in figure-2 represents a portion of the Earth's magnetic field, at which labelled
point would you except to find the aurora borealis?
(A) W (B) X
(C) Y (D) Z
14. The electrons and protons caught in the Van Allen belt reflect from one pole to the other. Looking
up from the North pole, electrons rotate counterclockwise. Protons rotate.
(A) Counterclockwise both when looking up from the North Pole or when looking up from the
South Pole.
(B) Clockwise both when looking up from the North Pole of when looking up from the South Pole.
(C) Clockwise when looking up from the North Pole but counterclockwise when looking up from
the South Pole.
(D) Counterclockwise when looking up from the North Pole but clockwise when looking up from
the South Pole.
A piano creates sound by gently striking a taut wire with a soft hammer when a key on the piano is
pressed. All piano wires in a given piano are approximately the same length. However, each wire is tied
down at two points, the bridge and the agraffe. The length of the wire between the bridge and the agraffe
is called the speaking length. The speaking length is the part of the wire that resonates. The point of the
wire struck by the hammer is displaced perpendicularly to the wire's length. A standing wave is generated
by the hammer strike, where is the velocity T is the tension in the wire, and μ is the mass per unit
length of the wire.
T
v

Tuning a piano involves adjustment of the tension in the wires until just the right pitch is achieved. Correct
pitch is achieved by listening to the beat frequency between the piano and a precalibrated tuning fork.
15. A piano note is compared to a tuning fork vibrating at 440 Hz. Three beats per second are
discerned by the piano tuner. When the tension in the string is increased slightly, the beat
frequency increases. What was the initial frequency of the piano wire?
(A) 434 Hz (B) 437 Hz
(C) 443 Hz (D) 446 Hz
16. Sound waves move through air at approximately 340 m/s. A piano wire with a 90 cm speaking
length resonates at a frequency of 360 Hz. What is the wavelength of the resulting sound wave ?
(A) 0.94 m (B) 1.06 m
(C) 4m (D) 1.8 m
The figure shows a cylindrical container, fitted with a piston. It contains two immiscible incompressible
liquids with densities ρ1 and ρ 2 . A block floats in equilibrium in the position shown.
17. Suppose the spring is initially in compressed state. Now, if the piston is moved downward slowly
then
(A) Spring will become more compressed.
(B) Spring will become less compressed.
(C) The compression in spring will remain same as before.
(D) The compression will depends on ρ1 and ρ 2 .
18. Suppose the spring is initially in compressed state. Now, if the whole system is moved with some
acceleration upward then
(A) Spring will become more compressed.
(B) Spring will become less compressed.
(C) The compression in spring will remain same as before.
(D) The compression will depend on ρ1 and ρ 2 .
12
SECTION – C
(both inclusive).
1. A uniform rod of length l = 1m is free to move and rotate in gravity-free space. When an impulse
is given to one end of the rod, perpendicular to its length, its centre of mass moves with velocity
v = 1 m/s. What will be its angular velocity (in rad/s) about its centre of mass?
2. A pulley system is attached to a massless board as shown below. The board pivots only at the
pivot point. A 10 kg mass M sits exactly in the middle of the board.
F
 θ

M
Pivot point
If the angle  is 60°. The force F (in N) necessary to hold the board in the position shown is
5  x , find x?
3. The peak emission from a black body at a certain temperature occurs at a wavelength of 6000 Å.
On increasing its temperature, the total radiation emitted is increased 16 times. These radiations
are allowed to fall on a metal surface. Photoelectrons emitted by the peak radiation at higher
temperature can be bought to rest by applying a potential equivalent to the excitation potential
corresponding to the transition for the level n = 4 to n = 2 in the Bohr's hydrogen atom. The work

function of the metal is given by eV where  is the numerical constant. The value of  is
100
found 53  x , find x?
[Take: he = 12420 eV- Å ]
4. A positively charged particle starts at rest 25 cm from a second positively charged particle which
is held stationary throughout the experiment. The first particle is released and accelerates
directly always from the second particle. When the first particle has moved 25 cm, it has reached
a velocity of 10 2 m/s. The maximum velocity (in m/s) that the first particle will reach is 10  x ,
find x?
5. The ends of a chain lie in piles at A and C. When given an initial speed 10 m/s, the chain keeps
moving freely at that speed over the fixed pulley B. Neglecting friction, the required value of h is
x  5 , then find the value of x (in m). (Take g = 10 m/s2):
14
SECTION – A
1. The vapour pressure lowering of a 0.1 M aqueous solution of non – electrolyte at 75°C is
 ΔH 0
v of water=9720 cal/mol and antilog 0.407=2.55
(A) 0.54 torr (B) 0.78 torr
(C) 0.02 torr (D) 0.22 torr
o
2. The C – C single bond distance is 1.54 A . The minimum distance between the terminal cartons
in propane is  sin 5445 '  0.8136 
o o
(A) Greater than 3.08 A (B) Equal to 3.08 A
o
(C) 2.51A (D) Can’t be calculated
3. A sample of aqueous solution of acetic acid  0.5 mol CH 3COOH in10 mol of H 2O  is mixed
with a sample of aqueous solution of NaOH  0.5 mol NaOH in10 mol of H 2O  . The freezing
point of the solution is (Kf, H2O=1.86)
(A) -5°C (B) -5.16°C
(C) 0°C (D) 5.16°C
4. Hydrogen peroxide can be prepared by the successive reactions
2NH 4 HSO 4   NH 4  2 S2 O8
 NH 4 2 S2 O8 +2H 2 O  2NH 4 HSO 4 +H 2 O 2
The first is an electrolytic reaction, and the second a steam distillation.
What current would have to be used in the first reaction to produce enough intermediate to yied
100 g pure H 2 O 2 per hour? Assume 50% current efficiency.
(A) 158 A (B) 315 A
(C) 102 A (D) 204 A
  8
5. Equilibrium constant for the dissociation of Ag  NH 2  2 into Ag and NH3 is 6  10 . Calculate

E° for the following half reaction, Ag  NH 3  2  e  Ag  s   2NH 3
E °
Ag + /Ag
 0.799V, log 6  0.7781 
(A) 0.37 (B) 0.799
(C) 0.7781 (D) 0.6
6. A student is analysing a salt in the laboratory. When he added dilute HCl to the salt solution, a
gas is evolved, when the gas is exposed to a filter paper moistened with potassium iodate and
starch solution, he observed blue colouration of the filter paper. Then he added BaCl2 solution to
the salt solution and observed white precipitate immediately. He found that the precipitate is
soluble in dilute mineral acids. The anion of the salt is
2 2
(A) S2 O 3 (B) SO3
2 
(C) CO3 (D) HCO3
7. Which of the following complexes is/are chiral?

(A) cis  [Pt  NH 3  2 Cl 2 ] (B) [Zn  H 2 O 2 Cl 2 ]  tetrahedral 
4- 2
(C)  Pt  C 2 O 4 3  (D) trans -  Pt  NH 3 4 BrCl 
2+
8. For the reaction Cu  2e  Cu
2+
log Cu  vs.E red graph can be plotted as following (At NTP)
E red
x
0 log  Cu 2+  
2+
Where OX = 0.34 V then electrode potential of the half cell of Cu/Cu  0.1M  will be:
(A) 0.3695 v (B)  0.3105 V
(C) 0.3991 V (D)  0.2809 V
16
9. An ideal gas expanding isothermally against the external pressure equal to zero, shows
(A) ΔE  0 (B) W  0
(C) q  0 (D) ΔH   ve
10. Electrolysis of molten MgCl2 is the final production step in the isolation of magnesium from sea
water by Dow’s process. Assuming that 35.6 g of Mg metal forms. Which of the following
statement (s) is/are correct?
(A) 2.96 moles of electrons are required
5
(B) 3.83 10 C charge is required
(C) 31.8 A of current is required for 2.5 hours
(D) 41.5 A of current is required for approximately 115 mins
11. A 10 mL mixture containing 0.2 g NaOH and 0.25g Na 2 CO3 was treated with xN HCl required
15 mL of it with phenolphthalein indicator. After end point a 0.5 g NaHCO3 was added and it was
again titrated with y N HCl required 25.5 mL of HCl with methyl orange. Which of the following
is/are correct?
(A) x is almost 1.5 times of y
(B) If in above titration x N HCl is replaced with y N HCl then for first end point it will require 23mL
of HCl.
(C) After first end point instead of 0.5 g if 2.5 g NaHCO3 is added and fitrated with x N HCl it will
require 65.5 mL.
(D) Only (A) and (B) are correct.
12. In which of the following pair the later species is not having higher vapour pressure at a given
temperature than former one?
(A) C 2 H 6 and C 4 H10 (B) CH 3CH 2 OH and CH 3CH 2 F
(C) Xe and I 2 (D) NH 3 and PH3
Comprehension Type
correct
A hydrated metallic salt A, light green in colour, on careful heating gives a white anhydrous residue B. B
is soluble in water and its aqueous solution reacts with NO to give a dark brown residue D and on heating
the mixture it gives two gases E and F.
13. The gaseous mixture (E + F) when passed through acidified permanganate solution, discharges
the pink colour and when passed through acidified BaCl2 solution gave a white precipitate Identify
the gasses E and F.
(A) CO2 and CO (B) NO 2 and N 2O
(C) NO and NO 2 (D) (D) SO 2 andSO3
14. A hydrated metallic salt A and its anhydrous form B respectively are:
(A) CuSO 4 .5H 2 O and CuSO 4 (B) FeSO 4 .7H 2 O and FeSO 4
(C) CaSO 4 .2H 2 O and CaSO4 (D) CaSO 4 .1/2H 2 O and CaSO4
18
Strength of the sample of H 2 O 2 is generally expressed in terms of the volume strength. It means the
volume of oxygen liberated at N. T. P. by heating one volume of hydrogen peroxide. The concentration of
H 2O 2 in a solution can also be expressed as percentage of H 2O 2 in solution. Normality of this solution
can be calculated if the equivalent mass of H 2O 2 is known.
15. 25 ml of H 2O 2 solution was added to the excess of acidified KI solution. The iodine so liberated
required 40 ml of 0.1 N sodium thiosulphate solutions. Calculate the normality of H 2 O 2 solution.
(A) 0.08 (B) 0.16
(C) 0.02 (D) 0.20
16. The volume strength of the H 2O 2 solution is:

(A) 0.556 (B) 0.448
(C) 0.896 (D) 0.632
H3 O 
 Q
KOH  aq 
2ClCH 2  CHO  BrMgC  CMgBr    P   other stereoisomers 
 Meso  
Diepoxide
(having halogen) H 2 O OH 
CaCO3
T  
OsO
 S
4

H 2 /Pd
 R
Meso Meso
17. Compound S is?
CH 2OH CH2OH
H OH H OH
CH CH
(A) (B)
CH CH
HO H H OH
CH 2OH CH2OH
CH2 CH2OH
H O H OH
CH CH
(C) (D)
CH C
H OH H OH
CH2OH CH2OH
20
18. Compound T is?

CH 2OH CH 2OH
H OH HO H
H OH HO H
(A) (B)
HO H HO H
HO H H OH
CH 2OH CH 2OH
CH 2OH CH2OH
H OH H OH
HO H H OH
(C) (D)
H OH H OH
HO H H OH
CH 2OH CH2OH
SECTION – C
(both inclusive).
1. Find the number of native ores out of given ores?

Pyrolusite,Chromite,Siderite,Cassiterite,Calamine,Argentite,Lime stone,Chalcopyrite.
2. Out of given chemical, number of chemicals which is/are related to Solvay process:
NH3 ,KCl,CO2 ,SO2 ,Ca  OH  2 ,NaCl,H 2SO4 ,NaNO3:
3. Find the number of properties which is/are correctly related to graphite?

(i) thermodynamically most stable allotropes of carbon
(ii) highest thermal conductivity among all allotropes of carbon
(iii) lowest electrical resistance among all allotropes of carbon
(iv) C-C covalent bond length is higher as compared to diamond
(v) hexagonal rings in structure
(vi) football like molecule
4. 3d series ions:
Consider the following
Sc ,Ti ,V ,Cr ,Mn 3+ ,Fe3+ ,Co3+ ,Ni3+
3+ 3+ 3+ 3+
Find total number of ions for which all octahedral complexes are paramagnetic, irrespective of
ligand
5.

a  H
  x b H

  y
 OH
OH
OH

H
c 
 z d H


 p

OH
Total number of products obtained in above reactions including minor products is (including
stereoisomer including stereoisomer)
22
SECTION – A
1. The ordered pair (a, b) such that x 2  x  1 divides the polynomial ax 9  bx 8  1 is

(A) (–21, 34) (B) (21, –34)
(C) (47, –58) (D) (58, –47)
2. The number of possible integral pairs (a, b) for which 2ab  5a  b  55 is

(A) 8 (B) 16
(C) 12 (D) 6
n
n
3. If f n   (1  2 k ) , then
k 0 k 
(A) f n  2  3 f n 1  2 f n (B) f n2  3 f n  2 f n
(C) f n 2  5 f n 1  6 f n (D) f n 2  6 f n1  5 f n
4. A set contains 3n members. Let Pn be the probability that S is portioned into 3 disjoint subset
with n members in each subset such that the three largest numbers in S are in different subsets.
Then lim Pn is
n
2 1
(A) (B)
7 7
1 2
(C) (D)
9 9
5. If a, b, c are in H.P. and p is the length of the perpendicular drawn from the origin to any member
of family of lines (a + c – 2ac) bx – 2acy + 7abc = 0 then p 
1 9   7 
(A)  ,  (B)  0, 
4 2  2
 7 9 
(C) (7, 9) (D)  , 
 2 2
6. The sides of a triangle are the roots of the cubic equation x 3  13 x 2  54 x  72  0 then the
area of the triangle in square units is
1 1
(A) 455 (B) 455
2 4
1 1
(C) 394 (D) 394
2 4
f(x)  f (x) 
7. f(x) is a polynomial function and (f( )2  (f ( ))2  0 then find lim   where [.] denotes
x  f (x)  f(x) 
greatest integer function.
(A) 0 (B) 1
(C) –1 (D) none of these
8. f(x) and g(x) are quadratic polynomials and f(x)  g(x) , x  R. Also f(x)=0 have real roots.
2
Then number of distinct roots of equation h(x)h(x)  (h(x))  0 are (where h(x)=f(x)g(x)).
(A) 0 (B) 2
(C) 3 (D) 4
24
9. If the equation px 2  y 2  qz 2  2 yz  zx  3 xy  0 represents a pair of perpendicular planes,

then p  q 
(A) 5 (B) –5
5 5
(C) (D) 
2 2
dy dx
10. If y  x and y (2)  1, then
dx dy
(A) 2 x  y  3  0 (B) x3  8y  0
2
(C) x  y  1  0 (D) x  4 y  0
11. If (1, 2, p ) , ( 2, 2 p , - 6) and ( 2  2, 1, 1) are the ordered triplets of form (x, y, z) which
satisfies all the equations.
x y z x y z x y z
   1,    1 and    1 then  can be
a b c b c a c a b
(A) 2 (B) – 2
(C) – 4 (D) 4
12. If f (x ) is a continuous and differentiable function such that f (t k )  1 for k  1, 2, .....n, where
k
1
tk   then
r 1 r ( r  1)(r  2)
1 1
(A) f    1 (B) f   1
 4 2
1 1
(C) f    0 (D) f    0
2 4
Comprehension Type
correct
a
Consider the function h( n)   f ( x) g (nx) dx
o
1
13. Let f ( x)  2, g ( x )  | sin  x |, and n  , where N is natural number. If h( n ) / a is
N
independent of n for N  1, 2, 3, 4 then minimum value of a is
(A) 2 (B) 3
(C) 4 (D) 12
h(1)
14. If f ( x)  sin 2 x, g ( x) | cos x | then lim is equal to
a a
2 1
(A) (B)
3 3
1 1
(C) (D)
2 
In a ABC , AB  3, BC  4, CA  5. P is any point inside the ABC , such that

PAB  PBC  PCA  .
15. cot  
1 25
(A (B)
5 4
25
(C) (D) 4
12
26
16. Ratio of Areas of PBC and PAB is

16 25
(A) (B)
25 16
4
(C) 2 (D)
15
Using three basic colours (Red, Blue, Green) different colour are made by mixing these two or more
colours in equal proportion. The n vertical stripes are painted by all colours available, such that no two
consecutive stripes have same colour.
17. The number of ways of painting n stripes such that only alternate stripes are painted by a basic
colour (n in odd) is
n 1 n 1 n 1
2 2 2
(A) 3 .4 (B) 7.12
n 1 n 1 n 1
2 2 2
(C) 3 .4 (D) 7.12
18. If n stripes are painted such that no two consecutive stripes have any basic colour common, then
number ways of pointing n stripes is
1 1 
(A)
2
 1 2 
n 1

 1 2  n 1


(B) 
 1 2
2

n 1

 1 2 n 1


1 3 

(C)  1  2
2
  1  2  
n n
(D) 
 1 2
2
  1  2  
n n
SECTION – C
(both inclusive).
1. Let L1 be the projection and L2 be the image of the z-axis in the plane 3 x  4 y  z  1  0. The
distance of the point (1, 2, 3) from the plane containing the lines L1 and L2 is ……
2. The graphs of x 2  y 2  6 x  24 y  72  0 and x 2  y 2  6 x  16 y  46  0 intersect at four

points. The sum of distances from these four points to the point  3, 2  is 10 k. Then value of k
is equal to
aij  i.2  j then find the value of limtrace A n  (where

1/ n
3. Let A  [ a ij ] nn be a matrix such that
n 
n  N ).
4. f ( x  1)  (1) x 1 x  2 f ( x ) for x  N and f (1)  f (1986).

Compute the sum of digit of number  f (1)  f ( 2)  ... f (1985) 
5. Two rays begin at point A and form an angle of 43º with one another. Lines l1 , l 2 , l 3 (no two
being parallel) each form an isosceles triangle with the original rays. If º is the largest angle of
triangle formed by l1 , l 2 and l 3 then find value of 8 cos2 º 9º  .
AITS-FT-II (Paper-2)-PCM-Sol-JEE(Advanced)/17
FULL TEST – II
(PAPER - 2)

1. B A B
2. D C B
3. D A C
4. C B D
5. B A B
6. D B B
7. B C B
8. A B D
9. BCD ABC AD
10. AD ACD ACD
11. AC ABC BD
12. ABC AC AD
13. D D D
14. C B A
15. C B C
16. A C A
17. C B D
18. A D D
1. 6 0 2
2. 5 4 4
3. 3 3 2
4. 2 6 7
5. 2 9 2
2
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
v 330 4
1. λ=   0.66m  n3
f 500 2n  1
2. x=2d= , Now, U=fx=2fd
kQ kQ
3. V1 = ;V2 =
2b 5b
4. If another shell is kept upside down over it complete a sphere, net field should become zero
5. F1 =FB -  πa 2  ρgh
F2 =FB -  πa 2  ρg  2h 
6. 2  1  3
v2  v1  v3
2  1  3
Frequency is independent of medium
7. Bw is magnetic field of wire

B1  B0  Bw
B2  B0  Bw
B  B2
 B0  1
2
fR
8. CV >
2
f is =3 for monoatomic but f is 5 for diatomic at normal temperature. But f>5 for diatomic
gases. At high temperature energy of vibration also increases taken that into account C V
increases since molecules of monoatomic gas do not vibrate, its C V remains same.
9. The loops is always attracted towards wire as the region part of loop getting attracted is
experiencing stronger magnetic field
10. The magnetic field due to the outer loop is into the paper. The force on an element of the inner
  
loop has the direction given by ds  B where ds is the element length in the direction of current.
Thus the force is radially outward.
Since the force is symmetric, i.e. radially outwards everywhere and the loops are concentric,
there is no net force on the inner loop.
11. Equivalent diagram is as shown in P is moved 2 cm right them R1=12, R3=3

R1 R 2
=  Hence wheat stone will be balanced 
R2 R4
5 20 R R
If s is moved left cm then R4  hence 1  2 (hence wheat stone will be balanced)
3 3 R3 R4
12. I   t
2
1 2 t 
Hence I  
2 2I
15. f  T
So f increases by increasing T.
i.e. f 2  f1  3  443 Hz
16. v f
340
  0.94
360
17. Pressure will increase, equally at all points
18. The compression will be proportional to g eff
SECTION – C
1. By linear momentum conservation impulse (J) = mV.


By angular momentum conservation, angular impulse J  I
2
 mv mv 6v
So mv  I  or    2
  6 rad / s
2 2I  m  
2 
 12 
2. 2F
Mg

For equilibrium

Mg  2F 1
2
mg 100
F   25 N
4 4
4
SECTION – A
P2 ΔH  1 1 
1. log =  - 
P1 2.303R  T1 T2 
P2 9720  1 1 
log = -
760 2.303×2  373 348 

P2 =298torr
298-Psol. 0.1 0.1
= »
298 1000 1000
0.1+
18 18
Psol =297.46torr
Lowering in VP=(298-297.46)=0.54torr
2. A
54044'
C
H3C B CH3
CB
Sin(540 44')=
AC
Terminal carbon carbon distance= 2  CB
=2  1.54  Sin(540 44')
=2.51 A 0
3. 0.5.mol of CH3COONa and 0.5mol H2O is formed.
0.5  2
Tf =  5.04
20.5 18 10 3
4. 100g H2O2 per hr.

(100/34 )mol H2O2 per hr.
(100/34 )mol (NH4)2S2O8 per hr.
100×2
mole e - per hr
34
i =157.68amp
current required=315 amp
0.059
5. E cell =E 0 cell - log Q
1
0.059
0=E 0 cell - log K
1
0.059
0=(x-0.799) - log(6  10 8 )
1
x  0.37
6. SO 3 2-  2H + 
 SO 2 + 2H +
7. A, B, D is having plane of symmetry.
8. Intercept=E 0 Cu 2+ /Cu =0.34

0.059
ECu/Cu 2+ =E Cu/Cu 2+ - log[Cu 2+ ]
2
0.059
ECu/Cu 2+ = -0.34 - log 0.1
2
ECu/Cu 2+ = -0.3105V
9. In isothermal process ΔU=0 ,
35.6
10. mole Mg
24
35.6
(  2) mole of e -
24
35.6
(  2  96500) coloumb
24
12. C4H10,CH3CH2OH, NH3 and I2 have high BP so low vapour pressure.
(13 – 14).
heat
FeSO 4 .7H 2 O   FeSO 4 (B)+H 2 O
strong heat
FeSO 4 .7H 2 O   Fe 2 O3 (D)+SO 2 (E) +SO3 ( F )
(15 – 16)
H 2 O 2 +2KI+ H 2 SO 4 
 K 2 SO 4 +I2 +2H 2 O
I2 + Na 2 S2 O3 
 2NaI + Na 2 S4 O 6
4mmol of hypo means 2mmole of I 2 and 2 mmole of H 2 O 2 .
2 4
so molarity= , normality   0.16 N
25 25
2
And volume strength=  11.2V=0.896V
25
6
17. C2 and C5 should having opposite configuration for S to be meso.
18. C2 and C5 should having opposite configuration for S to be meso it is possible with D only.
CH2OH
O
(OH)H
H
H
H
H
O
(OH)H
CH2OH
(Q)
S,Meso(C2 and C5 have opposite configuration)
SECTION – C
1. Pyrolusite 
 MnO 2
Iron Chromite 
 FeO.Cr2 O 3
Siderite 
 FeCO 3
Cassiterite 
 SnO 2
Calamine 
 ZnCO 3
Argentite 
 Ag 2S
Lime stone 
 CaCO 3
Chalcopyrite 
 CuFeS 2
2. NH 3 ,SO 2 ,Ca  OH 2 ,NaCl
3. I,ii,and V are correct
4. Sc3+ &Co3+ are diamagnetic Sol.
1  2
1 1
CH2 CH3
CH2
1  2
1
SECTION – A
9 8
1 5   
1. a   b 1  5   1  0
  2 
 2   

29 a  28 b 5  1    5 1  0 
9
 
2a  b 5  1  76  34 5
 2a  b  76, b  34  a  21
2. 2ab  5a  b  55
 2a  1 b  5   55  5
 2 2
 ( 2a  1)(2b  5)  105  3.5.7
Total number of positive solutions  2  2  2  8
Total number of solutions  16 .
3. f n  2 n  3n
n n
 f n 1  2 f n  3 and f n  2  2 f n 1  3.3
So option ‘c’ is correct.
3!.3n  3!.(n !) 3 6 n3
4. Pn   lim
(n  1)!3 (3n )! n  3n  3n  13n  2 
2

9
ac 
5.   2 bx  2 y  7b  0
 ac 
2 
   2 bx  2 y  7b  0
b 
 7
 x  y  b x    0
 2
2 2
7 7 7 7 7
Line passes through  ,  maximum distance from origin      and
2 2 2 2 2
 7 
minimum is zero.  0, 
 2
3 2
6. Let roots of the equation x  13 x  54 x  72  0 are, a, b, c
 a  13
 ab  54
8
13
abc  72 S
2
or x 3  13 x 2  54 x  72  ( x  a )( x  b)( x  c )
3 2
 13   13   13 
   13   54   72  ( S  a )( S  b)( S  c )
2 2 2
35
 ( S  a )( S  b)( S  c )
8
  S (S  a)(S  b)(S  c)
455

4
7. Clearly  is repeated root of f(x)=0

f(x)  f (x)  f (x)    f(x)  f (x)  
lim      lim  1     = 1–0=1
x   f (x)  f(x) f (x)  f(x)  
  f(x)   x  

 f(x)  f (x)  
 xlim
  f (x)
 0&   is bounded function 

  f(x)  
8. Clearly if f(x) = a(x–)(x–) then g(x) = b(x–)(x–)

 h(x)  k(x  )2 (x   )2  h(x)h(x)  2k(x  )3 (x   )3 (2x    )
d
So distinct roots of (h(x)h(x)) =0 are 4.
dx
2 2
x  y  x  y  x  y
9. p      3       2   q  0
z z  z  z z z
To factories make   0
2 2
1 3 1  3
p  1  q  2   1   p  12  1     q   0
2 2 2  2
and also for perpendicularity p  q  1  0
 4 p 2  p  14  0 ( 4 p  7 ) ( p  2)  0
7 3
p  2, q  3, p ,q
4 4
dy
10. Let  p, we have
dx
p 2  y  xp
 2 pp' p  p  xp'
 2 p  x or p'  0
2
which givens x  4 y or y  cx  ( 2c  1)
or y  1  c( x  2)
11. Fro more than one triplet satisfying all three equations we have
1 11
a cb
1 11
0
b ac
1 11
c ba
 abc
 ( x  y  z )  a satisfying the triplets
2
We get a  10, p  7    2  8  0
  2 and 4.
12. If f (x ) is continuous then lim f (t k )  f lim (t k )  f 
k 
k 
 1
4 k  
1
  1 (Where lim t k  ).
4
1
Also as graph is smooth f  0
4
a
13. h(n)   2 | sin nx | dx
o
k 1
Let a  , 0 , kI
n n
1/ n 
k  2 | sin nx | dx   2 | sin nx | dx
0 0
k 2(1  cos n)

4 
n n
h(n) 4( a  ) 2(1  cos n)
 
a a n
4 2(1  cos n) 4
  
 na a
h(n)
is independent of n if   0 .
a
i.e. an  k  a  kN
a should be divisible by 2, 3, 4 i.e. minimum (a) = 12.
a
14. h(1)   sin 2 x. | cos x | dx
0
h(1) 1a
 lim  lim  sin 2 x. | cos x | dx
a a a a
0
Let a  n   0
n    
1  
 lim  sin 2 x. | cos x | dx  lim .  n  sin 2 x | cos x | dx   sin 2 x. | cos x | dx 
n
0
n  n    0 0


1 2 2
  sin x | cos x | dx 
0 3
10
15. AP  3 cos  C
In APC 
3 cos  5 5
 –A 4
sin  sin(   A) P

25 
 cot   A B
3
12
1
.PB.4. sin 
PBC 2 4
16.   . tan 
PAB 1 3
.PB.3. sin( 90º  )
2
4 12 16
 . 
3 25 25
17. Either the stripes at odd number are painted with basic colour or at the even numbers.
n 1 n 1 n 1 n 1 n 1
Total ways  3 2
4 2
3 2
4 2
 712 2
18. tn  No of ways of painting n stripes

an  No of way of painting n stripes when it ends with a particular basic colour (R, B or
G)
bn  No of way of painting n stripes when it ends with a particular non basic colour
( R / B, B / G or R / G )
t n = 3(a n  bn ) (i)
a n = 2a n1  bn 1 (ii)
bn = a n1 (iii)
Equation (ii) and (iii) givens
bn1  2bn  bn 1
2
On solving characteristic equation x  2 x  1  0
we get 
bn   1  2  n 1
 1 2 
n 1
b2  1  1      2    
1 1
 
2
 bn   1  2
2
n 1
 1 2    
n 1


3 
tn  n
 
n
 1  2  1  2  . 
2 
SECTION – C
1. Required plane contains z-axis and normal of 3 x  4 y  z  1  0 hence its equation is

46
4 x  3 y  0 distance from (1, 2, 3) is  2 units.
16  9
2. On adding and subtracting the curves we get
( x  3) 2  4( y  1), y 2  20 y  59  0 respectively
Let point of intersection be ( x1 , y1 )( x 2 , y1 )( x3 , y 2 )( x 4 , y 2 )

 y1  y 2  20 and y1 , y 2  0
2 2
We required  ( x1  3)  ( y1  2)   4( y1  1)  ( y1  2) 2
  y1  2( y1  y 2 )  40
 1 0 0  0  2 1
2 2
 2  2n
3
  
 2 0 0  0  0 0
  0  0
3. A  3 0 0  0 0
  0  0

    
 n 0 0  0  
0 0 0  0 

 1 0 0  0   2 1 2 2 2 3  2  n   1 0 0  0   2 1 2 2 2 3  2n
    
 2 0 0  0   0 0 0  0  
 2 0 0  0   0 0 0  0 
2
A  3 0 0   0  3 0 0   0
   0 0 0   0 0 0 
          
 n 0 0  0   0 0 0  0 
   n 0 0  0   0 0 0  0 
 1 0 0  0    i2 i 0 0 0  0   2 1 2 2 2 3  2  n 
   
 2 0 0  0   0 0 0 0  0   0 0 0  0 
A2   3 0 0  0 0 0  0 
 0 
      
 n 0 0  0   0 0 0 0  0  
  0 0 0  0 
  
A 2   i.2 i A
 A   i.2 
n  i n 1
 Trace A   i.2   a    i.2 

n  i n 1
ii
i n
1 2 3
 lim Trace A   lim  i 2      ..... = 2
n 1/ n i
n  2 4 8
n
1985 1985 1985
4.  f ( x  1)   ( 1) x 1 x  2  f ( x)
x 1 x 1 x 1
 As f (1)  f (1986)
1985 1985
x 1
 3  f ( x)   (1)
x 1 x 1
x
1985
  f ( x)  331 .
x 1
Sum of the digits = 3  31  7 .
5. From the figure A
 = 43º
  3  129 
8 cos 2 120º   2
2
 3 
l3
FULL TEST – II

t h e t es t .
INSTRUCTIONS
results.

on OMR sheet.

Enrolment No.
AITS-FT-II-PCM-JEE(Main)/17
2
Useful Data
PHYSICS
2
CHEMISTRY

= 0.0821 Lit atm K1 mol1
= 1.987  2 Cal K1 mol1
= 6.625  10–27 ergs
1 amu = 1.66  10–27 kg
1 eV = 1.6  10–19 J

N=9, Na=11, Mg=12, Si=14, Al=13, P=15, S=16,
Cl=17, Ar=18, K =19, Ca=20, Cr=24, Mn=25,
Fe=26, Co=27, Ni=28, Cu = 29, Zn=30, As=33,
Br=35, Ag=47, Sn=50, I=53, Xe=54, Ba=56,
Pb=82, U=92.
F=19, Na=23, Mg=24, Al = 27, Si=28, P=31, S=32,
Cl=35.5, K=39, Ca=40, Cr=52, Mn=55, Fe=56, Co=59,
Ni=58.7, Cu=63.5, Zn=65.4, As=75, Br=80, Ag=108,
Sn=118.7, I=127, Xe=131, Ba=137, Pb=207, U=238.
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. A box suspended by a rope is pulled to one side by a horizontal force. The tension in the rope
(A) Is less than before
(B) Remains unchanged
(C) Is greater than before
(D) May be any of the above, depending on the force applied
2. The co-efficient of kinetic friction between two steel surfaces is

(A) 0.57 N/kg (B) 0.7 N
(C) 0.63 N/m (D) 0.6 J/N-m
3. The head of an axe has a mass of 2.5 kg. It exerts a force of 80 kN as it penetrates 18 mm into
the trunk of a tree. The speed with which the axe head struck the tree was
(A) 1.2 m/s (B) 34 m/s
(C) 3.4 m/s (D) 107 m/s
4. A ball strikes a horizontal surface at an angle α with it and rebounds at an angle β, then find the
incorrect statement
(A) β may be equal to α (B) β may be less than α
(C) β may be greater than α (D) β can not be greater than α
5. The least count of a stop watch is 1/5 second. The time of 20 oscillations of a pendulum is
measured to be 25 seconds. The percentage error in the measurement of time will be
(A) 0.1% (B) 0.8%
(C) 1.8% (D) 8%
4
6. An air chamber of volume V has a neck area of cross – section ‘a’ into which a
ball of mass m can move up and down without friction. If the ball is press down 
a little and released then find the time period of oscillation of ball. Here air is     
ideal & its temperature remains constant & the isothermal. Bulk modulus of air     
is B.     
(A) T= 2π (B) T= 2π  V  
(C) T= 2π (D) None of these     
7. A source when at rest in a medium produces waves with a velocity v and a wavelength of λ. If the
source is set in motion with a velocity vs what would be the wavelengths produced directly in front
of the source?
 v   v 
(A)  1  s  (B)  1  s 
 v  v
 v λv
(C)  1   (D)
 vs  v+v s
8. A car just leaves the road when it passes over a hump of radius 40 m. The car’s velocity is
(A) 20 m/s (B) 392 m/s
(C) 62 m/s (D) It cannot be found with the mass of the car
9. Two glass slabs of same thickness are joined to form an L as shown. t

A ray is incident on the combination as shown (in the plane of paper). 45°
The final emergent ray will
t
A
(A) Come out at point A in the same direction as that of the original ray.
(B) Come out at point A but not in the same direction as that of the original ray.
(C) Does not come out at point A but is in the same direction as that of the original ray.
(D) Does not come out at point A and is not in the same direction as that of the original ray.
10. A solid steel cylinder A and an identical wooden cylinder B are released from two identical
inclines from the same height. The incline of A has sufficient friction to ensure rolling and that of B
is frictionless, then
(A) A reaches the bottom first
(B) B reaches the bottom with greater Kinetic Energy
(C) Both reach the bottom with same Kinetic Energy
(D) A reaches the bottom with greater Kinetic Energy
11. A 400g piston in a compressor oscillates up and down through a total distance of 80mm. The
maximum force on the piston when it moves at 10 cycles/s is
(A) 64 N (B) 68 N
(C) 128 N (D) 132 N
12. Two monkeys A and B of equal mass ‘m’ can climb strings of a pulley
2
arrangement as shown in figure. Find magnitude of acceleration (in m/s )
of A with respect to rope so that the block remains stationary. It is given 
that B is just holding the string. Assume pulley is frictionless and string is
massless and inextensible. A
2 2

(A) 90 m/s (B) 100 m/s
2 2
B
(C) 110 m/s (D) 120 m/s 5m
13. A boiler in which the gauge pressure is 4 bar develops a leak. The velocity at which the water
comes out is
(A) 89 mm/s (B) 28 m/s
(C) 20 m/s (D) 0.8 km/s

14. A proton (mass m and charge e) is fired from origin with velocity v=v 0 î+v 0 ˆj in a uniform

magnetic field B=B0 iˆ . In the subsequent motion of the particle the axis of the helical path is
mv0 mv0
(A) z=+ in xz  plane (B) z=+ in yz  plane
eB0 eB0
mv0 mv0
(C) z   in xz  plane (D) z   in yz  plane
eB0 eB0
6
15. Figure shows the anode potential vs photo-current graph when photons of 6eV are incident on
cathode in a photoelectric experiment set-up. In the same experimental set-up, if photons of 8eV
and same intensity are incident on cathode, then anode-potential vs photo-current graph will be
(assume 100% efficiency of photons to eject photo-electrons in both cases)
photocurrent
i0
-3V 0 anode potential

(A) (B)
i0 i0
-3V -3V
(C) (D)
i0 i0
-3V -3V
16. A uniform magnetic field B increases in magnitude with time 't' as given in fig. 1. A circular
2
conducting loop of area 8 × 10–4 m lies in the field, the field is  to the plane of loop. The
amount of charge 'q' that passed through the point A on the loop is given in fig. 2 as a function of
time 't' . The resistance of loop is:
    
 
 
  
    

 

 A  
9 6
B (mT)
q (mC)
6 4
3 2
1 2 3 1 2 3
t s  t s
(A) 2.4 m (B) 6 m
(C) 1.2 m (D) 4 m
17. P–V graph for an ideal gas undergoing polytropic process P

N
PV  constant is shown here. Then N is  P
(A) 1.5 (B) 2
(C) 1 (D) 3 2 105
37
5
4  10
V  m3 
18. Which of the following combination of units is equal to the watt?

2
(A) Js (B) A 
2
(C) V / A (D) V 2
8
19. A light bulb rated at 240 V, 150 W is connected to a 120 V power line. The current that flows in it
is
(A) 0.313 A (B) 1.25 A
(C) 0.625 A (D) 1.88 A
20. A network of three 5 Ω resistors cannot have an equivalent resistance of

(A) 1.67 Ω (B) 7.5 Ω
(C) 2.5 Ω (D) 15 Ω
21. Frequency of the k x-ray for the element calcium (Ca, z=20) is 8.95× Hz. Frequency of k x-
ray for element cadmium (Cd, z = 48) will be
(A) 5.46× Hz (B) 6.31× Hz
(C) 5.71× Hz (D) 6.31× Hz
22. In the circuit shown, switch S is initially open. At time t = 0, S is closed, at this instant the potential
difference across the 5 Ω resistor is
1H

S1
S2
+
10V 20
5

(A) 10 V (B) 2.5 V
(C) 5 V (D) 0 V
23. An organ pipe of length L is open at one end and closed at the other end. The air column in the
pipe is vibrating in second overtone. The minimum distance from the open end where the
pressure amplitude is half of the maximum value is
(A) L / 4 (B) L / 8
(C) L /12 (D) L /15
24. A long straight wire of circular cross-section is made of a non-magnetic material. The radius of
cross-section of the wire is a. The wire carries a current I which is uniformly distributed over its
cross-section. The energy stored per unit length in the magnetic field contained with the wire is
(A) μ /2π (B) μ /4π
(C) μ /8π (D) μ /16π
25. In the given circuit all diodes are ideal. The current through battery D1 5
(shown in figure) is
(A) 2 A (B) 1 A
(C) 4 A (D) 4 A 3
3
2 D2
2
20V
26. At certain time the activity of three radioactive materials are in the ratio of 3: 5:7. What will be the
ratio of their activities at any further date?
(A) 1 : 2 : 3 (B) 1 : 1 : 1
(C) 3 : 5 : 7 (D) 7 : 5 : 3
27. Two moles of a monatomic gas is mixed with three moles of a diatomic gas. The molar specific
heat of the mixture at constant volume is
(A) 1.9 R (B) 2.1 R
(C) 2 R (D) 1.67 R
10
28. A coil of self-inductance L is connected in series with a bulb B and an AC source. Brightness of
the bulb increases when:
(A) Number of turns in the coil is increased.
(B) A capacitance of reactance XC = XL is included in the same circuit.
(C) An iron rod is inserted in the coil.
(D) Frequency of the AC source is increased.
29. A bar magnet of length ‘l’ and magnetic dipole moment ‘M’ is bent in
the form of an arc as shown in figure. The new magnetic dipole
moment will be  
3 2 2
(A) M (B) M
  r r
M 90
(C) (D) M
2
30. In a common emitter (CE) amplifier having a voltage gain 12, the transistor used has trans
conductance 0.03 mho and current gain 25. If the above transistor is replaced with another one
with trans conductance 0.02 mho and current gain 20, the voltage gain will be:
(A) 18 (B) 4
(C) 12 (D) 8
SECTION – A
1. H H
H H
'A'is 'B'is
Cl Cl Cl H
Which of the following statement is correct about organic compounds A and B ?
(A) Both are optically active
(B) 'A' is optically active and B is optically inactive
(C) 'B' is optically active and 'A' is optically inactive
(D) Both are optically inactive.
2. Dilute solution of KOH reacts with I 2 and forms:

(I) KI (II) KI 3
(III) KIO
(A) II , II (B) I , III
(C) I (D) I , II , III
12
3. Me
H CH2 + NBS six procucts:
Which of the following statements is incorrect about products?

(A) H Me
Me CH2Br , H CH2Br are two possible products.
(B) Me Br H Br
H H CH2 , Me H CH2 are other two possible products.
(C) Me H
Br CH2 , H CH2 are other two possible products.

H Me
H Br
(D) Me Br Br Me
H H CH2 , H2C H H are other two possible products.
4. 0.42g of Mg 2C3 reacts with water produces gas X. The gas X combination with O2 produce
CO2 . The volume of CO2 at STP:
(A) 112mL (B) 448mL
(C) 336mL (D) 448mL
5. Down the group 13 and group 14 , lower oxidation state compounds are more stable because:
(A) Down the group I .E. decreases
(B) Poor shielding of electrons in s & p  orbitals as compare to d & f-orbitals
(C) Down the group electronegativity decreases
(D) Outer shell electron are less shielded from nucleus due to presence of electrons in d-orbitals
of penultimate shell
6. Which of the following combination of atomic orbitals result into non-bonding?
A       
  
B       
 

  
 C  
  
     
 
D    
 
 
14
7. Cl I BuLi
low temperature B   'C'
+BuLi  A low temperature
S S
HgCl2 , MeOH, H 2 O
'D'
Correct structure of compound 'D' is:
(A) (B) CH3CH 2 CHO
O
(C) O (D) CH 3CH 2CH 2CHO
 a 
8. Consider the Vander Waal’s equation of state  p   V  b   RT correct statements is:
 V2 
(A) Value of ' a ' of N 2 is larger than that of NH 3 due to higher molecular weight of N 2
(B) Gas ' A ' has Vander Wall’s constants 'a '  L atm / mol 
2 2
and ' b '  L / mol  as 7 and
2
4.98 10 , this gas cannot be liquid at temperature 200C however high pressure may be
applied.
b
(C) At high pressure above equation reduces to Z  1 
RTV
(D) If Z  1, attractive forces are dominating among the gaseous molecules
Na CS2 CH 3I
9. cis-2-phenylcyclohexanol   'A'  'B'   'C'
'C' is S-methyl xanthate, which on pyrolysis gives:
(A) 3-phenylcyclohexene (B) 1-phenylcyclohexene
Ph
(C) (D)
H
CH3
10. Bond dissociation enthalpy of gaseous H 2 , Cl2 and HCl are 104,58 and 103 Kcal / mol
respectively. Then enthalpy of formation of HCl gas is:
(A) 22 kcal (B) 22 kcal
(C) 44 kcal (D) 44 kcal
11. Which of the following process would result into formation of 7-methyl-1-naphthol?
(A) cis-4-  p-Tolyl  -3-butenoic acid+HF
(B) trans-4-  p-Tolyl  -3-butenoic acid+HF
(C)
anhydraous Pd/C

AlCl3
  
O
Cl
(D)
anhyd.AlCl3 Pd/C FeSO4 /H 2 O2
    
Cl
12. When a hydrocarbon C x H y is burnt, gives 100ml of gaseous mixture of CO2 and H 2O
(vapour). On passing product mixture through anhydrous CuSO4 result into decrease of volume
by 60 ml . Which of the following lowest molecular weight hydrocarbon can satisfy the above
condition?
(A) CH 4 (B) C2 H 6
(C) C2 H 4 (D) C4 H10
3
13. While testing BO3 , there is green-edges flame on heating the salt with conc. H 2 SO4 and
CH 3OH . Green colour is of
(A)  CH 3 3 B (B)  CH 3O 3 B
(C) B2O3 (D) H 3 Bo3
16
14. Vanillin  L  , C8 H 8O3 , is isolated from vanilla beans. It give an intense colour with FeCl3 and
positive Tollen’s test. It is not steam-distilled and does not react with HCl . It goes through
following steps:

L  OH
1. equivalent of CH 3 I
KMnO4
 M ,  C9 H10O3    N ,  C9 H10O4  ,  HCO3 soluble 
conc. HI 
3,4-dihydroxy benzoic acid

 Ag  NH 
2 Br2 
 3 2
L    O   P,  C7 H 6 Br2O2 
Which of the following is correct statement about various products?
(A) OH OH
CH3 Br OCH3
Lis and P is
COOH Br
(B) OH OH
CHO Br Br
Lis and P is
OMe OMe
(C) OH OH
OMe Br OMe
Lis and P is
CHO Br
(D) OH OH
Br
Lis and P is
OMe OMe
CHO Br
15. [X] + H2SO 4  [Y] , a colourless gas with irritating smell
[Y] + K 2Cr2O7 + H2SO 4 
 Green solution
The species [X] and [Y] are
2 –
(A) SO3 , SO2 (B) Cl , HCl
(C) S2–, H2S (D) CO23 ,CO2
16. COOH
CH NH3

(CH2)3
CH2 NH
3
Lysine has pka1 , p ka2 , p ka3 values 2.18 , 8.95 and 10.53 respectively. Then value of its
isoelectric point  p  is:
I
(A) 7.22 (B) 5.565

(C) 6.355 (D) 9.74
17. The colour of potassium dichromate is due to:

(A) d-d transition (B) transition in K  ion
(C) ligand-to-metal charge transfer (D) metal to ligand charge transfer
18. The crystal field stabilization energy of high spin d7 octahedral complex is:
(Where P is pairing energy and 0 is octahedral splitting energy)
4 4
(A)  0  2P (B)  0  3P
5 5
9 9
(C)  0  2P (D)  0  3P
5 5
18
19. Incorrect statement for metal carbonyl [M(CO)6 ] is:

(A)  bonding electrons are donated by CO group to the metal.
(B) d  p back bonding occurs from the filled metal orbitals.
(C) d  p back bonding makes M-CO bond stronger.
(D) C – O bond length is greater in CO molecules as compare to C – O bond length in given
complex.
20. O
H
N
+ mild acidic

conditions
Ph CH 2 Cl
 ' A '  ' B ' 

H / H 2O
C  D
 enamine 
The incorrect statement about various organic products in above sequence is:
(A) (B) CH 2Ph
A is N
Bis + Cl 
N
(C) (D)
Cis O D is N OH
CH2Ph
21. A 0.001 molal solution of a complex represented as Pt  NH 3 4 Cl4 in water had freezing point
depression of 0.0054 C. Given Kf for H2O = 1.86 K molality–1. Assuming 100% ionisation of the
0
complex. Which of the following is incorrect statement about the complex?


(A) Formula of Complex is Pt  NH 3 4 Cl4 
(B) 2 Cl atoms are attached as ligands in the complex
(C) The value of Van’t Hoff factor is 3
(D) The complex is octahedral in shape
22.
O  1 LDA
 2  Ph-CH -Br  'A'
2
Which of the following is correct statement about compound 'A' :

(A) (B) O
O CH Ph
A is
CH2Ph
A is
(C) (D) HO CH2 Ph
CH Ph
A is
A is
23. An orange coloured compound (A) when treated with NaCl & conc. H 2 SO4 gives red brown
vapour B . This vapour when passed through NaOH gives yellow coloured solution  C  .
On addition of CH 3COOH and  CH 3COO  2 Pb to this yellow solution, yellow colured ppt
 D  is obtained. Which of the following compound is not resemble with above information:
(A) 'A' is K 2Cr2O7 (B) 'B' is CrO2Cl2
(C) 'C' is Na 2CrO4 (D) 'D' is PbCl2
24. Which of the following is correct Haworth projection for  -D glucopyranose?

(A) CH 2OH (B) CH 2OH
H O H H O OH
H H
OH H OH H
OH OH OH H
H OH H OH
(C) HOH2C (D) CH 2OH
O CH2OH O H
OH
H OH H
H OH H OH
H OH
OH H OH H
20
25. Adsorption of gases on solid surface is generally exothermic because:

(A) chemical bonds are always formed
(B) adsorbate decreases the surface energy of adsorbent
(C) entropy increases
(D) free energy increases
26. Which of the following statement is false, if ' a ' is the unit cell edge length?
(A) 0.866 a is the shortest distance between cation and anion in CsCl crystal.
(B) 0.707 a is the shortest distance between two cations in CaF2 crystal
(C) 0.433a is the shortest distance between carbon atom in diamond
(D) 0.866 a is the shortest distance between two cation in rock salt crystal
27. 2A+C  P follows the mechansm as shown below

 B K  equilibrium constant 
2A 
 P K f  rate constant 
B+C 
d  P
The overall rate, + based on above mechanism is given by
dt
2 2
(A) KK f  A  C  B  (B) KK f A  C 
(C) K  A B  (D) K f  B C 
28. A current of 0.55Amp deposits 0.55gm of a metal in 100 minutes. Calculate atomic mass of
M .W .
the metal if equivalent weight  ?
3
(A) 100 (B) 45
(C) 48.25 (D) 144.75
29.
R r
O
r
The radial part of wave function of an orbital is plotted against distance from nucleus. Which
orbital represent above graph?
(A) 1s (B) 2 s
(C) 3s (D) 2p
30. pH of 0.01M   NH 4  2 SO4 and 0.02M  NH 4OH buffer  p Ka of NH 4  9.26  is:

(A) 9.26 (B) 9.26  log 2
(C) 9.26  log 2 (D) 4.74  log 2
22
SECTION – A
1. If n  s  represents the number of elements in the set S, such that n  A   10 and n  B   20 ,

then the value of n  AB  cannot be:
(A) 30 (B) 10
(C) 8 (D) 12
f  x
2. If x 2
 2 x  1  2  4, then the maximum value of f  x  is:
(A) 1 (B) 2
(C) 3 (D) 4
 x x 1 3
3. The number of solution(s) of max  2 , 2 ,    x is:
 2 4
(A) 1 (B) 0
(C) 2 (D) Infinitely many
1 2 2 2 n  n  3
4. Let    ....   nfN , then the value of k is:
3 2.3.4 3.4.5 n  n  1 n  2  k  n  1 n  2 
(A) 1 (B) 2
(C) 3 (D) 4
5. A student preparing for IIT-JEE at FIITJEE is given 6 targets numbered to 1 to 6 of each subject
physics, chemistry and mathematics. He or she keeps all his books in different shelves (for each
subject) in order, number of ways to select all 18 books one by one such that books of each
subject must be selected in order (i.e. all books of one subject to the selected one after another,
then of second subject and then of third subject) is:
18! 18!
(A) (B)  3!
6!6!6! 6!6!6!
6!6!6! 18!
(C) (D)
3! 6!6!6!3!
6. If x is such that  2sin x   cos x   3 , for some x  0, 25 then range of the function
g  x   sin x  cos x, where . represents greatest integer function is:
(A)   2, 1
 
(B)   2, 1
 
 1  3   1  3 
(C)   2,  (D)  , 1
 2 
  2 
1
7. If f  x    x   x and g  x   sin x , then number of elements in the range of gof  x  is
(where 
. represents fractional part function):
(A) 0 (B) 1
(C) 2 (D) 3
1
8. The number of real solution of  x, y  where y  cos x and y  cos  cos x  , 2  x  2
is/are:
(A) 1 (B) 2
(C) 3 (D) 4
24
9. Let f  x    x  2  and g  x   cos x, where . denotes the greatest integer function. The

value of  fog  '  , is:
2
(A) 0 (B) 1
(C) 1 (D) Does not exist
10. Number of points of non-differentiability of f  x   min 0, cos x,sin x in  0, 2n  is:
(A) 3n  1 (B) 3n
(C) 3n  1 (D) 3n  2
d2
11. If y  cos x then
dy 2
 sin5 x  is:
3
(A) 15sin x  20sin x (B) 15sin x  20sin 3 x
3 3
(C) 20sin x  15sin x (D) 20sin x  15sin x
12. Find the maximum possible area of rectangle such that it two vertices are on y-axis and other two
vertices on the lines y  x and 3 x  2 y  6 respectively and the rectangle is inscribed in
triangle, y  0, y  x, 3 x  2 y  6 is:
3 7
(A) (B)
10 10
9 11
(C) (D)
10 10
13. If the linex  my  n  0 is a normal to the curve xy  1, then possible value of  and m is:
(A)   2, m  1 (B)   2, m  1
(C)   2, m  1 (D)   1, m  2
1 p q
14. In a PQR (with usual solutions) if 1 q r  0, then the value of cos 2 P  cos 2Q  cos 2R
1 r p
is:
1 1
(A) (B) 
2 2
3 3
(C) (D) 
2 2
15. The number of values of ' t ' for which the system of equations
 t  1 x  8 y  4t , tx   t  3 y  3t  1 has no solution is:
(A) 0 (B) 1
(C) 2 (D) 3
16. If 4 x  ay  3 z  0, x  2 y  az  0 and ax  2 z  0 have a non-trivial solution, then the value

of a is:
(A) 0 (B) 1
(C) 2 (D) 0
3x 2  2 x
17.  x6  2 x5  x 4  2 x3  2 x 2  5dx is equal to:
3 2
1 1  x  x  1  1 1  x 3  x 2  1 
(A) tan    C (B) sin  C
2  2  2  2 
1  x3  x2  1  1  x3  x 2  1 
(C) tan  C (D) sin  C
 2   2 
26
 sin  t  dt , then f ' 1 is equal to:

2
18. If f  x  
1
x
3 1
(A) sin1 (B) sin1
2 2
(C) sin1 (D) 2sin1
 x2 
19. Area bounded by the curves y    1 , y  x  2 and x  0 above x-axis is, where .
 36 
denotes greatest integer function:
1 3
(A) (B)
2 2
5 7
(C) (D)
2 2
dy
20. If the equation represented by the solution of the differential equation  xy  1  y2  0
dx
passes through the points  2,1 and  k , e  , then the value of k is:
1
(A) e2 (B)
e
2 3
(C) (D)
e e
21. Total number of unit vectors in xy  plane making on angle of 45 with the vector iˆ  ˆj and an
angle of 60 with the vector 3iˆ  ˆj is:
(A) 0 (B) 1
(C) 2 (D) 4
22. If a and b are selected from the set 1, 2,3,.....10 , then probability that a 2  b 2 is divisible by
3 is:
1 4
(A) (B)
15 15
8 13
(C) (D)
15 15
13
23. The value of sum of the series C0 .14 C1 13 C1 .14 C2 13 C2 .14 C3  ..... 13 C13 .14 C14 is:
27 27
(A) C12 (B) C14
27 27
(C) C16 (D) C10
24. The distance of the point  2,3  from the line 2 x  3 y  9  0 measured along a line parallel to
x  y  1  0 is:
(A) 4 2 (B) 3 2
(C) 2 2 (D) 2
25. If the two circles x 2  y 2  1 and x 2  y 2  8 x  6 y   2  0 have exactly two common

tangents then the number of integral value of  is:
(A) 0 (B) 1
(C) 3 (D) 5
28
26. If PQ and RS are two perpendicular chord of the rectangular hyperbola xy  1 . If C is the
centre of this hyperbola then product of the slopes of CP, CQ, CR and CS is:
(A) 0 (B) 1
(C) 1 (D) Not defined

27. If z1 , z2 and z3 are the vertices of ABC , taken is anticlockwise order such that B  and
4
BC  2  AB  , then i  z2  z3  is equal to:
(A) z1  z2  z3 (B) z2  z3  z1
(C) z1  z3  2 z2 (D) z2  z3  2 z1
28. 6 person A, B, C , D, E and F are to be seated at a circular table. In how many ways can this
be done if A must always has either B or C on his right and B must always has either C or D on
his right:
(A) 8 (B) 12
(C) 18 (D) 30
29. Standard deviation of two distributions are same and their arithmetic means are 30 and 25
respectively. If their coefficient of variation is v1 and v2 , then 6v1  5v2 is equal to:
(A) 0 (B) 1
(C) 2 (D) 3
30. If A, G and H are arithmetic, geometric and harmonic means between three given numbers
a, b and c then the equation having a, b and c as its roots is:
3G 3 3G 3
(A) x 3  3 Ax 2 x  G3  0 (B) x 3  3 Ax 2 x  G3  0
H H
3 2 3G 3 3G 3
(C) x  3 Ax  x  G3  0 3 2
(D) x  3 Ax  x  G3  0
H H
AITS-FT-II-PCM-Sol.-JEE(Main)/17
FIITJEE
JEE(Main) - 2017
FULL TEST – II
(Main)

1. C B C
2. D B B
3. B D B
4. D C B
5. B D A
6. B D D
7. A C C
8. A D D
9. A A A
10. D A A
11. D A B
12. C B C
13. B B B
14. C C D
15. D A B
16. C D C
17. A C A
18. B A A
19. A D C
20. C D B
21. A A A
22. D B C
23. D D B
24. D A A
25. A B D
26. C D B
27. B B D
28. B C C
29. A C A
30. D A B
2
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
3. m  2.5 kg , F  80  103 N
F
a   32  103 m / s 2 , v  0, s  18  103 m
m
2 2
Applying, v  u  2a s
u 2  2  32  103  18 10 3
u  24 2  34 m / s
6. When the ball is pressed by ' x '

V   ax, for small ' x ' final volume  V
V Bax
P   B 
V V
d 2x Ba 2
F  P  a  2   x
dt Vm
Ba 2 Vm
  , HenceT  2
Vm Ba 2
mV 2
8. N  mg  , if car leaves the road N  0
R
V2
  g or v  gR  20 m / s
R
11. Fmax  mg  m 2 A  Fmax  m  g   2 A 

80  103
  2  10  20 rod / s , A   40  103 m
2
m  400  103 kg
Substituting the values we get Fmax  68 N
12.
2T1 P1
2T1
P2
A
T1 T1
B
5m
Since 5m is stationary, T1=5mg

If the acceleration of the pulley P2  a1 
ab  2a1   w.r.t. ground 
 5mg  mg  2ma1         1
If a A/ P1  a2 , a A   a2  a1  w.r.t . ground
10mg  mg  m  a2  a1        2 
From equation 1 a1  2 g
2
Thus a2  11g  110 m / s
13. Applying Bernoulli’s theorem

1
4  105  Patm  Patm   v 2
2
8  105
v  20 2  28 m / s
103
dB
16. From graphs,    A   8  104  3  103
dt
 24 10 7 V
 24  107
Also, I  2mA, R    1.2 m
I 2  103
17. PV N  k
V N dP  NPV N 1dV  0
Or VdP   NP dV
dP  NP
  , also at P  2  105 Pa &V  4  105 m3
dV V
dP 3 4 3
  N    1.5
dV 4 2 4
21. Applying Moseley’s Law
2
 z 1 
2  1  2 
 z1  1 
1 B2
24. dU  dV
2 
1 B2
  2 dr
2 
 r2 I  Ir
B 2 
a 2 r 2 a 2
4
1 1  x I 2r 2
dU     2 rdr
2  4 2 a 4
a
I 2 3 I 2
U r dr 
4 a 4 0 16
29.
 R 2
 
R R
Let the pole strength be ' m '
M  m
2
M 1  mR 2, R 

2ml 2 2 2M
M 1  
 
SECTION – A
2. I 2  dil.OH  
 I   IO   H 2O
4.  Mg  OH  2  C3 H 4
Mg 2C3  H 2O 
5. Inert pair effect

6. a  bonding C  anti bording
b  bonding D  non  bonding
89
8. Tc  comes out to be more then 200C option D is correct.
27 Rb
1 1
10. H 2  g   Cl2  g   HCl  g  H f  B.E. of reactions  B.E. of products
2 2
1
 104  56   103  22 Kcal / mol
2
 4
 2x  2  4
12. Cx H y    O2   x CO2  H 2 O
 2  2
 
Volume of CO2  100  60  40ml
molar ratio of CO2 : H 2O  40 : 60  2 : 3

13. BO33  CH 3OH 
H
B  OMe 3
15. SO23 + 2H+ 
 H2O + SO2
(X) (Y)
SO2 is a colourless gas with irritating smell.
3SO2 + K 2Cr2O7 + H2SO4 
 Cr2 (SO4 )3 + K 2SO4 + H2O
(Green)
17. Because Cr( VI) has d° configuration hence d-d transition will not possible.
18. d7 1 1 eg
   t2g t2g5 eg2

Total paired electron = 2
Total pairing energy = 2P
CFSE  0.8 0 (or  8 Dq)  2P
21.  Tf  i k f m
 Tf .0054
i   2. 9  3
kf m 1.86  .001
Hence, no. of ions =3
 Pt NH  Cl   Pt NH  Cl 
3 4 2 3 4 2
2
 2Cl 
6
SECTION – A
1. n  A   10, n  B   20
10
10
n  AΔB   10
2. y
4
x
1
2 f  x   22  f  x   2
2
4. Tn 
n  n  1 n  2 
1 1
Tn  
n  n  1  n  1 n  2 
On solving
n  n  3
 K 2
2  n  1 n  2 
18!
5.
6!6!6!
0 x  
7. f  x  
1 x 
gof  sin 1 0  0

sin 1 1 
2
9. f  x    x   2  f  g  x     cos x   2
   
f  g    0
  2 
13. xy  1
dy
x y0
dx
dy y

dx x
x
y  y1  1  x  x1 
y1
yy1  y12  x1 x  x12
x1 x  yy1  y12  x12  0
1 p q
14.  0q  p r  q
0r q pr
 1  q  p  p  r    r  q  r  q  
1  2 2 2
  p  q  q  r   r  p   0
2  
 pqr
P  Q  R
15.  t  1 x  8 y  4t  0
tx   t  3  y   3t  1  0
t 1 8 4t
 
t t  3   3t  1
t 3
4  a 3
16. 1 2 a 0
a 0 2
4  4  0   a  2  a 2   3  0  2a   0
a3  4a  16  0
a2
3x2  2 x
17. I 2
dx
x 3
 x 2  1  22
1 1  x 3  x 2  1 
 tan  C
2  2 
8
 sin  t dt
2
18. f  x 
1/ x
1  1  1 
f '  x   sin x.  sin  2  2 
2 x  x  x 
sin1
f ' 1   sin1
2
3
 sin1
2
 x2 
19. y    1
 36 
1
Area   2  3  1
2
5

2
dy
20.  xy  1   y2
dx
xy  1 dx

y2 dy
dx 1 x
 
dy y 2 y
dx 1 1
 x 2
dy y y
1
dy
y
I .F .  e y
1
x. y   . ydy
y2
xy  ln y
ke  ln e
1
k
e
22. n  E  3 C 2  3 C 2  4 C 2  3 C1 4 C1  24
n  S  10 C 2  45
24 8
PE  
45 15
13 14
23. 1  x   x  1  13 C0 13 C1 x 13 C2 x2  .... 13 C13 x13
13 27 27 27
Coeff of x in 1  x   C13  C14
24.   2, 3
P
x  y 1  0
2x  3 y  9  0

Q  6, 7 
PQ  16  16
4 2
25. For two common tangents.
r1  r2  C1C 2  r1  r2
r1  1
r2  16  9  x 2
C1C2  16  9  5
25   2  1  5  6 25   2  1
3    3
C C

t1 t2
26. Slope of PQ 
Ct1  Ct2
1
Slope of PQ 
t1t2
1
Slope of RS 
t3t4
t1t2t3t4  1
C
0
1
Slope of CP  4  2
Ct1  0 t1
1 1 1 1
. . . 1
t12 t22 t32 t42
z1  z2 z z A  z1 
27.  1 2 ei / 4
z3  z2 z3  z2
z1  z 2 1
 1  i 
z3  z2 2
 2 z1  2 z 2  1  i  z3  z2  C  z3 
 /4
 2 z1  2 z 2  z3  z2  i  z3  z 2 
i  z 2  z3   z3  z 2  2 z1  2 z 2 B  z2 
 z3  z2  2 z1
10
  
29. CV   V1  V2 
x 30 25
 
6V1  5V2    0
5 5
abc 1/3
30. A  abc   G
3
a  b  c  3 A abc  G 3
3 3abc 3G 3
H H  H 
1 1 1 ab  bc  ca ab  bc  ca
 
b b c
3G 3
ab  bc  ca 
H
3
3G
x 3  3 Ax 2  x  G3  0
H
FULL TEST – IV
Paper 1

t h e t es t .
INSTRUCTIONS

on OMR sheet.

Each question carries +2 marks for correct answer. There is no negative marking.
answer.
(ii) Section-C (01 to 05) contains 5 Numerical based questions with answers as numerical value
and each question carries +4 marks for correct answer and – 1 mark for wrong answer.
Enrolment No.
AITS-FT-IV-(Paper-1)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/17
2
Useful Data
PHYSICS
2
CHEMISTRY

= 0.0821 Lit atm K1 mol1
= 1.987  2 Cal K1 mol1
= 6.625  10–27 ergs
1 amu = 1.66  10–27 kg
1 eV = 1.6  10–19 J

N=9, Na=11, Mg=12, Si=14, Al=13, P=15, S=16,
Cl=17, Ar=18, K =19, Ca=20, Cr=24, Mn=25,
Fe=26, Co=27, Ni=28, Cu = 29, Zn=30, As=33,
Br=35, Ag=47, Sn=50, I=53, Xe=54, Ba=56,
Pb=82, U=92.
F=19, Na=23, Mg=24, Al = 27, Si=28, P=31, S=32,
Cl=35.5, K=39, Ca=40, Cr=52, Mn=55, Fe=56, Co=59,
Ni=58.7, Cu=63.5, Zn=65.4, As=75, Br=80, Ag=108,
Sn=118.7, I=127, Xe=131, Ba=137, Pb=207, U=238.
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
(B), (C) and (D), out of which only ONE is correct.
1. A cylindrical block of radius R, height h and density  is floating in liquid of density 2 contained
in a cylindrical container of radius 2R. Time period of small vertical oscillations of the block is
5h 3h
(A) 2 (B) 
6g 2g
h h
(C) 2 (D) 
2g 2g
2. A charge particle of mass m and charge q is suspended with the

help of a string having breaking strength of 2mg and mass having
co-ordinates 1, 
3 while the space carries a uniform magnetic
m, q

field in cylindrical region with centre at origin and radius R = 2 m.
Maximum charge q if string does not break at the instant
magnetic field start increasing with rate 0.5 Tesla per second is
  R 
1, 3 
(A) 4mg (B) 8mg   
(C) 2mg (D) None  
 K
3. In a certain region of space gravitational field is given by g     . Taking potential at r = r0 to
 r
be V0 the potential at any general point is given by
r  r 
(A) V  K ln    V0 (B) V  K ln    V0
 r0   r0 
r  r 
(C) V  K ln  0   V0 (D) V  K ln  0   V0
r  r 
4
4. A solid sphere of uniform density and radius R exerts a

gravitational force F1 on a particle at P. A spherical cavity of
R R P
R
radius is now removed from the sphere. Now the same
2 2
sphere (with cavity) exerts a gravitational force F2 on the same
F 2R
particle at P. Then, 1 is
F2
9 7
(A) (B)
7 9
1 4
(C) (D)
2 3
5. A cylinder of height h and radius R is made to move with constant velocity v at small angle  with
its flat bottom or flat top. In a polluted atmosphere having uniform and stagnant dust density  .
If dust particles stick to cylinder on striking them neglecting any change in size of cylinder, power
to be delivered to cylinder to maintain its velocity is
(A) 2v 2Rh (B) 2v 3Rh
(C) 2v 3Rhcos   v 3 R 2 sin  (D) None
6. Each of the pictures shows four objects tied together with rubber bands being pulled to right
across a horizontal smooth surface by a horizontal force F. All the objects have same mass, all
rubber bands are identical naturally and obey Hook’s law. Then which of the following possibility
of the arrangement is most correct?
x x
(A)
1 2 3
(B)
3 2 1
(C)
z z z
(D)
7. A, B, C, D, E and F are conducting plates each of area A and A B C D E

any two consecutive plates with separation d. The net energy
stored in system after the switch S is closed is
30 AV 2 50 AV 2
(A) (B)
2d 12d
2
 AV  AV 2
(C) 0 (D) 0
2d d
8. When the string of a sonometer wire of length L between the bridges vibrate in the first overtone,
the amplitude of vibration is maximum at
L L 3L
(A) (B) and
2 4 4
L 3L 5L L 3L 5L 7L
(C) , and (D) , , ,
6 6 6 8 8 8 8
9. A cubical container is filled with a liquid whose refractive index increases linearly from top to
bottom. Which of the following represents the path of a ray of light inside the liquid?
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
10. A convex lens of focal length 20 cm and

another plano convex lens of focal length 40
cm are placed coaxially as shown in the
diagram. The plano convex lens is silvered at
plane surface. If final image of object O is 10 cm d
formed on itself, then find the value of d.
(A) 10 cm
(B) 40 cm
(C) 20 cm
(D) 80 cm
6

its answer, out of which only ONE OR MORE THAN ONE is/are correct.
11. A uniformly charged non-conducting ring is rotating with angular velocity 1 about its axis in
gravity free space and a nearly horizontal but uniform magnetic field B is switched on, then after
some time
(A) Angular momentum of the ring must be parallel to its angular velocity
(B) Magnitude of angular momentum may be more than mR 2 1
(C) Magnitude of angular momentum must be equal to mR 2 1
(D) Angular momentum must be coplanar with angular velocity
12. A steel ball of mass 2m suffers one dimensional elastic collision with a row of three steel balls
each of mass m. If ball of mass 2m has velocity v initially and the three balls with small
separation were at rest. Then, after all possible collisions
2m m m m
v
1 2 3
(A) Ball 1 and ball of mass 2m would remain at rest
4v 0
(B) Ball 2 moves with velocity towards right
9
4v 0
(C) Ball 3 moves towards right with velocity
3
(D) Ball of mass 2m moves towards right with velocity one fourth that of ball 1
13. A man is standing over a plank which is placed over a smooth

horizontal surface. There is sufficient friction between feet of man and
plank. Now, man starts running over the plank. Then, work done by
friction
(A) On man w.r.t. ground is negative
(B) On man w.r.t. ground is positive
(C) On plank w.r.t. ground is positive
(D) On man w.r.t. plank is zero
14. A liquid is filled upto height h in a rectangular vessel as shown in figure. Then, find correct
option(s):
 h 
(A) Only if    horizontal component of forces on left and right side of inclined faces will be
equal and opposite
(B) If    horizontal component of forces on left and right side of inclined faces are not equal
(C) If    still horizontal component of forces on the left and right inclined faces are equal and
opposite
(D) If base area is A, then force on bottom by liquid is more than ghA
15. For an ideal gas at very high temperature,

3R
(A) C V  for a monoatomic gas
2
3R
(B) C V  for a monoatomic gas
2
5R
(C) C V  for a diatomic or linear poly atomic gas
2
5R
(D) C V  for a diatomic gas
2
8
SECTION – C
(both inclusive).
1. A non-conducting block of mass 1 kg and charge 1 C is connected to a non-

conducting spring of force constant K   2 N/m and released. After one second K
from release a vertical uniform electric field 10 N/C is switched on. If time after
switching on the electric field spring returns back to its natural length is T, then
1
find .
T
2. A particle of charge q and mass m is projected with velocity 200 m/s at an angle of 60o with x-
axis. At the instant speed of projectile becomes minimum a uniform magnetic field B0 kˆ is
2
switched on. If time of flight of particle is T, then find . (Given: m = 1 kg, q = 0.1 C, B = 1 T)
T
3. Figure shows two conducting thin concentric shells of radii r and 3r. The outer shell carries a
charge q and the inner shell is neutral. The amount of charge that flows from inner shell to the
earth after key K is closed is equal to nth part of charge of outer shell. Then the value of n
is ………
4. A vessel contains helium, which expands at constant pressure when 15 KJ of heat is supplied to
it. What will be the variation in internal energy of gas in KJ?
5. Two identical sinusoidal waves travel in opposite direction in a 15 m long wire and produce a
standing wave in the wire with nodes at ends. If speed of wave is 12 m/s and there are 6 nodes
in standing wave, find the frequency (in Hz) of wave.
SECTION – A
1. Which of the following process is used to remove temporary as well as permanent hardness of
water?
(A) only boiling (B) adding lime & boiling
(C) adding Ca(OH)2 (D) adding Na2CO3
2. When 10 gm mixture of KI and Fe2(SO4)3 is treated with 200 cc HCl, gives a solution which
N
consumes 40 ml Na2S2O3 solution. Then the correct statement is/are
10
M
(A) Equivalent weight of iodine in the reaction is
2
(B) Percentage of KI in the mixture is 66.4%
(C) Sodium thiosulphate is converted to Na4S4O6
(D) Percentage of Fe2(SO4)3 is 66.4%
3. Both AgCNS and AgBr are simultaneously dissolved in water. Ksp(AgBr) 5 × 10-13; Ksp(AgCNS) =
8.5 x 10-12. The concentration of Ag+ in final solution will be
(A) 4 × 10–7 M (B) 2 × 10–7 M
(C) 3 × 10–6 M (D) 6.2 × 10–7 M
4. Compare basic strength of following compounds

Aniline o-toluidine m-toluidine p-toluidine o-anisidine
1 2 3 4 5
(A) 1 > 2 > 3 > 4 > 5 (B) 2 > 5 > 3 > 4 > 1
(C) 4 > 3 > 1 > 5 > 2 (D) None of these
10
Na S O H O
5. AgNO3 
2 2 3
 A 
 2
B
White Black
PPt PPt
Black PPt is
(A) Na3  Ag(S2O3 )2  (B) Ag2S4 O6
(C) Ag2O (D) Ag2 S
6. When glucose is heated with conc. H2SO4, charring occurs, it is due to

(A) Reduction of glucose (B) Oxidation of glucose
(C) Dehydration of glucose (D) Mutarotation of glucose
4
7. IUPAC name of Fe O2 CN4 Cl is
(A) chloridortetracyanodioxoferrate (II) ion
(B) chloridortetracyanoperoxoferrate (II) ion
(C) chloridortetracyanosuperoxoferrate (II) ion
(D) tetracyanochloridosuperoxoferrate (II) ion
8. The   acid ligand which uses its d-orbital during synergic bonding in its complex compound is
(A) CN (B) PR3
(C) NO (D) N2
9. Efficiency of a cell with cell reaction under standard condition is 85%.

2
A (s)  B(aq)  A 2(aq)  B(s) ;    285kJ
The E0cell is:
(A) 1.26 V (B) 1.34 V
(C) 2.96 V (D) 2.07 V
10.
DMSO _
C2H5  CH2  Cl 
Py,
A  B  Cl
(has two C
atoms per N+
molecule)
H
Which is true?
(A) A gives Lucas test
(B) A does not give Schiff’s test
(C) B can be used in reductive ozonolysis of alkenes
(D) A gives smell of burning S on combustion

11. Me Me N2H4
C C Product
Me H H2O2
What is/are not the product of above reaction?

(A) NH2 OH (B) NH2 NH2
H H
(C) H H (D) OH OH
C C
H H
12. Which of the following crystal system does/do not have more than one Bravais lattice?
(A) Triclinic (B) Monoclinic
(C) Rhombohedral (D) hexagonal
12
13. Which is/are white or not coloured?

2 2
(A) Co(SCN)4  (B) Fe(H2 O)5 SCN
(C) CuSO4 .5H2O (D) anhyd CuSO4
14. Which is/are true for the following reaction?

O2
H5C2 O C2H5 A+B
hv
Fe2+
KCNS
red color
(A) Compounds A & B are explosives

(B) If compounds A & B are present in ether, then prior to its use, A & B must be removed from
ether
(C) Compounds A & B can not be removed by adding Fe3+
(D) When compounds A & B are treated with Fe2+ followed by KCNS, no redox reaction is
involved
15. NaNO2  HCl converts an amino acid into hydroxyl acid with retention of configuration.
Estimation of N2 gas evolved in the reaction is the basis of van slyke estimation of amino acids,
which of the following can be analysed by this method?
(A) Cysteine (B) Proline
(C) Histidine (D) Valine
SECTION – C
(both inclusive).
1. How many moles I2 is consumed per mole of isopropanol?

H3C CH CH3 + I 2 + OH  CHI3  CH3 COO   I  H2 O
OH
2. How many octahedral voids per unit cell of BCC are present?
3. The coagulation of 20 ml standard gold sol is completely prevented by addition of 0.04 gm

x
starch solution to it. The gold number of starch solution is 2 x 10 . Find x.
1
4. If H2 (g) + O2 (g)  H2O (l) (Let Cp = 32 J/K and H at 27oC = –28.58 KJ/mol) reaction
2
is carried out at 87oC in a fuel cell with 90% efficiency. The electrical energy produced is 3 x a
KJ/mol. Find a (to nearest integer). (Let Cp remains same in this temperature range)
14
5. In how many of the following reactions end product is meso?

H
D Br i) NaI, acetone
(a) 
ii) Baeyer's reagent

D Br
H
H3C H
m-CPBA
(b)  
H CH3
C2H5 C2H5

H / H2 O
(c)  
H O H
C2H5
H Cl
i) NaI, acetone
(d) 
ii) Baeyer's reagent

H Cl
C2H5
H3C H
i) MeCO3 H
(e) 
ii) H / H O
2
H C2H5
i) OsO4
(f) 
ii) NaHSO3

H H
i) H2 / Ni2B
(g) H3C C C CH3 
ii) cold dil. alk. KMnO4

Me Et
Br2
(h) 
in CCl4

D Et

SECTION – A
  4
I
1. If I   f  tan2x  cos x dx and J 
0
 f  cot 2x  sin x dx , where f  x   f  x  , then
0 J
is equal to
1
(A) 2 (B)
2
1
(C) 2 2 (D)
2 2
2. If A   aij 
2 2
, B  bij 
2 2
such that aij  f x  2i j  2
 and b ij  f  x 2 i  j 1  and
 2  1   1  
  x f  x  f 1   1  x 4  f  x 2   1x
    
A  BT   , then  f  t  dt is always equal to
  1  1  1  1  f 1   x
 f   1  2   2 f  
  x  x  x  x  
(A) f 1 (B) f 1  1
(C) f 1  1 (D) None of these
3. If f  x    cos x  iˆ   sin x  ˆj   cos 2 x  kˆ , g  x    tan x  iˆ   sin 3x  ˆj   cos 4 x  kˆ and
h  x    cos 3 x  iˆ   sin 5 x  ˆj   cos 6 x  kˆ are three variable vectors given, then


  f  x  , g  x  , h  x  dx , where [.] denotes scalar triple product, is belonging to

0
(A)  1, 0  (B)  0, 1

(C)  ,  1  1,   (D) (–1, 1)
16
    
4.   
If a1  aiˆ  bjˆ , a2  a1  2iˆ  5 ˆj and a3  a1  2iˆ  5 ˆj , then 
     
1  a1.a1 1  a1.a2 1  a1 .a3
     
1  a2 .a2 1  a2 .a2 1  a2 .a3 is equal to
     
1  a3 .a1 1  a3 .a2 1  a3 .a3
(A) 0 (B) 20
(C) 40 (D) 80
 2
sin 3 x dx
5. 
0 1  tan x 

1 1 1 1
(A) 
2 2 2
ln 2  1   (B) 
2 2 2
ln  
2 1
1 1
(C)
2

2
ln 2  1   (D) None of these
6. If f  x   sin x and g  x   f '  x  , then maximum value of g  n  for n  I is

(A) 0 (B) 1
(C)  (D) 2
n n
7. If f  x   tan x  tan2 x tan 2x and g  n    f  2n  , then g  2013   tan  22014  is equal to
n0
(A) 0 (B) tan1

(C)  tan1 (D) None of these
8. The value of product

  
sin sin 3 sin n
2  2  .......... 2  ......... upto  is
2   2    2   
tan tan   tan tan 3 tan 2  tan 3 tan n tan n 1  tan n
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
 
(A) 1 for   (B) 1 for  
2 4
1  2 
(C) for   (D) for  
2 4  4
x  1
9. If f(x)  x  R   &   1 &   1 is a self – inverse function such that
x
f(4) f(12)  1  
  f  , then “” is equal to
4 12  1  
(A) 2 (B) 4
(C) 8 (D) 16
h1(x)  h1(1)
10. If f(x)  x  1 & g1(x)  x 3  x  1 , let gof(x) = h(x), then It
x 1 x 1
(A) 2 (B) 4
(C) 1 (D) 8

2
2 x 2  x 1  x  p 2 1  1   
11. If 1 1  x3  dx  ln  q   3 cos  m   6 , p, q  I , HCF (p, q) = 1, then
2 2
(A) p  m  1 (B) p  m
2
(C) q  m  1 (D) pq  4m
18
 1 1
12. If a singular matrix A   aij  always commute with B    , then
 2 1
2 2
(A) a11  a22 (B) a11  2a12

(C) a21  2a12 (D) a11  2a21
13. If logk a  a and logk b  b for exactly two distinct positive real numbers a and b, then k can’t be
equal to
1 2
(A) e 2e (B) e e
1 1
(C) e 2 (D) e 3
cos x  1 cos 2 x 1  sin2 x

14. If   x    sin x  sin2x sin2x , then
sin x 22 sin2x 22 cos 2x
2 2
(A)    x  dx  4 (B)    x  dx  4
0 0
 
(C)    x  dx  4
2
(D)    x  dx  4
2
15. If curve A  z :| z  3 |  | z  3 | 8 & B  z :| z  3 | K, K  R  touches the curve ‘A’

internally, and given another curve C  z | z  3 |  | z  3 |  4, then;
(A) A & C intersect orthogonally & k = 1
(B) K = 1
(C) K = 3/2
(D) B touches also C internally
SECTION – C
(both inclusive).
1. If I  
2
x 3  3x 2
3
dx and J  
 3 x  5  dx , then e I  J equals ………..
1
ln  x  1 2
ln  x  2 
2. Position vector of a point A is  aiˆ  bjˆ  ckˆ  2 2 2

and a  b  c  4 ; and position vector of
1
another point B is  piˆ  qjˆ  rkˆ  and p
 q 2  r 2  9 . Given AOB  2 cos 1 , where O is
2
5
origin. If AQ is perpendicular to angle bisector of AOB i.e. line OQD where D lies on AB, then
value of 25 QD = ?
3x2  1
3. If  f  x  , where f  x  is a constant function in 0  x  2 , then minimum value of
x4  x 2
2
 3x 2  1 dx
0 x4  x 2
is ………
4
4.  
If adj adj  adj A   adj  A , then number of entries in diagonal of A is ……..
5. If AB  BA  I such that A   aij  , B  bij  , aii  bii , a12  b12 , a21  b21 and aij
2 2 2 2
are co prime natural numbers, then a21  a12  ……….
AITS-FT-IV-(Paper-1)-PCM (Sol)-JEE(Advanced)/17
FIITJEE
JEE(Advanced)-2017
FULL TEST – IV
(Paper-1)
1. B D C
2. A A A
3. A C D
4. A C D
5. C D A
6. B C C
7. C C C
8. B B D
9. A A C
10. C C B
11. B A, B, D B, C, D
12. B, C, D A, C, D A, B, C
13. A, C, D D B, C
14. C, D A, B, C B, D
15. A, D A, C, D A, B, D
1. 2 4 4
2. 0 0 2
3. 3 1 4
4. 9 8 3
5. 2 2 2
2
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. B
4x
When block is further pushed by x in liquid buoyant force increases due to height of liquid
3
displaced as R2 x   4R 2  R2  y
x
y
3
 x
Hence extra buoyant force  R2  x   .2g
 3
2. A
dB dB
Eind .2R  R2  Eind 
dt dt
Now, T  mg  qEcos60o
qE
2mg  mg 
2
Find
qEind cos 60  mg
1 1
q. .  mg
2 2
 q  4mg
3. A
dV
g
dr
K dV

r dr
V r
dr
 dV  K 
V0 r0 r
r 
V  K ln    V0
 r0 
4. A
GMm M
F1  2
, mcavity 
4R 8
M
G .m
GMm 7 GMm
F2  F1  Fcavity  2
 8 2 
4R  3R  36 R2
 2 
 
F1 9
 
F2 7
5. C
Effective area receiving the particles is V
R2 R2
sin   2Rhcos   sin 
2 2
Hence, F  v 2 A eff. 90
3
  Fv  v A eff.
6. B
More the value of T more must be extension in rubber band. Tension in rubber band is in
decreasing order from right to left.
7. C
VA  VC  VE
Hence, only one capacitor between E and F remains effective.
1 1 0 A 2
So, U  CV 2  V
2 2 d
8. B
9. A
Since refractive index is changing ray cannot travel in straight line. Hence (C) and (D) are wrong
options. Initially it has to bend towards normal and later on away from normal.
10. C
For plano convex lens
1 1    1
 
f 40 R
For biconvex lens
1 1 1
   v1  20 cm
v1 10 20
 1    1 1 1
     d  20
   d  20  R d  20 40
11. B
Ring will get some angular velocity about its diameter due to torque of magnetic field.
12. B, C, D
When 2m collides with ball 1 which in turn with 2 and then with 3, then
vo/3
4vo
2m m m m
3
1 2 3
Now 2m again strikes with ball which in turn with ball 2, then
vo
9 4vo / 9 4vo
2m m m m
3
1
4
Now 2m again strikes with ball 1, then

4v. / 27
v. / 27 4v. / 3
4v. / 9
2m m m
Above is the final state.

13. A, C, D
In frame of plank work done by friction on man is zero as w.r.t.
plank there is no slipping at contact. Work done by friction on
plank is positive. fr
Foot of person moves leftward, plank moves leftward.
14. C, D
Force on left and right inclined faces must have same and opposite horizontal components and
force on base is  gh  Patm  A .
15. A, D
At high temperature vibrational degrees of freedom get excited.
SECTION – C
1. 2
In one second block comes to lower extreme and after switching on the electric field equilibrium
of block is with natural length of spring.
2. 0
At highest point, qv  B  mg  particle does not come back, hence T  
qvB  mg
q.100.B  mg
3. 3
Let charge on inner shell is x.
Then,
Kq Kx x
Vinner shell   0
3r r
q
x
3
q
So, charge flowing through switch is .
3
4. 9
Q  15000 J  nCP T & U  nCV T
U CV 1 Q 3
   U   U   15  9 KJ
Q CP   5
5. 2
5
6
2 L
v 12
f   2 Hz 4
 6
SECTION – A
1. D
Lime removes temporary hardness & boiling also removes temporary hardness.
CaCl2 + Na2CO3  CaCO3  + Na2CO3 & Ca(HCO3)2 + Na2CO3   CaCO3  + NaHCO3
2. A
Use law of gram equivalence.
3. C

H2 O
AgCNS   
 Ag  S
–12
CN  Ksp = 8.5 x 10 =  S  S '  S ……… (1)
S S  S'


AgBr 
 Ag

 Br   5 x 10
–13
=  S  S '  S …………. (2)
S  S' S
Adding (i) and (ii),

2
 S  S '   9  10 12
 S  S '   3  106
4. C
Methyl is electron releasing group. Also refer ortho effect.
5. D
Na S O H O
AgNO3 
2 2 3
 Ag2S2 O3 
 2
 Ag2 S 
Black
6. C
C6H12O 6  
concH2 SO4


 C  H2 O
7. C
Refer rules of IUPAC.
8. B
PR3 is  acid ligand which forms  bond with C.M using d orbital of P.
9. A
G0
Efficiency   100  85
H0
85  285  103
 G0  
100
 85  2850kJ
 2  96500  E0cell
E0cell  1.26 Volt
6
10. C
A is C2H5CHO and B is Me2S.
Me2S can be used in reductive ozonolysis.
i) O3
CH2=CH2 
ii) Me2 S
 2HCHO + Me2SO
11. A, B, D
N2H4  H2O2  N2H2  2H2O
H
C N C H
N2
C N C H
H
12. A, C, D
Hexagonal, rhombohedral and triclinic have only one bravais lattice.
13. D
Anhyd. CuSO4 is white, while CuSO4. 5H2O is blue, other complexes (A) and (B) are also
coloured.
14. A, B, C
A & B are peroxide & hydroperoxide which oxidise Fe 2 to Fe3 and these peroxides and
hydroperoxides are explosives.
15. A, C, D
Proline has 2o amino group, which can not be diazotised.
SECTION – C
1. 4
H3C  CH  CH3  4I2  6OH  CHI3  CH3 COO  5I  5H2 O
|
OH
2. 0
Among cubic unit cells only FCC has O.V.
3. 1
For 10 ml standard gold solution starch required is 0.02 gm, i.e., 20 mg
So, gold number is 20 = 2 x 101
4. 8
H2  H1
 Cp
T2  T1
 H2  28.58  103  32  60
 28580  1920  26660 J
i.e., H87o C  26.66 KJ
G H  90
Efficiency of fuel cell   100  90  G 
H 100
26.66  90
G   23.994  24 KJ/mol  3  a  a  8
100
5. 2
(a) Different mechanism operates with 1o vicinaldihalides, and first cis alkene then meso
product are obtained here.
_ _
.. ..
I I
I H
D Br H D
H D D
H Br B.R.
Meso
D Br H D product
H D H
H Br
Br D
(b) Trans alkene  syn addition  racemic mixture product, as epoxide is formed.
C2H5 C2H5
C2H5 C2H5
H / H2 O H OH HO H
(c)   Racemic mixture
+
HO H H OH
H O H
C2H5 C2H5
I
Cl
H H
H
Cl Et
(d) H Et Et
Et H Et
Cl Cl
Et H Trans
Baeyer's reagent
(syn addition)
Recemic mixture
CH3 CH3
H3C H
H OH HO H
i) MeCO3H
(e) 
ii) H H O +
2
H OH HO H
H C2H5
C2H5 C2H5
Racemic mixture
(f) Racemic mixture is obtained. Meso can not be obtained in this reaction as alkene is not
symmetrical.
(g) First cis alkene, then sys addition of –OH group, so meso product.
(h) Anti addition, but alkene is not symmetrical, product is racemic mixture.
8

SECTION – A
1. C

 I   f  tan 2x  cos x dx ......... (1)
0

I   f   tan 2x   cos x  dx  I
0
2
 I  2  f  tan2x  cos x dx
0
2
 I  2  f   tan 2x  sin x dx
0
2
2I  2  f  tan2x  cos x  sin x  dx

0
2
 
 2I  f  tan 2x  cos   x  dx
0  4 
4
 2
 4
 f   cot 2x   sin x  dx
 4
I2 2  f  cot 2x  sin x dx

0
 2 2J
2. A
1  1
a11  f  x 2 12   f   , a21  f  x 4 1 2   f  x  , a12  f  x 2 2  2   f  2  and
x x 
a22  f  x 4 2  2
  f 1 .
 1  1    1 
 f  f  2   f 1 f  x  
A   x  x   and B    
 f  x f 1   f  x  f  x 
2
  
 1  1  
 f    f 1 f  2   f  x 2  
 x x 
 A  BT   
 1 
 f  x  f   f 1  f  x  
  x 
From given matrix,
1
f    f 1   x 2 f   x   f 1  ………. (i)
 x
 1  1   1 
f  2   f  x 2    1  4  f  2  ……….. (ii)
x   x  x 
1  1  1 
f  x   f    f   1  2  ………. (iii)
 x  x  x 
1  1  f 1 
f 1  f  x    2 f   ………. (iv)
x  x 
From (ii), x  1 2 f 1  0  f 1  0
1
 Eqn. (i),  x 2 f  x   f   ……… (*)
x
1x
Now,  f  t  dt  I
x
1
t
t
Replace x 1x
 1  1  1 1
I  f    2  dt   f   2 dt
1x  t  t  x t t
1x
 1 
 2I    f  t   t f  t   dt  0 from (*)
x
2
i.e., I  0  f 1
Option (a) is correct.
3. D
cos x sin x cos 2 x
 f  x  g  x  h  x    tan x sin 3x cos 4 x
cos 3x sin 5 x cos 6 x
 
   f , g , h   x  dx    f , g , h     x  dx
0 0
 
   f , g , h  dx     f , g , h  dx  C1  C1 
0 0

   f , g , h  dx  0
0
Option (d) is correct.
4. D
  

a1   a, b  , a2  a  2, b  5 , a3  a  2, b  5   
  
Area of  , whose vertices are a1 , a2 and a3 , is
1 a b
1
  1 a2 b 5
2
1 a2 b 5
10
1 a b 1 a b
1
  2  1 a  2 b  5 1 a  2 b  5 and
4
1 a2 b 5 1 a2 b 5
     
a1  a2  3, a1  a3  3, a1  a3  4
   5  2  2 1  2 5
     
1  a1.a1 1  a1.a2 1  a1 .a3
2 1      
 4

2 5  1  a2 .a1 1  a2 .a2 1  a2 .a3
     
1  a3 .a1 1  a3 .a2 1  a3 .a3
 Required answer = 4 x 5 x 4 = 80
Option (d) is correct.
5. A
 2
sin 3 x cos x
I 0
cos x  sin x
dx
 2 a a
cos 3 x sin xdx
I  Prop.  f  x  dx   f  a  x  dx
0
sin x  cos x 0 0
 2
sin x cos x dx
 2I  
0
sin x  cos x
 4
sin x cos xdx
2I  2 
 
0 2 cos  x  
 4
 4  4
1 sin 2 x 1 cos 2 x
I  dx   dx
2 2 0 cos  x    2 2 0 cos x
 
 4
 4
1 1  4
   2 cos x  sec x  dx   2 sin x  ln sec x  tan x  0
2 2 0 2 2
1   1   1 1
 2    ln 2 1    ln 2 1
2 2  2  2 2 2
Option (a) is correct.
6. C
 f n   0  f  n   0
& f  x   f  n   sin x
 f '  n   lim cos x  

x n
 f ' n   
7. C
 f  x   tan2x  tan x
f 1  tan2  tan1

f  2   tan 4  tan2
............
............
 
f 2n  tan2.2n  tan2n
g  x   tan2X 1  tan1
8. D
  
Using tan   tan  tan  tan  tan2
2 2 2
9. C
f(4)  f(12)
 
2
4  12
 8
2
10. B
1
f 1 (x)  x  1 then h1(x)   g  f(x) 
d 1

dx
 
h (x)  3x 2  1  f 1  g1(x) (reversal law)

 f 1 x3  x3  x  1 
3
x x
h 1

(1) '  3  1  4
11. B, C, D
1  1 
2x2   x x  2 x  2  dx
x  xdx

x dx    
1  x 
3
 2 1
x x   1   x 32 2

 x
 1 2
 ln  x 2    tan 1  x 3 2 
 x 3
2 1
2 2x   x
x 9 2 1  9
 dx  ln    ln 2  cos 1   ln  
1 1  x 
3
2 3 3 6 4
Options (b), (c), (d) are correct.
12. A, B, C
 a11 a12   1 1  1 1  a11 a12 
    
 a21 a22   2 1  2 1  a21 a22 
 a11  2a12  a11  a21 ……… (i)
a11  a12  a12  a22 ………. (ii)
12
a21  2a22  2a11  a21 ………. (iii)

and  a21  a22  2a12  a22 ………. (iv)
From (ii), a11  a22
From (iv), a21  2a12
2 2
 a11a22  a21a21   a11   2  a12   a11  2a12
13. B, C
ln x
Using f  x   has two distinct roots.
x
14. B, D
f g h
x  f ' g' h'
f '' g'' h''
f g h
  '  x   f ' g' h'
f ''' g''' h'''
15. A, B, D
Confocalconics always intersect orthogonally & circle touches at vertex of ellipse .
k  1
SECTION – C
1. 4
2 3
x3  3x2 3x  5
I  and J  
1
ln  x  1 2
ln  x  2 
2
3x  2
J 
1
ln  x  1
3
J I 
2
x 3  3 x 2  3x  2
2

 x  1  1 dx
1
ln  x  1 1
ln  x  1
3

 x  1  1 dx  1 x3  1 dx  ln 4
2
1
ln  x  1 0 ln x
 eln 4  4
2. 2

OA  aiˆ  bjˆ  ckˆ and a 2  b 2  c 2  4
 
 AB   25  24cos 2 
 2
2 
 QD  cos
5 2
 25 QD  2
3. 4
3x2  1 3x2  1 x2  1  2 x 2
 
x4  x 2 x x2  1 x x2  1
x2  1 2x
  2 2
x x2 1
f  x  2 2
 x2  1  2 x2
x2  1
x  1 x 1
2
 3x  1 dx
2
0 x 4  x 2  2 2  2  4
4. 3
n 1
 adj  A   A
n 1  n 12
 adj  adj  A    adj  A   A
 n 13 2

 adj adj  adj  A    A    n  1  4
n 1  2
n3
5. 2
Given a11  b11 , a22  b22 , a12  b12 , a21  b21
and AB  BA  I
 a11 a12 
 A  and A  1
 a21 a11 
 a112  a12 a21  1
a12 a21  a112  1
 a12 or a21   a11  1 or  a11  1
 a12  a21  2
FULL TEST – V
Paper 1

t h e t es t .
INSTRUCTIONS

on OMR sheet.

marking.
marking.
Enrolment No.
AITS-FT-V-(Paper-1)-PCM-JEE(Advanced)/17
2
Useful Data
PHYSICS
2
CHEMISTRY

= 0.0821 Lit atm K1 mol1
= 1.987  2 Cal K1 mol1
= 6.625  10–27 ergs
1 amu = 1.66  10–27 kg
1 eV = 1.6  10–19 J

N=9, Na=11, Mg=12, Si=14, Al=13, P=15, S=16,
Cl=17, Ar=18, K =19, Ca=20, Cr=24, Mn=25,
Fe=26, Co=27, Ni=28, Cu = 29, Zn=30, As=33,
Br=35, Ag=47, Sn=50, I=53, Xe=54, Ba=56,
Pb=82, U=92.
F=19, Na=23, Mg=24, Al = 27, Si=28, P=31, S=32,
Cl=35.5, K=39, Ca=40, Cr=52, Mn=55, Fe=56, Co=59,
Ni=58.7, Cu=63.5, Zn=65.4, As=75, Br=80, Ag=108,
Sn=118.7, I=127, Xe=131, Ba=137, Pb=207, U=238.
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. Four point charges +q, +q, – q, and – q are placed respectively at corners A, B, C and D of a
square. Then
(A) the potential at the centre O of the square is zero
(B) the electric field at the centre O of the square is zero
(C) If E is the mid-point of side BC, the work done in carrying an electron from O to E is zero
(D) If F is the mid-point of side CD, the work done is carrying an electron from O to F is zero
B
2. In the circuit show in figure, if the galvanometer resistance is 6 ,
C1 = 10 F C2 = 20 F
then in the steady state
(A) no current flows through the galvanometer A C
G = 6
(B) the current through R2 is 4A
(C) the charge on C1 is 80 C. R1 = 16 R1 = 8
(D) the charge on C2 is 80 C

D
12V
3. A thin rod AB of length l carries a current I1. It is placed in the P
magnetic field of a long wire PQ carrying a current I2 as shown in A l1 B

figure l2
 II  l  a
(A) The force experienced by the rod is F  0 1 2 loge  1  l
4  2a 
0I1I2 l Q

(B) The force experienced by the rod is F  loge  1  
4  a 
(C) The rod experiences no torque
(D) The rod experiences a force as well as a torque.
4
y
4. A fly crawls with constant speed v along the radial ê
spoke of a wheel which is rotating with constant angular
speed . Initially the fly starts from centre of the wheel
along x-axis. Then (where r  v  ) v êr
(A) The actual velocity of the fly in fixed frame is 
 Fixed frame
v  veˆ r  reˆ 
(B) The actual velocity of the fly in fixed frame is

v  veˆ r  reˆ 
 v.
(C) The position of fly at any instant r  eˆ r

 vt
(D) The position of fly at any instant r  eˆ r

5. A cubical region of side a has its centre at the origin. It encloses three fixed point charges, -q at
(0, -a/4, 0) + 3q at (0, 0, 0) and -q at (0 + a/4, 0) Choose the correct options(s)
z
a
-q
-q y
3q
3q
x
(A) The net electric flux crossing the plane x = +a/2 is equal to the net electric flux crossing the
plane x =-a/2
(B) The net electric flux crossing the plane y = +a/2 is more than the net electric flux crossing the
plane y =- a/2
(C) The net electric flux crossing the entire region is q/0
(D) The net electric flux crossing the plane z = +a/2 is equal to the net electric flux crossing the
plane x = +a/2
6. Let the energy, magnitude of linear momentum and angular frequency of an electron in hydrogen
atom be E,P and  respectively. If n be the corresponding quantum number, then
(A) E/W varies as n (B) E P/W is independent of n
(C) P W varies as n1/2 (D) E P W is independent of n.
14 6
7. A nitrogen nucleus N7 absorbs a neutron and can be transformed to lithium nucleus Li3 under
suitable condition, after emitting
(A) 4 proton and 3 neutrons
(B) 5 proton and 1 beta particle
(C) 2 alpha particles, 1 neutron and 2 gama photons
(D) 4 protons and 4 neutrons
8. At 0oC a black body placed in 0oC surrounding then it emits

(A) all wavelengths of radiation (B) only visible light
(C) only micro wave radiation (D) no radiation
9. A 100 W bulb B1, and two 60 W bulbs B2 and B3, are connected to a B1 B2
250 V source, as shown in figure. Now W 1, W 2 and W 3 are the output
powers of the bulbs B1, B2 and B3, respectively. Then
(A) W1  W2  W3 (B) W1  W2  W3
(C) W1  W2  W3 (D) W1  W2  W3 B3
250V
10. A block of mass m is placed on a prims of mass M. The inclined

m
surface is smooth and inclination with horizontal is . The
horizontal surface is sufficiently rough to prevent slipping of prism.
The body of mass m is coming down the inclined face then
M
(A) Acceleration of body along the inclined surface is g sin 
1 
(B) Frictional force is mgsin 2
2
mg
(C) Maximum frictional force is
2
(D) Friction force will be maximum when   450
6
SECTION – C
9 (both inclusive).
1. Water flows vertically down ward out of a round nozzle of radius r0 with a
speed u0. Which is not quite large for some distance below nozzle the flow
in water laminar stream over this distance the stream radius ry as a
1/  u0 r0 y
function of the distance of belong the nozzle is ry  r0 1  y  .
Value of    is take value of u20 / g  1 .
2. A 60 cm metal rod M1 is joined to another 100 cm metal rod M2 to form an L shaped single piece
This piece is hung on a ply at the joint. The two rods are observed to be equality inclined to the
vertical. The two rods are equally thick. If the ratio of density M1 to that of M2 is  , then value of
18
is
25
3. A black surface at constant high temperature TH is parallel

to another black plane surface at a constant lower
temperature TL (enclose vacuum in between). A heat shield
consisting of two thin black plates is placed between the TH TL
warm and the cold surfaces and parallel to these. After
J
some time steady state is achieved. The value of   0
J
is (Jo is initial heat current and J is final current)
4. The velocity filter of a mass spectrometer uses a uniform E = 100 v/m and a magnetic field
B1  2 102 T below filter at the uniform magnetic filed of induction 8 102 used to deflect the
beam above filter. Both the beams are +e charged having mass numbers 20 and 22 pass through
o
the filter and make a 180 turn in the deflecting filed. If the distance between the points S1 & S2 is
d, then find the approximate (integer) value of 2d?
1amu
(Value of  108 SI unit ) (Note: spectrometer does not changes speed of ions)
e
S1 S2
d
5. A quarter cylinder of radius R and refractive index 1.5 is placed

on a table as shown in figure. For what value of 3m, a ray
from P will emerge parallel to table? Assume small aperture.
P R
mR
6. A material with uniform restively  is formed in the w w

shape of a wedge as shown. The resistance of wedge

across length L is R  ln  ' . Then find the value of
L y2
 y1
 L L L
  ' .  y  ,y 2  ,W  
6 
 3 6 6
8
7. A uniformly thick plate in the shape of an arrowhead has dimension

as shown. The centre of mass lies at a distance x cm from O. The
value of x is 6 cm
O
6 cm
3 cm
8. A long flexible inextensible rope of uniform mass density  v

is being pulled on a rough floor with horizontal force F in F
such a way that the lower part is at rest and upper part
moves with constant speed v as shown, the magnitude of F
will be (in N) .    1 kg / m,v  2m / s 
9. Consider an infinite ladder net work as shown R1 R1

in figure A voltage is applied between points A C
A
and B. If the voltage is hawed after each
section, find the ratio R2/R1. …….. 
R2 R2
B
D
10. Value of electric field at centre of charged hemisphere is ……… N/C if it has uniform charged
density   8 o c / m2 at surface.
SECTION – A
1. A system is changed from an initial state to a final state by a manner such that if the same
change from the initial state to the final state were made by a different path, which of the following
statements are correct for H system?
(A) remain the same
(B) will depend upon the type of path
(C) Heat exchanged q will be same if the path is isobaric
(D) Heat exchanged q will be different if the path is not isobaric
2. Which of the following are correct regarding the products of the given reaction?
Products
(A) only X and Z are formed (B) Y > Z (amount)

(C) X > Y (amount) (D) Y > X (amount)
10
3. Which of the following pairs of nitrates give the same gaseous products on thermal
decomposition?
(A) KNO3 and Pb(NO3)2 (B) KNO3 and NaNO3
(C) Pb(NO3)2 and Cu(NO3)2 (D) NaNO3 and Ca(NO3)2
4. KO2 finds use in oxygen cylinders used for space and submarines. The fact(s) related to such
use of KO2 is/are:
(A) it produces O2 (B) It produces O3
(C) It absorbs CO2 (D) It absorbs both CO and CO2
5. Which of the following are correct?

(A)
1.O 3

2 . Zn,H 2 O
 OHC–CH2CH2CH2–CHO
H H
(B) O
C6H5C–OOH
CH2Cl2 H H
H H
O
(C)
KMnO 4

cold dilute solution

 H H
H H
OH OH
(D) O O
KMnO 4

– 
OH ,heat –O—CCH CH CH C—O–
2 2 2
H H
6. Which of the following statements are correct about stability of chelates–

(A) As the number of rings in complex increases, stability of chelate also increases
(B) A chelate having five membered ring is more stable if it contains double bonds.
(C) A chelate having six membered ring is more stable than if it does not contain double bonds.
(D) Chelating ligands are at least bidentate ligands.
7. Which of the following is/are extracted by electrolytic reduction?

(A) Cu (B) Al
(C) Mg (D) Ag
8. Choose the incorrect statement:

(A) Salicylic acid (o–Hydroxybenzoic acid) is much stronger acid than its m-,p-isomers and
benzoic acid itself.
(B) Acidity of salicylic acid is due to steric inhibition of resonance, as – OH group forces – COOH
out of the plane of ring
(C) The orbitals which are in the same plane take part in resonance
(D) All the resonating structures have real existence
9. Rotation around the bond (between the underlined atoms) is restricted in:
(A) C2H4 (B) H2O2
(C) C2H2 (D) C2H6
10. Select the coloured compound(s):

(A) K 2Cr2O7 (B) CuSO4 .5H2O
(C)  V  H 2 O 6  Cl 3 (D)  Cu  NH 3  4  SO 4
SECTION – C
9 (both inclusive).
1. Find the total number of species having planar shape.

I3 , XeF4 ,SF4 , C 2 F4 , H 2O 2 , BrF5 ,SO3 , NOCl, ClF3 , F2CO, XeF5
2. How many moles of Grignard reagent are consumed in given compound?

O OEt
C Cl O
EtO C H
SH
HO O
12
3. How many monochloro compounds including stereoisomers will give propene on treatment with
Mg/ether followed by H2O ?
4. Find the sum of optically active isomers of both  Pt  gly 2 Cl 2  and  Co  en  2 Cl 2  .
5. A polyhydric alcohol is acylated by using ethanoyl chloride in presence of alkali. It was observed
that molecular mass of alcohol is increased to 237% on acylation. If the molecular mass of
polyhydric alcohol is 92, then the number of –OH groups present in polyhydric alcohol are____
6. For the synthesis of ammonia at 300 K :

N2(g) + 3H2 (g) 
 2NH3(g)
Calculate the value of  G° in Kcal and give your answer in magnitude by using the following data:
N2 H2 NH3
°
 H f (Kcal/mole) 0 0 -10
 S° (Cal/K-mole) 40 30 45
7. Calculate the change in pressure (in atm) when 2 mole of NO and 16 g O2 in a 6.25 litre originally
at 27°C react to produce the maximum quantity of NO2 possible according to the equation.
1
2NO(g) + O2(g)  2NO2(g) (Take R = ltr. Atm/mol K)
12
8. Electrons in a sample of H  atoms make transitions from state n = x, to some lower excited state.
The emission spectrum from the sample is found to contain only the lines belonging to a particular
series. If one of the photons had an energy of 0.6375 eV. Then find the value of x.
3
[Take 0.6375 eV = × 0.85eV]
4
9. If the atomic number of the inert gas is XY in which the total number of d-electrons is equal to the
difference in the number of total p- and s- electrons. Find |X-Y|.
10. For the reaction 3A  g   2B  g   2C  g  , starting with pure A, pressure after 9 min was 387.5
mm of Hg and after a long time was 400mm of Hg. Calculate half life of A in min.

SECTION – A
 1   1   x  
1. If 2f  x  xf    2f  2 sin   x     4cos2    x cos , x  R  0 , then which of the
 x    
4   
 2  x
following statement(s) is/are true?
 1
(A) f 2  f    1 (B) f 2  f 1  0
 2 
 1  1
(C) f 2  f 1  f   (D) f 1 f   f 2  1
 2   2 
2. Let ABC be a non obtuse triangle such that AB > AC & B  45o . Let O and I denote the
circumcenter and incentre of ABC respectively. Suppose that 2OI  AB  AC, then the
possible values of sin BAC is/are
4 2 2
(A) 1/ 2 (B)
2
4 2 2
(C) (D) 1/2
2
x y z
3.    1 intersects the coordinate axis at points A, B and C resp. If PQR has midpoints A,
a b c
B, & C then
(A) centroid of ABC & PQR coincide
(B) foot of normal to ABC from O is circumcentre of PQR
(C) area PQR  2 a2 b2  b2c 2  c 2a2
(D) incentres of ABC and PQR coincide
14
4. x  y  a, y  z  b, x. b  , x . y  1& y.z  1 then

a b 1 
(A) y  (B) x  y  a  y 
 y 2  
1  1 
(C) z  y  b  y  (D) x  y  a  y 
y 2    2  
1
1
 C7 x200 1 x dx is equal to
7
5. If the value of the definite integral 207
where k  N , then k is
0
k
divisible by
(A) 13 (B) 16
(C) 9 (D) 52
6. A function f : R  R satisfies the equation f  x  y  f  x  f  y  x, y  R & is continuous through

n
out the domain. If I1  I2  I3  I4  I5  450 where In  n f  x dx , then

0
(A) f  x  4x (B) f  x  2x
(C) f ' 0  4 (D) f ' 0  2
7.   
A a ,B b ,C c are position vector of vertices of ABC such that
a.b  a.c  a.a  b.c. Also b  c  a  b  2 a  c . Inradius of triangle is 1 unit, then which of
the following statement is/are correct?
(A) sin2 B  sin2 C  1 where B = ABC & C = ACB
(B) Diameter of circumcircle of ABC is 5 units
(C) Area of ABC is 6 sq. units
Area of ABC
(D) 2
semi perimeter of ABC
8. The curves y  ax 3  4x a  0 & xy  1 touch each other at points P and Q, where P is in first
quadrant. A triangle is formed by drawing a tangent to y  ax 3  4x at point Q and coordinate
axes. Then which of the following is/are correct?
(A) The value of a is – 4
(B) The area of the triangle formed is 2
(C) The value of a is – 2
(D) The area of the triangle formed is 1
 
1
 1  1   
9. 
If the value of definite integral  cot 1
cot
x  dx  2  a  b  ,
2   

 1 x  
1  x 2 
x
  c 
 
1
where a, b, c,  N in their lowest form then

(A) a = 1 (B) b = 2
(C) a = 2 (D) b = 1
0   a b 
Let A    &  A  I  50A    then
50
10.
0 0   c d
   
(A) a + d =2 (B) a + b = 1
(C) b + c = 0 (D) a+ d = 1
SECTION – C
9 (both inclusive).
tan1 tan2 tan1024  

1.   .......   tan   tan, then    .........,
 1000 
 G.I.F .
cos 2 cos 4 cos 2048
2. A triangle ABC has positive integer sides, A  2B and C  90o , then the minimum length of
the perimeter of ABC is 70 + K then K is equal to
16
7  7C 14 
    C  Cr  is  k  . Then k is
k r 14 k 1
3. The value of
k 0
14
Ck r k
k

1
sin1 x 2 n
4. If the value of x dx is  where n  N , then the value of is
0
2
 x 1 n 27
5. The sum of the following n term series for   30o

 n  1
n
cos2   cos2  cos 2  cos3  cos3  .....  cosn  cos n is n  1sin   , then k is
 6  k 
6. A tourist takes a trip through a city in stages each stage consist of three segments of length 100
meters separated by right turns of 60o. Between the last segment of one stage and first segment
o
of the next stage, the tourist makes a left turn of 60 . The distance the tourist will be from his
initial position after 2017 stages is 100 k. Then k is
7. Let A n n  N be a matrix of order 2n  12n  1 such that aij  0 i  j &

th th
aij  n  i  1 2n i  j , where aij denotes the element of i row & j column of An. Let Tn =
2
 102 
  Tn 
 n1 
1  (sum of all the element of An). Then the value of   , where. represents the G.I.F,
n
520200 
 
 
is
8. The minimum area bounded by the function y  f  x and y  kx  9, k  R , where f satisfies

the relation f  x  y   2f x   xf  y   y f  x x,y  R & f ' 0  0 is 9 A, value of A is
9. Let f  x be a differentiable function such that f '  x is symmetrical about the line 2x = 5 and f(1) =
3
2, f(4) = 6 then  f  x dx is equal to

2
10. If the radius of circumcircle of the TPQ where PQ is the chord of contact corresponding to point
T with respect to circle x 2  y 2  2x  4y  11  0 is b units. Then the minimum distance of T from
director circle of the given circle is 12  4 x , then k is equal to
AITS-FT-V-(Paper-1)-PCM (Sol)-JEE(Advanced)/17
FIITJEE
JEE(Advanced)-2017
FULL TEST – V
(Paper-1)
1. A, C A, C, D A, B, C
2. A, C, D B, D A, C
3. B, D B, C A, B, C
4. A, C A, C A, B, C
5. A, C, D A, B, C, D A, B, C, D
6. A, B A, D A, C
7. C B, C A, B, C
8. A B, D A, B
9. D A, C C, D
10. A, B, D A, B, C, D A, B, C
1. 6 7 2
2. 2 6 7
3. 3 4 6
4. 5 8 4
5. 4 3 2
6. 8 8 2
7. 1 2 2
8. 4 8 8
9. 2 3 4
10. 2 3 2
2
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. A, C
Refer to figure. potential at O is
1 q q q q
V0     0
40  r r r r 
+q +q
A B
r
r
r r
D C
-q F -q
2
a
Refer to fig. again (AE)2  a2   
2
5a2 5a 5a a a
 , giving AE  . Similarly DE  and BE  ,CE  . Potential at E is
4 2 2 2 2
1  q q q q 
VE     0
40  AE BE DE CE 
Work done in carrying a charge – e from O to E is
W  e(VE  V0 )
  e(0  0)  0
Potential at F is
1  q q q q 
VF    
40  AF BF DF CF 

Now, AF  BF  5 a / 2 and CF = DF = a/2

Putting these values, we get
q  1 
VF    1
0 a  5 
Work done is carrying a charge – e from O to F is
W  e  VF  V0   eVF
qe  1 
 1 
0a  5
Hence the correct choice is (a) and (c).
2. A, C, D
In the steady state, no current flows through the branch ABC containing the capacitors. Thus all
the current flows through ADC. So choice (a) is correct. Current through R1 = current through R2
= I = 12/24 = 0.5 A. Now p.d. across A and C = 12 V. Therefore Q  V1C1  V2C2 . Thus
V1 C2
 =2. Also V1  V2  12 . Therefore, V1 = 8 V and V2 = 4V. Thus
V2 C1
Q  C1V1  10F  8V  80C  charge on C2. Thus the correct choices are (a), (c) and (d)
3. B, D
Consider a small element of length dx of the rod at a distance x from wire PQ as shown in figure.
The magnetic field use to wire PQ at the element is
P
x
l1
a
A B
dx
l2
l
Q
0I1I2 dx
dF  BI1 dx 
2x
 Total force experienced by the rod is
F  dF 
x (a  l)
0I1I2 dx

22 
x a
x
 II al
 0 1 2 loge  
2  a 
Now, the magnetic field B is not uniform; it decreases as we go from and A to end B of the rod.
Hence the rod will also experience a torque. Thus the correct choices are (b) and (d).
4. A, C
   v
v  veˆ r  reˆ  , t  , r  eˆ
 
5. A, C, D
Using Gauss theorem.
6. A, B
1 1 1
a,b as E  2
,P  & W  3
n n n
7. C
17
N7  6Li3 + 2 2He4 + 0n1 + 2 
8. A
From black body radiation concept.
9. D
The resistances of bulbs B1, B2 and B3 respectively are
4
V 2 (250)2
R1    625
W1 100
(250)2
R2   1042  R3
60
Voltage across B3 is V3 = 250 V
VR1
Voltage across B1 is V1 
(R1  R2 )
250  625
  93.7V
(625  1042)
Voltage across B2 is V2  250  93.7  156.3V
V12 (93.7)2
W1    14W
R1 625
(156.3)2
Power output W2   23W
1042
(250)2
W3   60W
1042
Hence W1  W2  W3 , which is choice (D)
10. A, B, D
F1 N
a0
F
a0  gsin 
F  Nsin , N  mgcos 
1
 F  mgsin2
2
SECTION – C
1. 6
A 1V1  A 2 V2
 r 
2

Vy   0  u0
 ry 
ro
By Bernoulli’s theorem
p 1 2 p 1
 Vy  gh1   u02  gh2
 2  2 y
1/4
 2gy 
 ry  r0 1  2 
1/4 h2
 r0 1  2y 
 u0  ry
   6
2. 2
A  0 A
m2 g 2 sin 45  m1g1 sin 45
o o
........... (1)
m1  1 1, m2  2  2 45o 45o 1
2
From (1),
1 12  2 22
2 m2g m1g
1  5  25
   
2 3 9
18
x 2
25
3. 3
In steady state heat flow will be same across each sheet.
Now J   TH4  T14  A
J J
J   T14  T24  A TH TL
J
J   T24  TL4  A
Now 3J   TH4  TL4   Jo
Jo T1 T2
3
J
4. 5
Speed of ions
E
V  1  5000 m s1
B1
m v m v 
S1S2  2 r2  r1   2  2  1 
 qB qB 
2  5000 amu
 22  20
B e
104
  2 108
8 102
1
d  102 m  2.5mm
4
5. 4
For plane surface.
n1 n n2  n1
 2 
mR v R1
n1  1,n2  1.5 1 R1    v  1.5mR
For curve surface
n1 n n  n1 P R
 2  2 mR
1.5mR  R  R
n2  1,n1  1.5
4
m ,3m  4
3
6
6. 8
dx y y
dR     1 dx
wy x r Lr
y1
dx   L  r  L  r
L
y
R    In y2
0 wy wy1 r 
y2 L y 36 L
Now r = L R= In 1  In2 x r
y1  y 2 w  y1  y 2  y 2 L
7. 1
A1 x1  A 2 x 2
x cm 
A1  A 2
1
A1   6  9  27cm2
2
1
A 2   6  3  9cm2
2
X1  0, X 2  2
27  0  9 2
Xcm   1cm
27  9
8. 4
dm
Fv  v 2
dt
4N
9. 2
VAB  X
R2 x
R1  x
R2  x
VAB  2Vcd
 VAC  VCD
R2 x
 R1 
R2  x
Now 2R x  x
R1R2 R
R1   2 2
R2  2R1 R1
10. 2

Ec   2N / C
4 o
SECTION – A
1. A, C, D
H is a state function so it is independent of path.
2. B, D
The yield of product will depend on stability of the carbocation. Carbocation corresponding to (y)
is more stable than (z) as well as (x).
3. B, C
KNO3 
 KNO 2  O2
NaNO3 
 NaNO2  O2
Cu NO3 2 
 CuO  NO2
Pb(NO3 )2 
 PbO  NO2
4. A, C
Fact.
5. A, B, C, D
(A) bond cleavage takes place as a result of reductive ozonolysis.
(B) epoxidation
(C) syn addition
(D) oxidative cleavages in basic medium
6. A, D
Fact.
7. B, C
Highly electropositive metal are extracted by electrolytic reduction.
8. B, D
Fact.
9. A, C
Rotation is restricted about   bond .
10. A, B, C, D
Fact.
SECTION – C
1. 7
I3 , XeF4 ,C2F4
SO3 ,NOCl,ClF3
F2 CO,
2. 6
8
O O
C OEt 2 moles, C H 1 mole
OH 1 mole, SH 1 mole,
Epoxide – 1 mole so total 6 moles.
3. 4
Cl, , Cl (E & Z)
Cl
4. 8
Pt gly  Cl  and Co en Cl  have 6 & 2 optically active isomers respectively.
 2 2   2 2 
5. 3
O
ROH + CH3COCl R O C CH3
In the above reaction molecule wt. of product is increased by 42 units.

So if n, - OH groups were present in the compound then increase in molecule wt. will be 42 n
increase in mass of compound  218  92  126
42n  126  n  3
6. 8
HR0  2 H0f NH3   3 H0f H2   H0f H2   20Kcal
SR0  2 S0f NH3   3 S0f H2   S0f N2 
 2  45  3  30  40  40 cal  0.04 Kcal
G0  H0  TS0  8 K cal
7. 2
2NO  O2 
 2NO2
2 0.5 0
2 1 0 1
ni  2.5, nf  2
n  0.5
nRT 0.5  0.0821 300
P   2
v 6.25
8. 8
3
E   0.85eV
4
 1 1 1
0.85 1   13.6  2  2 
 4 
4 n 
n8
9. 3
S  e  8
P  e  18
Pe  Se  10
de  10
At.No  36
63  3
10. 3
3A  g   2B  g   2C  g 
t=0 3P 0 0
t=9 3P–3P1 2P1 2P1
t=  0 2P 2P
Total pressure after long time = 4P = 400  P = 100
Pressure after 9 minutes = 3P + P1 = 387.5  P1 = 87.5
Pressure of A becomes one-eighth in 9 minutes. That means 3t1/2 = 9  t1/2 = 3
10

SECTION – A
1. A, B, C
Replace x by 2, we get
 1
2f 2  2f    2f 1  4 ...........i
 2 
 1
 f 2  f    2  f 1
 2 
Replace x by 1, f 1  1 ....ii
1  1  1 5
Replace x by ,2f    f 2  2  ......iii
2  2 2  2
 1 
Solving (i) & (iii) f    0,f 2  1
 2 
2. A, C
B 
sinB 
1
2
, tan   
 2   2 1 
2 sin A  cos A 
& sinC  sin 135o  A  
2
c  ab B
r tan  
2  2 
R  
2  1 sin A  sin C  sinB
OI  R  2Rr
2

OI2  R 2 1 2sin A  2sinC  2 sinB  2 1  .............ii
& 2OI  AB  AC
OI2  C  2 sin A  sinC  sinB  
2  1 ...........iii
From i & ii,we obtain

2 sinC  sinB  1 2 sin A  sinC  sinB
2
 2  1
 1 2 sinC  sinB  sin A  sinC  sinB 2  1
2
 1 2sin C  2 2 sinC  1  2 sin A  sinC 2  1  2  2 

2
 sin A  cos A   2sin A  cos A   2 2  2 sin A  2  2 sin A  cos A 
 2  2 
 1 2sin A cos A   2  2 sin A  2 cosB  2 2  2 
  2 sin A  1 2 cos A  2  1  0
1 1 2 4 22
 sin A  & cos A   sin A 
2 2 2
3. A, B, C
AC  PR & 2AC  PR
So, ABPC is a parallelogram comparing the coordinates of Q
midpoints of diagonal, we get
P a,b,c  Q a,b,c  & R a,b,c  . C A
Also AD & AP are medians of ABC and PQR
respectively.
So, centroids are coinciding. The perpendicular bisector of P R
B
PR is also perpendicular to AC.
 the circumcenter of PQR is orthocentre of ABC
area PQR  4area ABC
OAB  OBC  OAC

2 2 2
4
Where OAB is the area of projection of ABC on the plane
XOZ etc.
4. A, B, C
x  y b  a b
  x. b.y   y . b x  a  b
 .y   y . b.x  a  b  x.b  

y.b  y.y  z  0
a b
y

 
 x y  y  a y
  x.y .y   y.y  x  a  y
 x.y  1
2
 y  y x  a y
1  y  a  y
x  
y2
y  z y  b  y
 y z  z. y .y  b  y
2
 y2 z  y  b y
1 
z y  b  y 
y2  
5. A, B, C, D
x 200 1 x  dx
1 7
I  207
C7
0
II I
 201  11
7 x
C7 1 x  ,   7 1 x .x 201dx

6
 207
 
201 0 207 0

1
7
1 x x 201dx
201 0
6
207 C7
12
Similarly by applying integration by part 6 times we get

1
7.6.5.4.3.2.1
201.202.203......207 0
I 207 C7 . x 207 dx
207! 7! 1
 . ..............
7!200! 201!202.203 207....208
1 1
 
208 k
6. A, C
f  x  kx
1 2
1. kxdx  2 kxdx

0 0
3 4 5
3  kxdx  4  kxdx  5. kxdx

0 0 0
k3
 1  23  33  43  53 
2 
k 56
2
  
2  3 
225K

2
225K
given  450
2
k 4
7. A, B, C
  
a. b  a  c b  a  0  C
AC. AB  0
a
Also a  c  2b  i & b2  c 2  a2 b
b2  a  c a  c   2b a  c 
A c B
 b  2 a  c   ii
From i & ii we get
a b c
  
5 4 3
6 2
 Inradius = 1   1   1
6
 a  5,b  4,c  3
8. A, B
At the point of contact of two functions their value are equal and their derivatives are equal.
f  x   gx  & f ' x   g' x 

1 1
ax 3  4x  & 3ax 2  4  
x x2
1
 x2 
2
 a  4
 1   1 
 P  , 2  & Q  , 2 
 2   2 
Area of triangle formed by any tangent to rectangular hyperbola xy  c 2 with coordinate axis
equal to 2c 2
 Area  2
9. C, D
1
 1  1
1  x
 cot   cot dx
 1 x  
1  x 2 
2 x
1
 
1
   
 
 cot1 
1 x
  cot 1    dx
 1 x    
 
2 x
1
 1  x 2

 
 
1  1
1
x x  dx
2I   cot 1
cot    cot1
2  
1 x  1  x  1  x 
x 2x
2

 
1
1
1
2I    cot1 dx
1 1 x 2
1
2I    tan1 1 x 2 dx
1
Integrating by parts

1  x 
I   x tan1 1 x 2    
1
x 
2 
 dx
2 0 0
1  1 x  1 x 2 
1
 x 2 dx
2 0 2  x 2  1 x 2
I put x = sin, dx = cos d
 /2
 sin2 
2 0 2  sin2 
 d
 /2
 sin2   2  2
2 0 2  sin2 
 d
 /2 / 2
 d
 
2 0
d   
2  sin2 
0
 /2
2 sec 2 d
  
4 0
2 tan2   2  tan2 
14

2 dk
   2 tan   k 
4 0
k 2

2 1  1 k 
  .  tan 
4 2  2  0
2 2
 
4 2 2
 1  2 
 2  
 4 
10. A, B, C
0  
A 
0 0 
 
 0   0  
A2    
0 0  0 0 
  
0 0 
 
0 0 
 
 A3  0
 A  I  A 3  3A 2  3A  I
3
 A  I  50A  I
50
 1 0
 A  I  50A   
50

0 1
SECTION – C
1. 2
tan  tan  1 tan2 
  tan2  tan 
cos 2 1 tan2 
 tan2  tan1   tan 4  tan2  ...............  tan 2048  tan1024
 tan 2048  tan1
2. 7
sin A  sin2B  sin A  2sinB cosB
Also, sinC = sin3B = 3 sinB  4 sin3B
 a  2bcosB,c  b 3  4 sin2 B  b 4cos2 B  1
hence a2  b b  c 
A triangle of smallest perimeter means gcda,b,c   1 .
In fact gcd b,c   1 since any common factor of b, c would be a factor of a as well.
2
 A perfect square a is being expressed as the product of two relatively prime integers b and c,
it must be the case that both b & b + c are perfect squares. Thus for some integer m & n with
gcd  m, n   1 we have
b  m2 & b  c  n2 ,a  mn
n a
2cosB  
m b
 C  90o  O  B  30o
n
& 3  2cosB   2
m
The smallest value of (m, n) that satisfies the above mentioned conditions are 4 and 7.
3. 6
7 7C 14
r 14 
  14
k 0
k
k 14  k 
r K

k r  k r 14  r 
7 14  7
   7 Ck  14K C7k    7 Ck 214k

k 0  r k  k 0
 1
7 k
 214  7 Ck    67  76
k 0
 2 
4. 4
1
sin1 x
I  dx .....i
0
x2  x  1
sin1 1 x
1
 dx
1 x  1 x  1
2
0
1
cos1 x
 dx ..............ii
0
x2  x  1
Addingi & ii
1
 1
2I  
2 0 x  x 1
2
dx
 1  1  2x  1
1
2I  . tan  
2  3    3 
   0
 2 
2
2I 
3 3
2
I
108
n  108
5. 2
z  cos  cos   isin 
n
z  z n1
 zk 
k 1 1 z
n
 cos  cosk  isink

k 1
k
cos  cos   isin   cosn1  cos n  1   isin n  1  


sin2   icos  sin 
16
icos  cos   isin   cosn 1  cos n  1   isin n  1 


sin  cos   isin 
 cosn1  cosn  isinn
 i cot   
 sin  
sinn cosn1   cosn1  cosn 
  icot   
sin   sin  
n
sinn cosn1 
 cos  cos k 
k
k 1 sin 
For = 30o
n1
n  3 
 2 sin  
6  2 
6. 2
In one stage the tourist traverses the complex number
2
x  100  100z  100z  100  100 3i
 
where z  cos  isin
3 3
In 2017 stages, the tourist traverses the complex number
W  x  xz  xz 2  .....  xz 2016
1 z 2017 
 x   
 1 z 
 xz
W  xz  200
7. 2
aij  0i  j
aij  n  1  ii  j
2
 sum of all the elements of An

2n1
  n  1  i
2
i1
 
 2n  1n  1  2n  1 n
2
 2n3  3n2  3n  1
 n3  n  1
3
Tn  1 n3  n  1 
n 3
 
n1
 1 n3  1 n  1
n 3
 Vn  Vn1
102 102
  Tn    Vn  Vn1   V102  V0  102
3
n1 n1
 102 
  Tn 
 n1 
 2
 520200 
 
 
8. 8
f x  h  f  x  0
f '  x   lim
x  h
2f  x  xf h  h f  x  2f  x  xf 0  0 f  x
 lim
x  h
As f (0) = 0
 f h  f 0 
 lim x    f  x 
h 0 
 h  0 
f '  x   f x 
f '  x
 dx   dx  2 f  x  x  C
f  x
x2
f  x 
4
when   0, area is minimum
9
Required min area = 2 2 ydy
0
 72 sq. unit
9. 4
5  5 
f '   x   f '  x 
 2   2 
5
Replacing x by x
2
f '  x   f ' 5  x   F x   F 5  x   C
 C  f  x   f 5  x 
C8
3 3
I   f x  dx   f 5  x dx
2 2
3
 2I   f  x   f 5  x  dx
2
3
  8dx  I  4
2
10. 2
 x  1   y  2  32
2 2
P
 x  1   y  2  16
2 2
S O
TS  OT  SO  12  4 2
FULL TEST – IV

t h e t es t .
INSTRUCTIONS

on OMR sheet.

answer.
answer.
Enrolment No.
AITS-FT-IV-PCM-JEE(Main)/17
2
Useful Data
PHYSICS
CHEMISTRY

= 0.0821 Lit atm K1 mol1
= 1.987  2 Cal K1 mol1
= 6.625  10–27 ergs
1 amu = 1.66  10–27 kg
1 eV = 1.6  10–19 J

N=9, Na=11, Mg=12, Si=14, Al=13, P=15, S=16,
Cl=17, Ar=18, K =19, Ca=20, Cr=24, Mn=25,
Fe=26, Co=27, Ni=28, Cu = 29, Zn=30, As=33,
Br=35, Ag=47, Sn=50, I=53, Xe=54, Ba=56,
Pb=82, U=92.
F=19, Na=23, Mg=24, Al = 27, Si=28, P=31, S=32,
Cl=35.5, K=39, Ca=40, Cr=52, Mn=55, Fe=56, Co=59,
Ni=58.7, Cu=63.5, Zn=65.4, As=75, Br=80, Ag=108,
Sn=118.7, I=127, Xe=131, Ba=137, Pb=207, U=238.
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of which only ONE is correct.
1. The curvilinear motion of a particle is defined by v x  50  16t and y  100  4t 2 , where v x is in

meters per second, y is in meters, and t is in seconds. It is also known that x=0 when t = 0.
Determine its velocity and acceleration when the position y = 0 is reached.
(A) 30iˆ  40ˆj , 16iˆ  16ˆj (B) 40iˆ  30ˆj , 8iˆ  16ˆj
(C) 30iˆ  40ˆj , 16iˆ  8ˆj (D) 40iˆ  30ˆj , 16iˆ  8ˆj
2. A projectile is ejected into an experimental fluid at time t = 0. The initial speed is v 0 and the angle
to the horizontal is . The drag on the projectile results in an acceleration term aD = -kv, where k
is a constant and v is the velocity of the projectile. What is the terminal velocity? Include the
effects of gravitational acceleration.
g
(A) v 0 cos (B) 
k
v0
(C)  (D) Zero
k
3. At a certain instant, cylinder A has a downward velocity of 0.8 m/s and

an upward acceleration of 2 m/s2. Determine the corresponding
velocity and acceleration of cylinder B.
(A) vB = 1.2 m/s down, aB = 3 m/s2 up
(B) vB = 1.2 m/s up, aB = 3 m/s2 down
(C) vB = 2.4 m/s up, aB = 6 m/s2 down
(D) vB = 0.6 m/s down, aB = 1.5 m/s2 up
B
A
4
4. The mean value of the kinetic energy and the root-mean-square velocity of helium molecules
under normal conditions is close to
(Given: the pressure and temperature of helium under normal conditions are
p0  1.013  105 Pa and T0  273K respectively. From tables, we find the molar mass of helium,
M  4  103 kg / mol, the Boltzmann constant k  1.38  1023 J / K, the Avogadro constant
NA  6.02  10 23 mol1 , and the density of helium under normal conditions, 0  0.18 kg / m3 . )
(A) 5.65 x 10–21 J, 1300 m/s (B) 9.34 x 10–21 J,1950 m/s
–21
(C) 5.65 x 10 J, 1950 m/s (D) 9.34 x 10–21 J, 1300 m/s
5. A telegram is sent from Delhi to Allahabad (The distance Rw

between the cities of 650 km) via a steel telegraph line carrying a
current of 1.7 mA at a voltage of 150 V. The cross-sectional area
l
2
of the wire is 5.0 mm . The voltage drop across the load RL
resistances is (resistivity of steel is 1.2 x 10–7  m)
(A) 53 V (B) 97 V V1 = 150 V
(C) 150 V (D) 0 V
5 2 C
6. Impedance of given circuit is (Given: R = 1  , C =  10 2
2 R
1
Farad, L  Henry, frequency of A.C. source = 100 Hz)
40 R
(A) 1  (B) 2  R L
(C) 2  (D) 2 2 
~ Vt
7. The sun forms an angle of 60o with the horizon. Determine the
length of the umbra at the bottom of an opaque vessel 
illuminated by sun light. The height of the vessel is 25 cm.
M
What will the change in the length of the umbra be when water 
is poured into the vessel to a height of 20 cm shown in figure. N
Given: H = 25 cm is the height of the vessel,  = 60o is the H
altitude of the Sun above the horizon, h = 20 cm is the height of
h
the water column. From tables, we take the refractive index for 
water, n = 1.33. The change l of the length of the umbra in
the vessel with water is A B C D
(A) 11 cm (B) 3.4 cm
(C) 14.4 cm (D) 25.4 cm
8. Two coherent light sources emit light of wavelength 550 nm which d

S1 S2
produces an interference pattern on a screen (figure).
The sources are 2.2 mm apart and 2.2 m from the screen.
D
(A) Path difference at point O on screen is 2.2 m
(B) There is a bright fringe at O
(C) Path difference at point O on screen is 1.1 mm
(D) There is a dark fringe at O l
screen
O
9. A 1 kg object oscillates at the end of a vertical spring that has a spring constant of 100 N/m. The
effect of air resistance is represented by the damping coefficient 10 N-s/m. The angular
frequency of the damped oscillation is
(A) 10 s–1 (B) 5 s–1
(C) 5 3 s–1 (D) 5 2 s–1
10. A steel wire of length 30.0 m and a copper wire of length 20.0 m, both with 1.00 mm diameters,
are connected end to end and stretched to a tension of 150 N. During what time interval will a
transverse wave travel the entire length of the two wires?
(A) 0.137 sec (B) 0.192 sec
(C) 0.285 sec (D) 0.329 sec
11. Light of wavelength 587.5 nm illuminates a slit of width 0.75 mm. At what distance from the slit
should a screen be placed if the first minimum in the diffraction pattern is to be 0.85 mm from the
central maximum?
(A) 2 m (B) 10 m
(C) 1.1 m (D) 2.2 m
12. What is the energy of a photon that, when absorbed by a hydrogen atom, could cause an
electronic transition from the n = 2 state to the n = 5 state?
(A) 2.86 eV (B) 0.472 eV
(C) 1.92 eV (D) 10.2 eV
6
13. The rectangle shown in figure has sides parallel to the x and

y
y axes. The position vectors of two corners are A  10.0 m 
 A
at 53o and B  12.0 m at 30.0o. Find the perimeter of the
rectangle. 
(A) 6.2 m (B) 24.8 m B
(C) 12.4 m (D) 18.6 m x
14. A solid piece of lead has a mass of 23.94 g and a volume of 2.10 cm 3. From these data, calculate
the density of lead in SI units (kilograms per cubic meter).
4 3 4 3
(A) 1.14 x 10 kg/m (B) 2.28 x 10 kg/m
3 3
(C) 2.14 x 10 kg/m (D) 1.28 x 10 kg/m3
3
15. A fixed mass of gas is trapped in a syringe. The volume of the syringe is slowly reduced,
compressing the gas without changing the temperature. The pressure exerted on walls of
syringe charges because
(A) The particles have more kinetic energy
(B) The particles collide with each other more often
(C) The particles hit the walls of the syringe with more force
(D) The particles hit the walls of the syringe more often
16. Light and sound can both be thought of as a wave. Which of the following statements is not true?
(A) They can both transfer energy (B) They can both be polarised
(C) They can both be refracted (D) They can both be diffracted
17. An aircraft of mass 4000 kg produces a thrust of 10 Kn. The aircraft needs to travel at 35 m/s to
take off from a standing start, the time to become airborne is approximately.
(A) 2.5 s (B) 3.5 s
(C) 9 s (D) 14 s
18. The initial activity of a radioactive isotope is 120 Bq and the half-life is 20 minutes. For a sample
of the same isotope with twice the mass, the values would be:
Initial Activity/Bq Half life/minutes
(A) 120 20
(B) 240 20
(C) 60 20
(D) 120 40
19. The average wavelength of light emitted from an incandescent torch bulb with a metal filament is
120 nm. Calculate the number of photons emitted by a 20 W torch bulb in one hour.
19 20
(A) 2.1 x 10 (B) 2.1 x 10
20
(C) 12 x 10 (D) 1.2 x 1019
20. Consider the circuit shown below. Is is a constant current

4R 2R
source, meaning that no matter what device is connected 4R 2R
between points A and B, the current provided by the Is
constant current source is the same. A B
2R 4R
Connect an ideal voltmeter between A and B. Determine
the voltage reading in terms of any or all of R and Is.
(A) 2iR (B) 0
iR
(C) iR (D)
2
8
21. A particle moves along the x-axis. It collides elastically head-on with an identical particle initially
at rest. Which of the following graphs could illustrate the momentum of each particle as a function
of time?
(A) p (B) p
t t
(C) p (D) p
t t
22. The voltage – current graph for a filament light bulb is shown Current
below.
The graph has this shape because: Voltage
(A) Resistance of the filament increases as the current increases
(B) Resistance of the filament decreases as the current increase
(C) The filament has a higher resistance than the connecting wires
(D) The filament has a lower resistance than the connecting wires
23. A steel ball bearing is dropped onto a concrete floor and rebounds to 80% of its initial height. The
percentage of the kinetic energy lost in the collision is
(A) 80% (B) 64%
(C) 36% (D) 20%
24. An air molecule of mass 5.0 × 10–26 kg and moving with a speed of 500 ms-1 has kinetic energy of
about (e  1.6  1019 C)
(A) 1 eV (B) 0.4 eV
(C) 40 meV (D) 4 meV
25. The Moon takes 2 minutes to sink below the horizon at the equator when observed at night
(about the same time as the Sun takes to set). If the radius of the Earth is 6400 km and the
radius of the Moon is 1700 km, what is the angular size of the Earth when observed from the
Moon?
0 0
(A) 3.8 (B) 3.5
0
(C) 1.9 (D) 0.30
26. A bubble is made from a soap film of uniform thickness enclosing a spherical volume of air. If the
diameter of the bubble is trebled, the thickness of the soap film, t, will become
(A) t/27 (B) t/9
(C) t/4 (D) t/3
27. The radius of the Sun is 6.9 × 105 km and that of the Earth is 6400 km. Approximately how many
rigid earth spheres could be fitted into the interior of the sun?
(A) 100 (B) 1200
(C) 10000 (D) 106
10
28. An incompressible liquid flows through a pipe which has a section with a narrower bore. What is
the speed of the liquid and the volume rate of flow in the narrow section compared to the wider
section of the pipe?
Speed of flow/ms-1 Volume rate of flow /m 3s-1

(A) Slower Same
(B) Faster Less
(C) Faster Same
(D) Slower More
29. In the circuit shown below, the power

converted in RA is 1 W. The value of RA
is R, that of RB is 2R and RC. How much
power is supplied by the cell?
(A) 3W
(B) 4W RA
(C) 6 W
RC
(D) 8 W
RB
30. The neutral point between the Earth and the Moon is the point where the gravitational pull of the
Moon is equal to the gravitational pull of the Earth. If the energy a 1000 kg spacecraft needs in
order to reach the neutral point from the Earth is 6.0 × 1010 J and to reach the neutral point from
the Moon is 0.25 × 1010J, what is the minimum energy needed to send a 1 kg rock from the Moon
to the Earth?
(A) 0.25 × 107 J (B) 5.75 × 107 J
(C) 6.0 × 107 J (D) 6.25 × 107 J
SECTION – A
1. A mixture contains NaCl and unknown chloride MCl. (a) 1g of this is dissolved in water, excess of
acidified AgNO3 solution is added to it, so that 2.567 g of white ppt. is obtained (b) 1 g of original
o
mixture is heated to 300 C. Some vapours come out which are absorbed in AgNO3 (acidified)
solution. 1.341 g of white precipitate is obtained. Find molecular weight of unknown chloride.
(A) 53.50 (B) 45.5
(C) 58.5 (D) none of these
2. At 20oC, two balloons of equal volume and porosity are filled to a pressure of 2 atm, one with 14
kg N2 and other with 1 kg of H2. The N2 balloon leaks to a pressure of ½ atm in 1 hr. How long
will take for H2 balloon to reach a pressure of ½ atm?
(A) 4 min (B) 12 min
(C) 16 min (D) 20 min
maximum kinetic energy, TA (expressed in eV) and de Broglie wavelength A. The maximum
kinetic energy of photoelectrons liberated from another metal B by photons of energy 4.70 eV is
TB = TA – 1.50 eV. If the de Broglie wavelength of these photoelectrons is B = 2A, then which is
not correct
(C) TA = 2.00 eV (D) TB = 0.5 eV
12
m m4 m4
4. A radioactive isotope decays as z A  z 1 C. The half-lives of A and B are 10 month
z  2 B 
and 6 month respectively. Assuming that initially only A was present, will it be possible to achieve
radioactive equilibrium for B. If so what would be the ratio of A and B at equilibrium? What would
happen if the half-lives A and B were 6 month and 10 month respectively?
(A) 1.66, no equilibrium (B) 1.77, t 1  t 1
A B
2 2
(C) 2.77, B   A (D) 2.88 B   A
5. An electric current is passed through two electrolytic cells connected in series, one containing
AgNO3 (aq) and other H2SO4 (aq). What volume of O2 measured at 25oC and 750 mm Hg would
be liberated from H2SO4, if
(a) 1 mole of Ag+ are deposited from AgNO3 solution
22 +
(b) 8 × 10 ions of Ag are deposited from AgNO3 solution
(A) 6.2, 0.823 (B) 3.27, 0.78
(C) 3.1, 5.26 (D) 1.12, 3.17
6. 1 g of Mg atoms in the vapour phase absorbs 50.0 kJ of energy. Find the composition of Mg+ and
Mg2+ formed as a result of absorption of energy. IE1 and IE2 for Mg are 740 and 1450 kJ mol—1
respectively.
(A) 68.28%, & 31.72% (B) 31.72% & 68.28%
(C) 70% & 30% (D) 20% & 80%
7. The following compounds have been arranged in order of their increasing thermal stabilities.
Identify the correct order:
K2CO3 (I) MgCO3(II) CaCO3(III) BeCO3(IV)
(A) I < II < III < IV (B) IV < II < III < I
(C) IV < II < I < III (D) II < IV < III < I
8. The freezing point of a solution containing 0.2 g of acetic acid in 20.0 g benzene is lowered by
o
0.45 C. Calculate the degree of association of acetic acid in benzene. Assume acetic acid
dimerizes in benzene. Kf for benzene 5.12 K mol-1 kg.
(A) 46.6% (B) 94.6%
(C) 86.6% (D) 37.6%
9. For the system A2 (g) + B2 (g)  2AB(g),  H = – 80 KJ/mole

If the activation energy for the forward step is 100 kcal/mole. What is the ratio of temperature at
which the forward and backward reaction shows the same % change of rate constant per degree
rise of temperature ? (1 cal = 4.2 J)
(A) 0.72 (B) 0.84
(C) 0.42 (D) 1
10. At 273 K and one atm, ‘a’ litre of N2O4 decomposes to NO2 as : N 2O4  g   2 NO2  g  . To
what extent has the decomposition proceeded when the original volume is 25% less than that of
existing volume?
(A) 25% (B) 30%
(C) 60% (D) 33%
11. N2O4 dissociates as : N 2O4  2 NO2 . At 55oC and one atmosphere, N2O4 was decomposed to
50.3%. At what P and temperature, the equilibrium mixture has the ratio of N2O4: NO2 as
1 : 8?
(A) 2.18 (B) 0.19
(C) 3.7 (D) 1.18
12. An equilibrium mixture at 300 K contains N2O4 and NO 2 at 0.28 and 1.1 atmosphere respectively.
If the volume of container is doubled, calculate the new equilibrium pressure of two gases.
(A) 4.32 (B) 4.68
(C) 2.4 (D) 1.98
14
13. Calculate the amount of NH3 and NH4Cl required to prepare a buffer solution of pH 9.0 when total
—1
concentration of buffering reagents is 0.6 mol L .
pK b for NH 3  4.7, log 2  0.30
(A) 0.2 M & 0.4 M (B) 0.4 M & 0.4 M
(C) 0.2 & 0.2 M (D) 2 M & 4 M
14. For a reaction,

1
M 2 O  s  
 2 M  s   O2  g 
2
—1 —1 —1
H=30 kJ mol and S=0.07 kJ K mol at 1 atm. Calculate upto which temperature, the
reaction would not be spontaneous.
(A) 528 K (B) 428 K
(C) 480 K (D) 820 K
15. Dipole moment will be zero in complexes

2
I :  Ni  CN  4  II : cis  Pt  NH 3  2 Cl2  III : trans   Pt  NH 3  2 Cl2 
(A) I and II (B) I and III
(C) II and III (D) I, II and III
16. Primary alkyl halide C4H9Br (A) reacted with alcoholic KOH to give compound (B). Compound (B)
is reacted with HBr to give (C) which is an isomer of (A). When (A) is reacted with sodium metal it
gives compound (D), C8H18 which is different from the compound formed when n-butyl bromide is
reacted with sodium. Give the structural formula of (A).
(A) n-butyl bromide (B) isobutyl bromide
(C) 1-bromo 2-methyl propane (D) butane
17. Consider the following reaction,

O CH3
KMnO4/OH- Cu/
A
A formed is
(A) HO CH3 (B) O CH3
OH OH
OH O
(C) HO CH2OH (D) HO CHO
OH OH
HgSO4/H2SO4
18. C CH A, A is
O
O
(A) C CH3 (B)

CH2CHO
O
O OH
(C) (D)
COOH CH2CHO
16
19. Identify E in the following:

CH3
Alkaline KMnO4 LiAlH4 conc. HCl (i) KCN BaO, 
A B C D E
ZnCl2,  (ii) H2O+
CH3
(A) O (B)
O
CH2COOH
CH2COOH C O
(C) (D)
Br
CH2COOH
CH2 COO
20. Amongst the following, total number of essential amino acids are:
valine, glycine, phenylalanine, lysine, leucine, isoleucine, methionine, alanine, threonine.
(A) 3 (B) 7
(C) 5 (D) 9
21. Which sequence of reactions will accompanish this transformation?

NH2
Br Br
?
CH3
CH3
(A) NaNO2/HCl/0oC, H3PO2 and Br2 (B) Br2, LiAlH4 and H3O+
(C) NaNO2/HCl/0oC, CuBr (D) Br2, NaNO2/HCl/0oC, H3PO2
22. The amines shown are isomers. Choose the one with the lowest boiling point.
H
N
(A) (B) NHCH3
CH3
CH3 NH2
N
(C) (D)
23. An ester (A) on acidic hydrolysis gives (B) and (C). (B) gives violet colour and (C) gives blood red
colour with neutral FeCl3 solution. (A), (B) and (C) are
A B
A= COOC6 H5 B = COOH
(A)
OH
A= O C CH3 B= OH C = CH3COOH
(B)
O
(C) A= O C CH3 B= C = CH3COOH
(D) O O
A= CCH3 B = CH3OH COH
18
24. An organic compound with the molecular formula C9H10O forms 2, 4-DNP derivative, reduces
Tollen’s reagent and undergoes Cannizzaro reaction. On vigorous oxidation, it give 1,
2-benzenedicarboxylic acid. Identify the compound.
(A) 2 ethyl benzaldehyde (B) 3-ethyl benzoic acid
(C) 2 methyl benzaldehyde (D) 3-ethyl benzaldehyde
25. From the following compounds, how many compounds are soluble in water?
C6 H 5OH  NO2  , C6 H 5COC6 H 5 , C6 H 5Cl , C6 H 5CHO, C6 H 5OH .
(A) 2 (B) 3
(C) 1 (D) 4
26. An organic compound (X) has molecular formula C7H6O2 and it does not effervesces with
NaHCO3. A on treatment with excess of HBr (aq) gives Y(C6H6O2) and CH2Br2. Y forms a violet
coloured solution with FeCl3. If X is treated with Br2/Fe, How many different monobromination
product would result?
(A) 4 (B) 3
(C) 2 (D) 4
27. An organic compound B is formed by the reaction of ethyl magnesium iodide (CH3CH2MgI) with a
substance A, followed by treatment with dilute aqueous acid. Compound B does not react with
PCC or PDC in dichloromethane. Which of the following is a possible candidate for A?
(A) O (B) H2C O
CH3CH
(C) O (D) O
H2C CH 2
CH3CH2C CH3
28. Compound (A), C8H9Br gives a white precipitate when warmed with alcoholic AgNO3. Oxidation
of (A) gives and acid (B), C8H6O4. (B) easily forms anhydride on heating. Identify the compound
(A).
(A) CH2 Br (B) CH 2Br
Br
CH3
(C) CH2Br (D) CH2Br
CH3
CH3
29. In XeF4, no. of lone pair e– are

(A) 2 (B) 3
(C) 5 (D) 4
30. 1 mole each of H3PO2, H3PO3 and H3PO4 will neutralise x moles of NaOH, y moles of Ca(OH)2
and z moles Al(OH)3 (assuming all as strong electrolytes). x, y, z are in the ratio of
(A) 3 : 15 : 1 (B) 1 : 2 : 3
(C) 3 : 2 : 1 (D) 1 : 1 : 1
20

SECTION – A
2
1. The total number of local maxima and local minima of f(x) = x |x – x| + |x – 2| is
(A) 2 (B) 3
(C) 4 (D) 0
1 x
If f  x   x 
2
f  t  dt then total number of points where f  x  is not differentiable.
x 1
2.
(A) 0 (B) 1
(C) 2 (D) 3
3. If f(x) is a differentiable function for all x  1, f(1) = 1 and f '  x   2 f  x  , the total number of
in x  1,   is,
2x2
solution of the equation f(x) = e
(A) 1 (B) 2
(C) 0 (D) 4
 cos  sin  1 0
4. If A    and A( adj  A ) = k  the K is
 -sin cos  0 1
(A) 1 (B) 3
(C) 5 (D) 4
Number of real roots of the equation f  x   x e  2e  3 in (-4, 0) is

2 x x
5.
(A) 0 (B) 1
(C) 2 (D) 3
x 2
6. The number of solution of the equation e  3x is
(A) 0 (B) 1
(C) 2 (D) 3
2 2
7. Let tangent drawn form the point (3, 2) to the circle x  y  2 x  2 y  0 meet at the points A
and B. The ortho centre of triangle OAB is where ‘O’ is origin.
 67 56   67 1 
(A)  ,  (B)  , 
 25 25   25 25 
 57 4   57 4 
(C)  ,  (D)  , 
 25 25   25 25 
1 n m
8. The value of
 1  x 
0
is (where m,n  I )
t
1 n m 1
 1  x 
0
m 1 mn  n  1
(A) (B)
mn  1 mn  n
mn  n  1 n 1
(C) (D)
mn  n mn  n
9. The point on the curve which is nearest to line y = 2x – 1
(A) (1, 2) (B) (1,3)
(C) (-1, 3) (D) (-1, 2)
2
10. The number of complex numbers which satisfy the equation z  iz  | z | 2
(A) 4 (B) 2
(C) 3 (D) 1
22
x3
11. The general solution of the differential equation ydx – xdy + 3x2y2 e dx = 0, is
x x3 x 3
(A) e = C (B)  ex  C
y y
y 3 y 3
(C)  ex  C (D)  ex  C
x x
12. If f  a   0, f  b   3, f  c   1 , f  d   2, f  e   0 and
2

h(x) = x f '  x   x 2
 1 f '  x  f "  x  then min number of zeros of h(x) is,
(A) 8 (B) 5
(C) 6 (D) 10
13. f(x) is polynomial of 8th degree satisfies f(x) = f(1- x) n  R if f(x) = 0 has 6 distinct roots and two
equal roots then sum of the roots are
(A) 4 (B) 8
(C) 12 (D) 2
If f  x   x  2 x  4
5
14.
If g  x   f  x
1
 
Then value of f ' g '  x  . at x = - 4 is
35 37
(A) (B)
16 16
1 4
(C) (D)
2 16
15. The equation of circle having least radius which touches the line y = 2x at the point (1, 2) and also
touches the x axis is,
2 2
(A) x  y  2 5 x  y 5  5  5  0  2 2
 
(B) x  y  2 5 x  y 5  5  5  0
2
(C) x  y  2
2
5x  y 5  5   5  0 2
(D) x  y  2
2
5x  y 5  5   5  0
    
16. Resolved part of vector a along the vector b is a1 and that perpendicular to b is a 2 then
 
a1  a2 is equal to
     

a b b  a  b a
(A) 2 (B) 2
b a
       
 
a b b  a   
a b b  a 
(C) 2 (D)  2
a b
       
17. Angle between vector a and b where a, b, c are unit vectors satisfying a  b  3 c  0 is
(A)  (B) 
3 6
(C) 2 (D) 
3 12
  
18. Volume of parallelepiped determined by vectors a, b and c is 4 unit, Then the volume of the
     
parallelepiped determined by vectors. a  b, c  a, b  c is,
(A) 8 (B) 16
(C) 32 (D) 64
x f t 
2
 
19. If f(x) = 1  x  1   dt  , then f(7) is

1
1 t 
(A) -1 (B) -5
(C) 1 (D) 4
24
n
r 1  r n
20. The value of   1    Cr is
r 1  r 1 
1 1
(A) (B)
n 1 n2
1 n 1
(C) (D)
n 1 n2
11
21. If a1 , a2 , a3 …… a11 are in A.P if a6  10 then value of a
i 1
i is
(A) 110 (B) 50

(C) 100 (D) 95
2 n
22. 
If 1  x  x   a0  a1 x  a2 x 2  a3 x 3  ....  a2 n x 2 n Then a0  a3  a6  .....is
n1 n
(A) 3 (B) 3
n
(C) 2 (D) 2
z1  z2 z 
23. If z1 and z2 are two complex numbers such that z1 , z2  0, If  1 , then Arg  1  is
z1  z 2  z2 

(A) (B) 
3
 
(C) (D)
2 4
1
24. If |z| = 2 the locus of w  z  is,
z
(A) ellipse with eccentricity = 2/5 (B) ellipse with e = 4/5
(C)Hyperbola with e = 5/4 (D) Pe (z) = 0
49
1
25. 2
n 2
n 1
 2 n  1.5
is
250 250
(A) 4  49 (B) 6 
2 1 249  1
250
(C) 8  49 (D) None of these
2 1
100  m
26. The value of integral 0
2 x e2 x dx is
Where O  m  1 / 2 is
e 2 m  2m  1  201 e 2 m  m  1  201
(A) (B)
2 2
(C)
2m
e  201
(D)
 m  1 e2 m  201
2 2
2 2
27. The equation of tangents drawn from the point (0,4) to the hyperbola x  4 y  36 are
(A) 5 x  6 y  24  0 and 5 x  6 y  24  0 (B) x  4 y  16  0 and x  4 y  16  0
(C) 2 x  y  4  0 and 2 x  y  4  0 (D) none of these
26
x2 y2
28. There are exactly two points on the ellipse   1 whose distance from the center of the
a2 b2
a 2  2b 2
ellipse are equal and equal to . Eccentricity of this ellipse is equal to
2
3 1
(A) (B)
2 3
1 2
(C) (D)
2 3
29. The sum of two natural numbers m and n is equal to 100, The probability that their product being
greater than 1600 is,
10 13
(A) (B)
94 99
28 59
(C) (D)
99 99
2 x
x2  2 x 3 tan
30. If x1 is a solution 2  4   x 2  1 then . lim 1  sin  x  2
x  x1
2
(A) e (B) e
1 2
(C) e (D) e
AITS-FT-IV-PCM (Sol)-JEE(Main)/17
FIITJEE
JEE(Main)-2017

FULL TEST – IV
(Main)

1. C A A
2. B C C
3. B B C
4. A A A
5. B A A
6. A A D
7. B B B
8. B B C
9. C B B
10. D D B
11. C B B
12. A A B
13. C A A
14. A B B
15. D B A
16. B C D
17. D B A
18. B B B
19. D A A
20. C B A
21. D D A
22. A C A
23. D B C
24. C A B
25. C B A
26. B C A
27. D D A
28. C D C
29. C A D
30. A D D
2
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. C
The x-coordinate is obtained by integrating the expression for v x, and the x-component of the
acceleration is obtained by differentiating v x. Thus,
x x
 dx   vx dt  dx   50  16t  dt x  50t  8t 2 m
0 0
d
ax   50  16t  ax  16m / s2
dt
The y-components of velocity and acceleration are
 d
 v y  y  vy 
dt

100  4t 2 
v y  8t m / s
d
a y  v y  a y   8t  a y  8m / s 2
dt
We now calculate corresponding values of x and y for Path
various values of t and plot x against y to obtain the path as
shown.
When y  0, 0  100  4t 2 , so t  5 s. For this value of the ax = -16 m/s
time, we have A
v x  50  16  5   30 m / s ay = -8 m/s
v y  8  5   40 m / s
2 2
ax = -17.89 m/s2
v  30    40   50m / s
2 2
a  16    8   17.89 m / s2 Path
The velocity and acceleration components and their
resultants are shown on the separate diagram for point A, vx = -30 m/s
where y = 0. Thus, for this condition we may write
A
v  30iˆ  40ˆj m / s
a  16iˆ  8ˆj m / s 2
vx = -40 m/s
v = 50 m/s
2. B
v x   v 0 cos   ekt
 g g
v y   v 0 sin    e kt 
 k  k
g
v x  0, v y  
k
3. B
2y – 2x
2x
A B
x
y
From figure,
2x  2y  y
3y
x
2
3
vx  v y
2
3
ax  ay
2
vB  1.2 m / s up
aB  3 m / s2 down
4. A
We express the mean kinetic energy of a helium molecule in terms of the temperature:
Ek   3 / 2  kT0 . For monatomic gases like helium, this will be the total kinetic energy of molecules:
3
E  1.38  1023 J / K  273K  5.65  1021 J.
2
Since E  m0 v rms / 2, we have v rms  2E / m0 , where m0 is the mass of a helium molecule, which
can be expressed as the ratio of the molar mass and the Avogadro constant: m0  M / NA .
Finally, we obtain
2ENA
vrms  ,
M
2  5.65  1021 J  6.02  1023 mol1
vrms  1300m / s
4  10 3 kg / mol
5. B
Voltage across load resistances V2  V1  2iR
650  103  1.2  10 7
 150  2  1.7  103 
5  10 6
V2 = 97 volt
6. A
1
XL  L  40  1
40
1 1
XC   
C 40
R 1
4
i2

E
i1
XL
tan   1
R
  45o
XC  2 
XL  1 , R  1 
z 1
7. B
We use  to denote the angle formed by the direction of incident rays with the vertical wall of the
vessel. It can be seen from the figure that the angle of incidence  and the altitude of the Sun 
are related:  +  =/2,  = 90o – 60o = 30o.
The rays propagate in the empty vessel along a straight line (along AM), and the length l of the
umbra can be calculated from the right-angled triangle AMD:
I1  AD  H tan , tan30o  0.577,
l1  25 cm  0.577  14.4 cm.
If the vessel contains water, he rays will be refracted at the air-water interface since a light ray
bends away from the rarer medium into a denser medium. In this case, the refracted ray is closer
to the vertical, and the angle of refraction ’ is smaller than the angle of incidence . The length of
the umbra in the vessel filled with water is
l2  BD  BC  CD. But CD  ON.
In the right-angled triangle OMN, we have ON = (H –h)  tan , ON = 5 cm  0.577  2.9 cm.
From the triangle BOC, we find BC = h tan ’. In order to determine the angle of refraction, we
use the second law of refraction: sin /sin ’ = n, sin ’ = sin /n, sin ’ = 0.5/1.33 = 0.3759, so tan
’ = 0.404. Consequently, BC = 20 cm  0.404 = 8.1 cm.
The length of the umbra in the vessel with water is
l2  BD  8.1 cm  2.9 cm  11cm.
When the vessel is filled with water, the length of the umbra decreases by l :
 l  14.4 cm  11 cm  3.4 cm.
8. B
In order answer the question, we must know the path difference for the rays. The optical path
difference is equal to their geometrical difference (since the rays propagate in the same medium,
viz. air):
  S2D  S2D  S1O, S1O  l.
2
From the triangle S1, OS2, we determine S2 O : S2O  l2  d2  l 1   d / l  . since d/l is much
 1   1  d 2 
smaller than l, we can use approximation  1  a2  1  a2  , whence S 2  O  l 1     .
 2   2  l  
Then
 1 d2  d2
  l 1  2  1  ,
 2 l  2l

 2.2  10 3
m 
 1.1 10 6 m.
2  2.2 m
There will be constructive interference at O if the path difference contains integral number of
waves, i.e. k =1, 2, 3, ………:
 1.1 105 m
k  2
 5.5  107 m
Answer. Constructive interference (bright fringe) occurs at O.
9. C
2
 b 
2  20   
 2m 
2
k  b 
  
m  2m 
100 100
 
1 4
  5 3  8.5 s 1
10. D
The total time interval is the sum of the two time intervals.
In each wire
L 
t   L
v T
Let A represent the cross-sectional area of one wire. The mass of one wire can be written both as
m = V=AL and also as m = L.
d2
Then we have   A  .
4
1/2
 d2 
Thus, t  L  
 4T 
For copper,
2 1/2
    8920 kg / m3 
t   20.0m  
    0.137 s
 4T 
 
For steel,
2 1/2
    7860 kg / m3 1.00  103 
t   30.0 m  
     0.192 s
  4 150 N 
 
The total time interval is 0.137+0.192 = 0.329 s
11. C
According to Equation 38.1, dark bands (minima) occur where

sin   m
a
For the first minimum, m = 1, and the distance from the center of the central maximum is

y1  L tan   L sin   L  
a
Thus, the needed distance to the screen is
6
a  0.75  10 3 m 

L  y1    0.85  103   9   1.1 m
  587.5  10 m 
12. A
The allowed energy levels of the hydrogen atom are given by
13.6 eV
En   where n  1, 2, 3......
n2
A transition in which a lower state ni absorbs a photon of energy E results in a higher state nf,
and energy is conserved:
E1 + E=Ef
Or
13.6 eV  13.6 eV   1 1
E  Ef  Ei   2
  2   13.6 eV  2  2 
n1  n1   ni nf 
For the transition ni = 2 to nf = 5,
 1 1
E  13.6 eV  2  2   2.86 eV
 2 5 
13. C
 
A b 


B
o
53 o
30
   
A b   B
    
10 cos53iˆ  sin53 ˆj  bjˆ   î  12 cos 30iˆ  sin30ˆj 
6iˆ  8ˆj   î  bjˆ  6 3iˆ  6 ˆj
6 6 3
8b  6
b2m
6  
3  1  4.2 m
14. A
The density of lead is 1.13  104 kg / m3 , so we should expect our calculated value to be close to
this value. The density of water is 1.00  103 kg / m3 , so we see that lead is about 11 times denser
than water, which agrees with our experience that lead sinks.
Density is defined as   m / V. We must convert to SI units in the calculation.
3
 23.94 g  1kg  100 cm 
 3   
 2.10 cm   1000 g  1m 
 23.94 g  1 kg   1000 000cm3 
 3   
 2.10 cm   1000 g   1 m3 
4 3
 1.14  10 kg / m
15. D
Conceptual.
16. B
Conceptual.
17. D
Apply v  u  at .
18. B
Conceptual.
19. D
20
Number of photon 
hc 
20. C
i i/2
4R 2R
i/2 4R A B 2R
2R 4R
i
i i
VA  4R.  2R.  VB
2 2
VA  VB  iR
21. D
In head on elastic collision between identical bodies velocities get interchanged.
22. A
1
Slope of graph 
R
23. D
Ignore air resistance, the gpe reduces to 80% so 20% of the energy is lost.
24. C
1 1 2
mv 2   5  1026   500   39
2 2
25. C
2 minutes in 24 hours is 1/720 of a full rotation of the earth. So the angle subtended by the moon
at the eyes is about ½ 0. The distance earth – moon is a fixed value so the angle subtended by
the earth at the moon is greater by 6400/1700. Hence 0.5 × 6400/1700 = 1.90.
8
26. B
Volume of the water of the film is fixed, so if the bubble has three times the radius, it has nine
times the surface are, and as the film is very thin, this makes it thinner by a factor of nine in order
to keep the volume of the film the same. This does expect that the thickness of the film t << R,
the radius of the bubble.
27. D
A ratio question. The shapes are the same, and the ratio of the linear dimensions is 690/6.4 =
108, so the ratio of volumes is  106.
28. C
The liquid has to flow faster through the narrower section because if unit volume passes a one
point in the pipe every second, that same volume must flow through any other point each second
otherwise there would be an accumulation of an incompressible fluid in the pipe.
29. C
The power dissipates in a resistor is given by I2R. If RA is unit current through unit resistance, RB
has twice the resistance and half the current, so that I2R will be half the value (1/2W). RC takes
3/2 units of current and is twice unit resistance sod resistance so dissipates 9/2 w. powers add
up and so the total of these is 6W. The cell would supply the appropriate4 emf to supply these
currents, otherwise the initial assumption of the 1W that we are given in RA would not be right.
30. A
The rock only has to be lifted up to the neutral point and it will fall the rest of the way to earth.
SECTION – A
1. A
By statement given in (a)
Wt. of NaCl = a g
Wt. of MCl = b g
 a+b=1
Also, Meq. Of NaCl + Meq. Of MCl = Meq. of AgNO3
= Meq. of AgCl
2.567
= 1000
143.5
 Meq. of NaCl + Meq. of MCl = 17.889
Now, as reported in statement(b), mixture is heated to 300oC, Since, NaCl is stable, the
possibility seems for the decomposition of MCl and thus, after heating only MCl form vapours
which react with AgNO3
 Meq. of MCl = meq. of AgNO3 = Meq. of AgCl
1.341
= 1000
143.5
Meq. of MCl = 9.345
 Meq. of NaCl = 17.889 – 9.345 = 8.544
w
 1000  8.544
58.5
 w NaCl  0.50g
 Meq. of MCl in mixture = 9.345
w
 1000  9.345
M /1
1  0.50
 1000  9.345 ( a  b  1)
M
 M = 53.50
MCl may be NH4Cl.
2. C
Given, for N2 : Initially, P1 = 2atm.
w1 = 14 kg (diffusion time 1 hr)
1
After diffusion, P2  atm, w 2  ?
2
Since, at constant V and temperature, for a gas
Pw
P1 w1 2 14
  or 
P2 w 2 1/ 2 w2
14
 w2  kgN 2
4
 Weight of N2 diffused in 1 hr = 14 – ( 14/4) = 21/2) kg
Similarly for H2 : initially P1 = atm, w1 = 1 kg.
(diffusion time t hr)
10
1
After diffusion, P2  atm, w 2  ?
2
P1 w1 2 1
Again,  or 
P2 w 2 1 / 2 w2
1
 w2  kg
4
1 3
 Weight of H2 and H2 diffused  1     kg
4 4
For diffusion of N2 and H2: t H 2 = 1 hr = 60 minute
w H2 t N2 M H2
 
tH2 w N2 M N2
(3 / 4) 60 2
 
(21 / 2) t 28
t = 16 minute
3. B
Let work function of A and B be W A and W B respectively the,
4.25  WA  TA
TA  4.25  WA ....(i)
TB  4.70  WB ....(ii)
TB  TA  0.45  WA  WB
 TB  TA  1.5
 WB  TA  1.95 ...(iii)
h h 1
Now,   ( K.E.  mu 2 )
mu 2k.m 2
1
 (K is kinetic energy)
k
B KA
 2
A KB
KA T
 4 A ( K.E.  T)
KB TB
TA
4
TA  1.5
 TA  2eV
TB  0.5eV
WA  2.25eV
WB  4.2eV
4. A
m a m 4  m4
z A  z 2 B  z 1 C
(t1/2 )A  10 month (t1/2 )B  6 month
The radioactive equilibrium is attached then, at equilibrium the ratio of atoms of A and B left is
N A t1/2 A 10
   1.66
N B t1/2 B 6
If half-life of A = 6 month and B is 10 month, then since t1/2 A  t1/2 B or  A   B and thus no
equilibrium will be set.
5. A
(a)  Eq. of O 2  Eq.of Ag
or w O2 / 8  1 ( 1 mole of Ag  1eq. of Ag)
 w O2  8g
Using PV =(w/m) RT for volume of O2, at T = 298 K, P = 750/760 atm
750 8
 VO 2   0.0821 298
760 32
 VO2  6.20 litre
(b) Eq. of O2 = Eq. of Ag.
w O2 8 10 22  108  8 10 22  108 
or  w Ag  
8 6.023  1023 108  6.023  1023 
 w O2  1.063g
Again using PV=(w/m) RT: VO2  0.823 litre
6. A
1
Mole of Mg =
24
These moles of Mg will be converted to Mg+ and Mg2+. Let a mole of Mg+ are formed, then
 1 
a  740    a   2190  50
 24 
 a  0.02845
0.02845
 %of Mg    100  68.28
1 / 24
% of Mg   31.72
7. B
The stability of carbonates increases with increasing electropositive character of metal.
8. B
For 2CH 3COOH   CH 3COOH  2
Before association 1 0
After association 1 – /2
Where,  is degree of association.

 i  1 
2
Given, w = 0.2 g, W=20 g, T = 0.45
12
1000  K f  w  
 T  1    
m W  2
1000  5.12  0.2  
or 0.45   1  
20  60  2

or 1     0.527
2
or   0.946 or 94.6%
9. B
Tf Eab 420
   0.84
Tb Eaf 500
10. D
( Moles  volume at constant P and T)
N 2O4  g   2 NO2  g 
Initial moles a 0
Moles at equilibrium (a –x) 2x
Given original volume = (75/100) or existing volume at equilibrium
Or Initial moles = (75/100)  moles at equilibrium
75
 a a  x
100
25
or x a  0.33 a
75
x

a
 degree of dissociation,
0.33a
  0.33 or 33%
a
11. B
N 2O4  2 NO2
Initial moles 1 0
Moles at equilibrium 1—  2
Where,  is degree of dissociation = 0.503
2 n
 Kp 
n   p 
NO2
 
 n    n 
N 2O4

 2    p 1
1     1   
2
4 2 p 4   0.503   1
Kp  
1   2  1   0.5032 
Again at pressure P, N 2O4  2 NO2
Initial moles 1 0
Moles at equilibrium 1-x 2x
N 2 O4 1  x 1
 
NO2 2x 8
Given
8
 x  0.8
10
Using again,
4 x 2 .P
Kp 
1  x2
2
4   0.8  .P
or 1.355 
1   0.8 2 
 
or P  0.19 atm
12. A
N 2O4 ƒ 2 NO2
Pressure at equilibrium 0.28 1.1
2
 Kp 
 P '   1.1
NO2
2
 4.32 atm
 P '  0.28
N 2O4
If volume of container is doubled, i.e., pressure becomes half, the reaction will also proceed in
the half, the reaction will also proceed in the direction where the reaction shows an increase in
moles, i.e., decomposition of N2O4 is favoured;
N 2O4 ‡ˆ ˆˆ †ˆ 2 NO2
 0.28  1.1 
New pressure at equilibrium  2  P   2  2 P 
Where, N2O4 equivalent to pressure P is used up in doing so.
13. A
pOH   log K b  log

 conjugate acid 
 Base
a
5  4.7  log
b
a
 2  a  2b .........(i)
b
Given, a  b  0.6 ...........(ii)
By Eqs. (i) and (ii), 2b+ b = 0.6
 3b  0.6
or b  0.2 mole  0.2  17  3.4 g / litre
 a  0.4mole  0.4  53.5  21.4 g / litre
Thus,  Salt   0.4 M and  Base   0.2 M
14
14. B
 G  H  T S
For a non-spontaneous reaction G = +ve;
 H  T S  ve
or H  T S or T   H / S 
 S  70 JK 1mol 1
Thus, T   30  103  / 70
T  428.57 K
15. B
16. C
Two possible isomers of C4H9Br are:
CH3 CH2 CH2 CH2 Br CH3 CH CH2 Br
[I]
CH3
o
(1 ) [II]
o
(1 )
According to the question, compound (A) on reaction with sodium does not give the same
product produced by n-butylbromide. So, (A) cannot be [I]
2 CH3 CH2 CH2 CH2 Br +2Na Ether
n-butylbromide
CH3 CH2 CH2 CH2 CH 2 CH2 CH2 CH3

n-octane (not formed in the reaction)
C8H18
Now second must be the correct isomer.

KOH(alc.)
CH3 CH CH2 Br
CH3
Iso-butylbromide
(1-bromo-2-methylpropane) (A)
Br
HBr
CH3 CH CH2 +KBr + H2O CH3 C CH3
CH3 CH3
2-methylpropene 2-bromo-2-methyl propane
(B) (C)
Dry ether
2 CH3 CH CH2 Br +2Na
Wurtz reaction
CH3
CH3 CH3
2,5-dimethylhexane
(C8H18)D
17. B
3o alcohol
O CH3
O CH3
OH
KMnO4/OH-
OH
2o alcohol Cu
O CH3
OH
18. B
O O
+
C CH C CH
(C = O) is electron withdrawing group hence

Pi-electrons are migrated as given
O O
Tautomerises
CH2CHO CH CHOH
19. A
CH3 COOH CH2OH
Alkaline KMnO4 LiAlH4 conc. HCl
oxidation ZnCl2, 
CH3 COOH CH2OH
(A) (B)
CH2Cl CH 2COOH
(i) KCN BaO
(ii) H3O+
CH2Cl CH 2COOH
(C) (D)
CH2COO

Ba O + BaCO3
CH2COO
(E)
20. B
21. D
22. C
16
o
N CH3 No H-atom at N-atm (3 amine) hence, no H-bonding. Thus least
boiling point
23. B
Compound (B) gives violet colour with neutral FeCl3, thus, it is phenol. Compound (C) Gives
blood red colour with neutral FeCl3. Thus, it is CH3COOH
O
CH 3COOH  C6 H 5OH ‡ˆ ˆˆ †ˆ CH3C O C 6H 5
24. A
(i) Since, the given compound with MF C9H10O forms a 2,4-DNP derivative and reduces Tollen’s
reagent, it must be an aldehyde.
(ii) Since, it undergoes cannizzaro reaction, therefore, CHO group is directly attached to the
benzene ring.
(iii) Since, on vigorous oxidation, it gives 1, 2-benzene dicarboxylic acid, there fore, it must be an
ortho substituted benzaldehyde.
COO
[Ag(NH3)2]+OH-
Tollen's reagent CHO
C2H5
3, 4-DNP C2H5
CH NNH NO2
+ H5O 2-ethyl benzaldehyde (MG. C9H10O)
C2H5 COOH
[O]
C2H5
1, 2-benzenedicarboxylic acid
25. B
26. C
27. D
O
CH3
H2O+
CH3CH2 CCH 3 CH3CH2MgI CH3CH2 C C H 2CH3
CH3
o
3 alcohol
28. D
29. A
30. D
Write the reaction of acid & base to get the answer.

SECTION – A
1. A
 x3  x2  x  2 x2
 3 2
x  x  2  x 1 x  2
f  x   2 3
x  x  2  x 0  x 1
x  x  2  x
3 2
x0

3 x 2  2 x  1 x2
 2
3 x  2 x  1 1 x  2
f ' x   2
2 x  3 x  1 0  x 1
3 x 2  2 x  1 x0

f ' x  0 3x2  2 x  1  0  x  , X  2
2 4 1
f ' x  0 3x2  2 x  1  0  x   x  1, ;1  x  2  x  
6 3
f ' x  0 2 x  3x 2 1  0 0<x1
2
 3x  2 x  1  0  x 
f ' x  0 3x2  2 x  1  0 x 0
1
 x  1,  x  1 / 3
3
Also x < 1  f ' x   0 x >1  f ' x   0
 minimum at x = 1.
2. C
x
f  x   x 3  1 f  t  dt
xf '  x   f  x   3x 2  f  x 
f '  x   3x
3x 2 11
f  x   c …..(i) Also, f 1  12   f  t  dt  1
2 11
2
3x  1
 f  x 
2
3. C
Since f '  x   2 f  x   0, x  1
d 2 x

dx
 e  f  x    0, x  1
18
h  x   e 2 x f  x  is increasing in x  1. Now x > 1

 e 2 x f  x   e 2  f 1
 f  x   e2 x2 , x  1
4. A
1 0
 
Since A adj  A  | A | 
0 1 hence K = |A| = 1
 
5. A
 f '  x   x 2 e x  2 x  e x  2e x
 e x  x2  2 x  2 
1
2/3
0 0
-4
f "  x   x 2 e x  x 4e x  xe x  x  4 
2 x
= x e  4  e xe
x x
 x  4   0.
Also f(x) > 0 and f(0) > 0
Hence f(x) > 0 x   4, 0 
Hence no. real roots.
2  x2
 x 2  2 e x  3  x 2  2  3e x 
3
 e x
6. D
f  x   e x  3x2
f '  x   ex  6x
In 6
f " x   e x  6
f " x   0
 ex  6
 x  ln 6.
f "  x   0  e n  6  x  ln 6
7. B
If altitude from O meet the circle at H ' then ortho centre of triangle OAB is the mirror image of
H ' about the line AB.
J
B (3,2)
2 H'
H A
O 1 X
3 x  2 y   x  3   y  2   0
 2 x  y  5  AB
1
y  2 1/ 2 y   x = 2y (OMA’)
2
8. C
1 m 1
 1  x 
n
Let I 2 
0
1 m 1 m
I 2  0 1  x n   0 x n 1  x n 
1
 n m 1 n m 1 
 1  x   1 1  x  
I 2  I1   x  0 
 n  m  1 0 n  m  1 
 
I2
I2 = I1 +
n  m  1
9. B
dy
Now  2x  2  x 1  y 3
dx
Hence point is (1, 3)
10. B
Let z = x + iy
x 2  y 2  2 xiy  ix  y  x 2  y 2  2
2 2
Now x  y   y  x2  y2  2 ….(i)
Also 2 xy  x  0 
x = 0 and y  12
2
Now x = 0,  y   y  | y | 2
 y 2  2 y >0
y 2  y 2
 0, 2 
Also y  0.
 y 2  2 y  2
20
y2  2 y  2  0
 y  1
2
3 
 y   3. hence 0,1  3 
Now y  1/ 2
x 2  1  1  2  x 2  1
4 2 4
9
x 2   x 2  1 , Let x2 = t
4 4
81 9t 1
t2    t  16t 2  56t  77  0
16 2 4
Equation has no any real solution.
11. B
3
y dx  x dy  3 x 2 y 2  e x dx  0
y dx  x dy 3
 2
 3 x 2  e x dx  0
y
x
 d    d ex  0
 y
3
 
x 3
  ex  C
y
12. B
1 d 2 2
h x 
2 dx
 x  1  f '  x  
Hence f  x  have 4 zeros

hence 10.
13. A
1 1
Roots are 1 ,1  1 ,  2 ,1   2 ,  3 ,1   3 , ,
2 2
1 1
Sum = 3   4
2 2
14. B
g  f  x   x  g ' f  x  f ' x   1
1
g '  f  0   1 = g '  4 
f '0 2
Now f ' 1  2   5  161  2  16

37
f  g  x   x
 f ' g  x  g '  x   1
15. A
2 2
Equ of circle is  x  1   y  2     y  2 x   0
n
Put y = 0
x 2  1  2 x  4  2 x  0
x 2  2 x 1     5  0
Now D= 0
2
4 1     20  0
2
1    5
   5 1
x2  y2  2x  4 y   5  1 y  2  5  1 x  0
x2  y2  2x 5  y 5  5   5  0
16. D
  
     
a b b
 
a1  a  b b   2
b
  
    a  b b
 a2  a  a1  a   2
 
b
     
  a  b b   a  b b 
   
Now, a1  a2  
 2 a   2 
b  b 
 
   

 
a b b a 
2
b
17. A
  
| a  b ||  3 c |
 2  2   
 
a  b  2a  b  3 | c |2
  
2a  b  3 | c |2
 
2a  b  1
  
a  b  1 2  cos   1 2   
3
18. B
     
 a  b  b  c    c  a 
    
   b  c  a 
 abc
22
  2
=  abc   16
 
19. A
f  x x f  x
2
 1  1 dt
1 x 1 t
1  x  f '  x   f  x   f 2  x 
1  x  1  x 
dy
1  x   y  y2
dx
dy
1  x   y 2  y
dx
dy dx
2

y  y 1 x
 1 1
  y  1  y  dy  ln(1 + x) + c
 
 y 1 
ln    ln 1  x   c
 y 
1
ln    ln  2   c
 2
 c  2ln 2  ln 1/ 4 
y 1  1  x 
  
y  4 
4 y  4  y 1  x   y  3  x   4
4
y
3 x
4
 f 7   1
37
20. A
 r n  1 n
  Cr  1   Cr
 r 1  r 1
1 n
 n Cr  Cr
r 1
1
On solving we get
n 1
21. A
Since a1  a11  a2  a10  a3  a9  a4  a8
a5  a7  20
22. A
23. C
z1  z2 z1 z
Since 1  1  1 1
z1  z 2 z2 z2
z1
 lies on y – axis.
z2
z 
 arg  1    / 2
 z2 
24. B
Left Z = 2(cos + i sin )
1
z  2  cos   i sin     cos  i sin  
2
5 cos  3
w = h  ik   i sin 
2 2
2h 2k
cos   , sin  
5 3
4 x2 4 y 2
Hence locus is  1
25 9
b 2  a 2 1  e 2 
9 25
  1  e 2 
4 4
e  4/5
25. A
1 2n
Tn  n 1  n 
2  2  1.5 22 n 1  1.5 2n  1
2n 1 2 n 1 2n 2n 2n 1
Tn     
4n  3.2 n  2  2n  2  2n  1  2n 1  1 2n  1 2n 1  1 2n  1
Tn  Vn  Vn 1
T1  V1  V2
T2  V2  V3
Tn  Vn  Vn 1
S n  V2  Vn 1
2n 1 250
Sn  4   4 
2n  1 2 49  1
26. A
m 1/ 2
2 x
 2 x e dx  200   2 x  e dx
2x
0 0
24
m 1/2
2 xe dx  400  xe 2 x dx
2x
0 0
2x m 1/2
 xe 1  x 1 
2  e 2 x   400  e 2 x  e 2 x 
 2 4 0 2 4 0
1 1 1 1 1
 me2 m  e2 m   400  e   e 
2 2 4 4 4
 1 1
e 2 m  m     100
 2 2
e  2m  1  201
2m
2
27. A
Any tangents will be in the form y = mx + c, where c2 = 36m2 – 9
If it passes through (0, 4), then 4 = c
 16  36 m 2  9
5
m   .
6
Hence tangent are 6 y  5 x  24, 6 y  5 x  24
28. C
The given distance is clearly the length of semi major axis
a 2  2b 2
Thus , a
2
 2b 2  a 2  2a 2 1  e 2   a 2
1 1
e2  e
2 2
29. D
Given m + n = 100
Also m.n > 1600
Or m (100 – n) > 1600 on solving
20 , m < 80  21  m  79
Hence total number of favorable ways is 79 – 21 + 1 = 59 hence required probability is 59/99.
30. D
2 2
2
x 1  2
 4   x 2  1
2 2
 4 and 2
x1  2
Since 4  x  3  2
 4
 x12  2 2
hence 2 4 and 4  x  1  2
 4
2
x 2
 1  0  x  1 and x = - 1 hence x = -1
 x 
 sin 2 
sin  x  
x x 
tan  cos 
lim 1  sin  x  2 = lim e  2 
 e 2
x 1 x 1
FULL TEST – V
Paper 1

t h e t es t .
INSTRUCTIONS

on OMR sheet.

marking.
marking.
Enrolment No.
2
Useful Data
PHYSICS
2
CHEMISTRY

= 0.0821 Lit atm K1 mol1
= 1.987  2 Cal K1 mol1
= 6.625  10–27 ergs
1 amu = 1.66  10–27 kg
1 eV = 1.6  10–19 J

N=9, Na=11, Mg=12, Si=14, Al=13, P=15, S=16,
Cl=17, Ar=18, K =19, Ca=20, Cr=24, Mn=25,
Fe=26, Co=27, Ni=28, Cu = 29, Zn=30, As=33,
Br=35, Ag=47, Sn=50, I=53, Xe=54, Ba=56,
Pb=82, U=92.
F=19, Na=23, Mg=24, Al = 27, Si=28, P=31, S=32,
Cl=35.5, K=39, Ca=40, Cr=52, Mn=55, Fe=56, Co=59,
Ni=58.7, Cu=63.5, Zn=65.4, As=75, Br=80, Ag=108,
Sn=118.7, I=127, Xe=131, Ba=137, Pb=207, U=238.
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. Four point charges +q, +q, – q, and – q are placed respectively at corners A, B, C and D of a
square. Then
(A) the potential at the centre O of the square is zero
(B) the electric field at the centre O of the square is zero
(C) If E is the mid-point of side BC, the work done in carrying an electron from O to E is zero
(D) If F is the mid-point of side CD, the work done is carrying an electron from O to F is zero
B
2. In the circuit show in figure, if the galvanometer resistance is 6 ,
C1 = 10 F C2 = 20 F
then in the steady state
(A) no current flows through the galvanometer A C
G = 6
(B) the current through R2 is 4A
(C) the charge on C1 is 80 C. R1 = 16 R1 = 8
(D) the charge on C2 is 80 C

D
12V
3. A thin rod AB of length l carries a current I1. It is placed in the P
magnetic field of a long wire PQ carrying a current I2 as shown in A l1 B

figure l2
 II  l  a
(A) The force experienced by the rod is F  0 1 2 loge  1  l
4  2a 
0I1I2 l Q

(B) The force experienced by the rod is F  loge  1  
4  a 
(C) The rod experiences no torque
(D) The rod experiences a force as well as a torque.
4
y
4. A fly crawls with constant speed v along the radial ê
spoke of a wheel which is rotating with constant angular
speed . Initially the fly starts from centre of the wheel
along x-axis. Then (where r  v  ) v êr
(A) The actual velocity of the fly in fixed frame is 
 Fixed frame
v  veˆ r  reˆ 
(B) The actual velocity of the fly in fixed frame is

v  veˆ r  reˆ 
 v.
(C) The position of fly at any instant r  eˆ r

 vt
(D) The position of fly at any instant r  eˆ r

5. A cubical region of side a has its centre at the origin. It encloses three fixed point charges, -q at
(0, -a/4, 0) + 3q at (0, 0, 0) and -q at (0 + a/4, 0) Choose the correct options(s)
z
a
-q
-q y
3q
3q
x
(A) The net electric flux crossing the plane x = +a/2 is equal to the net electric flux crossing the
plane x =-a/2
(B) The net electric flux crossing the plane y = +a/2 is more than the net electric flux crossing the
plane y =- a/2
(C) The net electric flux crossing the entire region is q/0
(D) The net electric flux crossing the plane z = +a/2 is equal to the net electric flux crossing the
plane x = +a/2
6. Let the energy, magnitude of linear momentum and angular frequency of an electron in hydrogen
atom be E,P and  respectively. If n be the corresponding quantum number, then
(A) E/W varies as n (B) E P/W is independent of n
(C) P W varies as n1/2 (D) E P W is independent of n.
14 6
7. A nitrogen nucleus N7 absorbs a neutron and can be transformed to lithium nucleus Li3 under
suitable condition, after emitting
(A) 4 proton and 3 neutrons
(B) 5 proton and 1 beta particle
(C) 2 alpha particles, 1 neutron and 2 gama photons
(D) 4 protons and 4 neutrons
8. At 0oC a black body placed in 0oC surrounding then it emits

(A) all wavelengths of radiation (B) only visible light
(C) only micro wave radiation (D) no radiation
9. A 100 W bulb B1, and two 60 W bulbs B2 and B3, are connected to a B1 B2
250 V source, as shown in figure. Now W 1, W 2 and W 3 are the output
powers of the bulbs B1, B2 and B3, respectively. Then
(A) W1  W2  W3 (B) W1  W2  W3
(C) W1  W2  W3 (D) W1  W2  W3 B3
250V
10. A block of mass m is placed on a prims of mass M. The inclined

m
surface is smooth and inclination with horizontal is . The
horizontal surface is sufficiently rough to prevent slipping of prism.
The body of mass m is coming down the inclined face then
M
(A) Acceleration of body along the inclined surface is g sin 
1 
(B) Frictional force is mgsin 2
2
mg
(C) Maximum frictional force is
2
(D) Friction force will be maximum when   450
6
SECTION – C
9 (both inclusive).
1. Water flows vertically down ward out of a round nozzle of radius r0 with a
speed u0. Which is not quite large for some distance below nozzle the flow
in water laminar stream over this distance the stream radius ry as a
1/  u0 r0 y
function of the distance of belong the nozzle is ry  r0 1  y  .
Value of    is take value of u20 / g  1 .
2. A 60 cm metal rod M1 is joined to another 100 cm metal rod M2 to form an L shaped single piece
This piece is hung on a ply at the joint. The two rods are observed to be equality inclined to the
vertical. The two rods are equally thick. If the ratio of density M1 to that of M2 is  , then value of
18
is
25
3. A black surface at constant high temperature TH is parallel

to another black plane surface at a constant lower
temperature TL (enclose vacuum in between). A heat shield
consisting of two thin black plates is placed between the TH TL
warm and the cold surfaces and parallel to these. After
J
some time steady state is achieved. The value of   0
J
is (Jo is initial heat current and J is final current)
4. The velocity filter of a mass spectrometer uses a uniform E = 100 v/m and a magnetic field
B1  2 102 T below filter at the uniform magnetic filed of induction 8 102 used to deflect the
beam above filter. Both the beams are +e charged having mass numbers 20 and 22 pass through
o
the filter and make a 180 turn in the deflecting filed. If the distance between the points S1 & S2 is
d, then find the approximate (integer) value of 2d?
1amu
(Value of  108 SI unit ) (Note: spectrometer does not changes speed of ions)
e
S1 S2
d
5. A quarter cylinder of radius R and refractive index 1.5 is placed

on a table as shown in figure. For what value of 3m, a ray
from P will emerge parallel to table? Assume small aperture.
P R
mR
6. A material with uniform restively  is formed in the w w

shape of a wedge as shown. The resistance of wedge

across length L is R  ln  ' . Then find the value of
L y2
 y1
 L L L
  ' .  y  ,y 2  ,W  
6 
 3 6 6
8
7. A uniformly thick plate in the shape of an arrowhead has dimension

as shown. The centre of mass lies at a distance x cm from O. The
value of x is 6 cm
O
6 cm
3 cm
8. A long flexible inextensible rope of uniform mass density  v

is being pulled on a rough floor with horizontal force F in F
such a way that the lower part is at rest and upper part
moves with constant speed v as shown, the magnitude of F
will be (in N) .    1 kg / m,v  2m / s 
9. Consider an infinite ladder net work as shown R1 R1

in figure A voltage is applied between points A C
A
and B. If the voltage is hawed after each
section, find the ratio R2/R1. …….. 
R2 R2
B
D
10. Value of electric field at centre of charged hemisphere is ……… N/C if it has uniform charged
density   8 o c / m2 at surface.
SECTION – A
1. A system is changed from an initial state to a final state by a manner such that if the same
change from the initial state to the final state were made by a different path, which of the following
statements are correct for H system?
(A) remain the same
(B) will depend upon the type of path
(C) Heat exchanged q will be same if the path is isobaric
(D) Heat exchanged q will be different if the path is not isobaric
2. Which of the following are correct regarding the products of the given reaction?
Products
(A) only X and Z are formed (B) Y > Z (amount)

(C) X > Y (amount) (D) Y > X (amount)
10
3. Which of the following pairs of nitrates give the same gaseous products on thermal
decomposition?
(A) KNO3 and Pb(NO3)2 (B) KNO3 and NaNO3
(C) Pb(NO3)2 and Cu(NO3)2 (D) NaNO3 and Ca(NO3)2
4. KO2 finds use in oxygen cylinders used for space and submarines. The fact(s) related to such
use of KO2 is/are:
(A) it produces O2 (B) It produces O3
(C) It absorbs CO2 (D) It absorbs both CO and CO2
5. Which of the following are correct?

(A)
1.O 3

2 . Zn,H 2 O
 OHC–CH2CH2CH2–CHO
H H
(B) O
C6H5C–OOH
CH2Cl2 H H
H H
O
(C)
KMnO 4

cold dilute solution

 H H
H H
OH OH
(D) O O
KMnO 4

– 
OH ,heat –O—CCH CH CH C—O–
2 2 2
H H
6. Which of the following statements are correct about stability of chelates–

(A) As the number of rings in complex increases, stability of chelate also increases
(B) A chelate having five membered ring is more stable if it contains double bonds.
(C) A chelate having six membered ring is more stable than if it does not contain double bonds.
(D) Chelating ligands are at least bidentate ligands.
7. Which of the following is/are extracted by electrolytic reduction?

(A) Cu (B) Al
(C) Mg (D) Ag
8. Choose the incorrect statement:

(A) Salicylic acid (o–Hydroxybenzoic acid) is much stronger acid than its m-,p-isomers and
benzoic acid itself.
(B) Acidity of salicylic acid is due to steric inhibition of resonance, as – OH group forces – COOH
out of the plane of ring
(C) The orbitals which are in the same plane take part in resonance
(D) All the resonating structures have real existence
9. Rotation around the bond (between the underlined atoms) is restricted in:
(A) C2H4 (B) H2O2
(C) C2H2 (D) C2H6
10. Select the coloured compound(s):

(A) K 2Cr2O7 (B) CuSO4 .5H2O
(C)  V  H 2 O 6  Cl 3 (D)  Cu  NH 3  4  SO 4
SECTION – C
9 (both inclusive).
1. Find the total number of species having planar shape.

I3 , XeF4 ,SF4 , C 2 F4 , H 2O 2 , BrF5 ,SO3 , NOCl, ClF3 , F2CO, XeF5
2. How many moles of Grignard reagent are consumed in given compound?

O OEt
C Cl O
EtO C H
SH
HO O
12
3. How many monochloro compounds including stereoisomers will give propene on treatment with
Mg/ether followed by H2O ?
4. Find the sum of optically active isomers of both  Pt  gly 2 Cl 2  and  Co  en  2 Cl 2  .
5. A polyhydric alcohol is acylated by using ethanoyl chloride in presence of alkali. It was observed
that molecular mass of alcohol is increased to 237% on acylation. If the molecular mass of
polyhydric alcohol is 92, then the number of –OH groups present in polyhydric alcohol are____
6. For the synthesis of ammonia at 300 K :

N2(g) + 3H2 (g) 
 2NH3(g)
Calculate the value of  G° in Kcal and give your answer in magnitude by using the following data:
N2 H2 NH3
°
 H f (Kcal/mole) 0 0 -10
 S° (Cal/K-mole) 40 30 45
7. Calculate the change in pressure (in atm) when 2 mole of NO and 16 g O2 in a 6.25 litre originally
at 27°C react to produce the maximum quantity of NO2 possible according to the equation.
1
2NO(g) + O2(g)  2NO2(g) (Take R = ltr. Atm/mol K)
12
8. Electrons in a sample of H  atoms make transitions from state n = x, to some lower excited state.
The emission spectrum from the sample is found to contain only the lines belonging to a particular
series. If one of the photons had an energy of 0.6375 eV. Then find the value of x.
3
[Take 0.6375 eV = × 0.85eV]
4
9. If the atomic number of the inert gas is XY in which the total number of d-electrons is equal to the
difference in the number of total p- and s- electrons. Find |X-Y|.
10. For the reaction 3A  g   2B  g   2C  g  , starting with pure A, pressure after 9 min was 387.5
mm of Hg and after a long time was 400mm of Hg. Calculate half life of A in min.

SECTION – A
 1   1   x  
1. If 2f  x  xf    2f  2 sin   x     4cos2    x cos , x  R  0 , then which of the
 x    
4   
 2  x
following statement(s) is/are true?
 1
(A) f 2  f    1 (B) f 2  f 1  0
 2 
 1  1
(C) f 2  f 1  f   (D) f 1 f   f 2  1
 2   2 
2. Let ABC be a non obtuse triangle such that AB > AC & B  45o . Let O and I denote the
circumcenter and incentre of ABC respectively. Suppose that 2OI  AB  AC, then the
possible values of sin BAC is/are
4 2 2
(A) 1/ 2 (B)
2
4 2 2
(C) (D) 1/2
2
x y z
3.    1 intersects the coordinate axis at points A, B and C resp. If PQR has midpoints A,
a b c
B, & C then
(A) centroid of ABC & PQR coincide
(B) foot of normal to ABC from O is circumcentre of PQR
(C) area PQR  2 a2 b2  b2c 2  c 2a2
(D) incentres of ABC and PQR coincide
14
4. x  y  a, y  z  b, x. b  , x . y  1& y.z  1 then

a b 1 
(A) y  (B) x  y  a  y 
 y 2  
1  1 
(C) z  y  b  y  (D) x  y  a  y 
y 2    2  
1
1
 C7 x200 1 x dx is equal to
7
5. If the value of the definite integral 207
where k  N , then k is
0
k
divisible by
(A) 13 (B) 16
(C) 9 (D) 52
6. A function f : R  R satisfies the equation f  x  y  f  x  f  y  x, y  R & is continuous through

n
out the domain. If I1  I2  I3  I4  I5  450 where In  n f  x dx , then

0
(A) f  x  4x (B) f  x  2x
(C) f ' 0  4 (D) f ' 0  2
7.   
A a ,B b ,C c are position vector of vertices of ABC such that
a.b  a.c  a.a  b.c. Also b  c  a  b  2 a  c . Inradius of triangle is 1 unit, then which of
the following statement is/are correct?
(A) sin2 B  sin2 C  1 where B = ABC & C = ACB
(B) Diameter of circumcircle of ABC is 5 units
(C) Area of ABC is 6 sq. units
Area of ABC
(D) 2
semi perimeter of ABC
8. The curves y  ax 3  4x a  0 & xy  1 touch each other at points P and Q, where P is in first
quadrant. A triangle is formed by drawing a tangent to y  ax 3  4x at point Q and coordinate
axes. Then which of the following is/are correct?
(A) The value of a is – 4
(B) The area of the triangle formed is 2
(C) The value of a is – 2
(D) The area of the triangle formed is 1
 
1
 1  1   
9. 
If the value of definite integral  cot 1
cot
x  dx  2  a  b  ,
2   

 1 x  
1  x 2 
x
  c 
 
1
where a, b, c,  N in their lowest form then

(A) a = 1 (B) b = 2
(C) a = 2 (D) b = 1
0   a b 
Let A    &  A  I  50A    then
50
10.
0 0   c d
   
(A) a + d =2 (B) a + b = 1
(C) b + c = 0 (D) a+ d = 1
SECTION – C
9 (both inclusive).
tan1 tan2 tan1024  

1.   .......   tan   tan, then    .........,
 1000 
 G.I.F .
cos 2 cos 4 cos 2048
2. A triangle ABC has positive integer sides, A  2B and C  90o , then the minimum length of
the perimeter of ABC is 70 + K then K is equal to
16
7  7C 14 
    C  Cr  is  k  . Then k is
k r 14 k 1
3. The value of
k 0
14
Ck r k
k

1
sin1 x 2 n
4. If the value of x dx is  where n  N , then the value of is
0
2
 x 1 n 27
5. The sum of the following n term series for   30o

 n  1
n
cos2   cos2  cos 2  cos3  cos3  .....  cosn  cos n is n  1sin   , then k is
 6  k 
6. A tourist takes a trip through a city in stages each stage consist of three segments of length 100
meters separated by right turns of 60o. Between the last segment of one stage and first segment
o
of the next stage, the tourist makes a left turn of 60 . The distance the tourist will be from his
initial position after 2017 stages is 100 k. Then k is
7. Let A n n  N be a matrix of order 2n  12n  1 such that aij  0 i  j &

th th
aij  n  i  1 2n i  j , where aij denotes the element of i row & j column of An. Let Tn =
2
 102 
  Tn 
 n1 
1  (sum of all the element of An). Then the value of   , where. represents the G.I.F,
n
520200 
 
 
is
8. The minimum area bounded by the function y  f  x and y  kx  9, k  R , where f satisfies

the relation f  x  y   2f x   xf  y   y f  x x,y  R & f ' 0  0 is 9 A, value of A is
9. Let f  x be a differentiable function such that f '  x is symmetrical about the line 2x = 5 and f(1) =
3
2, f(4) = 6 then  f  x dx is equal to

2
10. If the radius of circumcircle of the TPQ where PQ is the chord of contact corresponding to point
T with respect to circle x 2  y 2  2x  4y  11  0 is b units. Then the minimum distance of T from
director circle of the given circle is 12  4 x , then k is equal to
FIITJEE
JEE(Advanced)-2017
FULL TEST – V
(Paper-1)
1. A, C A, C, D A, B, C
2. A, C, D B, D A, C
3. B, D B, C A, B, C
4. A, C A, C A, B, C
5. A, C, D A, B, C, D A, B, C, D
6. A, B A, D A, C
7. C B, C A, B, C
8. A B, D A, B
9. D A, C C, D
10. A, B, D A, B, C, D A, B, C
1. 6 7 2
2. 2 6 7
3. 3 4 6
4. 5 8 4
5. 4 3 2
6. 8 8 2
7. 1 2 2
8. 4 8 8
9. 2 3 4
10. 2 3 2
2
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. A, C
Refer to figure. potential at O is
1 q q q q
V0     0
40  r r r r 
+q +q
A B
r
r
r r
D C
-q F -q
2
a
Refer to fig. again (AE)2  a2   
2
5a2 5a 5a a a
 , giving AE  . Similarly DE  and BE  ,CE  . Potential at E is
4 2 2 2 2
1  q q q q 
VE     0
40  AE BE DE CE 
Work done in carrying a charge – e from O to E is
W  e(VE  V0 )
  e(0  0)  0
Potential at F is
1  q q q q 
VF    
40  AF BF DF CF 

Now, AF  BF  5 a / 2 and CF = DF = a/2

Putting these values, we get
q  1 
VF    1
0 a  5 
Work done is carrying a charge – e from O to F is
W  e  VF  V0   eVF
qe  1 
 1 
0a  5
Hence the correct choice is (a) and (c).
2. A, C, D
In the steady state, no current flows through the branch ABC containing the capacitors. Thus all
the current flows through ADC. So choice (a) is correct. Current through R1 = current through R2
= I = 12/24 = 0.5 A. Now p.d. across A and C = 12 V. Therefore Q  V1C1  V2C2 . Thus
V1 C2
 =2. Also V1  V2  12 . Therefore, V1 = 8 V and V2 = 4V. Thus
V2 C1
Q  C1V1  10F  8V  80C  charge on C2. Thus the correct choices are (a), (c) and (d)
3. B, D
Consider a small element of length dx of the rod at a distance x from wire PQ as shown in figure.
The magnetic field use to wire PQ at the element is
P
x
l1
a
A B
dx
l2
l
Q
0I1I2 dx
dF  BI1 dx 
2x
 Total force experienced by the rod is
F  dF 
x (a  l)
0I1I2 dx

22 
x a
x
 II al
 0 1 2 loge  
2  a 
Now, the magnetic field B is not uniform; it decreases as we go from and A to end B of the rod.
Hence the rod will also experience a torque. Thus the correct choices are (b) and (d).
4. A, C
   v
v  veˆ r  reˆ  , t  , r  eˆ
 
5. A, C, D
Using Gauss theorem.
6. A, B
1 1 1
a,b as E  2
,P  & W  3
n n n
7. C
17
N7  6Li3 + 2 2He4 + 0n1 + 2 
8. A
From black body radiation concept.
9. D
The resistances of bulbs B1, B2 and B3 respectively are
4
V 2 (250)2
R1    625
W1 100
(250)2
R2   1042  R3
60
Voltage across B3 is V3 = 250 V
VR1
Voltage across B1 is V1 
(R1  R2 )
250  625
  93.7V
(625  1042)
Voltage across B2 is V2  250  93.7  156.3V
V12 (93.7)2
W1    14W
R1 625
(156.3)2
Power output W2   23W
1042
(250)2
W3   60W
1042
Hence W1  W2  W3 , which is choice (D)
10. A, B, D
F1 N
a0
F
a0  gsin 
F  Nsin , N  mgcos 
1
 F  mgsin2
2
SECTION – C
1. 6
A 1V1  A 2 V2
 r 
2

Vy   0  u0
 ry 
ro
By Bernoulli’s theorem
p 1 2 p 1
 Vy  gh1   u02  gh2
 2  2 y
1/4
 2gy 
 ry  r0 1  2 
1/4 h2
 r0 1  2y 
 u0  ry
   6
2. 2
A  0 A
m2 g 2 sin 45  m1g1 sin 45
o o
........... (1)
m1  1 1, m2  2  2 45o 45o 1
2
From (1),
1 12  2 22
2 m2g m1g
1  5  25
   
2 3 9
18
x 2
25
3. 3
In steady state heat flow will be same across each sheet.
Now J   TH4  T14  A
J J
J   T14  T24  A TH TL
J
J   T24  TL4  A
Now 3J   TH4  TL4   Jo
Jo T1 T2
3
J
4. 5
Speed of ions
E
V  1  5000 m s1
B1
m v m v 
S1S2  2 r2  r1   2  2  1 
 qB qB 
2  5000 amu
 22  20
B e
104
  2 108
8 102
1
d  102 m  2.5mm
4
5. 4
For plane surface.
n1 n n2  n1
 2 
mR v R1
n1  1,n2  1.5 1 R1    v  1.5mR
For curve surface
n1 n n  n1 P R
 2  2 mR
1.5mR  R  R
n2  1,n1  1.5
4
m ,3m  4
3
6
6. 8
dx y y
dR     1 dx
wy x r Lr
y1
dx   L  r  L  r
L
y
R    In y2
0 wy wy1 r 
y2 L y 36 L
Now r = L R= In 1  In2 x r
y1  y 2 w  y1  y 2  y 2 L
7. 1
A1 x1  A 2 x 2
x cm 
A1  A 2
1
A1   6  9  27cm2
2
1
A 2   6  3  9cm2
2
X1  0, X 2  2
27  0  9 2
Xcm   1cm
27  9
8. 4
dm
Fv  v 2
dt
4N
9. 2
VAB  X
R2 x
R1  x
R2  x
VAB  2Vcd
 VAC  VCD
R2 x
 R1 
R2  x
Now 2R x  x
R1R2 R
R1   2 2
R2  2R1 R1
10. 2

Ec   2N / C
4 o
SECTION – A
1. A, C, D
H is a state function so it is independent of path.
2. B, D
The yield of product will depend on stability of the carbocation. Carbocation corresponding to (y)
is more stable than (z) as well as (x).
3. B, C
KNO3 
 KNO 2  O2
NaNO3 
 NaNO2  O2
Cu NO3 2 
 CuO  NO2
Pb(NO3 )2 
 PbO  NO2
4. A, C
Fact.
5. A, B, C, D
(A) bond cleavage takes place as a result of reductive ozonolysis.
(B) epoxidation
(C) syn addition
(D) oxidative cleavages in basic medium
6. A, D
Fact.
7. B, C
Highly electropositive metal are extracted by electrolytic reduction.
8. B, D
Fact.
9. A, C
Rotation is restricted about   bond .
10. A, B, C, D
Fact.
SECTION – C
1. 7
I3 , XeF4 ,C2F4
SO3 ,NOCl,ClF3
F2 CO,
2. 6
8
O O
C OEt 2 moles, C H 1 mole
OH 1 mole, SH 1 mole,
Epoxide – 1 mole so total 6 moles.
3. 4
Cl, , Cl (E & Z)
Cl
4. 8
Pt gly  Cl  and Co en Cl  have 6 & 2 optically active isomers respectively.
 2 2   2 2 
5. 3
O
ROH + CH3COCl R O C CH3
In the above reaction molecule wt. of product is increased by 42 units.

So if n, - OH groups were present in the compound then increase in molecule wt. will be 42 n
increase in mass of compound  218  92  126
42n  126  n  3
6. 8
HR0  2 H0f NH3   3 H0f H2   H0f H2   20Kcal
SR0  2 S0f NH3   3 S0f H2   S0f N2 
 2  45  3  30  40  40 cal  0.04 Kcal
G0  H0  TS0  8 K cal
7. 2
2NO  O2 
 2NO2
2 0.5 0
2 1 0 1
ni  2.5, nf  2
n  0.5
nRT 0.5  0.0821 300
P   2
v 6.25
8. 8
3
E   0.85eV
4
 1 1 1
0.85 1   13.6  2  2 
 4 
4 n 
n8
9. 3
S  e  8
P  e  18
Pe  Se  10
de  10
At.No  36
63  3
10. 3
3A  g   2B  g   2C  g 
t=0 3P 0 0
t=9 3P–3P1 2P1 2P1
t=  0 2P 2P
Total pressure after long time = 4P = 400  P = 100
Pressure after 9 minutes = 3P + P1 = 387.5  P1 = 87.5
Pressure of A becomes one-eighth in 9 minutes. That means 3t1/2 = 9  t1/2 = 3
10

SECTION – A
1. A, B, C
Replace x by 2, we get
 1
2f 2  2f    2f 1  4 ...........i
 2 
 1
 f 2  f    2  f 1
 2 
Replace x by 1, f 1  1 ....ii
1  1  1 5
Replace x by ,2f    f 2  2  ......iii
2  2 2  2
 1 
Solving (i) & (iii) f    0,f 2  1
 2 
2. A, C
B 
sinB 
1
2
, tan   
 2   2 1 
2 sin A  cos A 
& sinC  sin 135o  A  
2
c  ab B
r tan  
2  2 
R  
2  1 sin A  sin C  sinB
OI  R  2Rr
2

OI2  R 2 1 2sin A  2sinC  2 sinB  2 1  .............ii
& 2OI  AB  AC
OI2  C  2 sin A  sinC  sinB  
2  1 ...........iii
From i & ii,we obtain

2 sinC  sinB  1 2 sin A  sinC  sinB
2
 2  1
 1 2 sinC  sinB  sin A  sinC  sinB 2  1
2
 1 2sin C  2 2 sinC  1  2 sin A  sinC 2  1  2  2 

2
 sin A  cos A   2sin A  cos A   2 2  2 sin A  2  2 sin A  cos A 
 2  2 
 1 2sin A cos A   2  2 sin A  2 cosB  2 2  2 
  2 sin A  1 2 cos A  2  1  0
1 1 2 4 22
 sin A  & cos A   sin A 
2 2 2
3. A, B, C
AC  PR & 2AC  PR
So, ABPC is a parallelogram comparing the coordinates of Q
midpoints of diagonal, we get
P a,b,c  Q a,b,c  & R a,b,c  . C A
Also AD & AP are medians of ABC and PQR
respectively.
So, centroids are coinciding. The perpendicular bisector of P R
B
PR is also perpendicular to AC.
 the circumcenter of PQR is orthocentre of ABC
area PQR  4area ABC
OAB  OBC  OAC

2 2 2
4
Where OAB is the area of projection of ABC on the plane
XOZ etc.
4. A, B, C
x  y b  a b
  x. b.y   y . b x  a  b
 .y   y . b.x  a  b  x.b  

y.b  y.y  z  0
a b
y

 
 x y  y  a y
  x.y .y   y.y  x  a  y
 x.y  1
2
 y  y x  a y
1  y  a  y
x  
y2
y  z y  b  y
 y z  z. y .y  b  y
2
 y2 z  y  b y
1 
z y  b  y 
y2  
5. A, B, C, D
x 200 1 x  dx
1 7
I  207
C7
0
II I
 201  11
7 x
C7 1 x  ,   7 1 x .x 201dx

6
 207
 
201 0 207 0

1
7
1 x x 201dx
201 0
6
207 C7
12
Similarly by applying integration by part 6 times we get

1
7.6.5.4.3.2.1
201.202.203......207 0
I 207 C7 . x 207 dx
207! 7! 1
 . ..............
7!200! 201!202.203 207....208
1 1
 
208 k
6. A, C
f  x  kx
1 2
1. kxdx  2 kxdx

0 0
3 4 5
3  kxdx  4  kxdx  5. kxdx

0 0 0
k3
 1  23  33  43  53 
2 
k 56
2
  
2  3 
225K

2
225K
given  450
2
k 4
7. A, B, C
  
a. b  a  c b  a  0  C
AC. AB  0
a
Also a  c  2b  i & b2  c 2  a2 b
b2  a  c a  c   2b a  c 
A c B
 b  2 a  c   ii
From i & ii we get
a b c
  
5 4 3
6 2
 Inradius = 1   1   1
6
 a  5,b  4,c  3
8. A, B
At the point of contact of two functions their value are equal and their derivatives are equal.
f  x   gx  & f ' x   g' x 

1 1
ax 3  4x  & 3ax 2  4  
x x2
1
 x2 
2
 a  4
 1   1 
 P  , 2  & Q  , 2 
 2   2 
Area of triangle formed by any tangent to rectangular hyperbola xy  c 2 with coordinate axis
equal to 2c 2
 Area  2
9. C, D
1
 1  1
1  x
 cot   cot dx
 1 x  
1  x 2 
2 x
1
 
1
   
 
 cot1 
1 x
  cot 1    dx
 1 x    
 
2 x
1
 1  x 2

 
 
1  1
1
x x  dx
2I   cot 1
cot    cot1
2  
1 x  1  x  1  x 
x 2x
2

 
1
1
1
2I    cot1 dx
1 1 x 2
1
2I    tan1 1 x 2 dx
1
Integrating by parts

1  x 
I   x tan1 1 x 2    
1
x 
2 
 dx
2 0 0
1  1 x  1 x 2 
1
 x 2 dx
2 0 2  x 2  1 x 2
I put x = sin, dx = cos d
 /2
 sin2 
2 0 2  sin2 
 d
 /2
 sin2   2  2
2 0 2  sin2 
 d
 /2 / 2
 d
 
2 0
d   
2  sin2 
0
 /2
2 sec 2 d
  
4 0
2 tan2   2  tan2 
14

2 dk
   2 tan   k 
4 0
k 2

2 1  1 k 
  .  tan 
4 2  2  0
2 2
 
4 2 2
 1  2 
 2  
 4 
10. A, B, C
0  
A 
0 0 
 
 0   0  
A2    
0 0  0 0 
  
0 0 
 
0 0 
 
 A3  0
 A  I  A 3  3A 2  3A  I
3
 A  I  50A  I
50
 1 0
 A  I  50A   
50

0 1
SECTION – C
1. 2
tan  tan  1 tan2 
  tan2  tan 
cos 2 1 tan2 
 tan2  tan1   tan 4  tan2  ...............  tan 2048  tan1024
 tan 2048  tan1
2. 7
sin A  sin2B  sin A  2sinB cosB
Also, sinC = sin3B = 3 sinB  4 sin3B
 a  2bcosB,c  b 3  4 sin2 B  b 4cos2 B  1
hence a2  b b  c 
A triangle of smallest perimeter means gcda,b,c   1 .
In fact gcd b,c   1 since any common factor of b, c would be a factor of a as well.
2
 A perfect square a is being expressed as the product of two relatively prime integers b and c,
it must be the case that both b & b + c are perfect squares. Thus for some integer m & n with
gcd  m, n   1 we have
b  m2 & b  c  n2 ,a  mn
n a
2cosB  
m b
 C  90o  O  B  30o
n
& 3  2cosB   2
m
The smallest value of (m, n) that satisfies the above mentioned conditions are 4 and 7.
3. 6
7 7C 14
r 14 
  14
k 0
k
k 14  k 
r K

k r  k r 14  r 
7 14  7
   7 Ck  14K C7k    7 Ck 214k

k 0  r k  k 0
 1
7 k
 214  7 Ck    67  76
k 0
 2 
4. 4
1
sin1 x
I  dx .....i
0
x2  x  1
sin1 1 x
1
 dx
1 x  1 x  1
2
0
1
cos1 x
 dx ..............ii
0
x2  x  1
Addingi & ii
1
 1
2I  
2 0 x  x 1
2
dx
 1  1  2x  1
1
2I  . tan  
2  3    3 
   0
 2 
2
2I 
3 3
2
I
108
n  108
5. 2
z  cos  cos   isin 
n
z  z n1
 zk 
k 1 1 z
n
 cos  cosk  isink

k 1
k
cos  cos   isin   cosn1  cos n  1   isin n  1  


sin2   icos  sin 
16
icos  cos   isin   cosn 1  cos n  1   isin n  1 


sin  cos   isin 
 cosn1  cosn  isinn
 i cot   
 sin  
sinn cosn1   cosn1  cosn 
  icot   
sin   sin  
n
sinn cosn1 
 cos  cos k 
k
k 1 sin 
For = 30o
n1
n  3 
 2 sin  
6  2 
6. 2
In one stage the tourist traverses the complex number
2
x  100  100z  100z  100  100 3i
 
where z  cos  isin
3 3
In 2017 stages, the tourist traverses the complex number
W  x  xz  xz 2  .....  xz 2016
1 z 2017 
 x   
 1 z 
 xz
W  xz  200
7. 2
aij  0i  j
aij  n  1  ii  j
2
 sum of all the elements of An

2n1
  n  1  i
2
i1
 
 2n  1n  1  2n  1 n
2
 2n3  3n2  3n  1
 n3  n  1
3
Tn  1 n3  n  1 
n 3
 
n1
 1 n3  1 n  1
n 3
 Vn  Vn1
102 102
  Tn    Vn  Vn1   V102  V0  102
3
n1 n1
 102 
  Tn 
 n1 
 2
 520200 
 
 
8. 8
f x  h  f  x  0
f '  x   lim
x  h
2f  x  xf h  h f  x  2f  x  xf 0  0 f  x
 lim
x  h
As f (0) = 0
 f h  f 0 
 lim x    f  x 
h 0 
 h  0 
f '  x   f x 
f '  x
 dx   dx  2 f  x  x  C
f  x
x2
f  x 
4
when   0, area is minimum
9
Required min area = 2 2 ydy
0
 72 sq. unit
9. 4
5  5 
f '   x   f '  x 
 2   2 
5
Replacing x by x
2
f '  x   f ' 5  x   F x   F 5  x   C
 C  f  x   f 5  x 
C8
3 3
I   f x  dx   f 5  x dx
2 2
3
 2I   f  x   f 5  x  dx
2
3
  8dx  I  4
2
10. 2
 x  1   y  2  32
2 2
P
 x  1   y  2  16
2 2
S O
TS  OT  SO  12  4 2
FULL TEST – V
Paper 2

t h e t es t .
INSTRUCTIONS
on OMR sheet.

(i) Section-A (01 to 10) contains 10 multiple choice questions which have one correct answer.
Section-A (17 – 20) contains 4 Matching Lists Type questions: Each question has four
statements in LIST I & 4 or 5 statements in LIST II. The codes for lists have choices (A), (B), (C),
(D) out of which only one is correct. Each question carries +3 marks for correct answer and
– 1 mark for wrong answer.
Enrolment No.
2
Useful Data
PHYSICS
2
CHEMISTRY

= 0.0821 Lit atm K1 mol1
= 1.987  2 Cal K1 mol1
= 6.625  10–27 ergs
1 amu = 1.66  10–27 kg
1 eV = 1.6  10–19 J

N=9, Na=11, Mg=12, Si=14, Al=13, P=15, S=16,
Cl=17, Ar=18, K =19, Ca=20, Cr=24, Mn=25,
Fe=26, Co=27, Ni=28, Cu = 29, Zn=30, As=33,
Br=35, Ag=47, Sn=50, I=53, Xe=54, Ba=56,
Pb=82, U=92.
F=19, Na=23, Mg=24, Al = 27, Si=28, P=31, S=32,
Cl=35.5, K=39, Ca=40, Cr=52, Mn=55, Fe=56, Co=59,
Ni=58.7, Cu=63.5, Zn=65.4, As=75, Br=80, Ag=108,
Sn=118.7, I=127, Xe=131, Ba=137, Pb=207, U=238.
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
for its answer, out of which only ONE is correct.
1. A heavy nucleus at rest breaks into two fragments which fly off with velocities in the ratio of 8 : 1.
The ratio of the radii of the fragments (assumed spherical) is
(A) 1 : 2 (B) 1 : 4
(C) 4 : 1 (D) 2 : 1
2. Monochromatic light of wavelength  emerging from slit

S illuminates slits S1 and S2 which are placed with
S2
respect to S as shown in Fig. 27.5. The distances x and d
D are large compared to the separation d between the P
S S1
slits. If x = D/2, the minimum value of d so that there is
a dark fringe at the centre P of the screen is Screen
X D
D 2D
(A) (B)
3 3
D
(C) D (D) 2
3
3. A particle free to move along the x-axis has potential energy given by
U(x)  k[1  exp( x 2 )] for   x  
where k is a constant of appropriate dimension.
Then
(A) at points away from the origin, the particle is in unstable equilibrium
(B) for any finite nonzero value of x, there is a force directed away from the origin
(C) if its total mechanical energy is k/2, it has its minimum kinetic energy at the origin
(D) for small displacements from x = 0, the motion is simple harmonic
4
4. Three rods of the same length are arranged to form an equilateral triangle. Two rods are made of
the same material of coefficient of linear expansion 1 and the third rod which forms the base of
the triangle has coefficient of expansion  2 . The altitude of the triangle will remain the same at
all temperatures if the 1 /  2 is nearly
(A) 1 (B) 1/2
(C) 1/4 (D) 4
5. In the figure, the wedge is pushed with an acceleration of

10 3 m / s1 . It is seen that the block starts climbing upon the
1m
smooth inclined face of wedge. What will be the time taken by the
block to reach the top?
2 1
(A) s (B) s
5 5 300
1m
5
(C) 5s (D) s
2
6. A thin uniform annular disc (see figure) of mass M has outer radius P
4R and inner radius 3R. The work required to take a unit mass from 4R
point P on its axis to infinity is
2GM 2GM
(A)
7R

4 2 5  (B) 
7R
4 2 5   3R 4R
GM 2GM
(C)
4R
(D)
5R
2 1  
7. A bi-convex lens is formed with two thin planoconvex lenses as n = 1.5 n = 1.2
shown in the figure. Refractive index n of the first lens is 1.5 and that
of the second lens is 1.2. Both the curved surface are of the same
radius of curvature R = 14 cm, For this Bi-convex lens, for an object
distance of 40 cm, the image distance will be
(A) -280.0 cm (B) 40.0 cm R = 14 cm
(C) 21.5 cm (D) 13.3 cm
131 131
8. The half-life of I is 8 days. Given a sample of I at time t = 0, we can conclude that
(A) no nucleus will decay before t = 4 days
(B) no nucleus will decay before t = 8 days
(C) all neclei will decay before t = 16 days
(D) a given nucleus may decay any time after t = 0
9. Which of cases have a non zero net torque activity on the rod about its centre?
F
30o
g
30o
(i)
F (ii
Force are applied on rod )
Rod sliding on smooth ground
F F
30o 30o (iv)

(Cube is pulled on smooth surface and
(iii) moving with constant acceleration)
(A) In case (i), (ii) (B) In case (ii), (iv), (i)

(C) In case (i) & (iii) (D) In all case
10. Three moles of an ideal monatomic gas performs a cycle shown 2 3

in figure then temperature of the gas is different states asked as
1, 2, 3 and 4 in figure are 400, 700, 2500 & 1100 K respectively P
(A) value of  P2 / P1  V4 / V3 1
4
(B) value of P2 / P1  V3 / V4
(C) work done = 14 J
(D) work done  18.247J V
6
Comprehension Type
correct.
A pair of parallel horizontal conducting rails of negligible resistance shorted

at one end is fixed on a table. The distance between the rails is L. A
L R
conducting massless road of resistance R can slide on the rails without
friction. The rod is tied to a massless string which passes over a pulley
m
fixed to the edge of the table. A mass m, fixed to the other end of the string,
hang vertically. A constant magnetic field B exists perpendicular to the
table. The system is released from rest.
11. The acceleration the mass m moving in the downward direction is

B 2L2 v
(A) g (B)
MR
2 2 
 B Lv  B2L2 v 
(C)  g   (D)  g  
 MR   mR 
 
12. The acceleration of mass m when the velocity of the rod is half the terminal velocity is
(A) g (B) g/2
(C) g/3 (D) g/4

Most materials have the refractive index, n > 1. So, when a light ray from air enters naturally occurring
sin 1 n2
material, then by snell’s law,  , it is under stood that the refracted ray bends towards the
sin 2 n1
normal. But is never emerges on the same side of the normal as the incident ray. According to
C
electromagnetism, the refractive index of the medium is given by the relation, n      r r where  is
v
the speed of electromagnetic waves in vacuum, v its speed in the medium, r , and , are relative
permittivity and permeability of medium respectively. In normal materials, r and r , are positive, implying
positive n for the medium. When both r and r , are negative, one must choose the negative root of n.
Such negative refractive index materials can now be artificially prepared and are called meta-materials.
They exhibit significantly different optical behavior, without violating any physical laws. Since n is
negative, it results in a change in the direction of propagation of the refracted light. However, similar to
normal materials, the frequency of light remains unchanged upon refraction even in meta-materials.
13. For light incident from air on a meta-material, the appropriate ray diagram is
1
1
Air
Air Meta-material
(A) Meta-material (B) 2
2
1 1
Air Air
(C) Meta-material (D) Meta-material
2
2
8
14. Choose the correct statement:

(A) The speed of light in the meta-material is v  c | n |
C
(B) The speed of light in the meta-meterial is v 
n
(C) The speed of light in the meta-material is v = c
(D) The wavelength of the light in the meta-material  m  is given m  air | n | . Where  air is
wavelength of the light in air.
A rod of length 6 m has a mass 12 kg. it is hinged at on end A at a B

distance of 3 m below water surface. The specific gravity of the
material of rod is 0.5.
W
G
3m
Hinge
A
15. What weight must be attached to the other end B so that 5 m of the rod is immersed in water?
7
(A) 7 kgf (B) kgf
3
7 7
(C) kgf (D) kgf
5 2
16. Find the magnitude and direction of the force exerted by the hinge on the rod:
17
(A) kgf in the downward direction (B) 8 kgf in the downward direction
3
(C) 4 kgf in the downward direction (D) 5 kgf in the downward direction
(Match List Type)

This section contains 4 multiple choice questions. Each question has matching lists. The codes for the
lists have choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which only ONE is correct.
17. Three wires of length l and linear charge density  each is shaped into an equilateral triangle with
point O as centroid of this triangle. Now the wires are arranged in different shapes with point O
fixed as defined earlier. Math List – I having different shapes with List – II potential at point O:
List - I List - II

(P)
O
(1) 0

ln 2  3 
O 
(Q)
(2)
20

ln 2 7  3 3 
3
(R) O (3) 20

ln 2  3 
O

(S) (4)
20
Codes:
P Q R S
(A) 1 2 3 4
(B) 1 4 2 3
(C) 3 2 4 1
(D) 3 4 2 1
10
18. When ice melts completely, level of liquid in which ice is submerged:
List – I List – II
ice
(P) (1) Increases

Water
steel
(Q) (2) Decreases

Water
wood
(R) (3) Remains same
Water
ice
(S) (4) May increases or decreases
Oil
Density of oil is greater than density of ice

Codes:
P Q R S
(A) 1 2 4 4
(B) 3 2 4 4
(C) 3 1 4 1
(D) 3 2 3 1
19. A sample of gas goes from state A to state B in four different manners, as shown by the graphs.
Let W be the work done by the gas and U be change in internal energy along the path AB.
Correctly match the graphs with the statements provided.
V
(P) (1) Both W and U are positive
A B
P
B
(Q) (2) Both W and U are negative
A
T
T
A
(R) (3) W is positive whereas U is

negative
B
V
V
A
(S) (4) W is negative whereas U is
positive
B
P
Specific heat of gas must be
(5)
positive
Codes:
P Q R S
(A) 4 2,5 3 2,5
(B) 4 2,5 1 2,5
(C) 4,5 2,5 3 4,5
(D) 5 3,5 3,5 3
12
20. Column shows O1 object and O2 image. The optical system responsible can be a spherical
mirror, plane mirror or a thin lens. In the case of the lens and spherical mirror, straight line shows
the principal axis. Match List-I and List-II:
O2
(P) O1 h2 (1) Concave mirror between O1 and O2

h1
x
h2 > h1
O1
(Q) O2 h1 (2) Diverging lens between O1 and O2

h2
x
h1 > h2
O2
h2
(R) x (3) Convex mirror between O1 and O2
h1
O1 h2 > h1
O2
h2
x
(S) (4) Converging lens between O1 and O2
h1
h1 > h2
O1
Inclined plane mirror somewhere between
(5)
O1 and O2
Codes:
P Q R S
(A) 1,2,5 3,5 4,5 4,5
(B) 1,5 2,5 1,2,5 1,4,5
(C) 1,2,5 3,4,5 4,5 3,4,5
(D) 1,5 3,5 4,5 4,5
SECTION – A
1. 11 moles N2 and 12 moles of H2 mixture reacted in 20 litre vessel at 800 K. After equilibrium was
reached, 6 mole of H2 was present. 3.58 litre of liquid water is injected in equilibrium mixture and
resultant gaseous mixture suddenly cooled to 300 K. What is the final pressure of gaseous
mixture? Neglect vapour pressure of liquid solution. Assume (i) all NH3 dissolved in water (ii) no
change in volume of liquid (iii) no reaction of N2 and H2 at 300 K :
N2 :11 moles T=800K N,H T = 300 K; P = ?
2 2
H2 :12 moles V=20L NH3(aq) solution
Initial condition
(A) 18.47 atm (B) 60 atm
(C) 22.5 atm (D) 45 atm
2. The following mechanism has been proposed for the exothermic catalyzed complex reaction:

A  B 
fast

k1
 I AB   
k2
 AB  I  
P  A
If k1 is much smaller than k2, the most suitable qualitative plot of potential energy (P.E.) versus
reaction coordinate for the above reaction.
(A) (B)
P.E.
AB+I A+P
P.E.
A+B A+B
IAB A+P IAB
AB+I
reaction coordinate reaction coordinate
(C) (D)
P.E.
P.E.
A+B A+B
AB+I IAB AB+I
IAB A+P A+P
reaction coordinate reaction coordinate
14
3. The final product of complete hydrolysis of (CH3)2SiCl2 followed by polymerization forms

(A) (CH3)2SiOSi(CH3)2 (B) (CH3)2Si(OH)2
CH3 CH3
CH3 CH3 CH3
(C) HO Si O Si O Si OH (D) H3C Si O Si CH3
CH3 CH3 CH3 CH3

n CH3
OH
4. Which of the following alkene is obtained as major product when the alcohol
reacts with dil. H2SO4?

(A) (B)
(C) (D)
[Br - ]
5. At what does the following cell have its reaction at equilibrium?
[CO 32  ]
Ag(s) | Ag2CO3(s) | Na2CO3 (aq) || KBr(aq) | AgBr(s) | Ag(s)
KSP = 8  10 – 12 for Ag2CO3 and KSP = 4  10 – 13 for AgBr

(A) 1  10 – 7 (B) 2  10 – 7
(C) 3  10 – 7 (D) 4  10 – 7
6. Which of the following species do not have O  O bond length longer than that in O2 molecule?
(A) H 2S2O8 (B) H2SO5
(C) H 2O 2 
(D) O 2 BF4 
7. Which of the following reactions will not give alkylation product?

OH
(A) + H (B) + H
AICI3 AICI3
(C) + CH3COCI (D) + Me3C – COCI
8. The incorrect statement about the following reaction sequence is

Cl2/FeCl3 HNO3 + H2SO4,  HNO3 + H2SO4, 
P Q R
(1) (2) (3)
(4) NH2NH2, 
O2 N
(T)
CH N NH NO 2 S
(5)
(A) 'T' gives an aldol condensation reaction on heating with NaOH solution
(B) Compound R is more reactive towards N2H4 than compound Q.
(i )Sn HCl H PO
(C) compound Q 
 ii  NaNO HCl  X 
3 2
 P ; P is PhCl
2
0
0 5 C
(D) In step 5 Acetaldehyde is more reactive than T
9. How many gms of cyclopentane will be formed in the reaction given below (Consider the yield be
100% in each step)?
Monochlorination Mg HOCH 2CH2 C CH
    A  
Et 2 O
  B  
 3.5gms 

(70 gms)
(A) 5 (B) 6
(C) 7 (D) 8
10. The number of vacant hybrid orbitals which participate in the formation of 3-centre 2 electron
bonds i.e., banana bonds in diborane structure are:
(A) 0 (B) 1
(C) 2 (D) 3
16
Comprehension Type
correct.
In the manufacture of Na2CO3(s) by Solvay process, NaHCO3(s) is decomposed by heating:

2NaHCO3(s) 
 Na2CO3(s) + CO2(g) + H2O(g)
Kp = 0.23 at 100°C Ho = 136 kJ
11. If a sample of NaHCO3 (s) is brought to a temperature of 100°C in a closed container total gas
pressure at equilibrium is:
(A) 0.96 atm (B) 0.23 atm
(C) 0.48 atm (D) 0.46 atm
12. A mixture of 1.00 mol each of NaHCO3(s) and Na2CO3(s) is introduced into a 2.5 L flask in which
PCO2 = 2.10 atm and PH2 O = 0.94 atm.When equilibrium is established at 100°C, then partial
pressure of
(A) CO2(g) and H2O(g) will be greater than their initial pressure
(B) CO2(g) and H2O(g) will be less than their initial pressure
(C) CO2(g) will be larger and that of H2O(g) will be less than their initial pressure
(D) H2O(g) will be larger and that of CO2(g) will be less than their initial pressure

The empirical formula of a cobalt (III) complex is Co(NH3)x Cl3 . The coordination no.of cobalt in the
above complex is six. Say that all complexes ionize.
13. Kb of water 2K kg mole-1, when one mole of the above complex is added to 1kg water the rise in
B.Pt is 6K. Then the value of x is
(A) 4 (B) 3
(C) 5 (D) 6
14. One mole of the above complex gave 143.5g white ppt with excess AgNO3 solution. Then x is
(A) 4 (B) 5
(C) 6 (D) 3
A white crystalline solid (A) on dehydration gave a poisonous pseudo halogen gas (B). Compound (A)
when filed with alkali gave a colourless gas (C), which forms white fumes with HCl. The fumes condenses
to white solid with HCl. The fumes condenses to white solid (D) on cooling. (B) dissolves in KOH solution
to gave two compounds (pseudo halides) (E) and (F). Compound (E) gave white ppt. (G) with AgNO3
solution, but ppt (G) dissolves on addition of excess (E). When (F) is heated together with (D) a well
known fertilizer (H) is obtained.
15. As per the above passage (A) is

(A)  NH 4  2 C2 O4 (B)  NH 4 2 CO3
(C) NH4CN (D) NH 4 BrO3
16. Which of the following dehydration agent can not be used for the conversion of (A) to (B)?
(A) P2O5 (B) conc.H 2SO4
(C) CaO (D) (B) and (C) both
(Match List Type)


(P) Isothermal process (1) E  0
(Q) Reversible adiabatic process (2) H  0
(R) Cyclic process (3) S  0
(S) Isochoric process (4) w0
(5) G  0
Codes:
P Q R S
(A) 1, 2 3 1,2,3,5 4
(B) 2 4 4, 5 1
(C) 1 2 3 5
(D) 4 5 2 3, 4
18

(P) O2 (1) Paramagnetic
(Q) B2 (2) Día magnetic
(R) C2 (3) Bond order : 2
(S) N2 (4) Last e– goes in anti-bonding molecular orbital
(5) Last e– goes in bonding molecular orbital
Codes:
P Q R S
(A) 2,4 3,4 4 5
(B) 1,3,4 1,5 2,3,5 2,5
(C) 2,5 2,3,4 4 3,5
(D) 4 3,5 4,5 1,3,4

(P) Addition of HCl can make the buffer solution (1) CH3COONa
Addition of NaOH can make the buffer
(Q) (2) NH3
solution
Increase solubility when added to a saturated
(R) (3) NH4Cl
solution of CuCO3
Form buffer on mixing with solution of their
(S) (4) NaHCO3
conjugate acid base
(5) HCOONa
Codes:
P Q R S
(A) 1, 2, 4, 5 3, 4 2 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
(B) 2 3 4 5
(C) 5, 1 2, 4 3, 5 2, 4
(D) 5, 1 3, 5 4, 5 5, 6

(P) 

NOg  NO3g 
 2NO2g (1) Kp  Kc
(Q) 

N2g  3H2g 
 2NH3g (2) K p  K c RT
2
(R) 

2O3g 
 3O2g (3) Kp  Kc
1 5
(S) 
 o
 Br2g  F2g note : T > 300 C
BrF5g  (4) Kp  Kc
2 2
K p  K c RT 
1
(5)
Codes:
P Q R S
(A) 3 4 1, 5 1,2
(B) 4 5, 3 5, 1 1
(C) 5,1 2, 5 4, 2 3
(D) 1 2 3 4

SECTION – A
1. A triangle ABC has incentre I. Points X, Y are located on the line segment AB, AC respectively
so that BX. AB = IB2 and CY. AC = IC2. Given that X, I, Y are collinear. The possible values of
measure of angle A is
(A) 120o (B) 60o
o
(C) 30 (D) cannot be determined
2. An equilateral triangle of side length 2 units is inscribed in a circle. The length of a chord of this
circle which passes through the midpoints of two sides of this triangle is
5
(A) (B) 5
2
2 2
(C) (D)
3 3
3. N  7log49 900 , A  2log2 4  3log2 4  4log2 2  4log2 3 , D   log5 49 log7 125  .

The value of log N
N  A  D  6  log5 2 is equal to
A 
 10 
(A) 1 (B) 2
(C) 3 (D) 4
1 1
4. Let a1,a2 ,............. be real constants and y  x  cos a1  x  cos a2  x   2
2 2
1
cos a3  x  ...........  n1 cos an  x  . If x1x 2 are real & y  x1   y x 2   0, then x 2  x1 
2
n
(A) n,n  I (B) ,n  I
2
n n
(C) ,n  I (D) ,n  I
3 4
20
a 
  then lim  n  =
n
5. Let an & bn are positive integers and an  2bn  2  2
n   b n 
(A) 2 (B) 2
(C) e 2
(D) e2
n
k n
k a
6. For any positive integer n, an   tan2 & bn   tan2 , then the value of n is equal
k 1 2n  1 k 1 2n  1 bn
to
n
(A) tan2 (B) n
n 1
2
n
(C) n (D)
n 1
2
7. An equation a0  a1x  a2 x2  a3 x3  .........  a99 x 99  x100  0 has roots

100
Cr sin r, where r = 1, ......100 , then the value of a99 is
100 100
   
(A)  cos  sin50 (B) 2100  cos 
 2  2
100
 
(C) 2100 sin50 (D) 2100  cos  sin50
 2
8. In ABC, there is a interior point P such that PAB  10o , PBA  20o , PCA  30o
& PAC  40o , then ACB =
(A) 50o (B) 40o
(C) 20o (D) 10o
9. The adjoining figure is a map of a part of a A

city. The small rectangles are blocks & N
spaces in between are streets. Each W E
morning a student walks from intersection A
S
to intersection B, always walking along
streets shown, always going east or south. C
For variety, at each intersection where he
has a choice, he chooses with probability ½ B
(independent of all other choices) whether to
go east or south. The probability that, on any
given morning, he walks through intersection
C is
11 1
(A) (B)
32 2
4 21
(C) (D)
7 32
10. If f 0  0 and f is differentiable at x = 0 and k is positive integer then

1 x x  x 
lim  f  x  f    f    ..........  f   is equal to
x  x  
 2  
 3   k 

 k 1
(A) k. f ' 0 (B)   f '0
 r 1 r 
k
1
(C) r
r 1
(D) does not exist
22
Comprehension Type
correct.
A function of satisfies the equation f  x.f ' x  f x  f '  x for all x and f(0) = 3.
11. The value of f  x.f x for all x is

(A) 1 (B) 4
(C) 9 (D) 16
51
dx
12.  3  f x 
is equal to
51
(A) 17 (B) 34
(C) 102 (D) 0

B C 1
In a ABC B 2,4, C 6,4 & A lies on a curve S such that tan tan  .
2 2 2
13. Let a line passing through C and perpendicular to BC intersects the curve S at P and Q. It R is
the midpoint of BC then area of PQR is
18 8
(A) sq. units (B) sq. units
3 3
32 26
(C) sq. units (D) sq. units
3 3
14. The eccentricity of the hyperbola, whose transverse axis lies along the line through B, C and the
hyperbola passes through B, C & (0, 2)
19 17
(A) (B)
4 2
7 2
(C) (D)
3 3
Let PQRS be a rectangle of size 9  3, if it is folded along QS such that plane PQS is perpendicular to
plane QRS & point R moves to point T.
15. Distance between the points P and T will be

3
(A) 90 (B) 205
5
4
5
16. Shortest distance between the edges PQ & TS is

10 10
(A) 3 (B)
19 19
10
19
(Match List Type)

17. Let a, b, c are roots of the equation x 3  3x 2  5x  1  0. A and B are two matrices given as
a b c bc  a2 ca  b2 ab  c 2 
   
A  b c a B   ca  b2 ab  c 2 bc  a2  If , ,  are the roots of equation B  xI  0 where
 
c a b ab  c 2 bc  a2 ca  b2 
  
I is identity matrix of order 3 then match List I with List II:
List I List II
(P) The value of det (A) det (B) is (1) 18
(Q) The value of      is (2) (18)2
(R) The value of B is (3) (18)3
(S) The value of A is (4) 6
4
(5) (18)
Codes:
P Q R S
(A) 4 3 1 2
(B) 3 2 4 1
(C) 3 4 2 1
(D) 4 2 1 3
24
18. A straight line passing through O (0, 0) cuts the lines x  , y   & x  y  8 at A, B, C resp such
y 3 6
that OA. OB . OC = 48 2 & f(, )  0 where f  x,y      3x  2y   e x  2y  e2  6 .
x 2
Match the List -I with List-II:
List-I List-II
(P) The value of 2 2  OA  OB  OC  is (1) 50
(Q) The volume of OA.OB  OB.OC  O.C.OA is (2) 54
(R) The value of 25 is (3) 36
(S) The value of 18  is (4) 52
Codes:
P Q R S
(A) 1 3 4 2
(B) 2 4 1 3
(C) 4 3 1 2
(D) 3 4 1 2
19. Match List I with List II:

List-I List-II
(P) y (1) 9
 tan1 x  dx
If   lim
1  
,  2  3 is divisible by ([.] denotes
y  y 1
1 
1   dx
 x
greatest integer factor)
(Q) If a  b  3  cos 4 and a  b  4 sin2 , then the maximum (2) 4
value of ab is
(R) A point D is taken on the side AC of an acute triangle ABC (3) 1
such that AD = 1, DC = 2 and BD is altitude of ABC. A circle
of radius 2 which passes through points A and D touches the
circumcircle of BDC at point D. If area of ABC is N then
N2
the value of is equal to
15
(S) 3 2
x sin(x!) (4) 5
lim is less than or equal to
x  (x  1)
(5) 0
Codes:
P Q R S
(A) 3 4 1 1,2,3,4
(B) 1,2 4 1,2,3 1,2
(C) 3 1,4 1,2,3 2,3,4
(D) 1,3 2,4 1,2 2,3
20. Match List I with List II:

List-I List-II
(P) Consider the integral (1) 3/2
e
100
I1   (1  x)(x  ln x) dx
1
 /2
101
I2  (1  e sin x  ln sin x) cos xdx
sin1 1/e
e e(1  e)101  k
If I1  I2  , then K
101 101
(Q)  ln x (2) 1
I(k)  
0 x 2  kx  k 2
dx(k  0)

& kI(x)  I(1)  ,k  e
3
 is equal to
(R) Let f(x) be a continuous function satisfying (3) 5
3 2
2
9f(3)   (x f '(x)   f(x)  )dx  k , then the least passible
0
value of k is
(S) a  loga x  (4) 2
The values of definite integral 1
xa dx where a > 1 &
e 1
[.] denotes the greatest integer is , then the value of
2
5[a] is
(5) 9
Codes:
P Q R S
(A) 1 2 4 3
(B) 2 1 5 3
(C) 2 1 4 3
(D) 2 4 3 1
FIITJEE
JEE(Advanced)-2017
FULL TEST – V
(Paper-2)
1. A C B
2. A A B
3. D C B
4. C B A
5. B B A
6. A D C
7. B C D
8. D A A
9. A C D
10. B C B
11. C A C
12. B B A
13. C C C
14. D A D
15. B A B
16. A C A
17. C A C
18. D B D
19. A A A
20. D A B
2
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. A
Let m1 and m2 be the atomic masses of the fragments and v 1 and v 2 their velocities. From the
principle of conservation of linear momentum, we have
m1 v 1
m1v1  m2 v 2  0 or  2 
m2 v1 8
Now m1  A 0 (R1 )1/3 and m2  A 0 (R2 )1/3 . Hence
1/3
m1  R1 
 
m2  R 2 
1/3
1  R1  R1 1
or   or 
8  R2  R2 2
2. A
Refer to figure. to reach point P, wave 1 has to travel a path (SS2 + S2P) while wave 2 has to
travel a path (SS1 + S1P). Therefore, when the waves arrive at P, the path difference is
S2
1
1 d
2 2
S P
S1
X D
  (SS2  S2P)  (SS1  S1P) ………(1)
Now, in triangle SS2S1, we have
1/ 2
2 2 1/ 2
 d2 
SS 2  (x  d )  x 1  2 
 x 

 d2 
 1  2  ( d  x)
 2x 

 d2 
Similarly, S 2P  (D2  d2 )1/2  D  1   ( d  D)
 2D2 

Also (SS1  S1P)  x  D. Using these in Eq. (1), we have
 d2   d2 
  x  1  2   D 1    (x  D)
 2x   2D2
  
d2 d2
x D  x D
2x 2D
d2  1 1 
or    
2  x D

In order to have a dark fringe at P,   . Hence
2
 d2  1 1 
  ……(1)
2 2  x D 
1/2
 xD 
or d  …….(2)
x D
D
Putting x  in Eq. (2), we find that the correct option is (A).
2
3. D
Figure shows the plot of U(x) versus x. At x = 0, potential energy
U(0)  k[1  exp(0)]  k(1  1)  0 and it has a maximum value = k at x   since
U(  )  k[1  exp(    )2 ]
 k(1  0)  k
U=k
U (x)
O X
Since the total mechanical energy has a constant value = (k/2), the kinetic energy will be
maximum at x = 0 and minimum at x  . At x = 0
 dU 
   [2 kx exp( x 2 )]at x 0  0
 dx  x 0
Hence the particle is in stable equilibrium at x = 0 (origin) and would oscillate about x = 0 (for
small displacements) simple harmonically. Hence (d) is the only correct choice.
4. C
Let L be the length of each rod at 0oC and h0 be the altitude AD at 0oC. Then figure.
A
L L
D
B C
L/2
1/2
 L2 
h0   L2   ……..(1)
 4 

When the rods are heated to a temperature t, the altitude becomes
1/2
 L2 
h  L2 (1  1t)2  (1   2 t)2 
 4 
4
Since 1 and 2 are much less than unity, we can write (1  1t)2  1  21t and
(1   2 t)2  1  22 t. Thus
1/2
 L2 
h  L2 (1  21t)  (1  2 2 t  …..(2)
 4 
Equation (1) and (2), we get
1/2 1/2
 2 L2   L2 
 L    L2 (1  21t)  (1  2 2 t 
 4  4 
1 1
Which simplifies to give  , which is choice (C)
2 4
5. B
arel  acos 30o  gsin30o
3
 10 3   5  10
2
1 2
S at
2
5t 2  1
1
t
5
6. A
P
1
2
vP  2G  cos 1  cos 2 

1  37o , 2  45o
M M
 
R2 16  9  7R2
W  vP
7. B
1  1  1 0.5
 
f1 R1 14
1  2  1 0.2
 
f2 R2 14
1 1 1 0.7 1
   
f f1 f2 14 20
1 1 1
 
v u f
u  40 cm, v  40 cm
8. D
A radioactive nucleus may decay any time after t = 0. The number of neclei at any time t is given
0.693
by N  N 0 e t , where  
T
Where T is the half-life. Hence the correct choice is (d)
9. A
  r  F  Icm 
Hence, answer is (i), (ii), i.e. (A).
10. B
1
W  area of loop = P2 V3  P2 V2  P1V4  P1V1 
2
1
 nR  T3  T2  T4  T1 
2
W  13.718KJ
P1 V P V
for 1 2,  1 &3 4 2  3
P2 V2 P1 V4
11. C
Refer to figure let v be the velocity of the rod along the positive x-direction at an instant of time
and let the magnetic field B act perpendicular to the table along the positive y-direction. The emf
induced in the rod is e  Blv . Therefore, the induced current is
e BLv
I  …….(1)
R R
The rod of length L carrying a current I in magnetic field will experience a force
v
L BIL
T
a
y mg
z
Along the negative x-direction. Since the rod is massless, this force will also be equal to the
tension T in the string acting along the positive x-direction i.e. T = f = BIL.
Let  be the acceleration of mass m moving in the downward direction, then
Ma = net force acting on m = mg – T = mg – F
F
or a  g
m
6
Using (1) and (2) in (3), we have

BlL B  BL2 v
a  g  g
m mR
2 2
BLv
 g
mR
So the correct choice is (c)
12. B
g
When the velocity of the rod is half the terminal velocity, then a  .
2
13. C
From Snell’s law and n is negative.
14. D
n1 1  n2  2
15. B
Mass per unit length of rod is 2 kg.
10 2
Mass of submerged portion of rod is 10 kg and its volume is m .
500
10
Buoyant force  FB  1000  20kgf
500
16. A
B
Fb W
C
3m
O
A 12 kgf
H
N
Let N and H be the vertical and horizontal reactions of the hinge on the rod. Considering
horizontal and vertical translation equilibrium of rod.
N + 12 + W = 20, where W is the weight to be attached at end
H=0
Considering the rotation equilibrium of rod about A
20  2.5cos   12  g  3cos   W  6 cos   0
6w  50g  36g  14g
7 7
W  g  kgf
3 3
7 17
N  8   kgf
3 3
17. C

O

Potential at O,
 sec   tan  
V  Klm  
 sec   tan  
In case P,     60
2 3 
V  3  V1  3K ln 
 2  3 
 6KLn 2  3  
 
In case Q,
O
D
A B C

VBC  2K ln 2  3 
 28  3 3 
VAB  VCD  K ln 
 2  3 
 
V  VBC  VAB  VCD  2K ln 2 7  3 3  
Case – R,
Kq K2r
V   K  2
r r
Case S,
O
B C
VAB  VAC  K ln 2  3  

V  4K ln 2  3 
18. D
From the concept of floating level will remain same if object floats and will down if it sinks.
19. A
Area = work, U  nCv T and Q  U  W   nCdT
(P) Work is negative and U  0
P1V1 P2 V2
(Q) For Q, U  0 ,  T  0, V  0 from 
T1 T2
So, answer is (2, 5).
(R) V  0, W  0 , but T  0 ,  U  0
Answer is 3.
(S) W  0, U  0
Answer is (2, 5).
20. D
Use the property of images formed by mirror and lenses.
8
SECTION – A
1. C
N2  

3H2 
 2NH3
11 12
11 x 12  3x 2x
at equilibrium 12  3x  6
x2
nH2  6 nN2  9 nNH3  4
PV  nN2  nH2 RT
P 20  3.58  15  0.0821 300
P  22.5 atm
2. A
Exothermic reaction mean products are having lesser energy than reactants and k1  k 2 
activation energy corresponding k1 is more than k2.
3. C
Me Me
Cl Si Cl + 2 H2O HO Si OH
Me Me
polymerization
4. B
+
OH OH2
+
H+
5. B
Anode Ags  Ag aq  e
Cathode Ag aq  e  Ags
 Ag  anode
0.0591  
Ecell  E 0
log   
cell
n  
 Ag  cathode
At equilibrium, Ecell = 0
Ksp of AgBr =  Ag  Br  
6. D
The bond order in O2 is 2 while in H2S2O8, H2O2 have one peroxide bond each while in O2[BF4]
the bond order is 2.5.
7. C
OH
Ph H + H+
Ph
n
Ph H + Ph
AlCl3
Ph H + Me3 CCOCl Ph - C (Me)3
8. A
NO 2
PhCl (P), Cl NO 2 (Q), O2 N Cl (R),

NO 2
O2 N NH NH2 (S), CHO (T)
9. C
Cl MgCl
Cl2 Mg
hv Et 2O + HO CH2CH2C CH
1 mole 3.5
2 mole n  0.05
70
0.5 moles of compound HOCH2CH2–C  CH give = 1 mole
0.05 moles of compound give = 0.1 mole =7 gm
10. C
Fact.
11. A


 Na2 CO3s  CO2g  H2Os
2NaHCO3s 
P P
K p  P 2  0.23  P  0.48  Ptotal  2P  0.96atm
12. B


 Na 2CO3s  CO 2g  H2 Og
2NaHCO3 
2.1 P1 0.94  P1
2.1 P1 0.94  P1   0.23
P1  0.77 atm PCO2 1.33 atm PH2 O  0.19 atm
10
13. C
Tb  iK b .m
6  i  2 1
i3
Complex will dissociate in three fragments only so complex is CO NH 3 5 Cl Cl2
14. A
Moles of AgCl = 1
Moles of AgCl / mole of complex
= ionizable Cl in complex = 1 CO NH3 4 Cl2  Cl
15. A
(NH4)2C2O4  (CN)2 + 4H2O
White crystalline solid Cyanogen gas (Pseudohalogen gas)
16. C
Fact.
17. A
(P) E  nCV T
H  nCPT and T  0
(Q) Qrev  0
(R)  State functions are zero.
(S) V  0
18. B
(P) 1s2 , * 1s2 , 2s 2 , * 2s 2 , 2p2x , 2p2y , 2p2z , * 2p1y , * 2p1z
(Q) 1s2 , * 1s2 , 2s 2 , * 2s 2 , 2p1y , 2p1z
(R) 1s2 , * 1s2 , 2s 2 , * 2s 2 , 2p2y , 2p2z
(S) 1s2 , * 1s2 , 2s 2 , * 2s 2 , 2p 2y , 2p2z , 2p2x
19. A
(P) CH3COONa, NH3, NaHCO3, HCOONa will react with HCl and form a weak acid, so can
make buffer.
(Q) NH4Cl and NaHCO3 will react with NaOH to form buffer.
(R) Will form an ammonia complex.
(S) All weak acids and weak base can form buffer solution.
20. A
(P) n  0
(Q) n  2
(R) n  1
(S) n  2

SECTION – A
1. B
From the relation BI  BX.BA , we see that BI is a tangent to the circle passing through A, X, I
2
at I.
Hence BIX  BAI  A / 2 .....i A
Similarly CI  CY.CA we have
2
CIY  CAI  A / 2 .....ii

I Y
It is known that X
BIC=90o  A / 2 ......iii
From i,ii & (iii) we obtain
B C
A A  o A 
  90    180o
2 2  2
 A  60o
2. B
Let the circumcircle of the equilateral ABC have centre O(0, 0) & radius r. Join A to D, the
midpoint of BC, then AD passes through O & is perpendicular to BC. Draw OB. Let LM cut the
sides AB & AC of ABC at X & Y. Then  XYM is parallel to BC
 2 

OD  tan30o  1/ 3, D  0,1/ 3 , A 0,
 
 & B 1,1/ 3
3 
 
4 A
Equation of circle is x 2  y 2 
3 1
1 10  X Y M
X is midpoint of AB  ,  L
 2 2 3  1 r O
1
4 1
on solving x  y  with line y = -
2 2
we get 30 o
3
3 2 3 B C
1 D
 
2
1   4
x 2  
 2 3  3
5  5
 x coordinate of L & M is & respectively
2 2
LM  5
3. B
log5 50  log5 2  2
4. A
Using cos     cos  cos   sin  sin  in each term & simplifying we have
y  x   sin x    for some constant  &  . So zeroes of y(x) are of the form x    n, n  I .
y  x1   y  x 2   x1  x 2  n  .
12
5. A
 
n
an  2bn  2  2
 2b  2  2 
n
an n
1 
 2  2   2  2  
n n
an
2  
2  2  2  2 
n n
bn 
2 2
  
2 
n
  2  
1   
an   2  2  
lim  lim 2  n 
 
2  
n b n
n  1  2 
   
 2  2  
2 2 
 2   1
 2  2 
6. C
Using De Moivre’s theorem
cos   isin   cos n  isinn
n
 n1
 
 2 
 sinn   1 C2k 1 cosn2k1  sin

k 2k 1
n

k 0
n
sin 2n  1    1
k 2n1
C2k 1 cos 2n2k  sin2k 1 
k 0
n
 tan  cos2n1   1 . 2n1C2k 1  tan 
k 2k
k 0
n
 1
k 2n1
C2k 1 tan2k   0
k 0
j
for = , 1 j  n
2n  1
j n
,l  j  n are the roots of  1 .2n1C 2k 1.x k  0
k
so tan2
2n  1 k 0
 an & bn are the sum and the product of the roots respectively, we have
an 2n1 C2  n 2n  1
bn 2n1 C2n  2n  1
an
 n
bn
7. D
C1 sin  100 C2 sin2  ...... 100 C100 sin100 = Imaginary part of 1 ei 
100 100
 
100
= Imaginary part of 1 cos   isin   2100 cos 

100
sin50
 2
8. A
Let x  PCB then  PBC = 80o  x A
By sin law o
10 40 o
PA PB PC
1= . . 20o P 30o
PB PC PA
sin PBA sin PCB sin PAC x
 . . B C
sin PAB sin PCB sin PCA
sin 20o sin x o sin 40o

sin10o sin 80o  x  sin30o
4 sin x sin 40o cos10o

sin 80o  x 
2sin x sin30o  sin50o 
1
sin 80o  x 
sin x 1 2cos 40o 

sin 80o  x 
& so 2 sinx cos40o  sin80o  x  sin x  2sin 40o  x  cos 40o
 x  40o  x or x = 20o
 ACB  50o.
9. D
The probability that the student passes through C is the sum A Co
from i  0 to 3 of the probabilities that he enters intersection
Ci in the adjoining figure & goes east. The number of paths C1
from A to Ci is 2 i C2 because each such path has 2
C2
eastward block segments & they can occur in any order. The
probability of taking any one of these paths to Ci and then C
3 i
 1
going east is   because there are 3  i intersection C3
 2  B
along the way (including A & Ci) where an independent
choice with probability ½ is, made
3 i
3  1 21
  2i C2   
i 0

 2  32
10. B
 x x x 
 f x   f 0 f    f 0 f    f 0 f    f 0
 
 2 3  k 
lim     ..........  .
x 0  x  0 
 x  0 x0 x 0


 
 1 1 1 
 1    ........   f ' 0
 2 3 k
14
11. C
f '  x f ' x 

f  x f x 
Integrating we get
f  x .f x  c
f 0  3  c  9
f  x  f x   9
12. A
51
dx
I  3  f  x
51
Let x  t
51
dt
I  3  f t
51
51
6  f  x   f x 
2I   18  3 f  x  f x
51
51
dx
 2I  
3
51
I  17
13. C
14. D
(Soln: 13 – 14)
sa 1
  b  c  3a  CA  BA  12
s 2
A lies on ellipse whose foci are B & C centre of ellipse is (4, 4)
Length of major axis = 12
1
12e  4  e 
3
Length of minor axis  8 2 .
(i) PQ is the latus rectum of ellipse
1 k2 
 Area  2   K 1e  2   ek 22 
32
sq.units
 2 k1  3
(ii) PBC is et Ldat c
(iii) Equation of Hyperbola is
 x  4  y  4
2 2
 1
4 4 e2  1
2
It passes through 0,2  e 
3
15. B
Equation of lines QS in 2D will be x  3y  9  0 S (0, 3, 0) R (9, 3, 0)
9  81 3 
RE  & E  , ,0
10 10 10 
So point T will be
3 E
 PT  205
5
P (0, 0, 0) Q (9, 0, 0)
16. A
Shortest distance between the lines
r  a   & r  b  
a  b.  10
Is given by 3
  19
17. C
B is cofactor of A
2
B A
det  AB  A
3
A  3abc  a3  b3  c 3
 18
AB  18
3
      tr  B   ab  bc  ca  a2  b2  c 2
 3 ab  bc  ca  a  b  c 
2
 35  9  6
18. D
x y
Let the line be  r
cos  sin 
r1 cos   
r2 sin   
r3 (sin   cos )  8
r1r2r3  48 2
f(, )  0
 3
    3  2   e  2  2e  6  0
 2
 3 6
    3  2   e  2  e2  6  0
 2
 3
  0, 3  2  0 & e  2  e2  6 ......(1)
 2
16
3 3
 ,  ,
2 2
3
Putting   in (1)
2
e  3  e2  6
   2,   3
2
 r1 
cos 
3
r2 
sin 
8
r3 
sin   cos 
48
 48 2
cos  sin (sin   cos )
1
cos  sin (sin   cos ) 
2

 
4
r1  2 2, r2  3 2, r3  4 2
19. A
y  tan1
(P) lim 1
y  y 1
(Q) 4ab  (a  b)2  (a  b)2
4ab  (2  2sin2 2)2  42 sin2 2
ab  (1  sin2 2)2  4 sin2 2
 ab  (1  sin2 2)2
(ab)max  1
1
1
(R) cos   2  (from  OED)
2 4
    2 B
  
BD  2cot  2cot    
2 2 
/2
 2 tan  O’
 2 15
1 
Area of ABC  (AC)(BD) 
2 
A
1 E  C
  3  2 15 D
2
 3 15
 135
2
N
9
15
n2/3 sin(n!) 1 sin(n!)

(S) lim  lim 1/3 .
n  1 n n 1
n 1   1
 n n
1  a number between  1& 1 
  
 1 
0
20. B
(P)
e  1 x  100
I1   x   x  ln x  dx
1  x 
e(e  1)101  1 1 e
  (x  ln x)101dx 
101 101 1
1 e
I2  (t  ln t)101 dt
 let e sin x  t
e 1
eI e(e  1)101  1
 I1  2 
101 101
K 1
(Q)
 k ln x
KI(k)   0 x 2  kx  k 2
dx
x  kt
 lnKt
kI(k)   0 2
t  t 1
dt
 dt
kI(k)  I(1)  lnk  0 1 t  t2
 dt
 lnk  0

2
1  3 
2
 t   
 2   2 
 2 2
   lnk  .
3 3 6
k  e3/2
(R)
3 3 2
9f(3)   x 2 f '(x) 
  f(x) dx  k
0 0
3 3 3 2
2
  x b(x)   2xf(x)dx    f(x)  dx  k
  0 0 0
3
  2xf(x)  (f(x))  dx  k
2

0
2
2xf(x)  f 2 (x)  x 2   f(x)  x   x 2
3 3
 2xf(x)  f 2 (x)dx   x 2 dx
0 0
3
 0
 2xf(x)   f(x) dx  9 2
K min  9
18
(S)
loga x  t
 at  x
 dx  at lnadt
1
a  loga x   t 
  xa dx  lna at .a
 .a t dt
1
0
a2  1 e  1
1
 lna a2t dt 
 
0 2 2
 a e
FULL TEST – V

t h e t es t .
INSTRUCTIONS

on OMR sheet.

Enrolment No.
AITS-FT-V-PCM-JEE(Main)/17
2
Useful Data
PHYSICS
CHEMISTRY

= 0.0821 Lit atm K1 mol1
= 1.987  2 Cal K1 mol1
= 6.625  10–27 ergs
1 amu = 1.66  10–27 kg
1 eV = 1.6  10–19 J

N=9, Na=11, Mg=12, Si=14, Al=13, P=15, S=16,
Cl=17, Ar=18, K =19, Ca=20, Cr=24, Mn=25,
Fe=26, Co=27, Ni=28, Cu = 29, Zn=30, As=33,
Br=35, Ag=47, Sn=50, I=53, Xe=54, Ba=56,
Pb=82, U=92.
F=19, Na=23, Mg=24, Al = 27, Si=28, P=31, S=32,
Cl=35.5, K=39, Ca=40, Cr=52, Mn=55, Fe=56, Co=59,
Ni=58.7, Cu=63.5, Zn=65.4, As=75, Br=80, Ag=108,
Sn=118.7, I=127, Xe=131, Ba=137, Pb=207, U=238.
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
(Only One Option Correct Type)
1. A ball is thrown such that it strikes the ground with velocity v 0 y

making an angle  with the vertical. The height to which it rises v0
after the collision (if the coefficient of restitution is e) is x

e2 v 20 cos2  e2 v 02 sin2 
(A) (B)
2g 2g
e2 v 20 tan2  e2 v 20 cos2 
(C) (D)
2g g
2. The maximum potential energy that the spring connecting C v0 A k B

blocks A and B can have as a consequence of collision of m m m
block C with A is (ignore any friction.)
(A) mv 20
mv 20
(B)
2
mv 20
(C)
4
2mv 20
(D)
3
3. A block m1 strikes a stationary blocks m 3 inelastically. Another block m 2 is kept on m 3. Neglecting

the friction between all contacting surfaces, the maximum fractional decreases of K. E. of the
system in collision is:
m1 m1
(A) (B)
m1  m2  m3 m2  m3
m3 m2  m3
(C) (D)
m1  m3 m1  m2  m3
4
4. A thin hollow sphere of mass m is completely filled with an ideal liquid of m

mass m. when the sphere rolls with a velocity v kinetic energy of the
system is equal to m
1
(A) mv 2 (B) mv 2
2
4 4
(C) mv 2 (D) mv 2
3 5
5. A projectile is fired with some velocity making certain angle with the horizontal. Which of the
following graphs is the best representation for the kinetic energy of a projectile (K. E.) versus its
horizontal displacement (x)?
K.E. K.E.
(A) (B)
O x O x
K.E. K.E.
(C) (D)
O x O x
6. A uniform rod of mass M and length a lies on a smooth M

horizontal plane. A particle of mass m moving at a speed v
perpendicular to the length of the rod strikes it at a A a A

distance of a/4 from the centre and stops after the a V
4
collision. The angular velocity of the rod about its centre
m v m
just after the collision is
3m v 2m v Before Collision After Collision
(A) (B)
Ma Ma
3Mv 4m v
(C) (D)
ma Ma
 2  x1   2 x 2 
7. Two coherent waves represented by y1  A sin   t   and y 2  A sin   t  
  6   8
are superposed. Find the path difference  x1  x2  to produce constructive interference ( n  I ).
 1 
(A) n (B)  n  
 48 
(C)  n  48   (D) n  / 2
8. A small air bubble of radius r is found to form at a depth of H from the open surface of the liquid
contained in a beaker. If S is the surface tension and , the density of the liquid and p0, the
atmospheric pressure the pressure inside the bubble is
4S 2S
(A)  gH  p0 (B)  gH  p0
r r
4S 2S
(C)  gH  p0 (D)  gH  p0
r r
9. A block of mass m is suspended from a spring. Its frequency of oscillation is f.

The spring is cut into two identical halves and the same block is suspended from
one of the two pieces of the spring, such that it just touches the other spring
below in its equilibrium position. The frequency of small oscillations of the mass
m
will be
(A) f (B) 2 f
(C) 2f (D) 4f  
2 1
10. Two tuning forks with natural frequencies of 340 Hz each move relative to a stationary observer.
One fork moves away from the observer white the other moves towards him at the same speed.
The observer hears beats of frequency 3 Hz. The speed of the tuning fork is (velocity of sound =
340 m/s.)
(A) 1.5 m/s (B) 0.45 m/s
(C) 3 m/s (D) 4.5 m/s
6
11. One mole of an ideal monatomic gas is taken through a semi- P

circular thermodynamic process ACB shown in the P–V diagram.
The heat supplied to the system is 3P0
C
5  2  1 
(A) P02   (B) P0 V0   P0
A
B
 2   2 
5  V
(C) P0 V0 1   (D) P0 V0   V0 2V0
 2 
o
12. Water is flowing in a streamline down the incline having inclination 30 Wall
with the horizontal. A box ABCD, attached with the wall, is floating on T
the surface of the water keeping face CD of the box downward as shown B
in the figure. The box has a weight of 200 N and base are 1m 2. If the A
C
velocity of the streamline at a distance of 1 mm from the base CD is 0.1 D
m/s, then the tension in the string connecting the block to the wall as
shown is (Given viscosity of water = 0.1 N-s/m2.] = 30o
(A) 110 N (B) 90 N
(C) 95 N (D) 100 N
13. The amplitude of a wave disturbance propagating in the positive x-direction is given by
2
y  1/ 1  x 2  at time t = 0 and by y  1/ 1   x  1  at t  2 seconds, where x and y are in
 
metres. The shape of the wave disturbance does not change during the propagation. The velocity
of the wave is
(A) 1 ms1 (B) 0.5 ms1
(C) 1.5 ms1 (D) 2 ms1
14. The particles each of mass M, are located at the vertices of an equilateral AM
triangle of side ‘a’. At what speed must they move if they all revolve under
the influence of their gravitational force of attraction in a circular orbit 30O
circumscribing the triangle while still preserving the equilateral triangle? O r
MG 2MG B
C
(A) (B) M M
a a
MG
(C) (D) None of the above
2a
15. For a given thermodynamic process, the P –V diagram is as shown below: which of the following
is the V – T diagram for the process?
A B
A  B : Isobaric
P B  C : adiabatic
C  A : isothermal
C
V
C C
V B B
V
(A) (B)
A A
T T
B C
A B
V V
(C) (D)
C A
T T
16. In cylindrical magnetic field B is changing as B  B0  t . Find the value of x x

  x x x x
 E.d l for the path of BOA, as shown in the figure. Line AOB is semi x x Ox x
 x x x x
circular. ( E is the induced electric field in the region). A x 2a x B
a2   
(A) (B) a 2    1
2 2 
(C) a 2  (D)  a2 
8
17. A capacitor of capacitance C is charged to a potential difference V from a cell and then
disconnected from it. A charge +Q is now given to its positive plate. The potential difference
across the capacitor is now
Q
(A) V (B) V 
C
Q Q
(C) V  (D) V  , if V  CV
2C C
18. A potentiometer wire of length 100 cm has a resistance of 10. It is connected in series with an
external resistance and a cell of emf 2 volt and negligible internal resistance. A source of emf 10
mV is balanced against a length of 40 cm of the potentiometer wire. The value of external
resistance is
(A) 800  (B) 790 
(C) 825  (D) 745 
19. An AC source of angular frequency  is fed across a resistor R and a capacitor C in series. The
current resistered is I. If now the frequency of source is changed to /3 (but maintaining the same
voltage), the current in the circuit is found to be halved. The ratio of reactance to resistance at the
original frequency  will be.
3 5
(A) (B)
5 3
(C) 3/5 (D) 5/3
20. Consider the capacitor circuit shown in the figure initially only K1 is C 1 2C
closed and after sufficiently long time, K2 is also closed. The charge
flowing through section 1  2 after closing the K2 is
CE CE K2
(A)  from 2 to 1 (B)  from 2 to 1
2 6
CE E K1 2
(C) CE from 2 to 1 (D) from 1 to 1
4
21. A layer of benzene floats on water. If the angle of incidence of 60o

the light entering benzene form air is 60o, then the angle that Air
light makes with normal in water is
(Refractive index of water = 4/3.)
o Benzene
(A) 30
Water
3 3 
(B) sin1 
 8 
 
 1 
(C) sin1  
 3
(D) data not sufficient
22. A ray of light is incident normally on one of the faces of a prism of apex angle 30o and refractive
index 2 . The angle of deviation of the ray is
(A) 15o (B) 75o
o
(C) 30 (D) none of these
o
23. Light of wavelength 4000 A falls on a metal surface having work function of 2.0 eV. What is the
stopping potential?
(A) 3.1 V (B) 2.0 V
(C) 5.1 V (D) 1.1 V
24. When the voltage applied to an X-ray tube is increased from V1 = 10 kV to V2 = 20 kV, the
wavelength interval between the K line and the short-wave cut-off of the continuous X-ray
spectrum increases by a factor =3.0. Find the atomic number of the element of which the tube’s
anti-cathode is made.
(A) 29 (B) 30
(C) 28 (D) none of the above
25. Two radioactive materials X1 and X2 have decay constant 10 and  , respectively. If initially they
have the same number of nuclei, then the ratio of the number of nuclei of X1 to that of X2 will be
1/e after a time
(A) 1/(10) (B) 1/(11)
(C) 11/(10) (D) 1/(9)
10
26. In the measurement of the acceleration due to gravity using a simple pendulum, the percentage
error in the measured value of the length of the pendulum is 2% and that in the time period of
oscillation is 1%. What is the percentage error in the measured value of the acceleration due to
gravity?
(A) 4% (B) 5%
(C) 6% (D) 3%
27. In a Coolidge tube, the potential difference used to accelerate the electrons is increased from
12.4 kV to 24.8 kV. As a result, the difference between the wavelengths of K line is
 hc o

  12.4 V A 
 e 
o o
(A) 1 A (B) (B) 0.5 A
o
(C) 1.5 A (D) 0
28. In the following circuit i1 and i2 are respectively (diodes 2k

are ideal)
(A) 0, 0
(B) 0, 5mA 10 V
(C) 5mA, 0
(D) 5mA, 5mA 12k
14k
IC
29. For a common base configuration of PNP transistor  0.98 then maximum current gain in
IE
common emitter configuration will be
(A) 12 (B) 24
(C) 6 (D) 48
30. Due to annihilation of electron-positron of same kinetic energy 0.95 MeV, a photon is produced
which can also be produced by an electron of energy E, the possible value (S) of E is e(mass of
electron C  9.1 1031kg, e  1.6  1019 c )
(A) 1.02 MeV (B) 2.42 MeV
(C) 1.03 MeV (D) 2.93 MeV
SECTION – A
1. When sum of radius ratio( using Bohr’s modal) of hydrogen atom obtained from following given
qualitative sketch of radial probability density P(r) vs r for p subshells is ‘x’. Then value of
( = value of bond order of c-c bond in benzene, and n1, n2, n3 are corresponding shell number
of p subshells whose sketches are given) is……
P(r) P(r) P(r)

n2p n3p
n1p
r r r
(A) 7 (B) 11.5
(C) 13.5 (D) 15.5
2. A zero order kinetic, 2A ------- P. The initial concentration of reactant is 0.05M is given. The
variation of degree of dissociation with time is …….


time
Using graph calculate value of rate constant .  a  degree of dissociation, tan  = 0.5  .
(A) 0.125 (B) 0.0125
(C) 1.25 (D) 12.5
12
3. The titration curve of diprotic acid with standard KOH solution is given as:
A
pH
B
  β
2
Volume of KOH added
(A) The pH of amphiprotic anion represents at volume β.

(B) The pH (B) represent the 50% neutralization, pH that give idea about Pka1
(C) pH of salt solution at 100% neutralization obtained at volume .
(D) The pH (B) represents the end point at pH=7
4. NaNO3 on heating to 500°C decomposes to produce NaNO2 and oxygen, while salt on heating
above 800°C, decomposes to Na2O,N2 and O2 because of
(A) high heat of hydration of Na+ ion than NO3-
(B) solvated electron of Na in NaNO3 have high density than NaNO2
(C) greater effective nuclear charge of Na+ in NaNO3 than in NaNO2
(D) less polarizability of smaller nitrite ion than nitrate ion
5. The deposited mass of Metal M (molar mass = 50) on electrolysis of aq. MClx by passing 965
ampere current for 50 seconds is 5g.What will be the value of x+y+z of the following given ionic
equation where M used as reducing agent.
xMnO4- + yM + zH+ ---- aM+x + bMn+2 + cH2O
(A) 10 (B) 12
(C) 14 (D) 15
6. The PH of 0.1 molar monobasic acid is 2.The osmotic pressure of solution at 25°C is
(A) 3 (B) 5
(C) 4 (D) 2.69
7. Which of the following will not give lassaigne test’ for nitrogen?
(A) NH2-NH2 (B) C6H5-N=NC6H5
(C) CH3CONH2 (D)CH3CN
8. The Product of the given reaction:

O
D2 O
?
Br
COOD COOH
D O
(A) (B) (C) (D)
D D
9. A stable molecule containing atoms of elements A,B and C has a following structure. Which of the
following is possible combination of elements?
C C
B
A A
C C
B B
A C
C
(A) N, P, Cl (B) O, S, Cl
(C) B, C, H (D) P, N, F
10. Which of the following statements are correct for SN2 reaction?
(A) In the gaseous phase, the order of reactivity of halide ions is F- > Cl- > I- while in methanol
the order of reactivity is I- > Br > Cl- > F-
(B) Among similar solvents, in general, the greater the polarity, slower the SN2 reaction.
(C) In an aprotic solvent such as dimethyl sulphoxide the order of reactivity of halide ions as
   
nucleophiles is F  Cl  Br  I
(D) All are correct.
14
NH3 A O3/H2O B CaO

11. I C

(A) O (B) OH (C) O (D)

HOOC COOH
12. Which of the following reaction gives the alcohol, whose molecular weight is lowered by 14 unit
than its starting reactant?
(A) H 2 O2 ; H  (B) H 2O2 ; H 
 CH 3 2 CH  OH   Ph CH OH  
CH3
(C) H 2O2 ; H  (D) Ph CH H 2O2 ; H
OH 

CH 3CH 2OH   
Ph
13. Select the most effective drying agent at O•C out of the basis of following equilibria.
ACl2 6 H 2O  ACl2  2 H 2O  4 H 2O
(s) (s) (g)
K P  689  1012
A2 HPO4 12 H 2O  Na2 HPO4 7 H 2O  5H 2O
(s) (s)
K P  5.25  1013
ASO4 10 H 2O  ASO4  10 H 2O

(s) (s) (g)
K P  4.08  10 25
The vapour Pressure of water at 0 C is 458 torr in atmosphere?
0
(A) ACl2 2 H 2 O (B) AHPO4 7 H 2 O

(s)
(C) ASO4 (D) All are equal
H H
14. Cr2 O72 
P X
 CrO42 
P Y
 Cr2O72
Select the correct option.
(A) X > Y (B) X < Y
(C) X = Y (D) X = Y = 7
15. Statements:
I. An especially favorable conformation for the peptide linkages in protein is the ‘  ’ helix
arrangement.
II. 
I4 O9 ionises as I3+ + IO3

 3

III. O2 reacts with PtF6 to give the compound O2 

 PF 
t 6 ,
IV. Froth floatation process used for concentration of sulphide ore where sodium ethyl
xanthate used as collector. Out of these statements,
(A) I, II and III are correct. (B) II, III, and IV are correct
(C) Only III correct (D) I, II, III and IV are correct.
16. Which of the following order(s) of properties given is/are correct?

I. Tendency of alkyl halides to undergoes dehydrohalogenation in williamson,
synthesis Follows the order 30 > 20 > 10
II. Propanol < 2 – methyl – 1 – Propanol < 2 – butanol < 2 – Methyl – 2 Propanol
(rate of reaction with HBr)
NH2 NH2 NH2
III.
  OMe
(Basic order)
OMe
IV. Toluene < m-dichlorobenzene < O- dichloro benzene < P- dichloro benzene - (Order of
dipole moment ).
Select correct option:
(A) I, II, IV, are correct (B) IV,I are correct
(C) II, II, IV, are correct (D) I, II, and III, are correct
16

17. The specific conductivity of AB(aq) at 298 k is 1.26 10-6 and ionic conductivity of A  aq 

and B  aq  at infinite dilution are 62 s cm2 mol-1 and 76 s cm2 mol-1 respectively. The number of
B  ions in saturated solution per litre (aproximately)

(A) 1  1014 (B) 5  10-14
14 24
(C) 55  10 (D) 1  10
18. S8 exist as a mixture of S8 and S2 according to dissociation S8  4 S2

The rate of diffusion of mixture is 0.75 times more than that of pure sulpher(S8). The mass
percentage of S2 in the sample
(A) 40 % (B) 30 %
(C) 80 % (D) 52 %
19. In silicon dioxide

(A) There are double bonds between silicon and oxygen atoms
(B) silicon atom is bonded to two oxygen atoms
(C) Each silicon atom is surrounded by two oxygen atoms and each oxygen atom is bonded two
silicon atoms.
(D) Each silicon atom is surrounded by four oxygen atoms and each oxygen atom is bonded to
two silicon atoms.
20. Statement not correct regarding ortho and para hydrogen

(A) Ortho is more stable than Para
(B) Ortho and Para hydrogen are called spin isomers.
(C) magnetic moment of Para is zero while ortho has twice that of proton.
(D) Conductivity of ortho and Para is equal.
21. Which of the following mixtures can be separated by using an NH3 solution?
(A) Fe+3 and Al+3 (B) Al+3 and Zn+2
+2 +3
(C) Sn and Pb (D) Cu+ 2 Cd+2
22. CH3
*
(i) PBr3/Pyridine
C2H5 OH A?
(ii) CH3 O-
H
CH3
* (i) TsCl/Pyridine
C2H5 C OH B?
(P) (ii) CH3 O-
H
Select the correct statements:
(A) A and B have same configuration
(B) A and B are diastereomers with each other
(C) A have same configuration as the starting material
(D) A and B have same configuration as the starting material
23. Incorrect statement is:

OH 
(A) HCHO 
K
HCOO  CH 3OH , The reaction can have rate law expression,
2 2 2
r  K  HCHO  OH  or r  K  HCHO  OH 
(B) ortho chlorobenzaldehyde and meta chlorobenzaldehycle gives cannizarro reaction.
H
P 3.4 to 4 SOCl2
(C) O H N  OH   A   B,
2
where B is an amide.
(D) acid halide > acid anhydride > aldehydo > ketone > ester  carboxylic acid > amide >
carboxylate ion. (relative reaclivities towards Nuclcophile)
24. The group of negative charged colloids

(A) starch, Haemoglobin and ferric hydroxide
(B) Au, Ag and Aluminium hydroxide
(C) Clay Haemoglobin and starch
(D) Arsenic sulphide, starch, and clay
18
25. The incorrect statement among the following is

2
(A)  Ni  CN  4  is square Planer complex
2

(B) ZnCl4  is tetrahedral complex
4
(C) In Cu  NO   tetragonal distortion takes place.
2 4
(D) The bond length of C – O’ in CO (free state) is more than in complex Fe (CO)5 (as a ligand)
26. Of the following mixture, the most likely, mixture nearer to ideal solution is
(A) NaCl – water (B) ethanol – benzene
(C) heptane – water (D) heptane - octane
27. A clourless salt changes to yellow on heating, salt is also soluble in NaOH as well in dil HCl. Salt
can be
(A) FeO (B) PbO
(C) ZnO (D) CdO
28. The temperature voltage coefficient for a simple alkaline torch battery is - 6 10-4 VK–1
What is the entropy change associated with battery discharge? The number of electrons
transferred in the cell reaction n = 2.
(A) -1.16 JK-1 mol-1 (B) 1.16 JK-1
-1 -1
(C) 11. 6 JK mol (D) -11.6 JK-1 mol-1
29. Vander wall constant for hydrogen chloride gas a = 3.67 atm litre-2 and b = .0408 mL mol-1. The
ratio of Tc (critical temperature) and Pc (critical pressure) of the gas is (approximately)
(A) 2 (B) 3
(C) 4 (D) 5
30. How many moles of HIO4 (Periodic acid) are required for cleavage C- C bonds in the sucrose?
(A) 5 (B) 2
(C) 8 (D) 3

SECTION – A
 cos  x  1 | x  1|   x  1  dx
1 3
1. The value of integral is
0
(A) 2 (B) 3
(C) 4 (D) 
2. 
If ln 2 x  a
2 2
  ln  x 2
 2 x  3 , then set of values of ‘a’ will be
(A)  , 2    2,   (B)  , 1   0,  
(C)  2,   (D) R
  x 
3. f(x) = sin      , x  R.
 2 
Then
(A) f(x) is discontinuous where x = 2K, k  I.
(B) f(x) is discontinuous where x = 2K, k I
(C) f(x) is discontinuous every where except x = 2
(D) f(x) is continuous every where.
4. If x 2  x  1  2  x exhaustive set of x is
(A)  3 / 5,   
(B) 3 / 5,  

(C) 3 / 5, 2  (D)  2,  
x 1
5. If f  x   , then f  f  x   is
2x  1
(A) x (B) x + 1
(C) x – 1 (D) None of these
20
6.  
If f  x   max 3  x ,| x  3 | then f(x) is non differentiable at exactly
3
(A) 4 point (B) 2 point

(C) 3 point (D) 1 point
2 A B 3c
7. If in a triangle ABC, b cos  a cos 2  , then a, b, c are in
2 2 2
(A) GP (B) AP
(C) HP (D) None of these
5sin A cos A
8. If tan B  , then the value of 4 tan  A  B   tan A is
1  5 cos 2 A
(A) -1 (B) 2
(C) 0 (D) 4
9. If sin 3  4sin  sin 2 sin 4 , 0     , then the number of real solution for ' ' is
(A) 2 (B) 6
(C) 0 (D) 8
10. In a triangle ABC, I is incentre and I1, I2, I3 are excentres, then the value of  I I1    I I 2    I I 3 
is
2 2
(A) Rr (B) 2R r
2 2
(C) 2Rr (D) 16R r
2cos   1 tan  / 2
11. If cos   , when    ,    and tan   , then  is
2 cos  tan  / 2
(A) 600 (B) 450
1
 3
(C) tan   (D) 300

 2 
12. If 2 x  2 y  3z  0, x  ay  2 z  0 and 2 x  az  0 have a non-trivial solution, then

(A) a  1 (B) a  2
(C) a  0 (D) None of these
a cos A  b cos B  c cos C

13. is
abc
r R
(A) (B)
R 2r
R 2r
(C) (D)
r R
3
14. If a cos   3a cos   sin 2   m and a sin 3   3a cos 2  sin   n then value of
2/3 2/3
 m  n    m  n  is
2 2/3
(A) a (B) 2a
1/3 3
(C) 2a (D) 2a
r
15. The coefficient of x where o  r  n  1 in the expression
n 1 n 2 n3 2 n 1
 x  2   x  2  x  1   x  2   x  1  .......   x  1 is
(A)
n
Cr  2r  1 (B)
n
Cr  2n r  1
(C)
n
Cr  2r  1 (D)
n
Cr  2n  r  1
10
 cos  
16. If the term independent of ‘x’ in the expansion  x sin    is f   , then value of
 x 
 
f   is
 12 
10 10 10
(A) C5 (B) 2 C5
5 10 5 10
(C) 2 C5 (D) 2 C5
17. The sum of last three digit if the number N = 7100 - 3100 is
(A) 0 (B) 1
(C) 3 (D) 4
22

18. If A + B = , then
2
(A) 1  tan A / 2 1  tan B / 2   2 (B) 1  cot A / 2 1  cot B / 2   2
(C) 1  sec A / 2 1  cos ec A / 2   2 (D) 1  cot A / 2 1  cot B / 2   2
19. If a1 , a2 , a3 ....., a20 are in AP and a1  a4  a7  10 and a2  a10  8 the sum of all terms is
(A) 110 (B) 120
110
(C) (D) 220
3
If the points A  x1 , y1  , B  x2 , y2  , C  x3 , y3  lie on the parabola y  2 x such that x1 , x2 , x3

2 2
20.
are in A.P. and y1, y2, y3 are in G.P. If the common ratio has two values r1 and r2, then r1 + r2 is
(A) 6 (B) 4 2
(C) 8 (D) – 6
2 2 2
21. If a1 , a2 , a3 ....an is an increasing GP and a1  a2  a3  91 also a1  a2  a3  13 , then Sn is
3n  3 3n1  3
(A) (B)
2 2
n1
n 3 3
(C) 3  3 (D)
4
2
22. If the sum of the roots of the quadratic equation ax  bx  c  0 is equal to sum of the square of
their reciprocal, then, a , b , c are in
c a b
(A) AP (B) GP
23. A variable rectangle PQRS has its sides parallel to fixed directions, Q and S lie respectively on
the lines x = a, x = - a and P lies on the x-axis. Then locus of R is
(A) circle (B) parabola
(C) straight locus (D) Hyperbola
2
24. From an external point P, pair of tangents are drawn to the parabola y  4 x,  and  are the

inclination tangents with x axis such that   . The locus of P is
4
(A) x  y  2  0 (B) x  y  1  0
(C) 2 x  3 y  1  0 (D) x  3 y  1  0
x2 y2
25. For an ellipse   1 with vertices A and A’, tangents are drawn at the point P in the first
9 4
quadrant meets the y-axis in Q and chord A’P meets y-axis in M. If O is the origin, then
OQ 2  MQ 2 is equals to
(A) 4 (B) 7
(C) 5 (D) 2
2 2 2
26. Let y  4ax and circle x  y  2bx  0 touch each other externally then the equations
ax 2  cx  b  0 will have
(A) Both roots are real and distinct all for all c  R
(B) Both roots are complex for all  R
(C) Both roots are real and distinct c  ab
(D) Both roots are complex c  ab
If the circle x  y  a intersects the hyperbola xy = c2 in four points

2 2 2
27.
P  x1 , y1  , Q  x2 , y2  , R  x3 , y3  , S  x4 , y4  , then
2 2
(A) x1  x2  x3  x4  c (B) x1  x2  x3  x4  c
2
(C) x1  x2  x3  x4  0 (D) y1  y2  y3  y4  c
24
28. If A is a orthogonal matrix of order 4 and det (A) = 2, then value of det (A - I) is.
(A) 1 (B) -1
(C) 0 (D) 2
dy x 2  y 2  1
29. Genereal solution of  is
dy 2 xy
2 2 2 2
(A) y  1  x  cy (B) y  1  x  cx
2 2 2 2
(C) x  1  y  cy (D) x  1  y  cx
30. A fair coin is tossed ‘n’ number of times. The probability that head will turn up an even number of
times, is equal to
n 1 1
(A) (B)
2n 2
n 1 2 n 1  1
(C) (D)
2n 2n
AITS-FT-V-PCM (Sol)-JEE(Main)/17
FIITJEE
JEE(Main)-2017

FULL TEST – V
(Main)

1. A B D
2. C B A
3. C B D
4. C D A
5. D A A
6. A D A
7. B A D
8. D C C
9. D A D
10. A D D
11. D C A
12. A C B
13. B A A
14. A A B
15. B D B
16. B D B
17. C C A
18. B D D
19. A D A
20. C D A
21. B B B
22. A C C
23. D B C
24. A D B
25. D D A
26. A D A
27. D C C
28. B D C
29. D C B
30. D D B
2
Physics PART – I
SECTION – A
1. A
 vy 
e   
 v 0y 
Where vy and v0y are components of velocities after and before collision along y-axis.
 vy 
Hence, e      v y  e v 0 cos 
 v 0 cos  
v 2y e2 v 20 cos2 
Hence, the required height  
2g 2g
2. C
Taking the collision between A and C as elastic, it can be concluded that ‘C’ comes to rest
immediately after collision and A starts moving with v0 (the spring force, if any, during collision
can be treated as non-impulsive one.)
At the instant of maximum compression or elongation, relative velocity of A with respect to B
would be zero and hence A and B would be moving with a common velocity. From conservation
of momentum,
mv 0  2mv  v  v0 / 2
Hence, from conservation of energy
2
1 2 1  v0 
 max
P.E.  mv 0    
2m
2 2  2 
1 1 1
 mv 20  mv 20  mv 02
2 4 4
3. C
Impact takes place between m 1 and m2 horizontally. Since m2 is kept on m3 and the all the
surfaces in contact are smooth, friction does not act between m 2 and m3 during the displacement
of m3 in the impact. Even though if there is a friction between m 2 and m3. Which is very less than
the impact force, is assumed as non-impulsive force here.
Since the impact between m 1 and m3 is inelastic, m1 and m3 will move combiningly toward right
and m2 does not move due to the absence of friction.
m1v
The velocity of the combined mass = v ' 
m1  m3
1 1
KE m1v 2   m1  m3  v ' 2  m  m3   v ' 
2
  2 2 1  1  
KE 1  m1   v 
m1v 2
2
2
 m  m3   m1  m1 m3
1   1    1 
 m1  m1  m3  m1  m3 m1  m3
4. C
KE   KEhollow sphere   KEliquid   KEh.s. trans  KE rot  KEliquid 
trans
2
1 1 2  v  1 4

2
 
mv 2   mr 2    mv 2  mv 2
23  r  2 3
Due to the absence of friction, the liquid does not rotate. It only translates that means it does not
possesses rotational K. E.
5. D
Velocity of a projectile at any instant of time (t) is
2
2  x 
v 2  v 2x  v 2y   ucos     usin   g
 ucos  
1 gx 2
 KE  mu2  mg  tan   2
2 u cos 2 
The given equation represents equation of a parabola
6. A
Conserving angular momentum of rod A about centre of mass.
a Ma2 3m v
mv  I    
4 12 Ma
7. B
 2x1    2x 2 
  t      t    2  n
  6    8 
 1 
 x1  x 2   n  
 48 
8. D
2S
Pin  p' 
r 0
2S 2S
 pin   p'   p0  gH p' H
r r pin
9. D
1 k
f , k = spring constant of the uncut spring.
2 m
10. A
 v   v 
f'    f, f '   f
 v  vs   v  vs 
Beat frequency of f’ – f’’
11. D
1 1  
W  P0 V0  2P0 V0   P0 V0  1  
2 2  2
3 3
U  P0 2V0  P0 V0   P0 V0
2 2
  3 5 
Q  P0 V0 1     P0 V0  
 2 2  2 
12. A
4
10 1 N T
  0.1 1m2   10N
103
 T    100  110N
 dV 
nA    100N = 30o 200cos30o
 dY 
13. B
Writing the general expression for y ins terms of x as
1 1
y . at t , y  1/ 1  x 2 . at t  2s, y 
1   x  vt 2 
2
1   x  v  2  
Comparing with the given equation we get 2v = 1 and v= 0.5 m/s.
14. A
 GM2   GM2 
F A  F AB  F AC  2  2  cos 30o   2  3 
 a   a 
2
a Mv
r . Now, F
3 r
MG
v
a
15. B
Apply gas equation
16. B
a2     
  E.d l   E.d l
2 BOA AB
2
a       
  E.d l  a2    E.d l  a2    1
2 BOA BOA 2 
17. C
In the adjacent figure, let X and Y be the positive and negative plates. After charging from the
cell, the inner faces of X and Y have charges  CV, as shown in (i). The outer surfaces have no
charge.
CV
- Q+CV –q
+ + -
- q - q –CV
+ +
+ - + -
+ -CV- + -q -
X Y X Y
(i) (ii)
When charge Q is given to X, let the inner faces of X and Y have charges  q. Then, by the
principle of charge conservation, the outer faces have charges  Q  CV  q for X and  q  CV 
for Y, as shown in (ii). Now, the outer faces must have equal charges.
 Q  CV  q  q  CV
or 2q  2CV  Q
Q
or q  CV 
2
q Q
Potential difference  V
C 2C
18. B
As shown in figure, if R is the unknown resistance, current G
in the circuit
V 2 B
I  A C
r  R  10  R  40cm
100 cm
Now, as 100 cm wire has resistance 10 , the resistance
of 40 cm wire will be
40  10 / 100   4ohm.
R
Potential drop across 40 cm wire will be V = I  4
But V = 10 mV (given)
2
and I  4  R  790 
10  R 
19. A
According to given problem,
1
V
I   V / R2  1/ C2 2   2 ................(1)
Z
I V
and  1
.................(2)
2
R 2   9 / C2 2   2
 
Substituting the value of I from equation (1) in (2),
 1  9 1 3
4  R2  2 2   R2  2 2 , i.e., 2 2
 R2
 C  C C 5
2 1/2
X 1/ C   3 / 5  R  3
So than   
R R R 5
20. C
Initially charge configuration (before K2 is closed) is
2 2 2
 CE  CE  CE  2 CE
3 C 3 1 3 3
K2
E K1 2
Final charge configuration (after K2 is closed) is
The net change of charge in the encircled region can happen +CE -CE 1 0 0
only because of charge flowing in section 1  2.
Initial charge = 0 K2
Final charge = -CE
 Charge flown = -CE from 2 to 1.
E K1 2
6
21. B
Here, one might be tempted to think that since the refractive index of benzene is not given. But
actually we do not need this data.
1 sin i1  2 sin i2  3 sini3
1 sini1 3 3
 sini3  
3 8
22. A
Besides the formulae given for prism, we can always use the basic laws of refraction. Using
Snell’s law for the reaction at AC, we obtain
sini n2 A

sinr n1 o
30
sin30o 1 45o D
  30o
sin r 2 i=30o
n2
 sin r  1/ 2
n1
 r  45o
The angle of deviation, D = 45o -30o =15o. B C
23. D
Energy of incident photon
hc 12400 12400
  eV  eV  3.1eV
  4000
kmax  hv  
 3.1eV  2.0 eV  1.1eV
Hence, stopping potential 1.1 V
24. A
4
  2
3R  Z  1
hc hc
Cut-off wavelengths: 1  ; 2 
eV1 eV2
Using given condition:   2     3  1    
hc  3 1 8
or 31   2  2  or   
e  V1 V2  3R  Z  12
Taking V1  10  103 V and V2  20  103 V, we get
Z  29
25. D
N1 / N0  e 1t ................. 1
1t
N2 / N0  e .................  2 
  1  2  t
 N1 / N0  e
Putting N1 / N0  1/ e we obtain  1   2  t  1
 t  1/  1   2   1/ 10     1/ 9
26. A
l 4  2l
T  2  g 2
g T
g l T
  2
g T T
 g   l   T 
 %   %   2% 
 g   l   T 
g
 in%   2%  2  1%  4%
g
27. D
There is no change in K as it is characteristic X-ray.
28. B 2k
10
i  5mA  i2 i
2 i2 = i
i1  0 10 V
14k
12k i2
i1 =0
29. D
 IC 
Current gain   = 48
 Ib 1 
30. D
2
 9.1 10 31  3  108 
Emin  2 
  MeV  0.95 MeV 
 1.6  1013 
 
= 2.924
8
SECTION – A
1. From lines sketches → n1 = 2
n2 = 3
n3 = 4
The radius ratio of given orbit will be
 r  n 2  4 : 9 :16
 x  4  9  16
= 29
x  4 29  4 1.5 23
 then    11.5
2 2 2
2. 2A  P
a0  2 x x
2x
now   from zero order kintics x = kt
a0
2kt

a0
2K
Slope = 0.5   .5 a0  .05
a0
.5
K   .05 K  0.0125
2
3. 2

H A  OH 
1
 
 HA  H2 O
Ka
t  0 a0 0 0
a0 x
t  t a0  a0 x
a0
 a0 x  at 50% neutralization.
2
From Henderson Equation
HA  
PH  PK a1  log   HA    H2 A 
H A  2
PH  PK a1
5. From 1st law of faraday

Mm  i  t
W
X F
50  965  50
5g 
X  96500
X =5
 Mn +2 + M +5
MnO4 + M 
x5
 
or MnO  M  8H  4  Mn 2  M 5
 4 H 2O
 1  1  8  10
6. 

HA  
H  A

PH  2  H   10 2
a0   102  Initial conc. = a0
  0.1
 Total particle = 1 + 
  1    CST
 0.1 0.0821 298  1.1
  2.69 atm
7. Lassainge test given by compounds which contains C and N.
8. O
O O
OD
D 2O D2O
O
Br
Br
COOD COOD
D2O
D
11. O O
NH3 O3/Zn OH (i)CaO O
I Ca2
H2O O O
OH O
O

CaCO3 
12.
H2O2,H 
CH3 CH2 OH CH3 CH2 O OH
H
 
H2 O CH2 O CH3 CH2 O OH 2
CH3
 
H 2O CH2 O 
CH3  H O CH2 O CH3
H
CH 2  O  CH 3OH
10
13. Lower the relative humidity better will be drying agent.

PH 2O in equilibrium
R.H . 
PH 2O in atmosphere
ACl2 2 H 2 O has lowest relative humidity.
14. In aqueous solution, chromate and dichromate ion exist in equilibrium
2CrO42  2H  Cr2 O72  H2O
Equilibrium depends depends on both PH and analytical concentration. CrO 42 is the predominant
in alkaline solutions, but dichromate can become the predominant ion in acidic solution
16. (i) bulky substrate with base gives akene in williamson synthesis
(ii)  
R  OH  HBr   R  OH2  H2 O
 R  (int ermidiate)
Br-
R - Br-
Greater the stability of R  (Intermediate) Greater will be reactivity of alcohol.

(iii) Basic nature   I  M group
I

I,  M group
(iv) Dipole moment of Para - chlorodibenzene is zero.
k  1000
17.    2
=>  AB  62  76  138s cm mol
-1
5
1.26  106 1000
138 
5
s = 9.13  10-6 mol/litre.

Number of B per litre = 9.13  10-6  NA =54.96 1014
18. S8  4 S2
1   4
 nT  1    4   1  3
rmix  S 2  S8 
 now  .75
rS8
256 256 256
 .75  or 0.75  0.75  or 0.5625 
M mix M mix M mix
256
 M mix   455.11
0.5625
256
 now  M mix 
1  3
 1  3  .5625
3  1.5625
1.5625
  52%
3
21. Al(OH)3 is not dissolved in excess of the NH3 solution while Zn (OH)2 dissolved in NH3.
22.
CH3 CH3
PBr 3 CH3 CH3
C C Br- CH3O-
C2 H5 OH Pyridine C2H5 OPBr3 C C
Br
H C2 H5 C2H5 OCH3
H
(P) H H
'A'
P and A have same configuration.
CH3 H3C CH3
-
TsCl CH3O
C
OH Pyridine OTs CH3O
C2H5 C2H5 C2H5
H H H
P B
B have inverted configuration.
23. CHO Give Aromatic SN reaction because

CHO
Cl
ve charge stabilizing group present at ortho
OH position wrt leaving group
+ O- H
CHO COO
CH 2OH
Cl
+ O- H +
Cl Cl
 dE 0 
28. S  nF  
 dt  P
 2  96485 C mol 1  6 104V K 1
 116JK 1mol 1
Tc 8a 8 b
29.  
Pc 27 Rb R
a
27b 2
8  .0408

.0521
4
12

SECTION – A
1. D
1
Put x  1  t , then integral become, I =  cos
1
1
t | t |  t   dt
3
   cos t | t |  t   dt
1 3
Applying property then I =
1
2. A
2 x2  a 2  x 2  2 x  3
x2  2x  a2  3  0   R.
hence 4  4  a  3  0
2
1  a2  3  0  a2  4
or a  2 or a  2
hence a   , 2    2,   .
3. D
f(x) is continuous everywhere.
4. A
x  2, is a solution
2 2
Let x  2 then x  x  1  4  x  4 x  x  3 / 5
5. A
x 1
f  x  ,
2x  1
f  x   1 3x
f  f  x    x
2f  x   1 3
6. A
3
Since 3  x | x  3 | the solution are x = 0, 1
Also function is not differentiable at x = 3
7. D
1 a 3c
1  cos A   1  cos B  
2 2 2
Or a  b  c  3c  a  b  2c
8. C
1
tan  A  B   tan A
4
9. D
3sin   4sin 3   4sin  sin 2 sin 4
sin   0    n
2
Or 3  4sin   4sin 2 sin 4
 cos 6  1/ 2
10. D
Since I I1  a sec A / 2  4 R sin A / 2
I I 2  a sec B / 2  4 R sin B / 2
I I3  a sec C / 2  4 R sin C / 2
11. A
tan 2  / 2
Since 3
tan 2  / 2
12. B
For no trivial solution, we must have
2a  2 3
1 a 2 =0 a2
2 0 a
13. A
a cos A  b cos B  c cos C
abc
R  sin 2 A  sin 2 B  sin 2C  r
    4sin A / 2 sin B / 2 sin C / 2 
2 R  sin A  sin B  sin C  R
14. B
3
m  n  a  cos   sin  
3
m  n  a  cos   sin  
2/3 2/3
hence  m  n   m  n  2a 2/3
15. B
   x  1 n  
2 n 1 1.     1 
n 1  x 1  x 1   x 1   n 1    x2 
 x  2  1     ......       x  2  x 1 
 x  2  x  2   x  2    1 
 x2 
n n
  x  2    x  1
Now coefficient of x in
r
 x  2  n
  x  1
n
 is
 n Cr 2 n  r  n Cr
14
16. B
10
 cos  
 x sin   
 x 
10 r r
x
10  2 r 
Tr 1  10Cr  sin    cos  
10  2r  0  r  5
10
C 5
Hence f    5 5  sin 2 
2
17. A
100 100
N  5  2  5  2
100
 2{ C1 599  21  100 C3 597 , 23  .....  100
C99 5.299 ]
hence last three digits are 000
18. D
 A  B  tan A / 2  tan B / 2
tan  
 2  1  tan A / 2 tan B / 2
19. A
Let a1  a and d is common difference a  a  3d  a  6d  10
 3a  9d  10
also a  d  a  9d  8  a  5d  4  3a  15d  12
1 7
d  and a 
3 3
20 14 19 
S    110
2  3 3 
20. A
2
Let x1  a  d y1  2  a  d 
x2  a y2  2a 2
2
x3  a  d y3  2  a  d 
since y1 , y2 , y3 are in G.P. then
2 2
4a 4  4  a  d   a  d 
2
or a   a  d  2 2
  2a 2  d 2
d
a
2
2a 2 1
Now common ratio is r  r  3 2 2
2a  d 
2
3  2 2 
21. B
2
Let the terms are a, ar , ar

then a 1  r  r   13
2
and a 1  r  r   91
2 2 4
2 2
or
1  r  r   13 
1  r  r 2 13

1  r  r  7
2 4
1 r  r4 7
1
hence a = 3 , r  ,3
3
3  3n  1 3n 1  3
Sn  
3 1 2
22. C
1 1
Given    2
 2 where  ,  are the roots, ab 2  bc 2  2a 2 c
 
 b c , a b , c a are in A.P.
23. C
0 = h + x1 …….. (i) R
x1 = - h (h, k)
(-a,y2)
Let equation of PQ is y = mx + mh
since Q lies on line hence S Q (a,y1)
y1 = ma + mh -a
1 y k P
Slope of QR    1  my1  km  h  a (x1,0)
m ah d
or h  mk  a   a  h  m
2
 Locus is straight line.
24. B
1
y  mx 
m
Let P = (h, k) then
k 1
m 2 h  mk  1  0  m1  m2  , m1m2 
h h
tan  tan 
Now tan      1  y  x 1
1  tan    
25. A
Let P  3cos  , 2sin  
x cos  y sin 
Equation tangent is  1
3 2
2sin 
Equation chard A ‘P is y   x  3
3  cos   1
2 sin 
Now OM 
1  cos 
16
2
OQ 2  MQ 2  OQ 2   OQ  OM 
Only solving we get, OQ2 – MQ2 = 4
26. A
a and b must have same sigh hence ab > 0
27. C
c4
Since x  2
 a2  x 4  x 2 a 2  c4  0
x
Now some of the roots = 0
28. C
T
Since AA  I
T
Now  A  I   AT  I
T
A A  I   I  A
det  A  det  A  I   det  I  A 
 2 det  A  I   det  A  I   0
 det  A  I   0
29. B
dy  x  y  1
2 2

dx 2 xy
 2 xy dy   x 2  1 dx  y 2 dx
2 xy dy  y 2 dx  1 
 2
  1  2  dx
x  x 
2
y   1
 d  dx 
 x   x
2
y 1
  x c
x x
 y  1  x 2  cx
2
30. B
n
Total outcomes = 2 .
Total number of favourable outcomes
n
C0  n C2  n C4  .... nC n 
2
 
 2n1
2 n 1 1
Thus, required probability = n  .
2 2
TG ~ ALL
@bohring_bot < 3
INDIA INTERNAL TEST SERIES
CHEMISTRY, MATHEMATICS & PHYSICS
SET – A
APT - 3 080163.1 Ai2TS-6
Time Allotted : 3 Hours Maximum Marks: 300
INSTRUCTIONS
 Please read the instructions carefully. You are allotted 5 minutes specifically for this purpose.
 You are not allowed to leave the Examination Hall before the end of the test.
Caution: Question Paper CODE as given above MUST be correctly marked in the answer OMR sheet before
attempting the paper. Wrong CODE or no CODE will give wrong results.
 Attempt ALL the questions. Answers have to be marked on the OMR sheets.
 This question paper contains Three Sections.
 Section – I is “Chemistry”, Section – II is “Mathematics” and Section – III is “Physics”.
 Each Section is further divided into three Parts: Part – A, Part – B & Part – C.
 Rough spaces are provided for rough work inside the question paper. No additional sheets will be
 Blank Papers, clip boards, log tables, slide rule, calculator, cellular phones, pagers and electronic devices,
in any form, are not allowed.

CLASS XII
1. Ensure matching of OMR sheet with the Question paper before you start marking your answers on OMR
sheet.
2. On the OMR sheet, darken the appropriate bubble with HB pencil for each character of your Enrolment
No. and write in ink your Name, Test Centre and other details at the designated places.
(i) PART-A (01 – 04) contains 4 Multiple Choice Questions which have Only One Correct answer. Each
question carries +5 marks for correct answer and –3 marks for wrong answer.
PART-A (05 – 10) contains 6 Multiple Choice Questions which have One or More Than One Correct
answer. Each question carries +4 marks for correct answer and –1 mark for wrong answer.
(ii) PART-B (01 – 04) contains 4 Matrix Match Type Question which have statements given in 2 columns.
Statements in the first column have to be matched with statements in the second column. There may be
One or More Than One Correct choices. Each question carries +8 marks for all correct answer however for
each correct row +2 marks will be awarded. There is no negative marking.
(iii) PART-C (01 – 06) contains 6 Numerical Based questions with Single Digit Integer as answer, ranging from 0
to 9 and each question carries +4 marks for correct answer and –1 mark for wrong answer.
Name of Candidate :
Batch ID : Date of Examination : / / 2 0 1
Enrolment Number :
Website: www.fiitjee.com, Mail : aiits@fiitjee.com
2
Ai TS – 6 ( XII ) | SET – A | APT – 3 |
SECTION- I (CHEMISTRY)
PART – A
This section (01 - 04) contains 4 multiple choice questions which have only one correct answers. Each question
carries +5 marks for correct answer and – 3 mark for wrong answer.
1.
F NH2
CH3
CF 3 CH3 C
H3C F
p q r
s
Planar species of above is/are___
(a) p,q (b) p,q,r (c) p,q,r,s (d) q,s
2. 200 ml of 0.15 M H3AsO4 (given Ka1  103 Ka2  107 Ka3  1012 ); 50 ml of 0.6 M Na2HAsO4 solutions and
100 ml of 0.1M NaOH are mixed. pH of the final solution is
(a) 6.3 (b) 7.0 (c) 6.7 (d) can not be found.
3. Mg2C3 
H 2O
 Mg (OH )2  A
A 
red hot iron tube
B
 2
A 
H3O / Hg
C
C 
Conc. H 2 SO4
D
NaOH / 
C (3 moles)  E
Then the correct option is....
(a) B and E are same (b) C and D are same

(c) B and D are same (d) D and E are same
4. A container having two partition of equal volume with a separator contains excess of CaCO 3(s) in one partition
and BaCO3(s) in other partition. First partition contains He and CO 2 with total pressure 8 atm and mole fraction
of He as 0.50 while second partition contains Ne and CO 2 with total pressure of 8 atm and mole fraction of Ne
as 0.25. Temperature of the container is 600 K at which following equilibriums are established.
CaCO  600 K
3( s )  CaO  CO (s) 2( g )
Seperator
BaCO3( s ) 
 BaO( s )  CO2( g )
600 K
He + CO2 Ne + CO2
If the separator is removed then total pressure
inside the container will be___(neglect
volume change due to solid compounds) CaCO3(s) BaCO3(s)
(a) 8 atm (b) 13 atm (c) 9 atm (d) 7 atm

This section (05-10) contains 6 multiple choice questions which have one or more than one correct answers.
5. If 50 litre flask containing one mole of N 2 and one mole of PCl5 is connected to a 50 litre flask containing 2
moles of PCl5, both vessel heated to 227ºC. The equilibrium pressure is found to be 2.05 atm. Assuming ideal
behaviour and for the reaction PCl5 PCl3 + Cl2 correct option(s) is/are
1
(a) degree of dissociation of PCl5 is
3
(b) KP for the reaction is 0.205 atm
(c) One mole of PCl5 is present in each flask
(d) 0.5 moles of all gases are present in each flask.
Website: www.fiitjee.com, Mail : aiits@fiitjee.com
2
Ai TS – 6 ( XII ) | SET – A | APT – 3 | Page |1
6. H3C D
C C 
Br2 / CH3 OH
 P (Mixture of compounds)
D
H H H
P May be :
CH3 CH3
(a) (b)
D H H D
H3C O H H O CH3
Br C H H Br
D
D
(c) H (d) CH3
H3C D D H
H O CH3 H3C O H
Br C H H Br
D D
7. Ashutosh collected 1 ltr water in a jar. Kaustub mixed 0.2 mol of H 2S in it while Ananya mixed 0.1 mol of
NaOH in it. Arav brought a big piece of NiS and put it in the solution. After long time, some FIITJEE students
are observing the solution. Correct observation(s) made by them is/are
-5 -8 -20
( Given Ka1 (H2S) = 10 Ka2 (H2S) = 10 Ksp (NiS) = 10 )
(a) Manish found that Solubility of NiS was increased in that solution from normal solubility
-10 2- +
(ie s = 10 M) due to reaction of S ion with H present in the solution.
(b) Nischay found pH of the solution to be 5
2- -4
(c) Shivang said, “Concentration of [S ] is 10 M”
2+ -10
(d) Utkarsh said, “Concentration of Ni is 10 M”
8. Which is ordered correctly
(a)
> heat of hydrogenation
(b) C heat of hydrogenation

>
(c)
<
CH3 heat of combustion
(d)
> heat of hydrogenation
9. Consider following reaction and find correct option(s) regarding product(s)

H3C CH3
Cl2 / h
Cl Cl   C8H15 Cl 3
H3C CH3 All possible compounds

(a) Number of optically active compound formed is 10
(b) Number of pair of enantiomers is 5
(c) Number of pair of diastereomers formed is 4
(d) Number of optically inactive compounds formed is 2
10. Consider following equilibriums :

Kp1
A(s) B(g)  C(g)
Kp2
E(s) B(g)  D(g)
Kp3
P(s) B(g)  Q(s)
Pressure above the solids A(s) , E(s) and P(s) when kept alone are 4 atm, 8 2 atm and 5 atm respectively at
temperature T(K). When three solids A(s),s E(s), P(s) are kept together at the same temperature T(K) then.
(a) Partial pressure of B(g) is 5 atm (b) Partial pressure of C(g) is 4/5 atm
(c) Partial pressure of D(g) is 32/5 atm (d) Total pressure is 12 atm.
FIITJEE Ltd., FIITJEE House, 29-A, Kalu Sarai, SarvapriyaVihar, New Delhi -110016, Ph 46106000, 26569493, Fax 26513942
Website: www.fiitjee.com, Mail :aiits@fiitjee.com
2
SECTION – B
Matrix Match Type
This section (01 – 04) contains 4 Matrix Match Type Question which have statements given in 2 columns.
Statements in the first column have to be matched with statements in the second column. There may be One
or More Than One Correct choices. Each question carries +8 marks for all correct answer however for each
correct row +2 marks will be awarded. There is no negative marking.
1. Match the Column-I with Column – II (where  = degree of dissociation, Mmix = average molecular weight of
mixture ; P = equilibrium pressure)
COLUMN – I COLUMN – II
Kp
(a) A(g) B(g)  C(g) H  ve (p) 
4P  K p
(b) D(g) 2E(g)  Energy (q) Yield of product(s) will be high at low temperature
(c) PCl5(g) PCl3(g)  Cl2(g) (r) Yield of product(s) will be high at high temperature
Mreac tan t
(d) N2O4(g) 2NO2(g) (s) Mmix 
1 
(t) Yield of product(s) will be high at low pressure
2.
Column  I (Reactions) Column  II (Product(s))

(a) Borax   P H2B4O7
(b) Borax  H2O  Q H3BO3
(c) Borax  NaOH  R Used in glass formation
(d) Borax  HCl 
 S NaBO2
T B2O3
3. Match the Column-I with Column – II

-6 -9
Column – I (Mixing equal volume for H2S Ka1 = 10 Ka2 = 10 ) Column – II
(a) 1 M H2S + 1 M Na2S (P) pH =7.5
(b) 2 M H2S + 1 M Na2S (Q) pH = 6
(c) 1 M H2S + 2 M Na2S (R) pH = 9
(d) 1 M Na2S + 2 M HCl (S) Buffer
(T) pH = 3.15
4.
COLUMN – I COLUMN – II
Br2 /CCl4
(a) cis2-butene   (p) Cyclic intermediate
Trans-2-butene  
cold
(b) alk.KMnO (q) Recemic mixture
4
Br /CS
(c) Trans-2-butene 
2 2 (r) Meso-isomer
(d) Cis-2-butene 
HOCl
 (s) Enantiomeric pairs
(t) Product/s mixture is/are optically inactive
PART – C
(Integer Type)
This section contains 6 questions. The answer to each question is a single-digit integer, ranging from 0 to
9. The correct digit below the question number in the ORS is to be bubbled. Each question carries +4 marks
for correct answer and –1 mark for wrong answer.
1. Maximum pH that must be maintained in a saturated H2S (0.1 M) to precipitate CdS but not ZnS is x and
concentration of Cd ion at that pH is y × 10–7 then x + y =....
2+
given [Cd2+] = [Zn2+] = 0.1 M initially ?
2
Ksp (CdS) = 8 × 10–27

Ksp (ZnS) = 1 × 10–21
Ka1 (H2S) = 1.0 × 10–8 ,Ka2 (H2S) = 1.0 × 10–13
2.
One molecule of silicate mineral containing above anion has x number of atoms of a metal
M, y number of atoms of Potassium and z number of atoms of Calcium as cations.
2 2 2
If x +y +2z = 2yz + 2x + 4z – 5 then oxidation state of metal M is___
3.
Cl H

HCl
 P (Number of Products)
H3C H

ICl /CCl4
 Q (Number of Products)
H3C H

Cold Dil Alk KMnO4
 R (Number of Products)
Value of P + Q + R is ______________
4. The equilibrium composition in 1 litre container for the reaction is -
PCl3 + Cl2 PCl5

0.20 0.08 0.40 moles/litre
0.22 mole of Cl2 is added at same temperature and new equilibrium is established and If sum of new
equilibrium concentration of PCl3, Cl2 and PCl5 is p then value of p  is_______
5. B2H6  NH3 

excessof NH3
low temperature
P 
strong heating
 Q(anaromatic compound)
Number of bond between B and N in cation part of P is x, in anion part of P is y and in compound Q is z then
the sum x+y+z =….(count only sigma or coordinate bond)
6. Number of diastereomer pairs that can be grouped from the products formed by mono chlorination of following
compound is...
CH3
Cl 2/ h
  products
CH3
2
SECTION- II (MATHMETICS)
PART – A
This section (01 - 04) contains 4 multiple choice questions which have only one correct answers. Each
question carries +5 marks for correct answer and – 3 mark for wrong answer.
2
1. The normal chord to the parabola y = 8x at the point (8, 8) subtends an angle  at the focus, where  is :
   
(a) (b) (c) (d)
4 3 2 6
2. The locus of the point of intersection of tangents to an ellipse at two points, sum of whose eccentric angle is
constant is a part of a/an :
(a) ellipse (b) hyperbola (c) parabola (d) straight line
3. Equation of a line passing through the centre of a rectangular hyperbola is x – y – 1 = 0. If one if of its
asymptotes is 3x – 4y – 6 = 0 and the equation of other asymptote is ax + by + c = 0, (where a, b, c  N ), then
the minimum value of a + b + c is
(a) 10 (b) 24 (c) 22 (d) 28
2 2
4. If the slope of one of the lines represented by the equation ax + 2hxy + by = 0 be k times that of the other,
then :
2 2 2
(a) 4kh = ab(1 + k) (b) kh = ab (1 + k) (c) 4 kh = ab(1 + k) (d) None of these

x2 y2
5. If y = 3x + 1 is a tangent to the hyperbola   1 , then which of the following cannot be the sides of a
p2 8
right angle triangle ?
4 4
(a) p , 10,3 (b) p ,10, 3 (c) p4 ,10,3 (d) p4 , 10,3
 dy  2  
6. If y sin(x)    cos(x)[sin(x)  y 2 ] and y  at x  , then the value of y at x  is NOT equal to
 dx  3 2 3
(a) 31/ 2 (b) 31/ 4 (c) 31/ 4 (d) 31/ 2
2 2
7. If the length of intercepts made on the line passing through origin and x + y = 1 by the circle x + y = x – 3y
are equal, then the above mentioned line can be
(a) x + y = 0 (b) x – y = 0 (c) x + 7y = 0 (d) x – 7y = 0
2 2 2 2
8. If the line y = 2x + a lies between the circles x + y – 2x – 2y + 1 = 0 and x + y – 16 x – 2y + 61 = 0 without
intersecting or touching either circle, then a can be
(a) – 2 (b) – 4 (c) – 6 (d) – 8
9.  
If the line x = P divides the area of the region S  (x,y) R  R; x3  y  x,0  x  1 into two equal parts,
then
1 1
(a) 0  P  (b) P1 (c) 2P4  4P2  1  0 (d) P4  4P2  1  0
2 2
dy y
10. If the curve passing through (0, 1) and satisfying the differential equation  is y = f(x),
dx (2y n(y)  y  x)
then f(e) is greater than
(a) e (b) 1 (c)  (d) 2
2
SECTION – B
Matrix Match Type
1. Match the following :
2 2
(a) 4y = 5x is a secant to the curve(s) (P) x + y = 1
2 2
(b) The curve passing through (1, 0) and satisfying (Q) x – y = 1
 dy 
[1 y 2 ]  xy   is / are
 dx 
2 2 2
(c) The curve for which the lines x = 1 are tangent is/are (R) 2x – y = 2
2 2
(d)  5 (S) 2x + y = 2
 0, 4  is an exterior point for
(3x  y  7)2
2. For the parabola (x  2)2  (y  3)2 
10
(a) The equation of line about which parabola is symmetrical (P) 3x – y + 7 = 0
(b) The equation of line along which minimum length of focal chord (Q) 3x – y – 3 = 0
occurs
(c) The locus of point of intersection of perpendicular tangents (R) x + 3y – 11 = 0
(d) The locus of foot of perpendicular from focus upon any tangent (S) 3x – y + 2 = 0
3. Match the following
2 2 2 2 2
(a) If the circles x + y = b and x + y + 2gx + 2fy + ac = 0 cut each (P) ac > 0
other orthogonally, then
2 2 2 2 2
(b) If the circles x + y + 2ax + b = 0 and x + y + 2cx + b = 0 touch (Q) b = ac
each other (a  c)
(c) If in (b), the first circle lies completely inside the second circle, then (R) b>0
2 2 2
(d) If the chord of contact of the tangents drawn to x + y = b from any (S) b=0
2 2 2 2 2 2
point on x + y = a , touches the circle x + y = c then
(T) | b | 0
4. Match the following
(a) The area bounded by x2  y and y  x  2 is (P) -12
2 2
(b) The sum of the distance of any point on the ellipse 3x + 4y = 12 (Q) 9/2
from its directrix is
2 2
(c) The value of c for which 3x – 5xy – 2y + 5x + 11y + c = 0 are the (R) 8
2 2
asymptotes of the hyperbola 3x – 5xy – 2y + 5x + 11y – 8 = 0 is
(d) x2 y2 (S) 386
If e is the eccentricity of 2  2  1 and  is the angle between the
a b 88
 
asymptotes then 8ecos   equals
 2
2
PART – C
(Integer Type)
x 4  2xy  1
1. A curve y = f(x) passes through origin and slope of tangent line at any point (x, y) of the curve is ,
1  x2
then the value of greatest integer which is less than or equal to f(-1) is
2. If the equation of the directrix of the parabola which touches x-axis and y-axis at (2, 0) and (0, 3) respectively,
is ax + by + c = 0, (a, b, c are integers) then the minimum value of |a + b + c| is
d2 y dy
a  by ,
3x
3. If the differential equation corresponding to the family of curves y = (A + Bx)e is given by 2
dx dx
(a  b)
then equals
5
(x  2)2 y 2
4. Let A be a point on   1, B and C be its foci. If the locus of the incentre of ABC is an ellipse with
16 12
2
eccentricity e, then 9e is equal to
1 2
(x  y 2  1)  (x  y) is
2 2
5. If (x, y) satisfies the equation x + y – 6x – 8y + 21 = 0 then the minimum value of
2
equal to
2 2 2 2
6. Chords of the hyperbola x – y = a touch the parabola y = 4ax. If the locus of their middle points is the curve
m n
y (x - a) = x , then m +n equals
2
SECTION- III (PHYSICS)

PART – A
This section (01 - 04) contains 4 multiple choice questions which have only one correct answer. Each
question carries +5 marks for correct answer and – 3 mark for wrong answer.
1. A variable resistance is connected across a non ideal cell of constant emf and constant
internal resistance. Initial value of variable resistance is R. Now the magnitude of variable
resistance has been made n times, that is, its new value is nR. Surprisingly the new value of
power dissipated in variable resistance is still same as its initial value. The value of internal
resistance of cell is
1 n 1  n2
(A) R (B) R n (C) R (D) R  nR
2 2
2. A current I flows through a cylindrical rod of uniform cross-section area A and resistivity  . The electric flux
through the shaded cross-section of rod as shown in figure is :
shaded cross
section
I ρI ρA
(A) (B) ρI (C) (D)
ρ A I
3. In the given potentiometer circuit, the resistance of the potentiometer wire AB is R0 . ‘C’is a cell whose internal
resistance r is separately shown. The zero centered galvanometer ‘G’ does not give zero deflection for any
position of the jockey J. Which of the following cannot be a reason for this?
D
+ - R
A J
B
C
r
G
(A) r > R0
(B) R >> R0
(C) emf of cell C > emf of cell D
(D) The negative terminal of C is connected to A.
4. A unit positive point charge of mass  gm is to be projected inside the tunnel

in sphere of radius 4m (as shown in figure), with a velocity of 5 m/sec. The
tunnel has been made inside a uniformly charged (  1 c / m3 ) non
conducting sphere. The minimum velocity with which the point charge should
be projected such that it can reach the opposite end of the tunnel, is equal to
6
(a) 1.0 × 10 m/sec
6
(b) 12 × 10 m/sec
(c) zero, because the initial and the final points are at same potential
6
(d) 4.8 × 10 m/sec
2

5. In the given electric circuit which of the following statements are correct (Assume that the given capacitors are
uncharged before they are connected in the circuit and the batteries of negligible internal resistance)
6V 2 F
12V 1 F
a b
3 F
24V
A) Va  Vb  16V B) Charge on the 2 F capacitor is 20C

C) Charge on the 1 F capacitor is 4C D) Charge on the 3 F capacitor is 24C
6. A ring rolls without slipping on the ground. Its centre C moves with a constant sped u. P is any point on the
ring. The speed of P with respect to the ground is v, then
A) 0  v  2u
B) v = u, if CP is horizontal
C) v  6 u , if CP makes an angle of 30 with the horizontal
0
D) v  2 u , if CP is horizontal
7. A ladder AB is supported by a smooth vertical wall and rough horizontal floor as shown. A boy starts moving
from A to B slowly. The ladder remains at rest, then pick up the correct statements(s):
a) Magnitude of normal reaction by wall on ladder at point B will increase.

b) Magnitude of normal reaction by wall on ladder at point B will decrease.
c) Magnitude of normal reaction by floor on ladder at point A will remain unchanged
d) Magnitude of friction force by floor on ladder at point A will increase
8. A solid uniform sphere is connected with a moving trolley car by a

light spring. The trolley car moves with an acceleration a. If the
sphere remains at rest relative to the trolley car, then : a
(A) Spring force = ma

(B) Friction between the sphere and trolley car is equal to zero
ma
(C) Friction between the sphere and trolley car is equal to
2
ma
(D) Spring force is equal to
2
9. As shown in the figure find the correct statement/s :
(a) i at instant switch is closed is 2A

(b) i after long time is 2A
16
(c) charge on 4f after long time is c (when switch is closed)
3
2
(d) charge on 2f at instant switch is closed is 8c

10. Initially switch is open. After some time switch is closed. Choose the correct
statements
(a) the charge flown through the switch is 54 c
(b) Point b is at higher potential than point a before the switch is closed
(c) the potential of point b is 6v w.r.t. ground, after s is closed
(d) the potential of point b is 12v, after s is closed
SECTION – B
Matrix Match Type
1. A ring of mass m and radius R is placed on a rough inclined plane so

that it rolls without slipping. Match the following table.
Column I Column II
(A) Linear acceleration of centre of mass (p) Is directly proportional to m
(B) Angular acceleration (q) Is inversely proportional to m
2
(C) Rotational kinetic energy at any instant (r) Is directly proportional to R
Translational kinetic energy at any 3
(D) (s) Is directly proportional to R
instant
(t) None of these
2. In each situation of column–I a uniform disc of mass m and radius R rolls on a rough fixed horizontal surface
as shown. At t = 0 (initially) the angular velocity of disc is o and velocity of centre of mass of disc is vo (in
horizontal direction). The relation between vo and o for each situation and also initial sense of rotation is
given for each situation in column–I. Then match the statements in column–I with the corresponding results in
column–II
Column-I Column-II
(A) (P) The angular momentum of disc about point A (as
shown in figure) remains conserved.
(B) (Q) The kinetic energy of disc after it starts rolling

without slipping is less than its initial kinetic
energy
(C) (R) In the duration disc rolls with slipping, the friction
force on disc acts backward.
(D) (S) Before rolling starts acceleration of the disc

remain constant in magnitude and direction
(T) Final angular velocity is independent friction
coefficient between disc and the surface
2
Ai TS – 6 ( XII ) | SET – A | APT – 3 | P a g e | 10
3. A galvanometer has a resistance of 100 and a full scale range of 100 A . It can be used as a higher range
ammeter or a voltmeter by providing a resistance. Match the statements of the two columns :
(a) 25 V range with (P) 200K resistance in series
(b) 20 V range with (Q) 10K resistance in series
(c) 5 mA range with (R) 1  resistance in parallel
(d) 10 mA range with (S) None of these
(T) 2  resistance in parallel
4. Four capacitors with capacitances C1  2F , C2  4F , C3  4F , C4  2F are connected as shown in
figure and are connected to a 12 V source. Charge flow battery qE and switch is qS .
C1
C2
S1
C4
C3
S2
E1
List I List II
(A) Switch S1 is closed value of qE (P) 32 C
(B) Switch S1 is closed value of qS (Q) 4 C
(C) Switch S2 is closed value of qE (R) 48 C
(D) Switch S1 is closed value of qS (S) 12 C
PART – C
(Integer Type)
1. Two identical parallel plate capacitors are placed side by side with a small gap between them as shown in fig.
V1 and V2 are potential difference across the two capacitors respectively. An electron is projected from the end
of upper plate of the left capacitor with velocity v0 towards right as shown. Charge and mass of electron ‘e’ and
‘m’ respectively. V2 is applied such that the electron just grazes the lower plate of right capacitor horizontally
while coming out of it. Assume that there is no gravity and no collision of electron with any plate. What is the
V2
ratio ? (neglect the time taken by electron from one capacitor to another capacitor.)
V1
2
Ai TS – 6 ( XII ) | SET – A | APT – 3 | P a g e | 11
2. What amount of heat in micro joule will be generated in the circuit , after the switch is shifted from position 1 to
position 2 ? C  C 0  2F, E  6 V 
C C0 C
1 2
3.
In the adjacent figure a uniform rod of length 5 3m and mass 2 kg is kept at rest in horizontal position on an
elevated edge. Friction is sufficient to prevent slipping between rod and elevated edge. The value of x (consider
the figure) is chosen such that the rod will have maximum angular acceleration  , as soon as it is set free. Find
2
the maximum angular acceleration of the rod (in rad / s ).
4. A battery of emf E and internal resistance r is V(volt)

connected with external resistance R.
Resistance R can be adjusted to any value 10
greater than or equal to zero. Graph is plotted
between the current passing through the
resistance (I) and potential difference (V)
across it. Internal resistance of the battery ( in
 ) is I(amp)
2
5. Two identical intersecting spheres having the same volume charge density
of magnitude  0 (in S.I. unit) opposite in nature of charge, are shown in
figure. Radius of spheres are 5cm. The distance between the centres is
E
6cm. Then the magnitude of electric field in the shaded portion is 0 , then
100
E0 will to (In S.I. unit)
M
6. A disc of radius R and mass M is placed on smooth horizontal
surface as shown in figure. A light rod of length is hanged from  R
the centre of disc and a small mass m is attached at the end as
shown in figure. Now a velocity V0 is given to mass m. The 
maximum height which mass m can attain. [v 0  8g, M  3m]

 m v0
( Assume rod can rotate < 90)
ALL INDIA INTERNAL TEST SERIES
CHEMISTRY, MATHEMATICS & PHYSICS
CLASS XIIth
SET – A 080163.1 Ai2TS – 6
ANSWER KEY
Chemistry ( Section – I ) Mathematics ( Section – II ) Physics ( Section – III )
1 D C111303 1 C M110904 1 B P121517
2 A C110504 2 D M111029 2 B P121411
3 C C111711 3 B M111123 3 A P121515
4 C C110403 4 C M110730 4 B P120104
5 ABC C110402 5 BC M111120 5 BCD P121420
6 CD C111707 6 ABD M122407 6 AD P111825
7 BC C110501 7 BC M110823 7 ACD P111823
8 ACD C111303 8 BCD M110808 8 AB P111820
9 ABC C111405 9 BC M121003 9 AC P120118
10 D C110403 10 BD M122407 10 ABC P120115
11 QST,PQST,RST,PRST C110403 11 PRS,Q,PQRS,PQR M111003 11 T,T,P,P P111829
12 RST,QRS,RS,RQ C111503 12 R,Q,P,S M110909 12 PQRST,PQRST,PQST,PQRST P111822
13 P,QS,RS,T C110502 13 PQ,ST,R,PQ M11082 13 S,P,T,R P120212
14 PQST,PQST,PRT,PQST C111707 14 Q,R,P,R M111123 14 Q,S,P,R P120216
15 9 C110501 15 1 M1122407 15 1 P120106
16 4 C111608 16 5 M1110909 16 4 P121422
17 9 C111707 17 3 M1122402 17 2 P111815
18 8 C110403 18 6 M111029 18 5 P120205
19 8 C111508 19 4 M111082 19 2 P121406
20 5 C111804 20 5 M110903 20 3 P111822
FIITJEE Ltd., FIITJEE House, 29-A, KaluSarai, SarvapriyaVihar, New Delhi -110016, Ph 46106000, 26569493, Fax 26513942
TG ~ @bohring_bot < 3 SOLUTIONS
CHEMISTRY :
1. (D)
CH3 and aniline are planar
2. (A) [Concept Code : C110507/504]
H3 AsO4  OH 
H2 AsO4  H2O
Initial milimols 30 10 0
After reaction 20 0 10
H3 AsO4  HAsO24 
 2H2 AsO4
Initial milimols 20 30 10
After reaction 0 10 50
10
So final pH = pKa2  log  6.3
50
3. (C)
A=> propyne B=> mesitylele C => acetone D => mesitylene E=> phorone
4. (C)
Kp (CaCO3) = 4 atm
Kp (BaCO3) = 6 atm
Pressure above (CaCO3+BaCO3) = 6 atm
Total pressure = 6+1+2= 9 atm
5. (ABC)
N2 + PCl5 PCl3 + Cl2
Moles at t = 0 1 3 0 0
Moles 1 (3 – x) x x
at equilibrium
Total moles present at equilibrium = 4 + x
Given total pressure at equilibrium = 2.05
Total volume = 100 Litre
 PV = nRT
 2.05 × 100 = (4 + x) × 0.082 × 500
x = 1.0
Degree of dissociation '' for PCl5
Moles dissociate d 1
= = = 0.3333 = 33.33%
Total moles present 3
2
x2  P  x2 2.05
Also KP =   = 
(3 – x)   n  (3 – x) (4  x)
(1) 2  2.05
=
(3 – 1)(4  1)
KP= 0.205 atm.
2
6. (CD)
7. (BC)
Ka1 105
H2S HS  H5
0.1 0.1 10
Ka2 108
At equilibrium HS S24  H5
0.1 10 10
K sp  1020
NiS(S) S 4  Ni216
2
10 10
8. (ACD)
9. (ABC)
Compounds formed
Total = 10
Optically active =10
Optically inactive=0
Diastereomer pairs = 4
Enantiomer pairsm= 5
10. (D) [Concept Code : C110402]
When solids A(s), E(s) and P(s) are kept together then
Kp1  4atm2
A(s) C(g)  B(g)
p1 p1  p2  p3
Kp2 32atm2
E(s) D(g)  B(g)
p2 p1 p2 p3
Kp3  5atm
P(s) Q(s)  B(g)
p1  p2  p3
4 32
p1  , p2  , p3  1
5 5
But p3  1 means to establish P(s) B(g)  Q(s) , it has to go backward which is not
possible due to absence of Q(s) in the container so p3 = 0
Hence (p1  p2 )p1  4, (p1  p2 )p2  32
 p1  p2 = Partial pressure of B(g) = 6 atm
and the total pressure = 12 atm
(Integer Type)
1. (9)
In order to prevent precipitation of ZnS,
[Zn2+] [S2–] < Ksp (ZnS) = 1 × 10–21
(Ionic product)
or (0.1).[S2–] < 1 × 10–21
or [S2–] < 1 × 10–20
This is the maximum value of [S2–] before ZnS will precipitate. Let [H+] to maintain this [S2–] be x.
Thus for H2S 2H+ + S2–,
[H  ]2 [S2 – ] x 2 (110 –20 )

Ka = =
[H 2S] 0.1
2
= 1.0 × 10–21
or x = [H+] = 0.1 M. => pH= 1
when [S2–] = 1 × 10–20 M and [Cd2+] [S2–] = Ksp (CdS) = 8 × 10–27
2+
Then [Cd ] = 8 × 10–7 M
So, x=1 and y=8 => x+y = 9
No ZnS will precipitate at a concentration of H + greater than 0.1 M.
2. (4)
2 2 2
x +y +2z = 2yz + 2x + 4z – 5
=> x = 1; z = y = 2
3. (9)
3+4+2=9
4. 8
PCl3 + Cl2 PCl5
0.20 0.08 0.40 moles/litre
Kc = 25
If 0.22 mole of Cl2 is added then at equilibrium
0.20 – x 0.30 – x 0.40 + x
0.40  x
25 =
(0.20 – x )(0.30 – x )
or x = 0.1
[PCl3] = 0.2 - 0.1 = 0.1 moles
[Cl2] = 0.3 - 0.1 = 0.2 moles
[PCl5] = 0.4 + 0.1 = 0.5 moles
Sum of conc. = 0.8
5. (8)
P is [BH2  NH3 2 ] [ BH 4 ] Q is borazine
6. (5)
2
MATHS
1. 2
y = 4ax. The normal chord at (4a, 4a) subtends a right angle at focus.
2. Tangents at (acos , bsin ) and (acos ,bsin )

         
 acos  2  b sin  2  
meet at  ,   (h,k)
 cos      cos      
  2   2  
k b     b     
 tan    constant  y =  tan 
 2  
x
h a  2  a
3. Asymptotes of a rectangular hyperbola are perpendicular

4
(x  y  1)  (3x  4y  6)  0  slope 
3
4x + 3y = 17
4. y = mx in ax2 + 2hxy + by2 = 0

 x2 [a  (2h)m  bm2 ]  0
2h a
m1  km2 m1  m2  m1m2 
b b
5. y  mx  a2m2  b2
 9p2  8  1  p2  1
6. t = y2, First order linear differential equation in variable t.
7. The length of perpendicular from centre of the circle on both the lines will be equal.
8. Length of perpendicular from centre on the line will be greater than the radius of the circle
 1
1
 (x  x ) dx 
2 0
(x  x 3 ) dx
3
9.
0
dx
10. First order linear D.E. in
dy
Integer :
dy  2x 
 y  (x 2  1)
dx  1  x 2 
1.
2. The line joining origin and (2,3) will be parallel to the axis of the parabola
4. Sum of focal distances for any point = 8

A : (2  4cos(), 12 sin())
(x 2  y 2  1)
5.  (x  y)  k
2
C1C2  r1  r2
2
6. hx  ky  h2  k 2 becomes a tangent to y = 4ax
 h  k 2  h2 
 y   x
 k  k 
2
h(k 2  h2 )
 a
k2
SOLUTIONS (PHYSICS)
1) (B)
 2R  2n
P  R
(r  R) 2 (r  nR) 2
 rR n
2) (B)
The current density J, electric field E at the cross-section are related by
E
J

multiplying both side by A.
EA 
JA= or I= Where  is electric flux.
ρ 
EA 
JA= or I= or   I
ρ 
3) (A)
In the position of balance no current exists through the galvanometer, and hence through the cell. Therefore the
magnitude of r does not affect the condition for balance
4. (b)
If point B is being crossed then the particle will reach to other end
KE  (VB  VA )q
11
VB  KR2 
6
4
VA  KR2 
3
5. BCD
With the help of loop law & junction law

Va  Vb  16V
Hence b, c, d are correct
6. AD
7. ACD
8. AB
w.r.t. trolley, F  0 & cm  0
9. AC
q q
 4 8  0
4 2
16
q
3
at t   i  0
at t  0  4  2i  8  0  i  2A
10. ABC
2
MATRIX MATCHING :
1. A–t; B–t; C–p; D–p

From theory
2. (A) P,Q,R, S, T; (B) P,Q,R,S,T; (C) P,Q, S,T; (D) P,Q,R,S,T
3. a-S, b-P, c-T, d-R
V  ig(G  R)
-6 5
= (100)(10 )(100 + 2 × 10 )
20V
i  ig G

ig S
 G
i  ig    ig
 S
 100 
 100(106 )   (100)(106 )
 1 
 0.1  103  10(103 )
10mA .
22. A-Q, B-S, C-P, D-R

qE  1  C'eq  Cq  . C1eq  equation capacitance with S1 closed
 8
 12 3    4C
 3
qS  12C
 4
 

qE  1 C4 eq  Ceq , 12  4    32 C
3 
qS  12  4  48 C
NUMERICAL :
1. (1)
d
The electron covers a distance across the first capacitor when if comes out of it.
2
d
 in second capacitor it has to cover across it.
2
 V1 = V2
2. 4
3. 2
4. 5
When i = 0 and V  10V

  10V ...(i)
When V  0, R = 0 and i = 2A
   ir
10
r 5
2
2
5. (2)
E inside shaded portion is
= distance between centres
   6  10  102
E  0  2  102 N / C
3 0 3  0
E0 2
   E0  2
100 100
6. 3

 v
 v0  v0
mV0 = (M + m) V
mV0
V=
Mm
From energy conservation
1 1
mV0 + Mg  = mgh + Mg  +
2 2
(M+m)V
2 2
2 2
1 2 1 m v0
mV0 – = mgh
2 2 M  m 
1 mV0 [M  m  m]
2
= mgh
2 [M  m]
2
1 V0 M
h=
2 g M  m

Fiitjee Aits 2017 Papers

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Fiitjee Aits 2017 Papers

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

TG ~ @bohring_bot < 3

Time Allotted: 3 Hours Maximum Marks: 186

B. Filling of OMR Sheet

C. Marking Scheme For All Three Parts.

Name of the Candidate

Acceleration due to gravity g = 10 m/s2

Planck constant h = 6.6 1034 J-s

Charge of electron e = 1.6  1019 C

Mass of electron me = 9.1  1031 kg

Permittivity of free space 0 = 8.85  1012 C2/N-m2

Density of water water = 103 kg/m3

Atmospheric pressure Pa = 105 N/m2

Gas constant R = 8.314 J K1 mol1

Gas Constant R = 8.314 J K1 mol1

Atomic No: H=1, He = 2, Li=3, Be=4, B=5, C=6, N=7, O=8,

1. The system of springs and masses are in equilibrium. If the spring 2 is

3. When a beam of accelerated electrons hits a target, a continuous X-ray spectrum is

Space for Rough work

Multiple Correct Choice Type

6. A disc of radius R rolls on a horizontal surface with linear velocity

12. A container of large uniform cross sectional area A A

resting on a horizontal surface holds two

13. When a monochromatic point source of light is at a distance of 0.2 m from a

Space for Rough work

1. Find the mass of the hanging block in kg,

3. The axle of a circular wheel of radius R is held horizontally D

4. A simple pendulum is suspended from a peg on a vertical wall. The L

5. Determine the resistance in ohm is to be connected across 3 2

Space for Rough work

2. Which of the following is not a property of NaOH?

3. For the gaseous reaction, A  g  4B  g   3 C  g  is found to be first order with respect to

Space for Rough work

Multiple Correct Choice Type

8. Which carbides react with water to give methane?

9. For an ideal gas, consider only P – V work in going from

Space for Rough work

13. Arrange the following in decreasing order of basic strength?

(i) N (ii) N (iii)

(iv) N (v) N N—H

Space for Rough work

2. How many S – O single bonds are present in Caro’s acid (H2SO5)?

Space for Rough work

Mathematics PART – III

5. The number of non – zero z  C satisfying z 3  18  26i, where z  x  iy and x, y are

Space for Rough work

Multiple Correct Choice Type

6. If f  x  y   f  x   f  y   x y  xy 2 x, y  R and f '  0   0 , then

Space for Rough work

13. Let S2  0 be the mirror image of S1 : x 2  y 2  4x  6y  12  0 w.r.t. the line

Space for Rough work

evaluate 2g 1  2f 1  h 1  2 . Assume that f  x  and h  x  are continuous at x = 1.

2. Let f  x   x 3  3x  2 and g  x  be its inverse. If the area bounded by g  x  , x – axis and

5. If the maximum value of x 4  7x 2  4x  20  x 4  9x 2  16 is P, find the value of P

Space for Rough work

Q. No. PHYSICS CHEMISTRY MATHEMATICS

10. ABD BCD AC

12. ABD AC BCD

One vacancy will be created.

Mathematics PART – III

 2g 1  2f 1  h 1  2  3

Time Allotted: 3 Hours Maximum Marks: 264

B. Filling of OMR Sheet